IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1.25

|50 '"^

^ li£ IIIIIM

IIIIIM
llllitt

1.8

U IIII.6

//.

'c^l

^>.

o^ ■ C>

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. U580

(716) 872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

Tachnical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes tachniques at bibliographiquas

Tha Instituta has attamptad to obtain tha bast
original copy availabia for filming. Faaturas of this
copy which may ba bibliographicaily uniqua,
which may altar any of tha imagas in tha
raproduction, or which may significantly changa
tha usual mathod of filming, ara chacicad balow.

D
D
D

Colourad covars/
Couvartura cja coulaur

Covars damagad/
Couvartura andommagia

Covars rastorad and/or laminatad/
Couvartura rastauria at/ou palliculAa

Cover title missing/

La titre de couverture manque

I I Coloured r?iaps/

Cartes g^ographiquas en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Relii avec d'autres documents

r~2 Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion

along interior margin/

La re liure serrSe peut causer de I'ombre ou de la

distortion le long de la marge intArieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte.
mais, lorsque cela itait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 filmdas.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppldmentaires:

Tha c
to thi

L'Institut a microfilm^ la meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui u ^ti possible de se procurer. Les details
da cat exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographiqua, qui peuvent modifier
un9 image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mithoda normaie de filmage
sont indiqu^s ci-dessous.

I I Coloured pages/

This item is filmed at tha reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est film^ au taux de rMuction indiqu6 ci-dessous.

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes

Pages restored and/oi

Pages restaurdes et/ou pellicul^es

Pages discoloured, stained or foxei
Pages d6color6es, tachet6es ou piqudes

Pages detached/
Pages d6tach6es

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of prin

Qualit^ inigale de I'impression

Includes supplementary materii
Comprend du mat6riel suppl^mentaire

I I Pages damaged/

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/

r~^ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I I Pages detached/

l^n Showthrough/

I I Quality of print varies/

I I Includes supplementary material/

Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partieliement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure,
etc.. ont 6t6 filmies d nouveau de fa^on d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

Thai(
possll
of th(
filmir

Origii
begin
tha la
sion.
other
first I
sion.
or illt

Thali
shall
TINUI
whici

Maps

differ

entire

begin

right

requii

methi

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

30X

12X

16X

aox

24X

28X

32X

The copy filmed here has b««n reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:

Metropolitan Toronto Library
Canadian History Dapartment

L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce A la
g6n*rositA de:

IMatropoiitan Toronto Library
Canadian History Dapartmant

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetA de l'exemplaire film«, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprim6e sont fiimis en commen^ant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration. soit par le second
plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont filmis en commen^ant par la
premiAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en termcnant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol — ^- (meaning "CON-
TINUED "), or the symbol ▼ (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole -^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symhole V signifie "FIN ".

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent 4tre
film^s d des taux de reduction diff6rents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre
reproduit en un seul ciichi, il est film6 it partir
de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche d droite.
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mithode.

■ 4

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR THE

SOUTH-EAST COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA

ASD

BAY OF FUNDY.

COMIMI-ED FR03I VARIOUS ADMIRALTY 8URVBYB.

Staff Commander G. F. McDOUGALL, R.N.

FUBUSHED BT ORDER OF TUB LORDS COMMISSIONERS OF THE ADMIBALTY ;

LONDON:
PRINTED i-OR THE IIYDROGRAPHIC OFFICE, ADMiU.iJLTY

AND SOLD BY

J. D. rOTTER, Agent for Admiralty Charts,
31, POULTRY, AND 11, KING STREET, TOWER HILL.

1867.

17698.

Price Four Shillings.

iff

V-3i^t7'^U

■'mff

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work contains Sailing Directions for the South-east Coast
of Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy, and includes a description of
Sable Island, as well as the out-lying Banks of Newfoundland and
Nova Scotia.

The directions have been principally compiled from the remarks
and Surveys of Rear Admiral H. W. Bayfield, and Captains
P. F. Shorfcland and J. Orlebar, R N., between the years 1853-65.

G. H. R.

Hydrographic Office, Admiralty, London,
October 1867.

■

■ •

■'

■

•

■ ' ■■■■■ 1-1

.';':

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER I.

NEWFOUNDLAND AND NOVA SCOTIA BANKS : — CURRENTS, ICE, &0.

SABLE ISLAND.

Page

General Observations. Climate ------ 1-3

Great Bank of Newfoundland. Virgin rocks. Green bank. Bank of

St Pierre 3-4

Nova Scotia Banks. Banquearean, Misaine, Canso, and Artimon banks 4-5
Middle Ground, Sambro, Le Have, Roseway, and Brown banks. Birds ;

fish; currents; ice ------ - 5-11

Sable island; productions, establishment, anchorage, and directions - 11-14

Currents ; tides ; fogs ; winds, and Barometer - - - - 14-15

Caution --------- 15-16

CHAPTER II.

NOVA SCOTIA: — SOUTH-EAST COAST; CAPE CANSO TO HOLLINS BAY.

The Coast from Cape Canso to Indian bay. Cranberry island light and

fog trumpet. Cape Canso. Andrew island . - - - 17-18

Grime, Bass, Middle, Inner Bass, and Kelp rocks ; caution - - 18-20

Ship channel ; Dangers on eastern side. Stanley shoals. Nickerson,

David, Washball, and Pink rocks ----- 20-21
Dangers on western side. Patch and Boom rocks. Cape Breaker.

Roaring Bull, Keeper, Kirby, and Black rocks. Gannet ledges • 21-22

Andrew passage. Dover bay. Gannet shoal. Dover island. Port Home.

Dover and Snorting rocks. Avery shoal ; directions - - - 22-24

Wine, Crane, and Raspberry cores. White head island light - - 24

Whitehaven. East Bull. South-west Bull. Black, Shag, Rocky, Inner

and Outer GuU ledges. Bald rock. Three-top island. Tides ; durections 25-28
Torbay. Shag and Gull rocks. Torbay ledges ; directions • - 28-29

Little harbour. New harbour Cove. Green, Goo6e, and Harbour islands.

Brandy ledge. Split and White rocks. Frying-pan reef. Pan rock.

Ragged ledge. Dutch and Burke shoalB .... .30-31

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER III.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH EAST COAST; HOLLINS RAY TO SPRY

HARBOUR.

Indian Hay. Walter island. Walter and Rude shoals - - -

Caj)e iJt. Mary. Wedj^e islet. Sand Shoal. St. Mary river -
Jegogan harbour. Tobacco island. Shag ledge, Liscomb island. Crook

and Mackerel shoals. Channel rock -----
Liscomb and Little Liscomb harbours. Hawbolt rock. Sand, Black

Prince, and Liscomb shoals. East breaker. Lump and Saddle rocks
Mury-J^ -eph harbom-. Gull and Seal ledges. Smith rock. Thrumcap

fslet. l3iiy of islands .---.--
Nicumcigum inlet. White islands. Bowen ledge. Horse-shoe and

David shoals. Lockwood rock. Nicomtan Bay - . -

Halibut islands. Bus-:oon reefs. Bird islands. Newtonquoddy. Beaver

island and light. Beaver harbour - . - . -

Maclcod cove. Salmon river. William, Middle, and Balcolm shoals.

Murinont and Harbour rocks. Sutherland, Rocky, and Hardwood

islands .-...--.

Sheet harbour. Pumpkin island. Eastern Shogroost. Geddes shoal.

Logan and Monroe rocks. Western Shagroost, Macdonald rock and

sho:iIs --.--.---
Yankee Jack. Taylor goose. Mushaboon and Pyche shoals. Hurd

cove ---.---.-
Mushaboon harbour. The Gates. Spry, Tomlees, and Taylor bays.

Redman, Herring, Maloney, and Neverfail shoals. Mad Moll reef.

Rocky patches. Ram rock ------

Page
40-41
41-42

42-44

44-46

4(5-48

48-4!)

49-61

41-62

53-55

55-67

68-60

CHAPTER IV.

NOVA SCOTIA :-

-SOUTH EAST COAST; SPRY HARBOUR TO SHUT-IN
ISLAND.

Pcpc harbour. Horse, Schooner, and Black rocks. Pope rock and
shoals. Tangier harbour. Shoal buy - - - .

Ship harbour. Bear rock. Owl Head bay. False passage. Egg island
light. Pyche, Grizzle, and Bald rocks. Flint ledge - - -

Barse rock. Hurley shoal. Jedore head and harbour. Jedore and
Arnold rocks. Oid man> Mehanny, Gull, Macdonald, and Hopkin
rocks - - - - - - -.

Jedne ledges. South-west ledges. Bull rock and shoal. Brig rock
and shoal. Innei", outer, and east Pollocks - -

Fishing grounds. Clam bay. Musquidoboit inlet and shoal. Harbour
islet. Perpisawick shoal and inlet. Pat, Codray, and Round shoals -

Chissetcook inlet. .Shut-iaislandw Three Fathoms harbour

Cl-64

66-69

70-72

72-7S

74-76
77

.CONTENTS.

Ttt

O SPRY

Page

40-41

41-42

•ook

•

42-44

luck

jL'ks

44-46

leap

46-4d

tind

48-4!)

aver

4!)-6l

oals.

k'ood

41-62

loal.

and

53-55

ill I'd

55-57

ays.

reef.

58-60

) SHUT-IN

and

•;■ '

•

61-64

and

66-69

and

kin

70-72

ock

72-73

our

1 -

74-76

CHAPTER V

NOTA SCOTIA : — SOUTH-EAST COAST ; SHUT-IN ISLAND TO MARS HEAD.

Page

78-81
81-82

82-84
86-80

89-90
90-92

Shut«in ithoals. Porter and Lawrenceton lakes. Cule harbour. Halifax
harbour and lights. Macnab island . > - • •

Thrumcap islet and shoal. Lighthouse bank. Ives Knoll. Herring
cove. York redoubt. Pleasant point ....

Rock head, Portuguese and Neverfail shoals. Litchfield and Mars rocks.
Middle ground. Pleasant shoal. North-vest Arm. Reed rock. Belle-
isle and Leopard Spits ..-.-.

Dockyard shoal. Dartmouth. Bedford basin. Navy island anchorage.
Directions for Halifax harbour ; caution - . . .

Catch harbour. Bell rock. Sambro island light, and fog trumpet.
Sambro ledges. S.W. breaker. The Sisters. Ede rock. Hennesy and
Outer banks. Shoal and Barse grounds. ....

Sambro harbour. Pennant bay and harbour. Turner Bay

CHAPTER VI.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOXJTH-EAST COAST } MARS HEAD TO MAHONE BAY

Grampus rock. Back bay. Dollar rock. Prospect harbour. Betty
island. S.E., S.W., and Devereux shoals. AYhite horse and Heron *
rocks. Kittee Wittee shoal --...- 94-96

Shag bay and breakers. Gull shoal. Frying-pan rock. Black rock.
Cabbage garden shoals. Round rock. Middle ground - - 97-99

Blind bay. Port Dover. St. Margaret bay. Halibut and Middle point
rocks. Crawford ledge. Shut-in island. Luke anchorage. Little
Thrum island. Wedge island .... - 99-102

hingdove shoal. French Village harbour. Davy and Ambrose rocks.
Harboiu spit. Head harbovur. Croucher island. Strawberry island
shoal. Marsh Gutter rock. Sand Cove shoal ... 102-104

Ingram river. Croucher shoal. Hubbard cove. Slaunwhite ledge.
Green point shoal. Mill cove. Green island. South rock. North-
east shoal ........ 105-106

East Ironbound island light. Seal ledge.
Island. N.W. Cove. Charley rock,
bay - . -

Cross island light. Hounds ledge. Big
Flat island. South shoal. Bull rock,
and Middle shoals. Star island ledges.

;: ahoal ------.-- 109-111

Gravel island shoala. S.W.
Horse Shoe ledge. Mahone

Duck island. Middle ledge.

Great Tnncook island. West

Little Tancook island. S.E.

106-109

CONTENTS,

Refuse island. East, S.E., and Pouth shoals. Mason spit. Coachman
ledj(e. N.K. Coachman. Middle, Quaker, Birch, Lynch, and Blandford
shoals, niandford head. Mountain, Spectacle, and Graves shoJs.
Snake and Lonjif spits

Lohster claws. Sheep led^c Clay island s))it
rock. Garret cove. Chester harhour.
channels . - - -

Martin River anchorope. Mahone harbour,
shoai. Gull ledges. Middle patch. Bockman shoal. Covey ledge,
Trappcan and iMiJ.P'v shoals. Princes inlet. Ilecknian anchorage
Fogs - , • •

Pag.

111-113

Rig flsh shoal, Chester
Directions by Tancook

Ilobson nose. Haddock

iia-U7

- il7-ll»

CHAPTER VII.

NOVA SCOTIA :-

-SOUTH-EAST COAST; MAHONE BAY TO BACCARO
POINT.

Lunenburg bay and lighthouse. East point rock. Ovens point rocks.
Sculpin shoals. Outer and Inner Middle rocks. Shingles. Long shoal.
Moreau point rock. Rose bay. West Ironbound island lighthouse - 120-122

Le Have river. Shag rock. Ironbound breaker. Black, Cape, and
French rocks. Mosher ledge. Cocknwee shoal. Oxner and Bull
rocks. Directions for Le Have river - _ . . 122-126

Bantam shoal. Indian island. Green bay. Green point and Half-way
rocks. Green ledge. Port Metway and lighthouse. South-west
breaker. Stono horse. Rugged rock .... 126-127

Stony ridge. Middle island rock. Middle ledge. Nautilus rock. CoiBn
island lighthouse. Liverpool lighthouse and bay. Fort point ledge.
Port Mouton. White point rock. Brazil rucks. Mouton island spit 127-131

Spectacle island and rock. Devastation shoal. South and Middle
rocks. Jacket island. Bull rock. Little Hope islet light. Little
Hope shoal. Ports Jolie and Ebert. Ebert rocks. Green island.
Sable river 131-134

Bantam and Black rocks. Ram island. Farm ledge. Rugged island
harbour. Gull rock light. Whale rock. Trinidad rock. Eastern
Bull and Black point rock. South ledge. Long shoal. Bull rock.
Chain ledges. Middle ground _ - - . . 134-137

Green harbour. Jordan river. Green island. Blue Gull island. ITie
Sisters, McXutt island. Jig rock. Cape Roseway lights. Shelburne
harbour. Bell, Straptub, and Middle rocks. Adamant shoal. Hart
point and Hera rocks - - - - - - - 138-140

Negro harboiu' and island. Grey and Budget rocks. The Salvages.
Triangle rocks. Port Latour. Baccaro light. Baocaro outer ledge
South ledge. Stone horse. North ledge. Cuckold rock. Shot pouch.

; Bantam and Biazil rocks . . . « . ^ 140-144

00NT£KT8.

) BACCARO

CHAPTER VIII.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-WEST COAC"' ; BACCARO POINT TO YARMOUTH.

Page
General remarks; fogs; smokes; tides; pilots. Barrington Bay.

Cape Sable island and light - - ... 145-147

Columbia rock. Horse race, S.W. ledge. Seal island and light.

Purdy and Blonde rocks. Elbow and Zetland shoals. Devils limb.

Limb limb 147-149

Mud islands. Black ledge. Mud island shoal. SolJ'er ledge. Stod-

dart cove. Shag harbour. Cockerwit passage - - - 149-161

St. John ledge. Pubnico harbour. Twin islands. Abbot harbour.

White head island. Gull island. .Tones' anchorage. Big fish island

lights, Tusket river 1.52-155

Bald Tusket island. Schooner and EUenwood passages, their dangers

and directions .-..-.. 156-159

Gannet rock and adjacent dangers. Jebogne river. Yarmouth light,

sound, and harbour. Lurcher shoal . . - . . 159-163

CHAPTER IX.

BAY OF FUNDY :— SOUTH-EAST COAST; YARMOUTH TO THE BASIN OF

MINES.

Trinity ledge. St. Mary bay and shoal. Bvyer island, light, and

dangers. Grand passage and Westport .... 166-167

Peter island lights. Petit passage. Boar head light - - . 167-169

West sandy cove. Digby gut. St. Croix bay. Marshall cove lights.

Port George. Margaretville lights. Morden or French cross - 1/0-173

Black rock light. Scotsman bay. Isle Haute. Capes Split, Chignecto,

and D*Ore. Advocate bay and harbour - - - . 173-176

Cape Spencer. Spencer island. Basin of Mines. Horton light. Avon

river dangers. Burncoat head light - - - - - 176-178

Cape Sharp. West bay. Partridge island. Parsboro' light. Frazer

head. The Brothers. Five islands. Brick kiln island and ledges.

Economy point; tides; directions ----- 179-181

CHAPTER X.

BAY OF FUNDY:— NORTH COAST; GRAND MANAN ISLAND AND
DANGERS TO l'ETANG HARBOUR.

General remarks. Grand Manan island. Swallow-Tail light. Seal cove.

Grand harboiu:. Gull cove ------ 182-184

Big Duck island. Long island bay. Flag and Whale coves. Dark

harbour. Bradford cove. Grand Manan bank ♦ - - 184-185

17698. b

: S^^'P»^;r^ 'tfS^,

CONTSNTS,

Machlas Seal island, lights, and adjacent danf^ers. Murr ledges.

Gannet rock, light, and adjacent dangers . . -

Old Proprietor. Foul ground and other dangers. The Wolves
Wolf rock. Little river light. Quoddy head and light. Passama'

quoddy bay. Campobello island and light - - -

Head harbour. De Lute harbour. Friar bay. White horse, CascO;

Pope, Indian, and Deer islands . . - -

Port St. Andrew and light. Navy island. River St. Croix. Chamcook

harbour. Hard^Vx1od and Hospital islands . • ■

L'Etang harbour and dangers, Bliss island ; directions. Back, Black

and Deadman bays -.-.--

Page

186-188
188-191

192-194

194-195

196-199

199-203

CHAPTER XI.

BAY OF FUNDY :— NORTH COASl , L'eTANG HARBOUR THROUGH
CHIGNECTO CHANNEL TO THE HEAD OF NAVIGATION.

Beaver harbour. Maces bay. Seeley cove. Point Lepreau light. Red
head. Mink bay and island ---.-- 204-205

Lepreau bay and ledges. Dipper, Little Dipper, Chance, Little Chance,
Musquash, and Little Musquash harbours . - - - 205-208

Split rock. St. John harbour. Partridge island light. Beacon Ught.
Cape Spencer. Black rock -.-.-- 208-211

Mc\>.^ Red, and Rogers heads. Quaco light and Shoal. Quaco ledge.
Pounds and Tuft points. St. Martin and Matthew's heads. Salis-
bury bay and shoal ------- 212-214

Cape Enragd light. Chignecto channel. Grindstone island, light, and
shoal. Shepody river -.--.. 214-215

Apple river light. Cape Marangouin. River Petit Coudiac. Maran-
gouin shoal aiid flats. River Memramcook. Cumberland basin • 216-220

edges.

Page

186-188

- 188-191
sama~

- 192-194

Dasco,

ncook

194-195

196-199

Slack,

- 199-203

f, THBOUGH
iTION.

Red

lance,

light.

ledge.
Salis-

t, and

[aran-

204-2U5

205-208

208-211

212-214

214-215

216-220

I A:.

tn THIS WOKX TBB BBASlHOS

A»S ▲&& MAONBTtO,
MABKBB A8 TBVB.

BSSTASrCBS

60 TO A

BSPM8SBB »r 8BA MIKBS OV
BBOBBB or &ATXTUBB.

A eASftB'fl unroTB la ASsmcBB to bb b«va& to

XOO VATBOM8.

TBS sonrsnrosABB bbbvobb to xow watbb or oBsarABT

BPBnrO TXBB8.

TBS B&aVATSOM'S ABB ABOVB KIOH WATBB OBDnrABV

svBnra tibbs.

SAILING DIRECTIONS

FOR THR

SOUTH-EAST COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA

AND

BAY OF FUNDY.

SOUTH-EAST COAST OF NOVA SCOTIA.

CHAPTER I.

NEWFOUNDLAND AND NOVA SCOTIA BANKS :—
CURRENTS, ICE, &c.— SABLE ISLAND.

Virgin rocks

VABM.TION IN 1867.
- 30° 45' W. I Sablo island

22° 20' W.

OBirBBAK OB8BKVATZOHS. — Nova Scotia, a province of British
North America, is an extensive peninsula varying in breadth from 50 to
100 miles, and connected with the continent by an isthmus only 8 miles in
width, having the Bay of Fnndy on the one side, and Northumberland
strait on the other. It lies between lat. 43° and 46° N., and long. 61°
and 67° W. ; and is bounded on the north by Northumberland strait
which separates it from Prince Edward island ; north-east by the Gut of
Canso, lying between it and Breton island (now acounty of Nova Scotia) ;
south and south-east by the Atlantic ocean ; west by the Bay of Fundy,
and north-west by New Brunswick.

Nova Scotia was first discovered by John Cabot in 1497, and was
colonized by the Ij'rench in 1598 ; it was taken by the English in 1627,
when a grant was made of it by James I. to Sir W. Alexander. In 1632
the colony was restored to France, but at the peace of Utrecht, in 1714,
was again ceded to England. After the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle, in 1748,
a settlement of disbanded troops was formed under the auspices of Lord
Halifax, from whom the capital city of the province dei'ives its name.

The seaboard of the south-east coast, between Cape Canao to the north-
east and Cape Sable to the south-west, is no less than 230 miles in a
straight line ; the general trend being about E. by N., and W. by S.
Throughout the whole extent of this rocky coast are numerous indenta-
17698. . A

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CUAF. I.

tions, varying in size and utility ; from the narrow creek in which boats
seek wheiter to noble harbours, of which Halifax is at once the largest,
most accessible, and safest.

The coast is also fringed by numerous islands and sunken dangjrs
which, by breaking the sea, tend to facilitate the progress and promote
the safety of the local coasting trade ; but to ensure its successful prose-
cution, local knowledge of the coast and it.s dangers is indispensable ; the
more so as the fogs, — of a density seldom experienced elsewhere — are
very pi-evalent during the greater part of the year.

The soils of Nova Scotia are various along the south shore ; the granite
forms the basis, extending in many i)hin s 20 miles into the interior. This
region ie the least fertile, and being that which strangers first see is apt
to create an unfavourable impression ; but there are elsewhere extensive
alluvial tracts, producing the most abundant crops. The forests also
abound in good timber; the ash, beech, birch, maple, oak, pine, and Spruce
being the most common trees indigenous to the country.

The interior of the peninsula is intersected by numerous rivers, lakes,
and streams, which beautify and enrich the country ; it is also agreeably
diversified by forest lands and grassy plains. The surface, though un-
(.alating, is not mountainous, the highest elevation being a little over 800
feet above the level of the sea. A tract of rugged hilly country, varying
in Ijreadth from 20 to 60 miles, with an avei-age height of about 500 feet,
ranges along the shores of the Atlantic.

There are several remarkable caverns, and grottoes along the shores of
Nova Scotia, one of Avhich at St. Peter point on the Bay of Fundy coast,
displays a spacious hall, the roof of which is fretted with stalactites.

The census of the population of Nova Scotia taken in 1861 shows that
the province contained 330,857 inhabitants, including 5,927 coloured
people. In 1865 the value of exports amounted to 1,766,138/. ; and that
of imports to 2,876,332/.

In the following pages will be found the latest information respecting
the approaches to, as well as the appearanc of, the south-east coast of
Nova Scotia, though it must be borne in mind that peculiar and distinctive
features, are not easily recognizable in the usual misty weather from dis-
tances Avhich, in consequence of numerous outlying dangers, it would be
prudent for a vessel uncertain of her position to be kept from the laud.

The numerous lighthouses, however, now erected along the coast afford
great assistance to a stranger in ascertaining his position when first making
the land. Vessels approaching Sambro island lighthouse in a fog, and firing
a gun, will be answered from the island, where a party of ai'tillery and a
heavy gun are stationed for the purpose.

0&XlM(ATB.-^The city of Halifax, capital of Nova Scotia, ocoupies a

[OHAF, I.

CHAP. 1.] CLIMATE. — GREAT BANK OF NEWFOUNDLAND.

t in which boats
ouce the largest,

Hunkeu dangers
DBS and promote
successful prose-
lispen sable ; the
elsewhere — are

ore ; the granite
e interior. This
I first see is apt
vhere extensive
riie forests also
[jine, and Spruce

us rivers, lakes,
is also agreeably
ice, though un-
a little over 800
ountry, varying
about 500 feet,

ig the shores of
)f Fuudy coast,
talactites.
861 shows that
5,927 coloured
138Z. ; and that

ition respecting
h-east coast of
and distinctive
sather from dis-
irs, it would be
ora the laud,
the coast afford
en first making
i fog, and firing
artillery and a

)tia, ocoupieB a

central position on the Atlantic seaboard of the province, and though
somewhat more than 5° south of the southern point of Great Britain, its
climatic fiuctuations are greater and moi-o sovoi-e than anything expe-
rienced in the British isles; for like other portions of the North American
continent sudden changes of temperature sometimes occur, amounting to
as much as 60° (Fahr.) in twenty-four hours.

The extremes of temperature during the year vary from 6° to 8°
(Fahr.) below zero, to 80° above it ) the average of the coldest month
being about 20°., and that of the hottest about 70°. The severity of
winter seldom sets in until the close of December ; frost generally con-
tinues from Christmas to April, being followed by a spring of short duration.
The cold weather is usually dry, and the summer heat regular and
temperate ; the h,:'*^'..mn is however the most enjoyable season.

The comparatively mild climate enjoyed by Nova Scotia seems to be
attributable in some degree to +he influence of the Gulf stream, which
prevents the harbours of the Atlantic from being frozen during the winter
like those on the northern shore of the province.

ORBAT BASTK Of xrEvrrovxrsziAxrs. — In crossing the North Atlantic
ocean to any port in Nova Scotia or the Bay of F'undy, vessels generally
traverse the Great bank of Newfoundland. This Ijank extends 294 miles
Noi'th and South, from the parallel of 47° 43' to 43° N., and 240 miles East
and West, between the meridians of 48° and 54° W. It ha« been surveyed
by the French, and the only known danger on this bank are the Virj,in
rocks, surveyed by Mr. Rose, master, R.N., in the year 1829.*

The form of the bank is irregular, but it reaches iis most eastern limit
in the parallel of the Virgin rocks. South of this it trends to the south-
west, and decreases in depth, so that in the parallel of 44° N. there is on^'^
a depth of 22 fathoms, sand. In the parallel of 43° N. and meridian of
50" W. the bank falls into deep water, and its 60-fathom edge trends to
the north-west.

The Great bank is separated from Ballard bank near Cape Race by a
channel abort, 20 miles wide, having from 80 to 100 fathoms, mud ; but
the north-western limit of the Great bank has not yet been correctly
defined.

Virgrln Rooks, about 4 cables in length and 1| cables broad, lie S. 51° E.,
90 miles from Cape Race, and have on their shoalest part 4|- fathoms ;
their position on the Great bank being in lat. 46° 26' 30" N., and long.
50° 51' 30" W.

The bank, with from 28 to 30 fathoms water, jn which tlie rocks are

* See Admiralty chart, North America, tlast coast, St. John's, Newfoundland, to
Hali&t, ^th the ottttir banks, No. 2,666.

A 2

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-EAST COAST.

[chap. I.

» !!

situatcil extends 4^ miles in an E. by N. direction, its broadest part beinj*
about 2^ miles. Around the 4^-fftthom patch there are from 5 to 6
fathoms water, increasing quickly to 7 and 9 fathoms ; but in heavy
weather the whole of this rocky ground breaks dangerously. The current
generally sets over these rocks about one mila per hour, W.S.W.

In crossing the (Ireat bank it is best to avoid the parnllcl on which the
Virgin rocks arc situated, as another shoal Avith 21 feet water, called .Tesse
Ryder rock, but not yet examined, has been reported 50 miles East (true)
from the Virgin rocks.

OREBlv BAWic is in reality the western extremity of the Great bank,
being only partially separated from it by a gully of deep water, in about
long. 54° W., having over 60 fathoms, mud.

The western . Jmit of this bank is in long. 55° W., and its southern
margin in lat. 45° 10' N. In no part is there less water than 34 fathoms,
sand ; and the peculiarity of its western limit nearly coinciding with the
meridian of 55° W. makes it of service in verifying the longitude ; for the
deep gully between it and St. Pierre bank is 14 miles wide, with from 70
to 90 fathoms, mud.

SANK ST. PXBSitB has its eastern limit nearly on the meridian of
55° 22' W., and attains its southern boundary in lat. 45° I^ ,, long. 56° W.
The bank then trends about N. by W. ^ W. for 120 miles to its western
margin in lat. 46° 40' N., long. 57° 25' W.

The soundings on this bank are often under 30 fathoms, the ordinary
bottom being sand and broken shells.

xrovA SCOTIA BAMTKS. — Although our acquaintance with the nature
and extent of the principal banks Avhich mark the approaches to Nova
Scotia cannot yet be deemed perfect, our knowledge of their limits and
depth of water has been greatly increased during late years. Much useful
information respecting the outer banks was diffused by the French charts
in 1858 ; the surveys of Le Have and Roseway banks by Captain Short-
land, R.N., in 1859 were satisfactory in every respect; and, later still, the
off-shore soundings by Captain Orlebar, R.N., in 1864 are valuable addi-
tions to our hitherto scanty knowledge of the inequalities of the various
banks which He off the much-exposed and dangerous coast of Nova Scotia.
Of these banks the principal in extent and most important in position are
the Banquereau and Sable banks, the former being the easternmost of
what may be correctly designated the Nova Scotia banks.

BAXTQUBBBAV BAWS, with from 15 to 60 fathoms, is an extensive
plateau of sand, gravel, and shells, and is distinguished from contiguous
banks by numerous flat sea-eggs without prickles which are found on the
bottom. It takes its rise about lat. 44^° N., long 57;^* W., and from

[CUAF. I.

OBAF. I.]

GREEN BANK. — MIDDLE GROUND.

mdest part boinpj
ire from 5 to 6
I ; but in heavy
y. The current
V.S.W.

cl on which the
iter, called Jesse
lilcs East (true)

the Great bank,
water, in about

nd its southern
ban 34 fathoms,
iding with the
gitude ; for the
, with from 70

he meridian of

1., long. 56° W.

to its western

IS, the ordinary

with the nature
oaches to Nova
lieir limits and
. Much useful

French charts
liaptain Short-
, later still, the

valuable addi-
of the various
if Nova Scotia,
n position are
Jasternmost of

s an extensive

om contiguous

3 found on the

W., and from

thence extending in a westerly (true) direction 120 nilloa to the meridian
of 60° W. " This bank is separated from Bank St. Pierre by a deep guliy
50 miles wide, having from 200 to 300 fathoms, muddy bottom ; and fVou»
the north-east bar of Sable island by another gully of deep water 12 niilos
across its narrowest part and 140 fiitlionis deep.

On referring to the chart it will bo seen that its shoiilcHt part, with 1.5
fathoms, in lat. 44° 35' N. and long. 57° 54' W., is the apex of ii ridge
(having less than 30 fathoms) upwards of 40 miles in length in a N.E.
and S.W. direction ; and that relatively Avitli the dangers off Sable island
it is not only a safe offing for vessels intending to pass to the northward
of the last-named danger, but by keeping, if possiljle, in the same parallel,
the long and continuous line of comparatively shoal water, would enable a
vessel under ordinary circumstances, to feel her way with some degree of
confidence until she has passed to the westward of the meridian of Sable
island.

MlBAZirii and OA3VBO BAWXS. — Misainc bank lies to the northward
of Banquereau bank, between Ihc latter and Scalari island, and between
its north-west edga, with 60 fathoms, and a similar depth on the outer
edge of a bank extending from the shores of Cape Breton island, there is
a deep gully 20 miles wide, with from 70 to 150 fathoms. The least water
yet found on this bank is 36 fathoms, the general depth being more than
40 fathoms, with a bottom of stones and broken shells. The outline of
the bank is very irregular ; its eastern limit is in lat. 45° 25' N., long.
58° 10' W., and its western extremity is connected with Canso bank by
the 60-fathom line.

The least Avater on Canso bank is 33 fathoms, sandy bottom ; the bank
is separated from the north end of Middle ground by a space of deep
water with 112 fathoms, and from the bank extending from Cape Canso
by a narrow deep-water channel with 84 fathoms.

ARTZMON* BAirx, situated at the east end of the deep-water gully
separating Misaine bank from Banquereau, is of small extent, the least
Avater Ijeing 36 fathoms, over a bottom of stoncf?, with slur fi.sli and ,sea eggs.

MXOB&B OROViTB, about 30 miles to the northward of the west end
of Sable island, has been reported to have as little as 10 fathoms, although
15 fathoms was the least water obtained on examination. The bank is
about 35 miles in length N.W. and S.E., with depths varying from 15 to
30 fathoms, and is separated fi'om the west end of Banquereau bank by a
narrow gully 3 uiiles across, with 83 fathoms. Its inner end extends to
within 35 mile;< of Cape Canso, tJie distance between being occupied prin-
cipally by a submaiine valley, having in one locality a depth of 122
fathoms.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-EAST COAST,

[onKv, I,

If in fon;py wcivtlicr, Houmliiips Hlionltl ho ntruck within tlio 30-fathom
line, thoy Avill impart confidence in making tlin eoaHt of Nova -Scotia, as
tlio midtllo of the bank in in al)out the samo parallel as the entrance of
Halifax harbour.

SAMBSO BAxrx is about 12 miles in length, within the 60 fathom
line, !ind lien S.S.E. 36 miles from the .same depth south of Sambro
ledges. This bank is Hurrounded by deep water, but there arc other
detached patches of less than 60 fathoms in the neiglil)ourhood whose
liriiita are not yet accurately defined.

3bB HAVB BAxrx. — The norlh-eastern shoal plateau of this bank
with from 45 to oO fathoms, sand and stones, is 32 miles in length
N. by E. ^ E., and S. by 'V.l W., by l.'j miles broad ; the north end
being about E. by S. ^ S., nefu-ly 60 miles from IJaccaro jminl. Another 50-
fathom bank exists to the westward (true) of the south end of the above,
from which it is only separated by a shallow gully with 53 fathoms.

The 60-fathom boundary of the Le Have bank is Avell defined all
round, and includes within its limits Brown bank, described hereafter.

ttoattvrJLY BAKTK. — The shoalest part of this bank Avith from 31 to
40 fathoms, stones and peWbles, is about 1 1 miles in length, and its centre
is on the same parallel as Cape Sable lighthouse and the north end of
Le Have bank. Between the 60-fathom lines of Lc Have and Roseway
, banks there is a deep channel with from 70 to 100 fathoms ; whilst inshore,
Roseway bank is connected by a narrow neck, with the 60 fathom-line of
the bank extending along the coast.

BilO'VXi' B4.v;¥(, within the 50 fathom line, is 55 miles in length, with
an average breadth of 15 miles. It lies to the westward of, but contiguous
to Le Have bank, and with it forms an almost continuous bank, following
the line of coast off Cape Sable at the distance of 50 miles off shore.

Near the western extremity of Brown bank is a sandy rise about 10
miles long north and south (true), with from 24 to 30 fathoms, the centre
of which lies about 50 miles S.W. of Cape Sable.

Outside the 50-fathom line of Brown bank there is a deep-water
channel 25 miles wide, sep:u'ating it from the 60-fathom lino at the north-
eastern extremity of George shoal, off the Massachusetts coast.

Inside Brown bank there is a narrow deep-water channel with above 60
fatllbms, dividing it from the same depth on the edge of the shore bank,
which follows — about 30 miles off — the line of coast from Cape Sable to as
far as Bryer island, abreast of which the deep water approaches within 5
miles of the shore.

There are many inequalities on the main shore bank, off the south-west
coast of Nova Scotia which it would be useless to describe in detail in

8T,

CHAP. I.]

8AMBB0 BANK. — OrERENTS.

hill tlio 30.fBthom

:)f' Nova • Scotia, as

as tlie entrance of

lin the 60 fathom

south of Samhro

t there arc other

rhbourhood whose

eau of tin's bank
? miles ill length
1 ; (lie north end
lint. Another 50-
^11(1 of the above,
as fathoni!^.

well defined all
bod hereafter.

witli from 31 to
h, and its centre
the north end of
ive and Roseway

; whilst inshore,
JO fathom-line of

in length, with
", but contiguous

bank, foUowinc

off shore.
iy rise about JO
oms, the centre

5 a deep-water

10 at the north-

»ast.

I with above GO

'le shore bank,

ajie Sable to as

laches within 5

the south-west
e in detail in

these directions, inasmuch as they are clearly delineated on the Admiralty
chart, by studying which the navigator will have a comprc^hensive idea,
notonly of the positions of, and depths upon tho various small patches, but
also of the relative positions of the larger bank.''

BZ1I9B. — -Tho approach to the banks is generally evidenced by an
increasing number of sea Towl around the vessel. r.agdowiis, a species of
gull, heavy of flight, are seen all across the Atlantic, but on the banks they
become very numerous, as well as divers and other sea fowl.

TZBR. — All the banks off Newfoundlniid and Nova Scotia abound in
cod and other fish, and during the summer season a large fleet of fishing
vessels are found at anchor upon them. The ordinary track of the mail
steamers is left open, but north and south of this unoccupied track
numerous American, French, and colonial vessels are employed in tho cod
fishery, especially on the Great bank of Newfoundland, Bank of St. Pierre,
Banquereau and Green banks, and Middle ground.

Although 300 years have passed away since these banks were first
frequented by fishermen from the west of England and St. Maloes, and
that hundreds of vessels have been annmilly freighted from their prolific
stores, the cod and other fish shew no sensible diminution.

During the last few years the shore supply of fish has been reported to
be on the decrease, but on the banks, Avhore about 400 vessels are em-
ployed, fish ai'e found in abundance.

ovRRSlirTS. — Of the great currents in this part of the ocean, it is gene-
rally admitted that the Gulf stream, after passing along the coast of the
United States, is deflected to the eastward between the parallels of
35° and 40° N., and continuing on in about an P^.N.E. direction (true)
passes south of the tail of the Great bank of Newfoundland during the
winter months, but extends over the south end of the bank during the
summer season.

From a combination of causes, such as prevailing, or lately prevailing
winds, and the preponderance of polar or tropical waters, the Gulf stream
has been found to have an oscillatory motion, so that it would be impossible
to assign any definite limits to the margins of this great ocean river.

The velocity of the Gulf stream across the south end of the Great
Newfoundland bank is very variable, but at times am.ounts to more than
a knot an hour in an E.N.E. direction (true). One result of this influx
of warm %vater into a cold atmosphere is the production of the dense
fogs so frequently experienced on the banks, and which materially em-
barrass and retard navigation.

Although the current between the Grand bank and Newfoundland
commonly sets to the W.S.W,, sometimes at a rate of nearly one mile
per hour, it is not always so; and near the shore, in moderate weather.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-EAST COAST.

[CHAr. X.

it even chaiigCH with tho wind. At these times during the floo<i it runs to
the S.W,, and during tlio eV)l» to the N.E., the former being tho stronger.

To tho westward of Cape Race, it must also b(i remembered that the
current so frequently Hcttiii<< to the N.W. one mile per hour in the offing is
not invariable in Htrcngth or direction, but \h affected greatly by the pro-
vailing wind. It Ih observed gciicnilly to run in upon the eastern aide of
tho great bays indenting the south coast of Newfoundland, and out on their
western side. In the offing it is influenced by tho windy, and near the
shore by the tides, so that during springs tfio stream of ebb runs
weakly to tho S.E., and tho stream of flood to tho N.W., the latter some-
times 2 milos per hour round the headlands.

Captain Cioue, of the French Imperial Navy, during his survey of
Banqueroau bank, remarks that he observed the currents to be very irre-
gular in strength and direction, for they sometimes change nil round tho
compass in 24 hours, and have been known to set in a contrary direction
to tho prevailing Avind. The ordinary strength of the cv,.reut is about half
a knot ; but it occasionally attains a velocity of more than 2 miles an hour.
Tho fact of the transportation of field ice from tho north to the latitude of
41*> N., indicates the certainty of a cm-rent ordinarily setting to tho south-
west, at the rate of nearly half a mile per hour.

Arctic, or Xabrador Current. — In addition to the warm waters of the
Gulf stream is the cold ice-bearing current from the Arctic seas, which
passes to tho southward, along tho coast of Labrador, at rates varying
from 10 to 36 miles per day.

Abreast of Labrador this cold current appears to extend as for to the
eastward as the meridian of 40° W., from thence in its course to tho south-
ward it is met by tho northern edge of the Gulf stream, tho position
being nearly always distinguishable by the rips caused by the interlacing
of the waters of tho two currents.

A branch of the Arctic current flows through the Straits of Belleisle
into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and again enters the Atlantic in o south-
easterly direction between Breton island and Newfoundland.

Vessels l)ound for the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and wishing to make the
land of Cape Breton, should, if the weather be foggy, shape a course so as
to pass a few miles north of Scatari island, and most frequently after pass-
ing the me; idian of Flint island the fog will clear. The south-west wind,
which is accompanied by a dense fog at Scatari, becomes clear and fine
during its passage over the warm land.

When approaching the entrance of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the cur-
vent generally sets to the southward, on the Cape Breton side of the strait
but on the Newfoundland shore it has frequently been found setting to
the uorthwai'd about one knot per hour.

ST.

[CIUP. I.

OBAr. I.]

CURRENTS. — ICE.

the floo«l it luna to
being the stronger,
lembered that the
dour in the offing is
Sroatly by tlio pre-
tljc oHBtorn Hide of
J, ond out on their
nda, and near the
mm of ebb runs
, the latter some-

iug bin Hurvey of
Ih to be very irre-
ige nil round tlio
contrary direction
rent is about half
I 2 miles an hour,
to the latitude of
iug to the south-

rm waters of the
.retic seas, which
at rates varying

end as far to the
rse to the south-
am, the position
the interlacing

Mts of Belleisle
mtic in a south-
d.

ing to make the
} a course so as
'ntly after pass-
uth-west wind,
clear and fine

rence, the eur-
de of the strait
und setting to

To the eastward of Breton inland it intcrminglos with the main brancii
of the same current, which, after skirting the east coast of Newfoundland,
turns to the westward around Cape Race, and from thence passing along
the South-east coast of Nova Scotia, continues on to the southward along the
American shore to Florida, preserving in a marked ,roe its distinctive
character as a cold current inside the warm waters of the Gulf stream.

Along the South-east coast of Nova Scotia, the off'-shore current
generally sots to the south-west at an average rate of rather more than
halfamilean hour, but both direction and strength are much influenced
by the wind. After a continuous westerly blow, the current will run to
the eastward about half a knot per hour ; and after a prevalence of
easterly winds, the usual south-westerly current is accelerated to more
than a knot an hour ; in either case the set will tend to increase the
vessel's distance from the shore.

Between Ram island and Cape Sable, within 8 miles of the shore, the
current is governed by the Bay of B^jndy tidal stream, the flood setting
to the westward and the ebb to the eastward.

The formation of the extensive banks of Newfoundland and Nova
Scotia is probably to be attributed ''■ the meeting of the above diverse
currents ; for the loose delta of the numerous rivers falling into the Gulf
of Mexico, and borne along in suspension by the force of the Gulf stream,
as well as the earthy matter which icebergs are ever bringing from the
north, are alike deposited within the comparatively limited space where
the two streams come into collision.

During the survey, in 1829, of the Virgin rocks, about 90 miles S. E. ^ E.
of Cape Race, this current was found sotting to the W.S.W. at the rate of
one mile per hour.

ZOB. — One of the most fruitful sources of danger to which vessels are
exposed in crossing the Atlantic are the immense masses of ice, in the
form of bergs, and extensive fields of solid compact ice which are
released at the breaking up of winter in the Arctic regions, and diifted
down by he Labrador current across the direct and much frequented
route between the principal ports of Western Europe and North America.
In this route ice is more likely to be encountered from April to August,
both months inclusive, although icebergs have been seen during all seasons
of the year north of the parallel of 43° N., but not often so far south after
August.

These icebergs are frequently several hundred feet high, and of vast
extent ; they have occasionally been seen as low as lat. 39° N., and in
positions to attain which the Gulf stream must have been crossed. Such
phenomena have been attributed to the warm waters of the Gulf stream
overrunning the cold Arctic current ; whilst the latter, retaining its

: 1

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[oiui>, I.

prop[r(?HH iukI dirocfion hh n Hubmarim' curnMit, transportH the dooply-
immorsod ioc inland." into and acroHH the (lull' stroRm.

On tliiH Huhjoot. an ubio autliority Iuih remarked, "No impulsion hut
that (d' a vaHt current, setting in a Hontli-westerly din'otion, and pHHHinj^
bnneatli the Oulf Htream, enuld have carried th('r<e iminennc^ bodies to their
ol)S('rved ponitionH, on roulcs whieh cvohh tlie Gulf current, in a region
whcro its uvcrapfo hroadlh has Iteen found to be ubont 2.50 miles."*

It may possibly assist to realise the enormouH mn^rnitude of these Ico
Ishinds by stntinfr that the specific frravity of fresh-water ice, of Avhich
IiorffH arc composed, is about seven-ei<j;hthH that of sea-Avater ; in other
words, only one-eijjhth of the entire mti^s nppenrs above the water, the
rcmainin<^ seven portions bcinj; immersed benenth the surface of the sea.

In tlu! Ialiliidi> of St. John Newfoundland icoberi^s have been fallen
In Avith as far east as the meridian of 40° W., beinf? the onstorn marf?in of
the co'd Arctic current already doscribed. F'lM-ther south, between the
parallels of 40° and 4')° N., they have Iteen seen as far east as 39° W.

From lat. 38° 40' N., and lonf?. 47° 30' W.— which under ordinary
circumstances may l)e deemed the most southei-ly jmsition in which to
expect icolterps — their probable boundary line to tlx; westward would bo
in nearly a straight line towards Halifax, to as far as long. 61° W.

Instances of an exceptional nature ar^- on record of icebergs having
been seen bordering on the parallel of 40° N., within 60 miles W.N.W.
of the Island of Corvo ; and of another having been passed in lat. 36° 10' N.
and long. 39° 0' W. Tec fields have been fallen in with in the latitude of
Cape Race, on the meridian of 45° W., and also in hit. 42° N. and long.
50* W.

Vessels bound for the Clulf of St. Lawrence or Halifax, either
endeavour to make Cape Race by passing north of the Virgin rocks, or in
order to avoid the ice, cross the banks on the parallel of 44° N., hauling
up on their proper course when past long. 55° W.. as heavy ice is seldom
seen to the westward of that meridian.

Under ordinai'y circumstances the ice does not reach so far south as
Cape Race before April, so that sailing vessels leaving England in March
have often entered the Gulf of St. Lawrence without being impeded
by ice. When in the supposed vicinity of ice a good look out is essen-
tially necessary, for even during a fog, or the darkest night, the position
of an iceberg may be ascertained by a peculiar whitening of the fog —
known as ice-blink — which ft-equently renders them visible at some
distance.

Generally on approaching ice there is a marked diminution in the

♦ Mr. W. a Redfleld.

IT.

[oiui>. I.

OKAV. I.]

ICE.- SABLK ISLANP.

|)0itH tho dpoply-

*fo impulsion but
r-tioii, and piiHwinj^
^m l)0(li(«s to thoir
•rent, in ii ropion
10 miloH."*
luic of (hose ico
rttcr in>, of Avliioh
water ; in other

tlie wntrr, tho
iirfiioo of tli(> son.
Iiavo been fnilcn
'aHtorn innrjyin of
th, botwoen tho
^t ns 39° W.

under ordinary
ion in wliich to
itward wouhl bo
?. 61° W.

iccborgH haviii/T
) miles W.N.W.
in Int. 36° 10' N.

1 tho latitude of
2° N. and long.

Halifax, iMtber
rgin rocks, or in
44° N., hauling
y ice is seldom

so far south as
gland in March
being impeded
^ out is essen-
t, the position
ig of the fog —
siblc at some

inution in tho

tempernturo of the air and son, cHpecially of tho latter. Tho indioiitionn
of the thormomoter Hhould thoreforo never bo neglected, though it niunt
not bo aHflumod to b(« an infallible guide.

VeBsolH Hhould, if p()HHii)le, always pa^s tct windward of iceborgs, to
avoid tho loose ice floating to leeward.

No rule, however, can be l.iid down to onsuro safe navigation, ns tho
position of tho iee differs ho nuieh in ditlereiit seuyons ; but nuudi will
depend on tho vigibnuM', eaulion and skill of llie navigatot when crossing
the dangoouH ico-bearing portion of the North Atlantic oeean.

■ABZili XBXiAiVB is formed of two nearly parallel ri<lge» of Band
eluiped like a bow, eoiicave (o the northward, and niec^ling in a point at
either end. Its whole length, following tho curve and including tho dry
parts of the liars, is 22 miles ; or E. ^ S. 20^ miles, in a direct line aerosH
the curve ; its greatest breadth is exactly one mile. In sonm parts it is
wholly or partially covei'ed with grass, in others siiooped out l)y the
winds into crater-shaped hollows, or thrown up into sand-hills, "lot ex-
ceeding (ho height of 75 foot above high water. lU-tweon these ridges n
long 1)011(1, named Salt-water lake, said to be gradually filling with blown
sand, but still in some parts 12 feet deep, extends from tho west end
to tho distance of 11 miles ; and u low valhty continues from it 6^ miles
more to tho north-east end of the Island. The entrances to this pond
have been for some time closeil, the sea flowing in over the Ioav sandy
beach on the south side, and at the west end only in high tides and heavy
gales.'*

When Boen from the north, from a distance of 9 or 10 miles, the island
progents the appearance of a long range of sand-hills, some of which arc
very white. Prom the south, tho range of white sand appears more con-
tinuous, and very low towards tho west end. On a nearer approach many
of the sand-hills are seen to have been partly removed by the waves, so as
to have formed steep clifft next the sea. In other parts they are covered
by grass, and defended by a broad beach, which however cannot bo
reached without passing over ridges of sand covered 'vith only a few feet
water. These ridges, which are parallel to tho shore at distances not
exceeding one third of a mile, form heavy breakers, and are dangerous to
puss in boats, when there is any sea running.

rosXTXOKS. — The Av;st flagstaff on Sable island is in hit. 43° 56' 24" N.
long. 60° 2' 47'' W. ; the west extremity of tho grassy sand-hills in
lat. 43° 56' 44" N., long. 60° 8' 31" W. ; and the east extremity of the

* ^ee Pl^n of Sable island, No. 2,17 1, scale, m ' 4 oim inch.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CIUV. It

grassy saml-liills in Itit. 43° 58' o7" N. and long. 59° 45' 33" W. Sncb
were tlio positions in 1852, but the island lias been wasting away at the west
end for many years past, sometimes almost imperceptibly, at other times
several miles have been swept away by the winds and waves during a
single heavy gale. The east end has changed very little, if at all, dm'ing
the last 30 or 40 years. The distance of the East and West flagstatls
from the end of the grassy sand-hills have been stated, so that any future
change may be readily ascertained. The distance of the island from the
lighthouse on WJiite Head island, the nearest part of Nova Scotia, is 85
miles.

.^RODVCTZOirs. — The amount and variety of vegetation on this
gigantic sand bar is extraordinary. Besides two kinds of grass, there are
wild peas and other plants, affording subsistence to more than 400 Avild
horses and innumerable rabbits, as well as to the domestic cattle belonging
to the establishment. There are no other animals on the island, excepting
rats, which have come on shore from wrecks. There are also four or five
kinds of edible berries in great abundance, and many flowers and shrubs,
but no trees.

Fresh water is to be had almost everywhere by digging down a few
feet into the sand. Seals, and abundance of wild fowl, frequent the island
in their seasons.

The fisheries around the island are exceedingly valuable, but the danger
of remaining near its formidable bars has hitherto restricted the number
of vessels engaged in them to a few schooners.

\tie ESTASXiXBBMEiirT on Sable island for the relief of shipwrecked
persons is supported by an annual grant from the legislature of Nova
Scotia, to which the Imperial Government adds an equal sum ; also by a
salvage upon the sale of wrecked vessels and their cargoes, the occasional
sale of wild horses, &c. It is situated on the north side of the island
between the pond and the sand-hills, and consists of a comfortable house
for the superintendent and his family, buildings for the men and the
occasioniil accommodation of shipwrecked persons, for storing provisions
and other property saved from wrecks, workshops, stabling, &c.

The superintendent has under him a foreman and nine men, two of
whom with their families occupy outposts at the Middle and East flag-
staffs. No wrecks can take plac' on the island at a greater distance than
6 miles from some one of these posts ; and in the event of one occurring
the outposts report by signal to the superintendent at the principal
establishment.

The West Flagstaff, which points out the position of the principal
establishment, stands on a sand-hill 40 feet high, and with its crows-

IT.

[CILVI". I,

OHAF. I.]

PRODUCTIONS. — EAST BAR.

|45'33"W. Such
away at the west
Ay, at other times
1 Avavcs (InriDg a
, if at all, (luring
ud West flagstatis
50 that any future
e island from the
ova Scotia, is 85

fetation on this
f grass, there are
)re than 400 wild
! cattle beloneinff
island, excepting
silso four or five
wers and shrubs,

ing down a few
jqueut the island

', but the danger
cted the number

of shipwrecked
ilature of Nova

sum ; also by a
s, the occiisional
e of the island
mfortable house
e men and the
jring j)roviHions
?, &c.
le men, two of

and East fl-ig-
r distance than

one occurrinc
the principal

the principal
k'ith its crows-

nest, or look-out, 100 feet above the sea, is a conspicuous object on the
north side of the island ; in 1852 it was distant 4,215 fathoms from the
west end of the grassy sand-hills.

The Bast riagrstaff, 40 feet high, is also a conspicuous object, stniidii.g
Ion a sand-hill on the north side of the island, and distant, at the same
(date, 2,280 fathoms from the north-east end of the grassy sand-hills.

The Midaie Flagstaff is farther inland, near the east end of the salt
I water 'ake, and 3| n lies to the westward of the East flagstaff. Besides
the buildings at these flagstaves, there is a house of refuge on the north
side, distant 3|- cables from the west end of the grassy sand-hills.

The vruBT BAR dries about three-quarters of a mile from the end
of the grassy sand-hills. There are several patches nearly dry about
a mile farther out, and then 9 miles of heavy breakers, succeeded in
bad Aveather by 7 miles more, in which the depth increases from 5 to 10
fathoms, and where there is usually a great ripple and a heavy cross sea.
The direction of this bar is N.W. ^ N. for the first 12 miles, and then
W. by N. for the remaining distance ; the whole extent of the bar from
the end of the grassy sand-hills to the depth of 10 fathoms being
17 miles, beyond which the water deepens gradually to the westward for
many miles.

The EAST BA& during fine weather dries about 4 miles from the end
of the grassy sand-hills. At the distance of If miles, a small sand-hill
about 10 feet high and with some grass on it, has accumulated around a
wreck since 1820. The 4 miles of dry sand are succeeded by 8 or 9
miles of heavy l>reakers ; the whole length of this bar, from the grassy
sand-hills to the depth of 10 fathoms, being 14 miles. Its direction is
N.E. by E. -i E. for the first 7 miles, beyond which it curves gradually, till
it terminates to E.S.E. The ri.!pe of sand, with a depth of from 10 to 13
fathoms on it, and with often a heavy cross sea, continues for 10 miles
farther to the E.S.E., and then ends abruptly; the depth increasing, in a
distance of 3 miles farther in the same direction, to 170 fathoms, in
the channel between Sable island and Banquereau bank.

Sable island and its submerged bars form a crescent, concave towards
the north, and extend over more than 50 miles of sea. Vessels should be
careful not to be caught within this crescent in a strong gale from the
northward, when the accelerated ebb tide, setting directly towards and
over the bars, would render her situation extremely dangerous. Both
the bars are extremely steep on the north side, the east bar especially
so, having 30 fathoms water close to it. To the southward, on the
contrary, the water deepens gradually for many miles, and renders it
difficult to account for the great number of shipwrecks on that side

'iri

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH*BAST COAST.

[chap. I.

of the Island and its bars, unless they ure to bo attributed to the neglect of
the lead.

The average iiuniber of ascertained Avrecks on t'lo inland for some years
l)ast has been about two annually, but there is often sad evidence of
additional losses on the bars, especially after a long continuance of foggy
weathei-, for pieces of recently wrecked vessels and their cargoes, together
with the drowned bodies of their crews, are frequently drifted on shore.
Wrecks on the bars are of course far more dangerous to life than those that
take place on the island, and it is important in such cases to know on
•which bar the vessel is, and the consequent direction in which to seek
for safety on the island. This information, when the island is hidden
by fog or the darkness of night, must be sought by observinfr the direc-
tion of the line of breakers, which on the East bar is between N.E. by E.
and East until near its outer extremity, whilst on the West bar it is
N.W. * N.

AxrCHORAOS. — Off the north side of Sable island, excepting near
the east end, Avhere the deep water approaches too near the shore, there
is good anchorage in from 5 to 10 fathoms, and from one to two miles
off shore. The bottom is fine sand, and holds well, but the sea is so
heavy, excejiting with off-shore winds, that a vessel should weigh imme-
diately on the first indications of a wind from the sea.

DZRBCTXOM'S. — In approaching the anchorage off" Sable island from
the northward at night or in thick Aveather, the lead should be kept
constantly going ; and after passing the Middle ground, distant about 25
miles to the northward of the island, great caution should bo used, and
the vessel should be certain of her position ; for the east end of the
island and the East bar are very steep on that side.

Vessels seldom anchor oiF the south side of the island, because of the
prevailing heavy swell from the southward ; but they may safely ap-
proach by the lead on that side, taking care not to become becalmed in
the heavy swell, and in the strong and uncertain tides and currents near
the bars.

The lauding is in general inpracticable on the south side, excepting
after a long continuance of northerly winds ; and on the north side boats
can land only during southerly winds and fine weather ; but there are surf
boats at the estaljlishment, which can land when ordinary boats would
swamp.

CVRRBKTS. — The irregular currents are said to be one of the principal
causes of the frequent wrecks on Sable island. Although our acquaintance
with their strength and direction cannot yet bo deemed complete, it has
been ascertained that a branch of the Labrador current, after passing

[chap. I.

ClUP. I.l

ANCHORAGE. — CAUTION.

lI to the neglect of

ind for some ycnrrt
1 siul ovidence of
tinuttuee of foggy

• cargoes, together
drifted on shore.

ife than those that
cases to know on
in which to seek
3 island is hidden
servinjr the direc-
itweeu N.E. by E.
le West bar it is

1, excepting near

• the shore, there
one to two miles
jut the sea is so
)uld weigh imme-

5able island from
d should be kept
, distant about 25
)uld bo used, and
) east end of the

id, because of the
y may safely ap-
come becalmed in
and curi-ents near

th side, excepting
le north side boats
but there are surf
nary boats would

10 of the principal

our acquaintance

1 complete, it has

jnt, after passing

along the aastcrn coast of Newfoundland, is frequently deflected to the
westward, i)robably l)y the Great bank, and that it is often joined by
another branch of the same current, which, having cniered tho Gulf of
St. Lawrence through the Strait of IJelleisle, is frequently found running
out to the soutlnvard, between Nowibundland and Breton island. Tliose
currents are rendered inconstant and irregular both in strength and
direction, by local and distant winds ; but the general tendency is well
known to be to the westward, for vessels find no diflficulty in beating
to windward in that direction, anywhere to the northward of the Florida
Gulf stream ; and hence it is, that many of the vessels wrecked on Sable
island, were supposed to have been well to the eastward of its position
when they ran on shore.

TISfiS. — It is high water, full and change, on the north side of Sable
island at 7h. 30m., and on the south side about an hour earlier ; springs
rise about 4 feet. The tidal streams are much influenced by the wind.
The ebb sets to the southward on and over the bars, often at the rate of
H or 2 knots ; the flood at a much less rate in the contrary direction.

FOGS, vrzurDS, ana baromcbtsr. — Fogs are prevalent all the year
round, but during the spring and summer months, dense fogs or rain
almost always accompany all winds fi-om the sea, from E.N.E., round by
south, to W.S.W. In winter the rain is frequently replaced by snow.
During the autumnal and winter months winds from between North
and West become more frequent, and, being off the land, are always
accompanied with clear weather.

Strong gales of wind do not often occur in May, June, or July ; but
after the middle of August they are often of great strength, and It
then becomes essential to attend carefully to the indications of the
barometer. Strong Avinds from East, round by South, to W.S.W., are
always accompanied by a falling barometer ; when, therefore, these
winds begin to abate, and the barometer at the same time ceases to fail,
tt change of wind, more or less sudden, to the opposite direction may be
expected, with a rising baroniete" and fine weather ; if it be Avinter, the
change will probably be accompanied by intense frost, coating the vessel,
sails, and rigging with ice.

Again, a high barometer, stationary or beginning to fall, indicates that
a S.E. or S.W. wind, with accompanying rain and fog, is not far distant ;
and if, at the same time, there be a bank of clouds rising above the
north-western horizon, the indication is certain.

CAVTZOxr.^-It is essential to the safety of vessels to attend to these in-
dications, for to the neglect of such precautions, more especially of the
deep-sea lead, no less than to the fogs and irregular currents the frequent

NOVA-SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. I.

shipwrecks on Sable island and the south-east coast of Nova Scotia are
attributable.

All this portion of the sea, from the eastern limit of the Bank of New-
foundland, past Capo Race to Halifax, as well as to Portland, Boston, or
other harbours of the coast of the United States, is within soundings, and
therefore during foggy weather, or when in doubt respecting the ship's
position, frequent soundings are absolutely necessary.

Another important point to which due attention should be paid is, that
in coming from the eastward the variation of the compass rapidly decreases,
and, if not allowed for, might easily run a vessel into danger.

!OAST.

[chap. I.

?t of Noya Scotia are

t of the Bank of New-
Portland, Boston, or
vilhln soundings, and
respecting the ship's

should be paid is, that
pass rapidly decreases,
) danger.

•*l^

Whitehaven

CHAPTER II.
NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.
CAPE CANSO TO IIOLLINS BAY.

Variation in 18C7.

CapeCanso - - - 23°25'W.

- 23° "20' \V. I Country Harbour - - 22° 25' W.

The COAST. — From Cape Canso to Torbay, a distance of 18 miles,
metamorphic gneiss is the prevailing rock. It forms barren hills along
the northern shore of Torbay ; and Whitehaven, White head, and White
point derive their names from its more or less white appearance.

From Torbay to Indian bay, a distance of about 20 miles, the shore ia
formed of metamorphic rocks, principally clay and micaceous slates, in
nearly vertical strata. On these rest the unstratified drift clay and boulders
forming the reddish cliffs which appear occasionally, but not extensively,
on this part of the coast. The country near the sea has in general a deso-
late appearance, in some parts thinly wooded with dwarf spruce trees, in
others, which are called the barrens, it is quite bare, or only covered with
peat and bushes.*

A few miles inland, as may be seen in most of the harbours, the drift
hills become covered occasionally with hard wood, birch, beech, and
maple, and arc more or lcr:s susceptible of cultivation. The hills seldom
exceed the height of 200 feet above the sea, and near the coast are in
general much lower.

The Soundings are deep and irregular everywhere along this part of the
coast, and vessels running along it, or approaching it during dark nig' ts
or the prevailing fogs, should not go into a less depth than 40 fathoms
water.

The Tidal Streams are weak and irregular, but there is generally —
though not continuously — a current setting along the coast to the west-
ward, sometimes exceeding the rate of one knot per hour ; hence veasels
seldom experience any difficulty in beating to the Avestward.

* ^ee Admiralty Charts: Canso Harbour, No. 2,163, scale, m = 4 inches; GrceD

Island to Cape Canso, No. 2,517 ; and Liscomb Island to Green Island, No. 2,519 •
scales, m = l\ inches.

17698. B

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. u.

'41

osAXramiRT xsXiAxrB kzobt. — Cranberry island, low and rocky, a
quarter of a mile in length, and divided into several parts at high water,
may in reality be described as the north-eustern extremity of Nova Scotia,
with a nearer approach to accuracy than Capo Canso, which is only an
insignificant islet a long mile to the south-west.

Near the north end of Cranberry island stands the lighthouse of wood,
octagonal in shape, 60 feet high, and painted with red and Avhite horizontal
stripes, from which is exhibited two ^xed white vertical lights 35 feet
apart. The upper light, 75 feet above high water, should be seen in clear
weather from a distance of 15 miles ; the lower, being an inferior light
40 foot high, only from a distance ol'9 miles. They bear N.E. ^ N. 1:|^ miles
from Cape Canso ; but dangers on either side reduce the breadth of the
clear channel to half a mile.

Tos Trumpet. — A Dobell's fog trumpet is established 100 yards south
of the lighthouse ; each blast will be of ^ve seconds duration, with
intervals of twenty seconds, and in clear weather it should be heard from
6 to 10 miles oiF.

CAPB CAWSO is a low rocky islet 15 feet high, less than a quarter of
a mile in extent, and connected at low water with Andrew island, by a
sandy neck about one cable in breadth. Detached from the islet at high
water, and at the distance of little more than a cable in a S.E. by S.
direction, is the Cape rock, 8 feet high.

At l^ miles to the north-west is Glasgow head, a remarkable red clay
cliff 50 feet above the sea ; and at an equal distance beyond in the same
direction lie the town and harbour of Canso.

From Cape Canso to Guysborough, a distance of 25 miles in a westerly
direction, the south coast of Chedabucto bay is composed of primary rocks,
partially covered with drift sand, clay, and boulders. This drift occa-
sionally appears in high, red-looking cliffs on the shore, and when cleared
of stones it furnishes a tolerably productive soil ; but the climate is not
favourable to agriculture, and the large fishing population obtain littlo
beyond a l3W vegetables and food for their cattle.

Drift ice in the month of May, and in June the prevailing easterly
winds, bringing fog from a cold sea, check vegetation until past mid-
summer, and seldom allow of settled warm weather before July. But
fishing, not farming, is here the great business of life, as it has been ever
since the first settlement in this country. Codfish, herrings, and mackerel
swarm along these shores, and the latter especially are taken in incredible
numbers, both in the spring and fall of the year, by the numerous
scaooners occupied in this important pursuit.

AKDXtEW zsiiAXSTB, about If miles in length and 1^ miles in breadth,
is separated from the mainland of the peninsula of Nova Scotia by a deep

AST.

[oni.F, u.

CHAP.n.J CRANBEERY ISLAND LIGHT. — CAUTION.

od, low and rocky, a
parts at high water,
mity of Nova Scotia,
so, which ia only an

lighthouse of wood,
and white horizontal
rtical lights 35 feet
lould be seen in clear
ng an inferior light
arN.E.^N.l:^ miles
e the breadth of the

bed 100 yards south
^nds duration, with
hould be heard from

ss than a quarter of
Andrew island, by a
)m the islet at high
able in a S.E. by S.

remarkable red clay
beyond in the same

miles in a westerly
sed of primary rocks,
This drift occa-
5, and when cleared
t the climate is not
)ulation obtain little

prevailing easterly
ion until past mid-

before July. But
i, as it has been ever
•rings, and mackerel
! taken in incredible
, by the numerous

1^ miles in breadth,
va Scotia by a deep

narrow channel about one eighth of a mile broad. The island is low, its
greatest elevation, 35 feet, being at the south end j it is also boggy and
barren, with stunted spruce over its surface. On all sides, excepting tho
west, the island is surrounded by a fringe of dangerous shoals, to be
hereafter described.

Orlme and Bass Rooks are the outermost of the off-lying dangers, known
as the Canso ledges, which render the approach to the Ship channel between
Cranberry island and Cape Canso extremely dangerous to strangers, and
more especially so as the locality is celebrated for fogs. Grimo rock, which
has 12 feet least water, is only marked by breakers when the sea is heavy;
it is surrounded by various patches with from 3 to 5 fathoms, the outermost
rocky patch, with 4^ fathoms, being a quarter of a mile to the eastward.
From Grime rock the lighthouse on Cranberry island bears W. by S. \ S.,
distant 2^ miles ; it also lies with the steeple of the Roman Catholic church
at Canso, the southern extremity of Grassy island, the northern end of
Petit-pas, and Park ledge all in one.

The Bass rock, with only 6 feet water, breaks frequently, and lies S.W.
3| cables from Grime rock. From it Cranberry island lighthouse bears
W. by S., distant 2^ miles ; and the steeple of the Roman Catholic church
at Ciiuso, and southern extremity of Petit-pas appear in line.

nxiadle, Inner Bass, and Kelp Hocks lie within the Grime and Bass
rocks, to the westward. Of these the Middle rock, Avith only 4 feet
water, as well as the Inner Bass, awash at low water, can almost always be
seen ; but the Kelp rock, with 12 feet least water, only breaks during a
heavy sea.

Middle rock lies W.N.W. one mile from Bass rock, and from it the
lighthouse on Cranberry island bears S.W. by W. \ W., l-/^^ miles ; and the
Roman Catholic church at Canso, seen over Petit-pas, is open a little to
the southward of Park ledge.

The breakers on this rock, as well as on the Inner Bass, which lies
3^ cables to the N.N.W,, often serve as a guide to fishing and coasting
vessels, which prefer passing close to those rocks to going outside all the
edges ; but this should on no account be attempted by large ships or by
strangers ; for although the passage between the Middle and Bass rocks is
a mile wide, the existence of the Sand shoal and White rock, with 5 and
4 fathoms respectively, as well as another nameless patch of the same depth
as the latter, render it unsafe in the heavy swell which so frequently prevails.

CAVTXOXJ. — It is essentially necessary, when approaching Cape Canso
from seaward, that great caution be exercised, in consequence of the
numerous detached shoals and rocks which lie at some considerable dis-
tance from the land ; and that at all times, but more especially during foggy
weather, the constant use of the lead should be deemed indispensable.

B 2

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[cil.iP, II.

Should the approach to these dangers be from the northward, it must bo
borne in mind that the off-lying ledges lie only 4 cablca within the edge of
the 30-fathom bank ; if from the southward and eastward, go into no less
than 25 fathoms, until the soundings indicate that the vessel is off tho
bank to the northward ; and, lastly, in clear weather do not haul to tho
westward into Chedabucto bay until the high land of Black point opens to
tho northward of Derabio island, bearing W.N.W.

BAWOms off ttae Bntrance of SBI# CBAMrWBXi. — As a detailed
account of the various out-lying dangers off Capo Canso, as well as those
leading to Canso harbour, will be found in vol. 2 of the St. Lawrence
Pilot, it is not deemed necessary to repeat in this work any observations
on dangers in this locality, save those affecting the coast navigation from
Cranberry island to the southward.

The following description of objects and dangers on either side of the
entrance of Shi[i channel into Canso harbour, in tho order in which they
would bo passed by a vessel running in from sea, will sufficiently explain
the Admiralty chart, without Avhich, or the aid of experienced local know-
ledge, no one should attempt a navigation so hazardous.

SASTESN' BIBS, Stanley Sboals. — These dangers consist of four small
rocky patches u quarter of a mile apart. The least water, 4 fathoms, is
on the northern and western patches, whose positions are sometimes shown
by breakers.

The northern patch lies with the northern of tho Black rocks on with
the north point of Glasgow head, and Crow islet, half its apparent
breadth, open east of Cranberry island. From the western patch, the
eastern end of Crow islet is just shut in behind the eastern extreme of
Cranberry island, and the highest lart of Glasgow head, just over tho
Tiorth end of the southern group of Black rocks.

The v.estern extremes of Derabie and Cranberry islands in one, and
bearing N. by W. ^ W., lead in between these shoals and the Capo
Breaker.

irickerson and Bavid Rocks. — From the Nickerson rock, which is
detached, with 4 fathoms least water, Cranbcuy island lighthouse bears
N.W. ^ W. 1^ miles. This rock is less in the way of navigation than the
Stanley shoals, from which it is distant about half a mile in a N.N.E. ^ E.
direction. The same remark applies to David rock, with 13 feet water,
half a mile nearer to the lighthouse, which bears from it N.W. ^ N. three-
quarters of a mile.

Washbaii siouk, a rocky patch, which dries at low water, lies W.S.W.
2 cables from David rock, and S.S.E. | E. 7 cables from tho lighthouse j
it forms the extremity or toe of a rocky shoal extending from Cranberry
island, and occupies a mid-position between the lighthouse, and the Stanley

AST.

[CII.VP. II.

aiAP. II.]

ENTRANCE OF SHIP CHANNEL.

northward, it must bo
C3 within the edge of
twnrd, go into no legg
the vessel is off tho
' do not haul to tho
Black point opens to

mOt. — As n detailed
mso, as well as those
of the St. Lawrence
ork any observations
:oast navigation from

on either side of tho
order in which they

11 sufficiently explain

lerienced local know-

us.

s consist of four small
water, 4 fathoms, is

are sometimes shown

Black rocks on with
t, half its apparent
e western patch, the
e eastern extreme of
head, just over the

islands in one, and
ihoals and the Cape

irson rock, which is
and lighthouse bears
f navigation than the
iiilc in a N.N.E. ^ E.
:, with 13 feet water,
nitN.W, iN.three-

r water, lies W.S.W.
from tho lighthouse ;
ding from Cranberry
ouse, and the Stanley

shoals. As this danger can almost always be seen, it is of great service
in guiding vessels. These two last-named rocks lie so near the edge of
the Cranberry island bank, as to leave no safe passage between thcni.

Pink Rook, with only 4 feet water, lies half a mile to the southward of
Cranberry island lighthouse ; but from it a shoulder, with 3 (allioms water,
extends 1^ cables W. by N. From this rocky shoulder, which forms tho
extreme southern edge of the Cranberry island bank, the lighthouse bears
N.N.E. half a mile. Flag hill, and the south-west extremity of the beach
of Fort point in line, bearing N.W. ^ N., lead just clear to the southward
of this danger ; but as tho beach cannot always be made out, Flag hill
should be kept about half a point open to the south-west of Fort point,
until the bearing of the lighthouse shows that tho rock is passed.

^VESTSRir SIDE. — Patch and Boom Socks. — Approaching from tho
southward, the entrance of the Ship channel between Cape Canso and
Cranberry island is a mile wide. The outermost danger on this side
is Patch rock, with 5 fathoms water, but on which the sea is said to break
occasionally; it bears from Cape Canso S.S.E. ^ E., IJ miles.

Within tho Patch — to tho westward, nearly three-quarters of a mile-
is Boom rock, with 12 feet water, bearing S. ^ E., IJ- miles from Cape
Canso ; and E.S.E. 11 miles from the south point of Andrew island.
It obtained a melancholy celebrity during the progress of the Admiralty
survey, by the loss of a schooner on it with all hands. The south-western
extreme of Dover island, open to the southward of White point W. -^ S.
leads clear to the southward of both these rocks.

Cape Breaker and Stoarlngr Bull Rock. — The Cape Breaker, with 2§
fathoms water, bears from Cape Canso S.E.byE. one mile distant. Ctow
and Cranberry islands touching, bearing N. by W., will clear it to tho
eastward a cable's length. As it can only be seen when there is a heavy
sea, this rock is extremely dangerous, and would be still more so were it
not that the lioaring Bull, 4 cables to the westward, almost always shows,
and therefore assists in indicating the position of its treacherous neighbour.
The Roaring Bull has only 2 feet water, and bears from Capo Canso
S.E. ^ S., two-thirds of a mile.

Keeper and Kirby Bocks, with 4 and 2^ fathoms water, aro
distant half a mile and one mile respectively, about N.W. by N. from
the Cape Breaker ; Kirby rock bears from Cape Canso E.N.E., and is
distant 3 cables. The steeple of tho Roman Catholic church at Canso,
open to the north-east of Glasgow head, bearing N.W. ^ N., leads just
clear to the north-cast of Cape Breaker, and Keeper and Kirby rocks.'

Black Hocks, lie N.N.W. a long half mile from Kirby rock, the
passage into Glasgow harbour being between them. They consist of two
masses of trap rock about 5 feet high, and can therefore always be seen;

iSjl;

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[otup. n.

as the shoal water extends from them only a cal)le'H length to the ooflt-
ward, they are of groat service in pointing out the western aide of the
channel.

Oannet &edffe«. — The outermost of these ledges, with only 3 and
4 feet water on them, extend S.E. by E. nearly a mile from Gannet point
the south extremity of Andrew island ; nnd foul ground, with 6 and 9,
fathoms over it, runs out fully a mile farther to the south-east. The south-
west extremity of Dover island kept open to the southward of White
point, bearing W. ^ S., leads half a mile to the southward of these ledges,
as well as the dangerous Boom rock with 12 feet water, and from which
Gannot point bears W.N.W. 1-^ miles.

AWBRHvr PASSAOB, between Andrew island and the mainland, and
leading to Glasgow and Canso harbours, is too intricate for a written
description to avail. It is frequented occasionally by fishing vessels and
small coasters, but even with the aid of a chart, local knowledge is
indispensable for the safe guidance of even a small vessel.

BOVBR 8AT is 2^ milcs wide at the entrance, from Dover head east-
ward to White point, and 4 milcs deep to the N.N.W. ; but although so
extensive, it affords no shelter for ships, being filled towords its head with
islets and rocks above and under water, among which only small craft and
boats could find their way. Louse harbour, on its western shore, one mile
within Dover head, has within it depth and spacc^suflRcient for large vessels;
but its entrance, to the north of Louse island, with 3| fathoms water, is
only about 30 fathoms wide. Little Dover Run is a very narrow channel
between Wliite island — forming the eastern side of the bay — and the main-
land ; its narrowest part being only about 30 yards wide, with 3 fathoms
water. It leads in among the islets at the head of the bay, and is
frequented in the season by fishing vessels.*

The dangers at the mouth of Dover bay are, a rock with 3 feet
water on it, from which Dover head bears N.N.E. |^ E. a third of a mile ;
Blackman shoal, with 4 fathoms Avatcr, from which Dover head bears
N.W. by W. three-quarters of a mile; Bay shoal, with 5 fathoms water,
lying nearly half-way between Dover head and White point, and breaking
only after heavy gales ; Home shoal, with 3 fath ims water, lying nearly
mid-way between Louse head and White island ; and Lumsden shoal,
with 2^ fathoms water, from which White point bears S.E. by E. distant
6J cables.

The White point ledges extend 5^ cables to the southward of White
point ; and White rock, with 5 fathoms water, Avhicli breaks after heavy

* See Admiralty Chart, Cape Canso to Dover Head, No. 2,518, scale, m «= 4 inches.

VLJ!.

iST.

[oiuF. n.

OIUP. II.]

ANDREW PASSAGE. — PORT UOWE.

length to the oast-
western side of the

with only 3 nnd
I from Gnnnet point
und, with 6 and 9,
h-enst. The south-
oiithwnrd of White
:nrd of thcHC ledges,
ter, and from which

1 the mainland, and
icate for a written
' fishing vessels and
local knowledge is
3el.

n Dover head east-
; but although so
wards its head with
nly small craft and
tern shore, one mile
snt for large vessels;
I falhoms water, is
QTy narrow channel
bay — and the main-
ide, with 3 fathoms
if the bay, and is

. rock Avith 3 feet
a third of a mile ;
Dover head bears
h 5 fathoms water,
loint, and breaking
vater, lying nearly
d Lumsden shoal,
S.E. by E. distant

uthward of White
)rcaks after heavy

scale, m SI 4 inches.

gales, lies nearly half a mile farther off, with the point ])earing N. by W.
distant one mile.

Oannet Shoal, consisting of several detached patches, having on one
spot as little as 9 feet water, lies East one mile from White point. There
are other rocks to the northward of it off Madeline point, and at the
entrance of Little Dover run, for which the Admirally chart is necessary
to ensure the safe guidance of a vessel in such intricate places. The
soundings arc alike deep and irregular near these dangers, so that the lead
will afford little or no warning at night or in thick weather; but in the
daytime Cnmberry island lighthouse, kept open to the eastward of the
trees on Cape Canso, N.E. ^ N., will lead to the eastward of Gannet
shoal, the White point ledges, and White rock.

SOVBR XB&A»rs, upwards of a mile in extent east and west, and along
half mile broad at its western end, forms a salient point of the coast between
Dover bay and the indentation of Port Howe.

It has an elevation of 95 feet, and is separated from the mainland by a
narrow but navigable channel, with 14 feet water, known as Dover pas-
sage, which is frequented by fishermen and small coasting vessels ; but as
in the narrowest part the passage is only 30 fathoms across, it is evidently
not adapted for either large vessels or strangers.

POST HOVTB. — The bay known as Port Howe, to the westward of
Dover island, is small, and dangerous to approach on account of numerous
shoals. The entrance lies between Howe point to the eastward and Black
rock, 1 feet high, off Fluid jwint on the western shore ; the distance across
being a good third of a mile, but the navigable channel is narrowed by
shoal ground to little more than 1^ cables.

Within the entrance the shores are mostly steep-to, and there is sufficient
depth of water for the largest ships ; but in the parts not exposed to the
southerly swell, there is barely room for a vessel to swing at singl-^ an jhor.

The best anchorage is in the mouth of the western arm, care being taken
to avoid a sunken rock with only 8 feet water, lying rather more than
a cable S. by E. J E. from the point which separates the western and
northern arms. There is also secure anchorage within Port island and in
:Ji the mouth of Dover passage, but in both places it would bo necessary to
moor. As on some occasions this place might prove useful as a harbour of
refuge, it would be advisable for scivmeu frequenting this coast, to make
themselves familiar with the marks for clearing the following dangers :—

Dover Shoals and Bnortingr Rocks. — The Dover shoals, with 4 fathoms
on them, lie on the eastern side of the entrance of the channel, S. f E.
5^ cables from Snorting rocks, which never cover. These latter are
nearly joined at low water to the south-Avest extremity of Dover island.
Sunken rocks, with various depths on them, extend W. by S. a quarter

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CUAP. II,

of a milo from Snorting rocks, nnil together with similur rocks lying
2 cables ofl'IIowo point, must be left to the cuHtwnrd in running in. Tho
cntrnnco botwcon these last-nnnied rooks and IJIiick rock and reef off
Fluid point is, ns l)cforo observed, only about 1-^ cables -wide.

Avery Staoal, with 3.} fathoms water, lies nearly a mile to tho south-
ward of Whale island, and three-quarters of a mile from tho south-east
extremity of jVIillstonc island — in one with tho lighthouse on White Head
island — and bearing W. by N. ^ N. Dover head open to tho southward
of Snorting rocks bearing E.N.K. leads clear to tho southward of this
shoal, which is in tho way of vessels running along tho coast ; and the same
marks lead also to tho southward of tho Vacho andWhalo shoals, carrying
10 and 20 feet water, and lying 4 cables and 1^ miles respectively farther
inshore to tho E.N.E. The Whalo rocks — which dry at low water and
arc farther inshore — and Whale shoal lio on tho western side of the chauucl
loading to Port Howe.

BntBCTZOXra. — The marks for running into Port IIowo are the Black
rock, already mentioned, in ono with tho remarkable Sugar loaf hill, 180
feet high, about a milo inland from tho entrance of Kyak brook at tho
head of the harbour. Being outside the sho. , > bring the above mai'ks in
one, bearing N. J W., and run towards them until the south extremities of
Whale and Millstone islands arc nearly in one, bearing W.S.W.; then alter
course so as to pass a cable's length to the eastward of the Black rock.

If proceeding to tho anchorage at the mouth of the western arm, endea-
vour to preserve a mid-channel course between Port island and tho Avestei'a
shore, anchoring in about 8 fathoms, mud, with the west end of Snorting
rocks just seen open of the point west of Port island, and borrowing on
the southern shore in order to avoid the sunken rock off the point which
divides the Arms. If the anchorage within Port island be preferred, pass
round the north-west end of the island at the distance of a cable — to avoid
tho reef off it — and anchor Avithin it, in 4h fathoms, mud.

vrXKti, CRAZTS, and RASPBSRZiv cov&s are small intricate inden-
tations between Port Howe and Whitehaven, abounding in sunken rocka
and difficult of access. They are adapted for small craft and boats, but
without good local knowledge of the neighbourhood and its numerous
dangers, the approaches to these places are perilous in the extreme.

-WEZTE HEAB zsitANB X.ICHT. — White Head island, 6 cables long
and 120 feet high, derives its name from the whitish granite rock of which
it is composed, and forms a salient feature off the point of land east of White-
haven, its inner or northern end being about one-third of a milo from tho
main shore. The interior of the island is wooded with dwarf spruce trees,
but the lighthouse on its south-west point stands on the bare rock, and is
a fiquare woodeu building pointed white, from which at an elevation ot

■

)AST.

[ciur. n.

CBAr. II.]

DIRECTIONS. — WHITEHAVEN.

similiir rocks lying

in running in. Tho
ck rock and reef off
CH wide,
n mile to tho soutli-

from the south-t-ast
lousc on Wliite Ileutl
pn to tho Houthwurd
ho southward of thia
coast ; and the same
halo shoals, carrying

respectivt'iy farther
•y at low Avater and
•u side of the chauucl

Howe are the Black
Sugar loaf hill, 180
Kyak brook at tho
tho above marks in
south extremities of
fW.S.W.; then alter
f the Black rock,
western arm, endea-
land and the western
pst end of Snortiiijr
!, and borrowing on
:)ff the point which
d be preferred, pass
3f a cable — to avoid
Lid.

lall intricate inden-
ng in sunken rocka
•aft and boats, but
and its numeroua
the extreme,
land, 6 cables long
mite rock of which
land east of White-
:>{ a mile from tho
Iwarf spruce trees,
! bare rock, and is
kt an elevation oi

W feet nltovo high water, la exhiliitcd a rvrohing white light, which
Htta!:ifl its greatest brilliancy every 20 seconds, and in clear weather should
bo visible from a distanco of 11 miles.

DirBZTBHAVBir is n secur*; harbour, witli sufficient space and depth of
water for a fleet of the largest ships ; but, like most of the indentations on
this coast, the entrances, three in number, are so narrow and indirect, and
the sunken rocks so numerous, that no large vessel coultl safely attempt
them at night or in the dense fogs that so frequently prevail.*

The shores of the harbour have a barren and desolate appearance, tho
woods having Ijcen extensively burnt oil" 'ho granite hills, especially on
the eastern side. On tho western shore there are hills of the drift boulder
clay, affording pasture for the cattle of tho fishermen, who reside princi-
pally in Doliver and Marshall coves, but whoso houses will also bo seen at
intervals all the way to the head of tho North-west arm, distant 7 miles
from the entrance of the haven.

Baat Bull, one of the outer dangers of tho eastern entrance to
Whitehaven, is a small detached rock, having only 6 feet water, and lies
with the lighthouse bearing N.W. distant G cables. Half way between it
and White Head island, is Seulpin rock, dry at low water ; and midway
between it and Millstone island, there is a rocky shoal carrying 3;^^ fathoraa
water. The entrance to the eastern passage into Whitehaven harbour ia
between this shoal and Millstone island.

Bouth-weit Bull, with 5 feet water, lies with tho lighthouse bearing
N.E. distant 6^ cables. Rocky ground, with 4 fathoms water, extends
from it 4 cables to the N.W. by W., and there arc rocky patches with
5 fathoms between it and White Head island.

Dover head open to the soutlnvnrd of Millstone island, bearing E. by N.,
leads to the southward of both the East and S.W. Bull rocks.

Black Kedgre dries at low water. Its western extremity, from which
the lighthouse bears E. | S. rather more than one mile. Is cleared by
keeping Doliver and Fisherman islands touching, and bearing !•,'. by E. ^ E-,
■whilst Bald rock and Flying point in one, bearing N.N.W. -^ W., will lead
to the south-west of it, and S.W. Bull rock.

Sbagr and Rocky Kedgres arc nearer the lighthouse, and never cover;
and the Gammon islets, small and of bare granite, will be seen to the
northward of them. The southern passage into Whitehaven harbour is
to the eastward of all these, including the S.W. Bull, and between them
and White Head island.

Inner and Outer Cull KedgreB and Bald Rook extend nearly a mile to

•

* See Admiralty Plan ofWluteliaYcn with views, No. 2,560 j scale, nj = 4 inches.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. n.

the southward from Deming island, which, being united to the mainland
at low water, forms the western point of entrance to Whitehaven. These
ledges and rocks are all above water, but there are reefs between and
around them ; that most in the way being a rock with 6 feet water on the
east end of the shoal tongue extending from Bald rock, and lying S.S.E. ^ E.
1^ cables from the Outer Gull lodge ; Net rock (joined by a reef to the
south-east extremity of Three-top island) and Spry point in one, bearing
N.E. by E. I E., leads clear to the soutli-east of it.

The western passage into Whitehaven harbour between the 6 feet rock
and Black ledge is half a mile wide. There is little or no w vi-ning by the
lead in anproaching any of these dangers from seaward, the depth exceeding
20 fathoms a little moretlmn a quarter of a mile from them.

TBRBE-TOP xs&AKTB may be easily recognized by the three remarkable
hills, 50 or 60 feet high, from which its name is derived. The channels
to the north-west of it, on either side of Doliver island, are so narrow and
full of rocks, as to be only lit for small craft and boats. The Ship channel
to the eastward of it, is 2 cables wide at entrance between Net rock and
I'urtle reef, which runs out from Spry point. A short distance within the
entrance, and nearly abreast the middle of Three-top island, there
is a rock with 3^ fathoms water, which reduces the breadth of the
channel between it and the island to 1^ cables. The marks that lead to
the south-west of this rock are, the ends of Gammon islets and White
Head island very slightly overlapping, and bearing S. by E. | E. ; these
marks also clear the shoals farther in off Doliver island and Deming
point, on the western side of the harbour.

TIDES. — It is high water, full and change, in Marshall cove, White-
haven harbour, at 8h. Om. ; springs rise 6 feet, and neaps 4 feet. The
rate of the tidal streams in the entrance seldom exceeds half a knot, unless
it be the ebb stream when accelerated by heavy rains, or the melting of
the snow in spring.

SXRSCTZOxrs: — The Eastern Passagre into Whitehaven is rendered
so intricate and dangerous by Middle rock, with only 6 feet water, and
other shoals, that it should never be attempted in a large ship, unless in
case of necessity. Between the Middle rock and Paddy ledge the passage
is only half a cable wide. To run in, bring the summit of the northern-
most hill on Three-top island in line with Dogfish point, bearing N.W. ^ W.,
and run towards them, passing a cable's length to the southward of Mill-
stone island. To jiass between Middle rock and Paddy ledge, open out the
hill a little to the northward of the point, and when abreast the reef off
Mink islands steer sufiiciently to the northward to clear the sunken rock
which lies N. by E. 60 fathoms from the small islet on the opposite side
of the channel.

OAST.

[chap. n.

mited to the mainland
Whitehaven. These
ire reefs between and
th 6 feet water on the

:, and lying S.S.E.^E.

ined by a reef to the

point in one, bearing

fcween the 6 feet rock
5 or no w vi-ning by the
d, the depth exceeding
them.

r the three remarkable
rived. The channels
id, are so narrow and
s. The Ship channel
etween Net rock and
t distance within the
ee-top island, there
the breadth of the
3 marks that lead to
Hon islets and White
S. by E. I E. ; these
island and Deming

arshali cove, White-

I neaps 4 feet. The
Is half a knot, unless
fe, or the melting of

ehaven is rendered
ly 6 feet water, and
arge ship, unless in
ly ledge the passage
lit of the northern-
bearing N.W. 4 W.
southward of Mill-
ledge, open out the
ibreast the reef off
ar the sunken rock

II the opposite side

CHAP. H.]

THREE-TOP ISLAND. — DIRECTIONS.

Round Dogfish point to the westward at the distance of a cable, until i t
and Millstone island are touching S.E. | E., and steer N.W. ^ W. passing
to the southward of Turtle rock and reef ; and when White Head island
lighthouse is just open east of Gammon islets, keep these objects astern
and run in N.N.W. -^ W. until tlie north end of Three-top island is nearly
abenm. Then alter course to North, taking care to keep White Head island
open to the eastward of the Gammon islets, in order to clear the shoals off
Doliver island and Deming point on the western shore ; niul the light-
house open to the westward of Spry point, to clear Yankee island reef
on the eastern shore-

Having passed this reef, the anchorage becomes good, in from 7 to 10
fathoms, mud, immediately within it, and also off the fish stages and houses
on the western shore, although some swell comes in with the strong
southerly winds. Small vessels anchor in Yankee cove, into which 3^
fathoms can be carried through a very narrow channel. The best passage
for a large vessel desirous of proceeding farther in, to the more completely
shelt- .-ed parts of the harbour, is to the eastward of Fisherman island, where
there is a clear channel, one cable wide, and carrying a depth of 8 fathoms.

xeip Shoal, with only 3 feet water, lies directly in the way of vessels
passing to the westAvard of Fishei . lan island. The marks for running
through the channel (only half a cabla wide) between it and the island,
are the western extremities of Pilot point and of Yankee islet in line,
bearing S. \ E. There is also a passage to the westward of Kelp
shoal, between it and the shoal which extends 1^ cables off shore to the
southward of Marshall cove ; but the marks for running though it,
namely, the western sides of M- nroe rock, Three-top island, and Shag ledge
iji one, and bearing South, might not easily be distinguished by a stranger.

Having passed through either of these channels, anchorage may be
chosen either in Marshall cove or farther up the harbour, Avher.j the only
detached danger in the way, until the vessel arrives at the entrance of
the Arms, is a shoal, with 3^ fathoms water, lying a quarter of a mile
N.W. by W. from White islands, and which is cleared to the westward
by the line of Fisherman island and Pilot point touching, and bearing
S. by W. \ W.

The Southern Passage into Whitehaven is only one cable wide. To
run in to the eastward of the S.W. Bvxll, steer between N. by E. and
N.N.E. for the western side of White Head island, Avhich pass at a
distance not exceeding one cable ; open out Millstone island until it is
touching Dogfish point, bearing S.E. | E. ; keep those marks astern and
pass to the south^vard of Turtle reck and reef off Spry point. When the
lighthouse comes just open to tho eastward of Gammon islets, bearing
S.S.E. ^ E., 'jteer in N.N.W. ^ W. and proceed as before directed.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-SAST COAST.

[CUAP. II.

mrestern Passagre. — To run into Whitehaven harbour in a steamer, or with
a fair -wind through the western passage and Ship channel, attention must
be paid to the marks already given for clearing the rock olf the Outer Gull
ledge on the one side, and the Bull rocks and Black ledge on the other.
It is seldom that the Black ledge or the breakers on it cannot be seen, and
it may then be passed at any distance between one and 4 cables; but to run
in nearly midway between it and the I'ock off the Outer Gull ledge, bring
Net rock to bear N.E., and steer so as to pass round to the eastward and
northward of it at the distance of one cable.

Open the lighthouse a little to the eastward of Gammon islets, bearing
S.S.E. i E., and steer in N.N.W. ^ W. until the north end of Three-top
island is nearly abeam, after which proceed according to previous directions.

TORBAV is of great extent, being nearly 9 miles long and 4 miles deep.
At its eastern end a very narrow isthmus, or " haul-over " for boats,
separates it from Whitehaven. On its northern shore, Molasses harbour,
Cole harbour, and Charlo harbour afford secure anchorage for small
vessels in from 2 to 3 fathoms water, but the approach to them all is
more or less difficult, and would require the aid of a native pilot.

On the shores of Molasses harbour is a settlement of Acadians, and on an
elevation 110 feet above the sea, on the western side of the entrance, stands
their chapel, a largo wooden building without a steeple. There are settle-
ments also at Cole and Charlo harbours, as well as on the banks of Larry river
at the west end of the bay ; and there are chapels on the eastern side of
the two last-named places, but they are small wooden buildings, undis-
tinguishable from others in the vicinity. At these settlements the drift
boulder clay is cultivated sufficiently to afford pasture for cattle ; in rear
of them the barren granite hills rise to the height of 360 feet above the sea.

The principal entrance into Torbay is between Berry head and the
small group of Sugar islands, of clayslate not exceeding 30 feet in height,
which stretch across the eastern half of the bay ; there is hero a clear
channel three-quarters of a mile wide, with from 8 to 12 fathoms water.
The anchorage within this entrance, off Webber cove, near the western
end of the bay, is easy of access and secure, in 6 fathoms, sand and mud ;
the only danger much in the way being Webber shoal, with 12 feet
water, which lies from 3 to 6 cables from the shore, off the north
side of the peninsula, of which Berry head is the eastern extremity.

Its northern end is cleared by the southern extremities of Topstono
ledge (off the westernmost of the Sugar islands) and Green ledge in one,
bearing E.S.E.; small vessels only should attempt to pass to the southward
of it. To the northward of Webber shoal the passage is not less than
half a mile wide between it and either Charlo shoal or Lai'ry reef, which,
lie to the N.E. and N.W. of it respectively.

OAST.

[ClUP. XI.

ir in a steamer, or with
lannel, attention must
ock off the Outer Gull
k ledge on the other,
it cannot be seen, and
d 4 cables; but to run
ter Gull ledge, bring
to the eastward and

immon islets, bearing
th end of Three- top
previous directions,
ng and 4 miles deep,
laul-over " for boats,
•e, Molasses harbour,
mchorage for small
each to them all is
lative pilot.
' Acadians, and on an
the entrance, stands
. There are settle-
banks of Larry river
the eastern side of
en buildings, undis-
iettlemonts the drift
for cattle ; in rear
•0 feet above the sea,
'erry head and the
ig 30 feet in height,
ere is here a clear
> 12 fathoms water,
e, near the western
ms, sand and mud ;
ihoal, with 12 feet
ore, off the north
ern extremity,
mi ties of Topstonc
Jreen ledge in one,
ss to the southward
;e is not less than
Larry reef, which

CUAF. II.]

TORBAl , — DIRECTIONS.

SAxrOBSB off TOSIBAT. — Berry head, the western point of Torbay,
is a low rocky point at the eastern extremity of a peninsula, nowliero
exceeding 80 feet in height, and which is united to the mainland by a
beach and range of sand hills. Shallow water extends off this peninsula
a third of a mile to the southward, and off Berry head there is a reef, as
well as detached rocks, with varying depths on them, the outermost lying
4 cables to the eastward of the head ; these must all be left to the west-
ward in running into the bay.

Sbagr Sock, rises 2 feet above ordinary high water, and lies E. by S. ^ S.,
2^ miles from Berry head, and half a mile from the nearest shore.
Shallow water extends 4 cables S.E. of the rock, and between it and the
shore, half a mile distant, there are several rocks which dry at half- tide.

Cull Rook, small and detached, with about 12 feet water, is the greatest
danger on the western side of the entrance ; it lies S.W. | W., nearly one
mile from Berry head, and East 1^ miles from Shag rock. The Shag in
line Avith New Harbour head, W. f N., leads 2 cables to the southward of
Gull rock.

Torbay Xedgres, lying on the eastern side of the entrance, are still
more dangerous. French rock, the farthest out, with only 10 feet
water, lies Avith Topstone ledge off the western extremity of the
Sugar islands, N. by E. 1^ miles ; Berry head, N.W. by W. i W.
1^ miles ; and the Bull rock, with 4 feet Avatcr, Avhich usually breaks.
East tAvo-thirds of a mile. The other ledges lie between these and the
islands, Avith deep Avater between them, but so scattered as to leave no
safe passage for ships.

Shag rock and New Harbour head in one, bearing W. f N., leads 3
cables to the southAvard of all these ledges.

Hog island touching Lcblanc point, bearing N.E. by E., leads to the
eastward of the Bull rock ; and Cole Harbour head open to the Avestward
of Topstone ledge, N.N.E. ^ E., leads to the Avestward of French rock
and the ledges next to the nortliAvard of it, but does not clear Brig
rock, the Avesternmost of the ledgep, Avith 9 feet Avater, and from Avhich
Topstone ledge bears N.E. by N. 3 cables' lengths. The soundings are so
irregular around these ledges, and the depth so great (15 fathoms close to
them), that the lead scarcely affords any assistance.

szascTaoirs. — With a fair Avind into Torbay, run in Avith the AA'estern
extreme of the islet, next east of Topstone ledge, touching Mars head,
and bearing N.E. ^ E., or Avith the eastern point at the entrance of Cole
harbour open to the AvestAvard of Topstone ledge — the apparent breadth
of the latter — N.N.E, ^ E., Avhichever course the wind may render pre-
ferable ; and Avhcn Berry head and the points to the westward of it come
in line, bearing W. ^ S., alter course immediataly to N.N.W., and

NOVA, SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. II.

so continue until the southern extremities of Topstone and Green ledges
come in one, bearing E.S.E. ; then steer W.N.W., keeping those marks on
astern, until Flat point and Berry head are one, bearing South ; and then
West to the anchorage, in 6 fathoms, mud, off Webber cove, which should
bear between S.W. and S.W. by W., and be distant from half to three-
quarters of a mile.

SbiTTXiB HAHBOVR, a small shallow indentation in the coast next
west of Berry head, and N.W. by W. one mile from Shag rock, is only
adapted to admit boats at high water. Half a mile from its entrance, in a
S.S.E direction, is Net rock, with about 3 fathoms water, and S.S.W.
2^ miles distant is a, patch — with 6 fathoms water — ^known as Tuffin bank,
on which the sea is said to break occasionally after very heavy gales.

Mrsvr HASBOUR COVE, 5 miles to the westward of Berry head, is
not a harbour, but merely a shallow bay open to the S.S.E., and affording
no safe anchorage to shipping. From Shoal point on its western shore a
rocky spit runs out three quarters of a mile to the S.S.E. At the head of
the cove is the entrance of St. Catherine river, only one foot deep at low
water, and dangerous to boats when there is any sea running. For the
first 5 miles the river flows through a narrow inlet, which boats can ascend
to its head ; the stream then becomes rapid and unnavigable for 4 miles
farther, to the large lake from whence it flows.

OBEEN', GOOSB, and HARBOUR ZSKAITSS form a group lying
N.W. by N. and S.E. by S., 4 miles in extent. Green island, the smallest and
most off-lying, lies W.S.W., nearly 4 miles from New Hai'bour head. The
inner of the three Harbour islands closely approaches the main land, near
Isaac harbour, the low-water features being separated by a deep water
channel only 2 cables across. These islands are formed of drift boulder
clay, resting on highly inclined clayslate rock, and are wooded with small
spruce trees. They are low, the highest hill on Goose island, the middle
and largest of the three, not exceeding the height of 80 feet above
the sea.

The numerous off-lying dangers in this locality forbid the coast being
approached, during dark nights or fogs, nearer than the depth of 30 fathoms,
and the constant use of the lead should be deemed indispensable, for by
it alone can the position of the ship be ascertained.

Brandy Kedgre, the easternmost of the dangers off Green island, is a
rocky shoal three quarters of a mile in length, parallel to the coast, and
one-third of a mile broad. Near the centre of the ledge is a spot which
only covers at high water, and from it New Harbttur head bears N. by E.
1§ miles, the channel between being clear, with from 7 to 15 fathoms.

Split Rook, small, and awash at low- water springs, lies neajr the southern

OAST.

[chap. n. cuAP. II.] UTTLE HAHBOTJB. — CODDLE HARBOUR.

one and Green ledges
eeping those marks on
ring South ; and then
)er cove, which should
t from half to three-

on in the coast next
m Shag rock, is only
i-om its entrance, in a
s water, and S.S.W.
nown as Tuffin bank,
'ery heavy gales.

ard of Berry head, is
S.S.E., and affording
)n its western shore a
S.E. At the head of
one foot deep at low
ja running. For the
hich boats can ascend
navigable for 4 miles

form a group lying
land, the smallest and
Harbour head. The
3 the main land, near
ted by a deep water
med of drift boulder
e wooded with small
se island, the middle
i of 80 feet above

►rbid the coast being
depth of 30 fathoms,
ndispensable, for by

'Green island, is a
lei to the coast, and
idge is a spot which
ead bears N. by E.
' to 15 fathoms.
3S nea,r the southern

end of a long rocky shoal, which, including two detached patches of 3^
and 5 fathoms water, extends a full mile to the N.N.W. of the rock.

From the rock, which is dangerous at high water and with a smooth
;sea, Darby point, on the main land near Island harbour, appears just
.open to the northward of Beach point (the north end of Goose island),
bearing N.W. ^ W. ; the south extremity of Green island bears W. f S.
2^ miles; the part of Brandy ledge that dries E. by S. ^ S. IJ miles ;
and the eastern side of New Harbour head, N.E. by E. 2 miles.

"WliUe Rook, with 10 feet water, lies East, one mile from Green island ;
,a quarter of a mile further off on the same beai'ing there is a I'ock, with
<4f fathoms water. There are other patches nearer the island, the
toutherumost of which, with about 2 fathoms water, bears from its south
.extreme E. ^ S. two-thirds of a mile.

rryingr-pan, a small shingle reef 4 feet above high water, lies 2 cables
off the north end of Green island.

, Pan Stock, with only 3 feet watei", lies a third of a mile to the westward
of the Fryiug-pan.

Magrffed Kedgre extends nearly 1^ miles from the east end of Goose island
in an E.S.E. direction, and from its outer extremity — which is seldom
entirely covered — the whole extent of the reef is partially dry at low tides.
There is no passage for ships between this ledge and Green island, or
between Goose and Green islands, the whole space being studded with
rocky patches with 10, 12, and 18 feet water on them, and which break
heavily in bad weather.

nutcb Sboal, with 8 feet water and of small extent, lies within Ragged
ledge, and bears from the east end of Goose island E.N.E. nearly one
mile. It is separated from the shallow water extending from the shore
of that island, by a very narrow channel; and its northern edge is just
cleared when Burke and Beach points (on Harbour and Groose islands
respectively) are in line, VV.N.W., bearing in mind that the point of the
northern beach of Harbour island must at the same time be well in sight
to the aorthward of them both.

Burke sboal, with 8 feet water, lies a quarter of a mile off the north-east
point of Harbour island. From this shoal spot the high-water tangent of
the northern point of Harbour island is just open of Burke point. The
marks for clearing this danger to the northward are Red head (at the
entrance of Isaac harbour) and Drum head in line.

cosBiiE HARBOUR is situated within the island of the same name,
and possesses secure anchorage for small vessels, in from 12 to 14 feet
water. The principal entrance is from the eastward, but as the dangers
are too numerous for any Avritten directions to avail, the place should on
no account be attempted by a stranger.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CHAF. U.

8BAK COVB, a small indentation west of Coddle island, and immediately
opposite Goose island, dries at low water, with the exception of a narrow
channel only available for boats.

iBKAxri> BARBOXnt llos between Harbour island and the main shore
in a bay between two long shingle points oti the north side of Harbour
island. Directly abreast, and a third of a mile distant, is Drum head, a
small island, close to the main land, and connected with it at low water ;
and next eastward from it is Darby point, both of which are used as
leading marks. In the bay, within the lino uniting the shingle points of
the island, there is only depth of Avater sufficient for small vessels, but the
anchorage farther out, in 7 fathoms, mud bottom, although open to the
E.S.E., is considered safe during the summer months. It is, however, not
adapted for vessels larger than a sloop of war, the deep water being con-
fined to a narrow and crooked channel.

Pilots. — During the fishing season several families reside on Harbour
island, as well as on the opposite mainland, from whence pilots may be
obtained ; but they are not much in the habit of conducting vessels draw-
ing more than 10 or 12 feet Avater.

TIDES. — It is high Avater, full and change, in Island harbour at
7h. 40m,; springs rise 6| feet, and neaps oi feet. The flood stream comes
from the eastward, and its rate is usually less than one knot, but it is
much influenced by the Avinds.

DZRSCTXOxrs : — .From ttae Eastward. — Coasting vessels usually take the
inner route, especially late in the autumn, Avhen northerly and N.W.
Avinds prevail, passing betAveen Brandy ledge and New Harbour head,
and through the Sound, as the passage between Goose island and the
mainland is called. Having passed Ncav Harbour head at the distance
of half a mile, steering W.N.W., obser\-e that the marks for clearing the
shoals off Coddle harbour, Coddle island, and Seal coa'C, are Darby point
and Drum head in one, bearing W.N.W. ; therefore keep Drum head only
just open, until abreast Beach point (Goose island) ; then bring Burke
point to Dear W. by N., and bearing in mind the mark for clearing Burke
phoal, steer so as to pass the point, and anchor in 7 fathoms, mud, just
outside the line joining the tAvo shingle points of the harbour. It is best
to moor in so narroAV a channel Avith one anchor well into the bay to the
southAvard.

The dangers to the soutliAvard of this route Avill be cleared to the north-
Avard by keeping both the shingle points of Harbour island open to the
northAvard of Beach point, bearing W.N.W., until the vessel is as far
west as Coddle island ; then the course must be more to the northAvard to
clear tlie shoal off Goose island, AA'hich contracts the channel betAveen it
and Graham shoal, oflf Seal cove, to the breadth of 2 cables. The leading

i, and immediately
ption of a narrow

id the main shore
sida of Harbour
, is Drum head, a
it at low water ;
lich are used as
shingle points of
vessels, but the
Jgh open to the
is, however, not
t^ater being con-

ide on Harbour
5 pilots may be
J vessels draw-

tid harbour at
i stream comes
knot, but it is

iually take the
ly and N.W.
arbour head,
and and the
the distance
clearing the
Darby point
m head only
>ring Burke
firing Burke
?, mud, just
It is best
^ay to the

the north-
>pen to the
'J is as far
•thward to
t)etween it
he leading

CUAP. 11. j

ISLAND HARBOUR.— ISAAC HARBOUR.

marks already given, namely, Drum head just open to the southward of
Darby point, until Burke point bears W. by N., will be found the best
guide for this narrow part of the channel.

From ttae Soattaward, having a southerly or easterly wind, enter the
channel between Harbour and Goose islands, steering N.N.E., and border-
ing on the Goose island side of a mid-channol course, in order to avoid the
reef off Saladin point and the Middle Ground. Having passed between
the latter and the reef always visible olF Goose island, alter course to
North, until Red and Drum heads come in one, then to N.W. ^ N.,
keeping them in one to clear Burke shoal ; and when Burke pohit, which
is bold to the northward, bears W. by N., haul to the westward, and
having passed the point, anchor as before directed.

In approaching Island harbour from the westward, observe that a ridge
of rocky ground, with irregular soundings, extends from Red head, on the
eastern side of the entrance to Isaac harbour, to Harbour island, a distance
of H miles. To avoid the shallow patches, in 12, 16, anr' 18 feet water
upon this ridge, pass the north-west point of Harbour island at a distance
of between 2 or 3 cables, steering N.E. by E. until Drum head and Darljy
point come in one, bearing E.S.E. ; then keep to the eastward, and
bring Burke point in one with the remarkable hill on Goose island,
bearing S.E. by S. ; then run in upon these last-named marks to the
anchorage.

From tbe K.'W. — Being off Red head, bring Drum head and Beach
point (the north extremity of Goose island) in one, and steer towards
them S.E. ^ E., or as may be necessary to keep them in one, until Bui'ke
point comes in line with the remarkable hill on Goose island bearing
S.E. by S., wlen steer towards them and anchor as before directed.

ISAAC BAXBOVR is the eastern and smaller of two narrow arms
of the sea north-west of Harbour island, being separated from the western
one (Country harbour) by Ragged point, opposite which, on the eastern
side of the entrance, and at the distance of three-quarters of a mile, is Red
head, a small peninsula with red clay cliffs, united to the mainland by
shingle beaches, enclosing a shallow pond.

Off the next little peninsula to the northward, Webb Y'iet runs ou|
westward across the entrance to the distance of 2^ cables, leaving a
passage with 7 fathoms water, but only two cables wide, betAveen it and
Ragged rocks, which cover at high water, and run off a cable's length from
the shore a quarter of a mile within Ragged point.

These danj^ms, and some shallow water within the harbour off it
western shore, render a pilot necessary to a stranger entering this beautiful
little harbour, in which vessels may anchor securely in from 3^ to 4
fathoms, mud.

17698. c

'^1

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[OHAf. II.

Webb cove, in wliicli the fiyhing niid coasting veescls usually anchor,
in 2 fathoms, mud, is on the eastern siilo, and just within the entrance.
From it the harbour runs in a northerly direction for a distance of 3 miles,
nowhere exceeding 4 cables in breadtt. ; at ita head is a rapid stream and
saw mill. The shores on either side rise pradually to the summits of
hills of drift clay and boulders, from 200 to 300 feet high, and aie
cultivated to some extent by an industrious community, whose principal
occupations appear to be coasting and the fisheries.

Suppllea.— Fresh provisions in moderate quantity, and water, may be
readily obtained in Isaac harbour.

COVSTTRT HARBOVie, a long, deep, narraw indentation next west of
Isaac harbour, is unequalled by any other on the coast east of Haliftix
It may be easily recognized by the three islands, already described, on the
eastern side of the channel leading to it and Isaac harbour, as well as by
Country Harbour head, a bold and precipitous headland of clayslate in
nearly vertical strata, 160 feet high, and which may be considered as the
termiiuition of its western shore. Properly speaking, however, the actual
entrance is abreast of Harbour point, 3 miles farther to the N.N.W.,
where the channel is 3 cables wide, with a depth of 1 1 fathoms.*

From thence the harbour preserving a breadth from a third to half a
mile, with a varying depth from 10 to 51 fathoms, is easily navigable
as far as Stewart cove on the eastern shore, ott' which is an excellent
land-locked anchorage, with from 4^ to 7 fathoms, mud, 4 miles from
the entrance. Throughout this distance the only danger to be avoided
is a rock, with 3 feet water, about half a cable oif shore near the southern
point of Mount Misery peninsula.

From Stewart cove the channel becomes narrow, but continues navigable
for large vessels 2^ miles above it, and for small vessels to the entrance of
the river at the head of the harbour, which is distant 7^ miles fi-om its
entrance at Harbour point. Boats can ascend the river 2 miles, or to half
a rai^B above the bridge, where the tide ends.

The shores of this harbour are steep-to on either side ; the summits of
the ridges being generally only a short distance from the shore, and
increasing in elevation from 200 feet at the entrance to 470 feet near its
head. The small population scattered along the shores have hitherto
been principally occupied in lumbering and the fisheries ; they have con-
sequently made but little progress in agriculture, although the cultivation
of the drift clay, with which the clayslate rock is deeply covered, would
probably prove remunerative.

On the western shore, at two-thirds of a mile within the entrance, is

* <$e« Admiralty Plan of Country harbour, No. 2,.547 ; scale, m = 3 inches.

3T.

tOHAP. II.

ols naually anchor,
thin the entrance,
distance of 3 miles
II mpid stream and
to the summits of
eet high, and are
, whose principal

Qd water, may be

Hon next west of
t east of Halifax
[lescribed, on the
ui", as well as by
1 of clayslate in
onsidered as the
^cver, the actual
to the N.N.W.,
fathoms.*

third to half a
asily navigable
is an excellent
, 4 miles from

io be avoided
ti' the southern

nues navigable
he entrance of
liles from its
iJes, or to half

e summits of
e shore, and
feet near its
»ve hitherto
ey have con-
B cultivation
'■ered, would

oHAi-.n.] COUNTRY HARBOUR. — COUNTRY HARBOUR LEDGES. 36

Green jwint, of shuiglo, enclosing a huge pond; and three-quarters of a
mile farther in, on the same side, is Mount Misery, a remarkable round
peninsulated hill, 140 feet in height, and which forms the principal leading
mark for clearing the dangers lying off the entrance to the harbour.

Country Harbour head iiIho forms the north-eastern boundary of Fisher-
man harbour (to ))e described hereafter), whose outer extremity, Cape
Mocodome, terminntes in a low shingle beach, off which, nearly a cable's
distance, is Cape rock, 4 feet high.

dOinrXRV HARBOUR XiESOBB — Shoal Vlaoe, the most off-lying
of the easternmost Country Harbour ledges, bears from Green island
S. I E. 2^ miles. It is small and rocky, with 5 fathoms water, and breaks
only when a heavy sea is running.

Tomood Rook covers at high water, and lies 1^ miles N.W. by N. of
Shoal place, and the same distance S.S.W. of Green island. When
breaking, as it usually does, this danger serves to warn vessels of their
approach to the Tomcod shoals, which are small reeky patches scattered
around the rock in various directions, as will be seen on referring to the
chart.

Tomooa Sboals. — The northernmost of these patches, the Gull Nest of
the fisherman, with 3 fathoms water, bears from Tomcod rock N. l)y E. ^ E.
distant 4 cables, and from Green island S.S=W.^ W. three-quarters of a
mile, with a clear passage between. But the westernmost of these patches,
with 2^, 3^, and 4 fathoms water on them, are most in the -way of vessels
bound to or from Country harbour. The marks that lead close to tlie
westward of them are, Harbour island open to the westward of the low
dry reef off Flying point (the south extremity of Goose island) bearing
nothing to westward of N. i^ W. ; or the summit of Mount Misery in one
with Harbour jwint, bearing N.N.W. ^ W. (Sec View).

Middle Kedge, or South Easter of the fishermen, (so named in
reference to Cape Mocodome, from which it bears S.S.E. ^ E. 3^ miles.)
is a rock about a cable in length, which covers at half tide ; it is the apex
of a rocky shoal about 4 cables long from N.W. to S.E., around which the
soundings are too deep and irregular to afford much warning by the lead.
When it breaks, as it always does — excepting when a high tide accom-
panies an unusually smooth sea — there is no difficulty in passing on either
side of the ledge ; the nearest danger to the westward being Taylor shoal,
which bears from it W. by N. -g N. nearly 2 miles, it is only necessary when
passing on that side to give the rock or breakers a berth of half a mile.

To the eastward the passage between the Middle ledge and Tomcod
shoals is 2^ miles wide, and the marks that clear it on that side, at the
distance of 4 cables, are the western points of Goose island, in one
bearing N. by E. | E. ; and these marks lead also over Jarvis bank, a

\ {t i
:; i i ?|

I>' llll

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[OIUF. II.

fislunp: {rroiiinl lyiii;,' n mile farther out, to the S.S.E., and on whieh the
U'fist water found was J 4 fathoms. The marks for passing to tlie south-
ward or outside of the Middle iedgo are, the Castor and Pollux in one,
bearing N.W. by W., or the Polhix and IloUius head, N.W. ^ W. ; these
marks also lead close inside or northward of the Taylor shonl.

Pollux 3toolc, of small extent and 4 ieet high, lies S.S.W. 2^ miles from
Cape Moeodome, and from it a reef extends 4 cables to the N.N.W.
The eastern extremities of Cape IMocodome and Country irari»our head
in one lead over the end of this reef ; therefore to pass elear to the west-
Avard of it. Country Harbour liead must not be opened out farther than to
bo only just seen in one with the bank or cliff off Cape Mocodome, and
over the shingle beaches, whieli form its south-cast extremity.

aingrly and Taylor Shoals.— liingly shoal, with 2^ fathoms water on it,
lies East half a mile from Pollux rock. The Taylor shoal has 3 fathoms on it,
and lies two-thirds of n mile fartlier to the southward, bearing S.E, ^ S.
nearly one mile from the Pollux ; the two points on the eastern side of
Goose island, in one bearing N.E. ^- E., lead to the eastward of this shoal,
but those points are low, and cm seldom be distinguislied. Those two
ehouls are all the more dangerous, inasmuch .is they break only during a
heavy sea.

Rose Shoal, the most formidaI)l«^ of the dangers oft' Fisherman harbonr,
is a rocky ledge two-thirds of a mile long, N. ^ W. and 8. -k E., on
which the least water is 6 feet ; it lies immediately off" the pitch of Cape
Moeodonie, from which its outer or southern extremity bears S.S.E. ^ E.,
distant 1^ miles, and from Pollux rock N E. by E. ^ E., nearly 2 miles.
The marks for clearing it to the southward are, Fleck point, on the
northern side of HoUins bay, just open of Dickerton island^ N.W. by W. ;
and for leading to the northward, Barachois head and Cape i-ock in
one, W.N.W.

The Bull is a small rock, which dries at low water, and bears S.E.
S^ cables from Cape Mocodome, oft' which there are other rocks with
6 feet water, the outermost l>oaring E. ^ N. distant half a mile from
the cape. These all lie on the rocky shoal, which extends two-thirds of
a mile out from the cape, and are exceedingly dangerous at high water
and with a smooth sea, when they are not marked by breakers.

Black I.edgo,more than a mile in length in a north and south direction,
lies directly off the mouth of Fisherman harbour. The central part of it
is 2 feet above high water, and in several other parts it dries, or
nearly so, at low water. From its southern extremity, which is steep-to
with only 2 feet water, Cape Mocodome (in line with Hollins head)
bears W. ^ N., and is distant rather more than one mile. The head
kept open will lead clear to the southward «f it, and the summit of

ster

ciiAiMi.] POLLUX ROCK. — FISllEUMAX nAimOUR.

;i7

ikI oil which the
ng (0 t)io Hoiith-
1 Pollux in one,
^y- i \V. ; these
onl,

". -^ mill's from
<> the N.N.W.
I fill-hour liend
fti" to the west-
fiuther thun to
klocodome, and

ny wntor on it,
' fiirhonis on it,
'•'■"p: S.K. ^ S.
ixtcrn side of
of fhis shofti,
Those two
mlj diirino- u

inn hnrbour,
f^- i E., on
tell of Cape
S-S.E.^E.,
rlj 2 miles,
nt, on the
W. by W. ;
pe rock in

bears S.E.
oclis witli
miio from
>-thirds of
g'l water

direction,
>art of it
dries, or
sieep-to
Us head)
iio head
nmit of

Mount Misery (in Country liarl>our) open of C'onnliy IIarl>onr licad,
bearing N. by W. ^ W. clear its eastern side.

TXBHa. — It is hifih water, full nnd ehang'') in Country harbour at
7h. 40m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, and nea])s 4^ i'vet. The streams are
weak, seldom exceeding hall' a knot.

sntSCTIoirs. — With a fair wind for Country harbour, having passed
Middle ledge, eitlier by giving its breakers a suflieient berth, or by the
aid of the given leading marks ; open tin; summit of Mount Misery only
just to the eastward of Country Harbour head, bearing N. by W. ^ W.
and run in with these marks on, until about midway between Rose shoal
and the south point of Goose island, or until the latter is abenm ; then
alter course to North, and when the summit of Mount Misery comes in one
Avith Harbour point, steer N.N.W. ^ W. {src View), or so as to kc-ep the last-
named marks on, until near the mouth of the hnrbour, Avliich enter in mid-
channel. Anchor anywhere within it, as there are no detached dangers in
the way, excepting the rock already mentioned, lying half a cMblc off the
south-eastern point of Mount ]\Iisery peninsula. If intending to proceed
to Stewart cove, keep well over towards the western shore, to avoid the
mussel beds that lie oif the islet, and the points of small coves on the
eastern shore.

With a beating wind, the leading marks which have been given for
clearing the dangers on either side of the channel will show when to tack.
In the board toward? ilai-bour island stand no nearer than half a mile, to
avoid the shoal water off its south-western shore ; and in standing in to
the north-west of the island, tack whilst Flying point is well open to the
south-west of it, to avoid the shoals between it and Isaac harbour.

rxBRBRMAir BARBOVR is a bay nearly 2 miles wide at the entrance,
between Cape Mocodomo and Country Harbour head. It is quite open to
the south-east, so that the only part that can properly be called a h.arbour
is a cove on its southern shore, formed by a long beach of shingle, and in
which vessels may lie securely in fi'om 10 to 15 feet at low water, over a
bottom of mud. Outside the cove the holding ground is good in from 4 to
7 fathoms, and as the sea is in some degree broken by the dangers off the
mouth of the bay, large vessels w .,n good ground tackling might safely
anchor there during the summer months.

BXRECTXOXl'S. — To enter Fislu'inian harbour from the southward with
a fair wind, and being v/ithin Pollux rock, observe that the marks Avhich just
clear the rocks off Cape Moeodoine are, Holly point (on the western side
of the entrance of Isaac harbour) in one with Country Harbonr head, bearing
N. by K. ^ E. ; therefore, to pass between Bull rock and Rose shoal, run
in upon those marks ; keeping Holly poii^t only a degree or two open

H'i

Jlji

I'' !■

i|-

el -'h

! Ill

iii:!!

NOVA SCOTIA, NOII'IH-MAST COAST.

[(.'ii.vi'. ir.

until pjiHt Rose hIioiiI, wlicii tliu point may Ix' (ipciied more, in order to
give the rocks <ttt'tlio oajx' ii A^idcr bortli.

Ah HO(»n fiM Dorkiii inland at tlio licad of tlu^ liarbonr, opcnn out to the
north-eastward oC thu whinijie beach at the cove on tiie southern shore,
bearing N.VV. J N., tin- vessel may haid (o the westward into the bay,
where the only danf,'er is a roeUy shoal, exfeiidiajj ii quarter ol" a mile
fVom the hiph clay clltr, next eastward of the cove just niePtioued.

To run for the harbour from the eastwui'd between Koso nhoal and
Black ledge the marks are, Dorkiii island and the shin;ile i)each of the
cove (already menlioncf!) bearinj,' N.VV. ^ N. The eliatuiel between the
nho/d anil tlii' ledge is two-thirds oi" a mile wide, ho that thero would be
no difHeuity in beating in, with the assistance of the chart, aiul attending
to the leading marks for clearing the opiiosile points of Blaek ledge and
II080 shoal ; but there would be less sea with a westerly wind between the
ledge and Country Harbour head, where thei'o in also n clear channel half
a mile wide.

Oastor Hook, small, of dark fllate, and 4 feet aljovo high water, boars
ft'om the eastern point of Bickerton island S.S.W. H miles ; and the
Castor shoals, rocky patches with 3, 4, and 4^ fathoms water on them, lie
off it to the eastward, westward, and southward.

neck Staoal, the outermost of these patches, Avith S^ fatlioms, bears from
the Castor, S.S.W. ^ W. 1^ miles ; and Green island, open to the south-
ward of the Pollux, bearing E. by N., leads clear to the soutlnvard of it.

The passage between Pollux rock and the nearest of the Castor shoals
is more than a mile wide. Harbour islaud, touching Cape Mocodome,
N.E. ^ E., leads through it; but the north-west extremity of the island
cannot always be distinguished from the land behind it.

Wlzonmate Staoal. — A reef runs out S.S.W. ^ W., 1^ miles fi'om HoUins
Load, on which the shoalest patches are, the Nixonmatc shoal and
Webb rock, distant 1^ miles and 4 cables respectively from the head, and
carrying 10 and 6 feet at low water. There are patches of 15 and 20 feet
water between them. The Castor rock and Cape Mocodome in one,
bearing E. by N. ^ N., lead half a mile to the southward of these dangers;
and there is a clear passage, half a mile wide, between them and the Castor
shoals.

VOKT BZCXaftTOir is a safe and convenient little harbour for small
vessels. It has a clear entrance, carrying 6 fathoms water, between
Bickerton island and Barachois head, but it is less than 2 cables wide.
Barachois head, on the eastern side of the entrance, may be known by its
white cliflF, from which, as also from the island, a reef extends 2 cables to
the south-east.

ciup. n.]

PORT DICKEIITON. — II0LLIN.«S IIKAI).

iioru, in (irder to

ozsaOTZONS.— To cnttT Vort Ricki-rton with ii Iciuling wind, boing
hiilf II mile or iiiort' from tho I'litrftiicc, oiun Koiiiid islaml (small, with
rc'l clny luniks, iiiul one miln up llif liiirlioiii'. ) only so tiir as to loiicli th«
north-east side oC nickfrt(»n iMliind, ht.uriiig N.W. Ity N. Run in with
theso miirk.s on until ahrcuHt tho south-oast point of tlio island ; then
]iavin<:r passed in niid-ohannol throuf^h tlic entrance, avoid the hhoal in
the middle of the huihour by keei)ing close alony the eastern sliore until
ahrenst Hound island, wliero anchor, within the whoal, in IJJ or 14 feet
water over a bottom of nmd.

If preferable, on entering haul to the westward round Bickerton island
at a distance of between one and two cables, ho as lo pass between it and
the shoal into the western part of the hai lour, where tlie andiorage, in 12
feet over mud bottom, in aheltcre»l by tho reefs, which leave only a
slnd low boat cliannel l)etweenthe ishuid and the mainland to the westward.

Rouzsrs SAY, the next inlet to the eastward of Indian I )ay, is open
to the south-east, and affords shelter at its head to boats and small craft.
At its entrance, two-thirds across towards Bickerton island, lies liollins
shoal, with only 6 feet water on it.

HOK&IJVS HBAB, the south-wcst point of Ilollins 1>ay, bearing from
the beacon on Wedge island, E. by N. 6§ miles, is a small and remarkable
peninsula, united to the main land by a long beach of stones and shingle,
having on its eastern side a cliH' of reddish clay and boulders oO feet
high. It is fast wasting by the action of the sea.

■tf-n

CHA.PTER III.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.
HOLLINS BAY, TO SPRY HARBOUR.

Variation in 1867.
Liscomb Harbour - - 22° 15' W.
Nicoiutau bay - - 22° 45' W. | Sheet Harbour -

21'40'W.

Proceeding on to tlio westward, the chiu'ucter of the coawt botwen HolUiis
bay and Pope harbour remains unchanged. Hills of the drift boulder clay
resting on granite and clay-slate, and occasionally presenting red clift's
to the action of the sea, still form the predominating feature. The
country becomes less sterile as the distance from the shore increases, and
is everywhere moro or less wooded, excepting the clearances around the
houses.*

nrsiAur bat is bounded on the east by HoUins head, already descri-
bed, and on the west by Walter island; but ii is entirely open to the vS.S.E.
and only affords some shelter from S.W. winds to fishing craft and .small
coaster.: . The head of the bay receives the waters of a large fresh- water
lake, from which it is only scpaiated by a narrow beach of sand. The
hills forming the shores of the lake and bay afford good soil, and are care-
fully cultivated by an intelligent population, whose church and school-
house iiiark their care for the religious and moral training of their families.

There are several shoals extending from the headlands forming the east
.<-Me of this bay, but the most dangerous and extensive is the Nixonmate
shoal, described in the last chapter.

^irAliTBS isXiAirs, lying one mile to the eastward of Cape St. Mary,
is low and wooded, and at low water a beach of sand and stones nearly
unites . to tiie mainland, near Wine licid, a high clay bank on the west
side of! Indian bay. A reef of rocks extends to the distance of 2 cables
u'oiH it'i enstern side, affording some shelter to an insecure anchoratTc in
the co'e north of the island, sometimes used by coasters.

* See Admiralty Chart, Nova Scotia; S.E. Coast, Pope Harbour to Liscomb Har-
bour, No, 2,396 ; tcale, m a 1^ inches.

CRAP, ni.]

INDIAN BAY. — ST. MARY llIVEll.

■wr^iter Shoal, with 3 fathoms water, lies Soutii throc-quartcrs of a mile
from Walter island. A vessel will pass to the south-east of it by not
opening Wedge islet south of Liscomb island.

xade sboal is a rocky reef extending half a mile in an easterly direc-
tion from Wine head, on the western side of ihe entrance to Indian bny.
To clear it keep Fleming cliif, on the western side of the bay, open of
Rude point.

OAPB ST. MAAT, 137 feet high, is the headland immediately to the
eastward of St. Mary river, and on its eastern side is Wine cove, affording
neither shelter nor anchorage.

mranOB zs&bt, about 1^ cables in extent, lies South 1^ miles from
Barachois point, on the western side of the entrance to St. Mary's river.
The islet is marked by a beacon, 100 feet above high water, which can be
seen at the distance of 10 miles, and thus forms a most useful mark for the
neighbouring harbours. The beacon is all the more essential, as the cojist
being *"" notonous in character and uniformly low its features from a
short distance are rot easily distinguishable.

The islet is of clay, p. id towards tbj mainland rises abruptly to the
height of 50 feet ; it is surrounded by rocky ledges, and those on its
north and south sides extond cut to the distance of nearly half a mile.
Between it and the mainland, the passage is obstructed by i-ocky ledges,
but a depth of 20 feet may l)e carried through, by keeping the nort!;-west
extreme of Walter island touching Cape St. Mary, bearing N.E. by ^ E.;
but on no acccount should this channel be attempted 'ly a stranger.

Sand Shoal, with 5 fathoms water on it, lies S. ly E. 1§ miles from
Wedge islet, and only In-eaks nfter heavy gales.

ST. MARY RIVBR, one of the largest rivers in Nova Scotia, falls into
the bay between Cape St. Mary and Barachois point. The entrance is
obstructed by a bar of sand nearly a quax ter of a mile broad, over which
a depth of about 10 feet may l)e carried at ordinary low water, springs.
The outer edge of the bar lies between Wharf point and Black head;
its inner edge being a little below Shag reef, which runs off one-eighth of
a mile from the western i)oint of McDiarmid cove.

For th"^ first half mile above the bar the channel of the river is crooked
and dangerous, running close to Shag reef and the oust bank of the river.
Half a mile within the bar, and nearly in a central position betwci: the
- shores of the river, is Ilorton islet, between Avhich and the eastern shore
is the navigable channel. From the islet a long spit, which dries at low
water, runs |)arallel with the eastern shore towards Shag reef, leaving a
channel between l^ cables across.

Nearly in the centre of the channel, a little below Horton ielet, is a

■' I ,■>

I \

I i

%i. \i

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. III.

rock vath 6 feet water, and within tlie islet four-fifths of a cable distant is
another rock witli 8 feet. Above these ucks the channel, about 50 yards
wide, and carrying a depth of 1 5 feet, winds its way bet v, r n mud flats, and
gradually decreases in depth and width, until i't the distance of 6^ miles
fi-om the bar it divides into two b; anches, one of which ends in a swamp ;
but the other, the main river makes an abrupt turn round a steep slate
rock at right angles to its course, and is navigable nearly half a mile
farther to the northwaid.

At this point, the head of tie navigation, and on the east bank of the
river, is situated the village of Sherbrooke, with .\ population of 800
persons. It has two clmrchcs, a school, court-house, and jail : its prin-
cipal trade is in tircAvood, deiils, and ship-building ; and it employs a few
schooners in the Labrador fisheries. Below Sherbrooke, on the east bank
of the river, there are two other churches, one of which, 75 feet high,
forms a prominent object, iind can be seen on approaching from the sea.

After a continuance of southerly winds there is much swell in the bay,
and the bar of this river is one mass, of breakers, making the entrance
during Riiy time of tide very dangerous, if not impracticable : but in
the summer months, during the prevalence of south-west winds, the water
is smooth, the bay being much sheltered by the Wedge islet shoals. The
shores of the bay sre rocky, and should not be approached Jiearer than 2
cables' lengilis. Black head and Birch point in line, bearing N. by W. ^ W.,
will Isad clear of the shoal ofi" Barachois point.

Pilots. — The services of a pilot can be obtained fi-om McDiarmid cove,
on the eastern side of the entrance to St. Mary river, by any vessel
carrying the usual pilot signal.

TXDBB. — It is high water, full and change, within the bar of St. Mary
river at 8h. Om. ; ordinary sprii^^^s rise 6 feet, and neaps 4^ feet.

sxRBCTXOXsrs. — In approaching St. Mary river from the eastward
the first object generally recognized is the beacon on Wedge islet.
With the wind and weather favourable, steer for this l)eacon on a W.N.W.
or N.W. bearing, so aa to open out the entrance of the river. To enter
the river safely, through the crooked channel, a pilot is requisite ; for not
only does the bar, but the cross set of the tides upon Shag reef and
Bridget shoal, render local knowledge absolutely necessary.

Vessels frequenting this river moor head and stern, or are secured to
the Avharves, as there is not sufficient width in the channel, with any
scope of cable, to swing clear of the mud flats. During the summer
months vessels occasionally anchor in 5 fathoms, sand, in the middle of
the bay, between Barachois point and Cape St. Mary; but later in the
season such anchorage is not recommended.

VBaoOAir MAMMOvn — This deep inlet, next west of St. Mary

maaammm

CHAP, in.] JEGOGAN HARBOUR. — LISCOMB ISLAND.

liver, is not much frequented, and has but few settlers. Vosseis
drawing 12 feet water may anchor near its head, secure from all Avindh ;
but the narrow channel leading to it, on the north-east side of Rue
island, is only half a cable wide, and should not be attempted without a
pilot. Below this the anchorage is exposed to the ocean swell, and the
approaches to it are much impeded by Shag and Tobacco ledges.

Tobaooo Island, low and wooded, lies at the entrance to Jcgogau har-
bour. A vessel will pass to the southward of the Tobacco ledges,
extending S. by E. one mile from the south point of this island, l)y not
opening Pye point north of Liscomb island bank, bearing N.W. by W. ^ W.

Shagr Kedge is distinguished by a low dark rock, only o feet above high
water, which lies E.S.E. distant 6 cables from Redman head, a steep
wooded bluff 100 feet high, forming the western point of the harbour.
There are several dangers off its west side, leaving a channel only
2 cables wide near Redman head.

BZRBCTloxi'S. — A vessel intending to enter Jegogan harbour by the
middle passage, between Tobacco island and Shag ledge, should bring
the north-east side of Hemloe Island to touch Redman head, bcariug
N.W. by N., and steer in upon this mark until Shag ledge is in line Avith
Brig point (low and wooded, on the west side of Jegogan harbour),
bearing N by W. ; then steer North so as to pass a cable's length to the
eastward of Shag ledge, and continue on the same course to the anchorage.

Good holding ground will be found abreast the houses on the west
side of the harbour, between Brig point and Coote head. It should, how-
ever, be borne in mind that a 13 feet rock lies N.N.E. 4 cables from Brig
point ; but it will be cleared by keeping the middle of the small bare
gravel islet, united at low water to Tobacco island, on with the wooded
part of the north-east side of that island.

KZSCOMB zsiiAXTB, upAvards of 2 miles long, and 150 feet high, is
wooded, and lies between Redman head and Liscomb point to the south-
west, and from its position tends ty shelter Liscomb and Little Liscomb
harbours.

Crook Shoals. — From Crook point, the east extreme of th ^ islands, the
Crook shoals extend nearly a mile in a south-east direction. Wedge islet
touching Wine head, N.E. ^ E., leads about lialf a mile to the south-east
of the shoals.

Mackerel Slioal, with only 2 feet water, extends West nearly 2 cables
from Cranberry point, the west extreme of Liscomb isbnd ; it will be
avoided by keeping the English church steeple in Little Liscomb harbour,
just open of the trees on Hemloe island, bearing N. by W.

Obannel Kock, lying S.E. 2^ miles from Crook point, has 3 fathoms
water on it, and breaks when there is mach ewell. Smoke and Cranberry

4 ^' <

^ij

iM4

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[yuAP. in.

points touching N.W. ^ W. leads to the westward; and the southern
points of Barren and Goose islands leads to the southward.

XiZTTKB KISCOMB BAABOlTit. — A narrow shallow passage separates
Li.sconib and Heinloo islands ; the small channel between the hitter island
and the mainland being known as Little Liscomb harl)0ur, the entrance to
which lies to the north-east of Liscomb island, and has fair anchorage, but
is only adapted for small craft. Tt may be entered safely by bringing
Redman head touching the north-<»ast side of Hemloe island, N.W. by N.

iiZSCOMB HABBOVB. — The entrance to this excellent and capacious
harbour, Avhich is landlocked and tolerably smooth at all times, is between
Liscomb island and Liscomb point. At l^ miles within the entrance,
the harbour trends in a W.N.W. direction for 4 miles ; but at the distance
of 2 miles the channel is considerably narrowed by rocky shoals, which
run otf from the northern shore, after which it maintains a breadth
of one cable up to its head, where it receives the waters of Liscomb river,
a rapid shallow stream abounding in trout and salmon. On the north
side of the harbour is a large cove, named Spanish Ship bay, but it is
too much encumbered with rocks to render a description intelligible.*

Supplies. — Good water can be obtained from a little brook on the
south shore of [Liscomb harbour, and small supplies of fresh jirovisions
and firewood may be purchased at moderate prices.

A small population is scattered along the shores of Liscomb, Little
Liscomb, and Jegogan harbours though numerically small, the people
are industrious and inteUigent. The church with a steeple lately
erected in Liscomb harbour forms a prominent object from the sea, and a
useful landmark.

BAWOSBS o«f the B*7TRAXrcE. — Although the rocky patches off
the entrance of Liscomb harbour, are numerous, the danger from them
is considerably diminished by the fact that they all lie nearly in the same
direction, viz., South from Liscomb point.

Hawboit Rook, the most outlying danger, has 4| fathoms Avator, and
lies South nearly 4 miles from Liscomb point. It seldom breaks, but a
vessel will pass to the southward of it, by keeping Gull ledge only touching
the south-west side of Tuffin island.

Sand Sboal, composed of rock and sand, with 9 feet Avater on it, lies
South 3 miles from Liscomb point. Gull ledge touching the north side of
Little White island,— which has a wooded hummock 50 feet hish.

* See Admiralty Plan of Liscomb and Mary Joseph harbours, No. 2,769 ; scale, m
3 inches. Admiralty Charts : —Liscomb Island to Green Island, No. a,.*) 19 j scale m
1^ inches, aod Pope Harbour to Liscomb Harbour, No. 2,396 ; scale, m ■■= \\ inches.

OHAF. HI.] LITTLE LISCOMB HARBOUR. — DIRECTIONS.

W. ^ N., leads to the southward of this danger, and between it and
Hawbolt rock.

Slack Prince Sboalf which uncovers at half- tide, and generally lircaks
heavily, lies one mile within the Sand shoal, and 2 miles South of
Liscomb point.

Bast areaker and IJnmp Kook lie respectively N.N.E. Gh cables and
North 9 cables from Black Prince shoal ; the former has 4 i'eet, and the
latter 11 feet water on it.

Uscomb Sboal extends S.E. by E. half a mile from Liscomi) point, nnd
the least water on it is 16 feet. The church steeple, N. by W., will clear
this danger.

Xteadlner Marks. — The church steeple in Liscomb harbour, in line with
Smoke and Liscomb points, nearly North, leads to the eastward of
all these shoals excepting the N.E. breaker, which may be cleared by
opening the steeple about midway between the points of entrance. A high
barn on Hawbolt island touching the Thrumciip, W. by N. ^ N., will
clear all these shoals on the north, and is a useful mark for vessels bound
to Mary-Joseph harbour.

Saddle ztook, '^n the east side of the channel leading to Liscomb
harbour, with 5 fathoms water, bears S. ^ E. from Crook point, distnnt
2| miles. Gull ledge touching the north side of Little White island
leads to the southward ; and the church steeple in Liscomb harbour just
west of Cranberry head, will lead to the westward.

TZnss. — It is high water, full and change, in Liscomb liarbour at
8h. Om. ; ordinary springs rise 6^ feet, and neaps 4^ feet. The streams
are weak and irregular, being much atfected by the winds.

DlllBCTXOii'S.— Approaching Liscomb harbour from the eastward
with a fair wind, bring Smoke and Pye points in line N.W. by N. ; niu
in upon this mark till abreast Mackarel shoal ; then steer N. by W.
for the English church, and after passing Smoke point, which is steep-to,
alter course to the westward, so as to pass about midway between Pye
point and the southern shore : bring to in about 4^ fathoms, mud, with
the east ends of Lang and Pye islands in lino, and Smoke and Cranberry
points in one.

Approaching the hai'bour from the westward, and being outside Hawbolt
rock, bring the church well open of Liscomb point and stand in, so as to
bring the former in line with the low ti'ees of Hemloe island, N. by W.
These marks on will lead ch'ar of all danger until past Smoke point,
when alter course, and anchor as before directed.

With an off-shore wind, in standing to the westward, take care to tack
immediately the church steeple appears open of Hemloe island, until within
the Liscomb shoal ; and in standing to the eastward tack when Cranberry

lU'l

'I il i ■ \.
5-- ir I i ■'•.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST. [ch>v. hi.

iiiul Pyc points are in line until abreast Cranberry point, when the steeple
must hi,' kept in line with the trees on Hemloe islnnd to clear the Mackarel
shoal. Within this, both shores may be approached safely to a cable's
length, and anchorage obtained as before.

MARY-70SBPH HARSOVK, secure and well sheltered, has the advan-
tage of entrances east and west ; but the channels are narrow, and should
not be attempted without a pilot by any vessel drawing more than 9 feet.
The inhabitants, scattered along the shores, principally rely on fishing
for subsistence ; but cultivate the drift hills, and keep cattle. A church
stands on high ground in Smith cove, east of the harbour, and may be
seen from the sea.

As any attempt to convey an intelligible description of the numerous
off-lying dangers would prove useless, the navigator is referred to the
Admiralty charts of the harbour and adjacent coasts.

Supplies. — Water may be obtained in Lobster cove in small quantities ;
and fresh provisions and fuel can be bought at reasonable prices from the
inhabitants.

Cull Kedgre, lying S.S.W. 1^ miles from the south part of Barren
island, is composed of two bare ridges of slate 30 feet high, and separated
only by a narrow gully just wide enough to afford shelter to a boat :
close to the ledge the water is deep, but West rock, Avith only 2 feet ou it,
makes the passage north of the ledge dangerous.

Smitb Rock, of small extent, with 12 feet Avater, lies S.W. 6 cables'
lengths from the Gull ledge. West Black ledge ou with the south end of
Tuffin island, clears this danger on its southern side.

Seal iteAges lie N.E. by E. 2 miles from the Gull ledge, and extend
1^ miles fi'om south-east point of Barren island. Between these ledges
and Black Prince shoal is the channel, nearly a mile wide, leading into
Mary-Joseph harbour, but which, ou account of the dangerous shoals on
its eastern side, should not be attempted Avithout a pilot, unless the wind
be fair and the weather clear.

The mark for leading to the eastAvard of the Seal ledges is Gravel
point, the north extreme of Liscomb island, open of Liscomb point,
bearing N.N.E. ^ E.

TBRUMCAP ZS&BT, not more than 15 feet high, and distinguished oy
a small clump of trees, lies at the eastern entrance of Mary- Joseph har-
bour. There are some patches of shoal Avater to the eastAvard of the islet,
and ou its Avestern side is a dry rocky ledge, betAveen Avhich and Smith point
is a channel one cable wide, but not much used or generally knoAvn.

The more direct channel is south of the Thrumcap, and this is narroAved
to one cable, at the distance of half a mile to the eastward of the islet, by
a rock with only 10 feet water, ou the north end of Pan shoal ; to clear

OHAP. III.] MARY-JOSEPH liAllBOUE. — DIRECTIONS.

it Turner point on Hawbolt islaud ehoulcl be kept, touching Smith point,
W.N.W.

DntBCTZOWB tar Eastern Sntrance to MARY-TOBBPH HASBOXm.

— Being off Gull ledge with a leading wind, bring -he Gravel point of
Liscomb island open of Liscomb point, N.N.E. ^ E., the mark for leading
to the eastward of the Seal ledge, and run in on this course until the
high barn on Hawbolt island shows north of Barren island ; then steer foi-
the church steeple bearing N.W., and innnediately Turner point (on
Hawbolt island) touches Smith jioint, alter course to W.N.W.

By carefully keeping the latter marks on, proceed until False passage
opens to the south-west ; then keep nearly a W. by N. course, so as to pass
a cable's length fiom the Thrumcap and Smith point ; and then W.N.W.
along the north side of the channel so as to avoid Turner shoal, with
9 feet water, on the left. The Middle ground on the right, a muddy flat
with eelgrass, is cleared by keeping the Thrumcap just in sight over Smith
point. Good and convenient auciiovage can be harl in 7 fathoms, mud,
about halfway between Lobster and Turner points.

BZABOTXOirs for 'Wentern Entrance. — Several dry ledges will be seen
to the eastward of the White islands, between which and Goose and
Barren islands there is a channel sometimes frequented by coasters,
with suiRcieut water in it for vessels of the largest draught ; but it is
difficult to navigate without local knowledge. There is another channel
entering from sea, between Halibut and White islands, and as it leads into
the harbour of Mary- JosepJi, directions will be given for its navigation.

In approaching from sea with the usual south-westerly wind, bring
the highest part of Tuffin island midway between Halibut and Camp
islands, N.E. ^ N. ; proceed with these marks on until the southern
Halibut island beai-s West, then bear up E.N.E. ; and when, as Tuffin
island is approached, Brokenba^*!; island appears between the two northei-n
Halibut islands, W. by N. ^ N., alter course and steer E. by S. ^ S. with
these marks on astern.

Running 3 miles on this course will bring the Hubbub rocks (dry at
half tide, and always breaking) in line with east end of the bushes on Little
White island ; then steer North with these marks astern, until the south-
west point of Goose island shuts in Saimoneaux point, when alter course
to N. by W. -I W., so as to pass 1^ cables to the westward of the French-
man rock (dry at low water), and to clear which see that Harbour rock is
just open east of the high grass field on Nicum point, N. f W.

Continue on this course until Roi:?id island, in Mary-Joseph harbour, is
nearly shut in behind Epe point ; then steer East upon this mark until
Blackbill point 8hutB in the White islands, when keep in mid-channel,
steering about E, by S. to leave Bound island a cable's length to the west-

:^l

,v4

« :

i !

{

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST. [chap. hi.

ward. Having cleared this island haul in N. by E., and, ronndinj? Tumor
point, secure anchorage may be had halfway between Tiu'ner and Lobster
points in 7 fathoms.

There aro other passages leading into this channel, but dire(!tions for
them would be useless without local itnowledge ; and therefore only the
more direct and least dangei'ous will be described.

To pass bct\>een East and West Black ledges, which are bold-to, and
separated by a clmnnel half a mile wide, bring the low and wooded west
end of Goose island midway between th(^ Uvo ledges, N. by W. -^ W., and
upon that course steer in ; when within the ledges steer N.N.W. ^ W.,
and, passing to the eastward of Hubtub rockt, enter the channel before
described.

If wishing to run between the White islands and Little White island,
bring the west end of (lie latter in line with west end of Goose island
to clear the shoal off the east end of the White islands, and steer in
N. by E. ^ E. until the east end of the White islands bears West ; then
alter course to N.N.W. , and having passed Little White island steer
N.N.E., which will lead to the westward of Hubbub rocks, and into the
channel before described.

There is another channel between Little White island and West Black
ledge, but it is too narrow and intricate to be of service, and will noi
therefore be described.

BAY of iSKAxrBS is the name eommoi'.ly given to the coas*- between
Mary- Joseph and Beaver harbours. The isltinds off this part of the coast
are very numerous, and the channels bctwc n tliem are so narrow, intri-
cate, and beset with rocks that, although th^-ra is sufficient depth to admit
schooners drawing 12 feet water, they are not easl'y described, atul their
safe nnvigation requires an iniimate local knowledge, such as could ncvev
be acquired from the best chart. Coasters use theia occasionally to avoid
the heavy swell in. the offing : a few know the channel sufficiently well to
run inside the islands, the wholr- distance between LIscomb and Sheet
harbours ; whilst others are content to venture within a few of the most
off-lying of th.i numerous islands v/ith wh'ch V.ilz part of the coast is
studded. The Admiralty ciiart, on Avhieh it is believed every roek and
shoal is correctly placed, will be useful to coasters, by enabling them,
with the assistance of their local knowledge, to find their way v ith much
greater security than heretofore.

There is a channel passing close on the north side of Beaver, Brother,
and Pumpkin islands, ivliich is often used ; but to navigate it safely care
must be taken, when to the westward of Pumpkin island, to I:eep Beave,*
island light'ioi.oe in the hollow between the wooded Bi-otuer islands,
bearing E. by S. | S., so as to clear the Black Peg shoals.

OBAP. in.]

BAY OF ISLANDS. — WHITE ISLANDS.

WZOVMCIOVM zxr&iiT, an indentation next west of Mary-Joseph
harbour, is the abode of a few families who earn a precarious livelihood
by net and line fishing off the White islands, and the cultivation of small
farms. A few small schooners frequent this inlet, and find within it snug
anchorage ; but the proximity of the excellent harbour of Mary- Joseph
makes it unnecessary to attempt a description of the crooked channel
leading thereto.

VTBlTll ZBKAWS8, which derive their name from cVifl'n of slate of
highly-inclined strata, showing white to seaward, are wooded, and attain
an elevation of 80 feet at their eastern extreme. They lie 9 miles to the
eastward of Beaver island lighthouse, and are the outermost of a group of
islands and rocks, lying oiF the point separating Nicumcigum inlet from
Nicomtau bay.

Between some of these islands are channels, and a few snug anchorages ;
but they are far too intricate to be serviceable to any but the sniull
schooners trading or fishing along these shores.

Bowen Kedge is a bare flat slaty rock only 8 feet high, lying S.S.W.
half a mile from the low west point of Camp island ; there is a navigable
channel 3^ cables wide on its northern side.

Borse Sboe Bboal, with 3 fathoms water on it, lies S.S.W. nearly
1^ miles from the centre of the larger White island. The west end of
Halibut islands kept open west of Bowen ledge^ leads to the south-west.

Savid Shoal, with 4 fathoms on it, lies North half a mile from the
Horse Shoe shoal.

Kookwood Sock, with 3 fathoms on it, lies with the highest part of
Tuffin island seen over the east point of White island, N.W. by N., and is
distant rather more than 2 miles from the latter. The whole of Tuffin
island open east of White island will lead to the eiistward ; and the east
ends of Tuffin and White islands in line, will clear the rock to the Avest-
ward.

NICOMTAU BAY, the outlet of Moser river, a small stream admitting
schooners of Mght draught, is, in common with Newtonquoddy, further to
the westward, the abode of a few industrious families, who cultivate small
farms, and during the i^umnicr months frequent the Halibut and White
islands for the purpo.se of fishing.*

HAKIBtTT XSliAKDS, a cluster of islands a mile in extent and 3o feet
high, lying to he north west of the White ialands, are situated on the
eastern side of a channel of deep water, leading into an indifferent anehor-

-* See Admiralty Chart of Nicomtau Bay and parts adjacent, No. 2,C73 ; scale, m » 3
inches.

17698. D

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH- BAST COAST.

[cuAr. III.

ago undor tin? siRilter of Brokcnlmck isliiml. They also raufk tho outitiiice
into Nit'omtuu buy.

aaMoon Reefli, tin ('xtoiiHivo cluster of hIiojiIs, lyin^ 2^ milttH to tho south-
west of Ilalihut islunda, we conipoHed of hirge rounded stones, and nro
pai'tially uncovered at low water. Tlicy generally break heavily ; but as at
high water, springs, with tlui wind otf shore, their position is not easily
reeognized, it will be well to take can! that Pumpkin island does not show
open to northward of the Brother islands. This mark will lead half a niilo
to the southward.

BZRB zsiiAxrss, low and without trees, lio 2 miles to tho North-west,
of tho Bassoon reefs.

waVTTOirQVODBY, an inlet to the eastward oi' Beaver harbour, will
admit schooners of small tonnage ; but is not much frequented, even by
HDiall vessels, on account of the numerous rocky islets and shoals overlying
its entrance.

SZRBCTZOWS. — The anchorages under Brokenback island and in
Nicomtau bay are not recommended, but they may, prove useful in caseH
of emergency. Approaching the anchorage under Brokenback island I'rom
the eastward or westward, do not pass to the northward of the line between
tho Bassoon reefs and White islands, until Baptiste island (of red clay
banks, 70 feet high, uud partly wooded) is seen east of Brokenback. When
the highest part of Baptiste island is in line with tho east end of Brokenback
island, N.W. by N. (which mark leads to the eastward of the Snapper
shoal), steer on that line of bearing, and giving Brokenl)ack island a berth
of less than a cable's length, anchor in 10 fathoms, sand, with the Bird
islands open west of Brokenback island, and the northern Halibut island
just open south of Gold island.

To enter Nicomtau bay, steer in with Harbour rock (of slate, 30
feet high, and nearly bare of trees) in line with the high land on
the eastern side of Moser river bearing N. ^ E. In passing to the west-
ward of the Halibut islaiids be careful that the west end of Hartlin island
is well open of Goose island, in order to clear the Salamander rock, with
only a foot on it at low water. After clearing the Salamander, steer so as
to pass a cable's length to the eastward of Harbour rock, and to the west-
ward of the Bull rock, which uncovers at low water ; then steer in N.E.,
and choose a berth in 7 or 8 fathoms, mud, under Hartlin island.

In clear weather Pumpkin island may be seen distinctly from the
deck of a vessel when off the White islands ; and by keeping it
just open north of Beaver island lighthouse, bearing W. by N., it will lead
to the southward of all these shoals, If not made out, the White islands
should not be approached nearer than 2 miles, a distance that can be
easily maintained by occasional cross bearings, or by sextant angles.

mAr.tn.l BEAVER ISLAND. — BEAVER IIARBOTTR.

SBAVii^ ZBLAWB XiXOBT.— lioiivor islnnd, 10 f(>i;t. hi^li, 18 partially
covurud with scrubl>y trees, and itrt slate clitlrt hIiow wliito to soawartl. On
its iiordi side, in moder.'itc weutlier, linidiiif; can lu> safely otlected at a
small eove near tlit.' east end ; and in bad weather boats may be saved at
high water by enteriuj^ tlie gully, which separates the two parts of the
island.*

The house, 35 I'eet high, on the roof of which tho lantern is placed, is
painted white, with two black balls placed horizontally on tho gablo facing
S.S.W. It stands on tho eastern end of Beaver island, and from an
elevation 70 ieet above high water, is exhibited a revolving white light,
which attains its greatest brilliancy every two mmutcs, and should be
visible in clear weather from a distance of 12 miles.

BBAVBlt HARBOUR. — Notwithstanding the numerous dangers which
fringe the coast in the vicinity of this harbour, it is easy of access after
Weaver island lighthouse has been identilied, in consequence of tho
entrance channel being straight and deep, after passing 2 cables to the
(eastward of Beaver island. Tlie position of this harljour is objectionable
during heavy S.S.E. winds, but under all other circumstances it affords
an excellent refuge.

The Beaver harbour of the J^'ishcnnen is a small cove situated
N.N.W. one mile from Beaver point. It atlbrds excellent shelter to
small craft, being protected by a reef of stones, partly dry at low water,
springs, and by v, spit of sand and shingle extending halfway across its
entrance, within which small craft may lie secure from all winds.

This little harbour may be entered by rounding the rBef on the lino
of Quoddy hill, 184 feet high, and tho south point of Hardwood island iu
one, until the hill of Beaver point comes in line with the stores at end
of the spit, when steer iu upon this latter mark, bearing S. ^ E.. and
rounding the spit, which is bold-to, anchor in in feet, over muddy bottom.

Mcaoleod Cove also aitbrds excellent anchorage iu 21 feet over a muddy
bottom, and is entered by a channel half a cable wide at the west end
of Macleod island. The anchorage is on the north side of the island
after rounding a spit of saud and mud extending N.N.W. u cable's length
from the island.

Salmon River falls into the east division of Beaver harbour, and at
the bridge affords good fresh water.

Supplies. — There are about 200 inhabitants along the shores of Beaver
harbour, residing principally at the cove on its west side and at Salmou
river. They have two day schools, and a resident minister of the Church
of England, and make out a comfortable living ; some being engaged in

* See Adxairalty Plan of Beaver Uarbonr, with View, No. 2,663 ; scale. » = 3 iQches.

it 2

|.|'i|

lii ' j i

] 1:

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-BAST COAST.

[CIIAI'. 111.

the cottHting trude, others in flahing and the cultivation of small i'armH.
Firewood and a limited supply of fresh provisions nmy bo {generally
obtained at moderate [»rice.s.

'William ■taoal, with li fathoms water, and only hicakiiifj; occasionally, is
the priiicipiil daii^rcr to bo avoided in approiiehiii}^ IJeavcr island li^'hthouso
which l)ears frnni it N.N.W. distant 2 miles. It. will be cleared, when
nearinj? it from the southward, by keeping the conical hill on Sutherland
island open east of Beaver island ; the lighthouse on Beaver islimd in one
with the hill, would lead dir ctly over tjie shoalest part.

Marmot Xook, the outoiinost danger on the east side of tlie channel
leading to Beaver harbour, is only awash at low water, springs, and lies
BO much within the line of the Beaver islands, that with the prevalent
south-west wimls it seldom breaks ; it will, however, be avoided by not
opening Pumpkin island much to the northward of the Brother islands,
until Harbour rock comes in line with the west end of Kocky island,
bearing N.N.W.

Middle Shoal, on the eastern side of the channel into Braver harbour,
has 2^ fathoms water on it, and with the two neighbouring 4-fathom
patches lying to the southward and westward, may he avoided by not
opening Harbour rock to the westward of Rocky island.

Sutherland Island, on the west side of the channel into Beaver
harbour, is wooded, with clifTs of slate, and has on it a conical-shaped
hill 107 feet high, sufficiently rcmarkai)le to make a goo mark for
William shoal.

Barbour Rook, of bare slate, 12 feet high, lies on the eastern side of
the channel into Beaver harbour, and has shoal water extending a cable's
length to the W.N.W.

Sandy Islet has a red clay bank, 12 feet high, at its south end ; between
it and Harbour rock the ground is broken and rocky.

Aocky and Eardwood Islands lie on each side of the entrance to the
Salmon river anchorage. The former has a rock, with only o feet water,
lying 1;^- cables' lengths from its eastern end ; the latter is bold-to, and
has red clay banks.

Baloom Shoal, with only 10 feet water, lies in the middle of the
passage between Rocky and Hardwood islands, and narrows the available
channel into Salmon river anchorage to less than one cable. Harbour
rock touching the west end of Sandy islet leads through the western
channel, and touching the eastern end of the islet leads through the
eastern channel ; but to reach this anchorage local knowledge is
necessary.

TIBBS.— It is high water, full and change, in Beaver harbour, at
7h. 40m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, and neaps 4^ feet.

ciur. Ill] 111':AVI:11 UARBOUU. — SHEET IIAHBOUII.

5IJ

BlxaOTZOWS. — In npprnnchinji iJeavcr harbour from the Houthviird
by <hiy, wlicii iiljoul '> or (i miles iVoiu Mcavcr i. laml liriii^? I he li;jhlli(iii>('
to hoar N.N.VV. ^ W. and ntccr in N.N.W., ohscrvinf? Iliat in passinj? the
east end of llcavcr and Horse ishinds, the dark-wooded Heaver point irt
open to the eastward of Sntherhind ishind. After i)asrtinj» a ealiie's luufrth
to the eastward of Sntherhind ishind and Heaver ]>oint, keep ihi ii;»ht-
house in si^^ht astern, open to the eastward of Sntherhind ishind ; on tliis
line, with tlie cross mark of Qnoddy hill in line witli the south end of
liarwood island, fair anchora<?e can he obtained in 7 fathoms, muddy
bottom.

If, however, better shelter be desired, a pilot should bo procured, and
the vessel run into Sahiion river anehora<!;e or Macleod cove. Into the
hitter u depth of 21 feet may bo carried, and a land-h)cked berth obtaiiwd
in the same depth over muddy bottom. Into the former there are two
passages, one north of Rocky ialand, narrow, but clear of rocks; the other,
more commonly used, between Rocky and Hardwood islands, for which
the following brief directions may suffice : —

In nearing Beaver jjoint, when the church steeple on the east side of
Salmon river ap[)ears open west of Hardwood island, steer for it until
Harbour rock comes in one with the west side of Sandy island, when alter
course with this latter mark on astern, steering in N. ^ W. till Quoddy
hill appears well open north of Hardwood ishind ; then having jjassed the
shoals, steer for the steeple again, and anchor in 4^ fathoms mud, when
Sandy ishind is shut in behind Hardwood ishind.

With an offshore wind a vessel must tack upon the two leading marks
binding the east and west sides of the channel ; namely, Hai-bour rock
and west end of Rocky island; and Beaver point open of the east end
of Sutherland island.

The intelligent seaman, with the assistance of the chart, will find no
difficulty in working into a safe berth in Beaver harbour, remembering
always that the anchoi'age is not good until the vessel is north of Beaver
point.

At Kiffbt. — The entrance to Beaver harbour may be safely attempted,
even at night, in clear moonlight weather, with a fair wind, and careful
attention to the bearing of Beaver island light. Having passed not
nearer than half a mile to the eastward of the light, steer in N.N.W.,
and approaching Sutherland ishind, which will be recognized by its
wooued hill, pass about a cable's length to the eastward of it. After
passing this island, keep the light Just open of the point astern, and
steering with that mark on pass Beaver point, and anchor when abreast the
cove, in 7 or 8 fathoms, mud.

8BBBT BAXBOVR, onc of the finest on the coast, and situated nearly

I I

54.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-EAST COAST.

[ciiAP. m.

midway between Country harbour uud lltilifax, derives its name from
the Sheet rock, a sn.all islet outside the entrance, wiiich presents to
seaward a remarkable cliff of clay slate, resembling a suspended sheet.
The entrance between Western island and Danberry island is a third of a
mile wide, and the anchorage immediately within it on (he western side
is quite safe, and sufficiently commodious to accommodate a large fleet.*

The harbour is of considerable extent, extending inland G-i- miles, and
is navigable for ships ne.irly to its head, where rajiid streams discharge
into it the waters of a chain of lakes. There are mills at the head of the
North-west and principal Ann, the shores of Avhieli are well settled.
There is also a scanty population along the North-east Arm and eastern
shore of the harbo*n-; but the western shore, from Mitchell point to
Mushaboon harbour, is uninhabited. The hills of clay, abounding in
Doulders, supply the only 3oil adapted for cultivation. They rest on
clay-slate in nearly vertical strata, as is well displayed in the North-cast
Arm, which in the course oi time has been cut by the rapid stream at its
head across the rock, in nearly an east and west direction.

Supplies. — \''''ater may be obtained in Sheet harbour, either from
Watering cove on the west 'jide, or Smelt brook on the opposite shore.
A moderate supply of fresh provisions and abundance of fire-wood may
also be prcoured from the inhabitants, a respectable class of people,
who derive a comfortable subsistence from ship-building, coasting, and
farming.

DANGERS off tbe ESTTRAiffCE. — The numerous and formidable
dangers off Sheet harbour render the approach to it perilous in the
extreme during dark nights, or the prevalent foggy weather, especially
foi large vessels ; but by day, with clear weather, little ditficulty will be
experienced in a vcseel fumished with the Admiralty charts and
uirections, the leading marks being distinct and good.

PTTBIPKZia- XSKAN-D is a St ep roundcd islet 90 feet high, bare of
trees, lying W.N.W. Ij^ miles from the ligiithouse on Beaver island •
rocky ledges extend S.S.W. nearly haif a mile from its south point.

Eastern Staag^roo'^.t is a loAV rocky ledg(! barely 5 feet aliove liitrh
^Vciter, with h'-eakiiig rocky shoals on its north and west sides, but steej)-to
on its south-west side, and with deep water betAveen it and Pumpkin
island, from which it is distant 1^ miles in a W. by S. J S.
direction.

Geddes Staoal, with .^ fathoms on it, is the outermost of the oif-Iyin"
patches on the eastern side of the entrance. From it the eastern

* See Admiralty Chart, Sh^et and Mushaboon Harbours, and Spry bav. No. 2 807
Bcale, m => 3 inebr'^

CEAP. m.] PUMPKIN ISLAND. — WESTERN 6HAGR00ST.

extremity of the Western Sliiigroo.>-:t is in line with Fishery poini, and
bears N.N.E. J E., distant ubout 2^ miles ; and the Shnet rock appears
in the entrance of tlie harbour, between Western and Danberry islands,
bearing North, and distant about 4j miles. The sea breaka over thia
rocky slioal only after heavy gales.

liogan Rock, with 3^ fathoms Avater, bears N. by W. ^ W. threc-
quartei's of n mile from Geddes shoal. From this dangerous rock, which
is seldom marked by a breaker, Yankee Jack (on the opposite side of
the channel) bears W. by N. ^ N., the passage between them being
nearly 1^ miles wide.

Western Sbagroost, 6 feet above high water, can always be seen. A
reef, partially dry, extends two-thirds of a mile from it in the direction
of S.W. ^ W., and has only 4 feet on its south-west extremity. To
the northward of the rock are several rocky 4-fathom patches, as well
as the dangerous liabin shoal, the least water on vhicli, 2^ fathoms, bears
from the Western Shagroost N.N.W. ^ W. l^ miles, and from Fishery
point (nearly in line with the southern extremities of Hardwood and
Mink islands^ S.W. by W. ^ W. H miles.

Monroe Ro^«, with 12 feet water, lies with the Avestern points of
Western Shagroost and Sheet rock in one, bearing N. by W. ^ W. ; the
former being distant nearly a mile. Punijjkin and Horse islands touching,
N.E. by E. I" E., lead a quarter of a mile south of this rock, and close to
the southward of Geddes slioal.

Macdonald Rock and Shoals. — Macdonald rock, diy at low water,
bears from INlacdonald point S.W. ^ W. half a mile, and lies on the ex-
tensive Macdonald shoals, the o'ltermost patch of which, with 12 feet
water, bears from the point S.W. by W. | W. three-quarters of a mile.
The mark, which just clears the western extremities of Macdonald and
Babin shoals, as well as the reef elf the Western Shagroost, is Sheet rock,
touching the east point of Western island, and Ifot^-ing N. ^ W.

This mark leads between Macdonald shoals and u patch with 4§ fathoms
water, and from the latter Sheet rock appears touching the western point
of Danberry island, N. by E. 1 E., and is distant nearly a mile. There is
also another rocky shoal, with 5 fathoms water, three-quarters of a mile
W. by N. from Babin shoal, and which bears from Guilford island S.S.E. ^ E.
nearly a mile. Both these shoals, which would be dangerous to large
vessels in a heavy sea, will be cleared by attention to the directions Avhich
follow.

'.Tankee 7aok, a small rocky shoal with only 3 feet water, bears from
Taylor liead S.S.E. | E. 2^ miles. At the distance of a quarter of a mile,
W. by N. I N., there is another rock with 12 feet water. These are
Qxceedingly dangerous at high water and in a smooth sea, when they are

i ^ -ii

pi - 18

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[ctiap. iu.

not marked by breakers ; l)ut Taylor Goose rock which can always be seen,
and from which the 12 feet rock bears S.E. 1 S. a third of a mile, serves
as a beacon to avoid them. Nothing could be found to the southward of
these shoals excepting several patches of 8 fathoms, the outermost of
which is on the Pollock ground of the fishermen.

Taylor Ooose. — This dangerous rock, awash at high water, bears from
Taylor head S.S.E. ^ E,. l^ miles. Vessels may pass to the south-east
of it at the distance of a cable, but in the opposite direction the shoal
extends a quarter of a mile, and is just cleared to the westward by the
east points of Guilford and Western islands in one, N.N.E. ^ E.

MiMliabooB Slioai, a small rocky patch with 3 fathoms water, bears
from Taylor head S.E. ^ E. 1^ miles. As the position of this rock is
seldom shown by a t veaker, it is exceedingly dangerous ; and would be
more so, but that its locality is in some measure pointed out by the Taylor
Goose, which can always be seen, and from which Mushaboon bears
N.E. I N. about three-quarters of a mile.

Pyoh. Shoals. — The dangers on the western side of the entrance to
Sheet harbour are rocky patches of 3^ and 4 fathoms oft' Taylor head, and
also the more dangerous Pyche shoals, which are separated from Pyche
island by a narrow channel leading to tlie entrance of Mushaboon harbour.
The least water on these shoals is 17 feet, and their south-east point,
distant about a mile from the island, is cleared by the east points of
Guilford and Western islands in one, bearing N.N.E. | E.

TinES. — It is high water, full and change, in Watering cove. Sheet
harbour, at 8h. 6m. ; ordinary springs rise 6^ feet, and neaps 4^ feet ; but
strong winds cause great irregularities, especially in the rise. The diurnal
inequality is most distinctly shoAvu in the low waters, in this and all the
harbours that have been surveyed on this coast, including Halifax. The
ordinary rate of the tidal streams does not exceed half a knot; but it is said
to be stronger after heavy rains or the melting of the winter's snow or
after long continued southerly gales, whic'- have previously forced the
water into the harbour. It is high water about a quarter of an hour
earlier in the entrance of the harbour, where the rise is about 2 feet less.

SZSBCTXOn'B for Bastem PasBage. — There are four passages for ships
between the outer dangers off Sheet harbour, either of which may be
taken, as the wind or other circumstances may render expedient. To pass
to the eastward of Geddes shoal and Logan rock, and between them and
the reef off" the Western Shagroost, run in with Western island just
touching the west end of Sheet rock, bearing N. ^ W.

These marks will also lead close to, but clear of, the Babiii and
Macdonald shoals, and up to Sheet rock ; but as the soundinn's are
more than usually irregular by this route, it will be preferable on ap-

CHAP, in.]

DIRECTIONS. — nUR I) COVE.

proaching Babin shoal, to haul over towards Guilford island on a N.W.
line of hearing, until the west ends of Danberry island an.l Sheet
rock are in line and bearing about N.N.E. ^ E. From this p«'sition (lu;
passage is clear to the entrance of the harbour ; it being only neees. aiy
to keep to the eastward of a line joining the eastern points of Guilford
and Western islands, and to avoid a rock, which can always bo seen, half
a cable's length off the west end of Sheet rock.

In entering between Western and Danberry islands, give the former a
berth of not less than a cable's length to avoid a rock with 4 feet water,
half a cable off its east point, which, having passed, haul in to the
northward and Avestward, until Macdonald point is shut in behind Western
island, and anchor within it, in 6 or 7 fathoms, mud, not less than 1^ cables
off shore.

If a vessel bo bound up SI»eet harbour, the first danger to be avoided is
the White rock, which dries at low water, and is distant 4^ cables from
Danberry island, the west point of which touching Sheet rock, and bearing
S. by W. ^ W., leads just clear to the westward of it. Sheet rock should
therefore be kept open to the westward of Danberry island until past the
rock ; then sheer over to the eastward, so as to bring the western points
of Danberry island and Sheet rock in one, bearing S.S.W. ^ W., and steer
N.N.E. ^ E., or so as to keep those marks on astern, until nearly abreast
Slab point, on the western shore, 2 miles within the entrance. Then, as
those marks barely clear Slab shoal, steer a little to the eastward until it is
passed, observing that the passage between it and the reef, which extends
1^ cables from Salmon island, is only 2 cables wide.

Having passed Slab shoal, keep over towards the western shore, rounding
Olding point at a distance not exceeding 1^ cables to avoid the shoal
off the shingle of Watt point, and anchor off Watering cove on the western
shoi'e in 7 fathoms, mud, with the chapel at the head of the North-west
Arm appearing nearly midway between Mitchell and Church points. The
vessel will here be landlocked, and secure in all winds.

For the navigation of the Arms the services of a pilot would be indis-
pensable.

HVBS COVB. — On the eastern side of Sheet harbour, at 1^ miles within
the entrance, is the shingle Gull ledge, off Hurd cove, which last is the
entrance of a narrow and intricate passage between Sober island and the
mainland, through which a depth of 6 or 7 feet only can be carried at
low water.

Middle Passage. — To pass between Yankee Jack and i^ogan rock,
which is the widest passage, run in with Sheet rock touching the western
point of Danberry island, and bearing N. by E. ^ E., until the south-west
point of Guilford island bears N.W. ^ N., when the southern point of

! ■■fv

;'■!■

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. III.

Salisbury island will have disappeared behind it ; then steer to the north-
ward and wesiward, until the west ends of Danber-y island and Sheet
rock are in line, in order to clear the 28 feet shoal .vliich the former
marks lead ovei', and, passing to the westward of the Sheet rock, anchor
as before directed-

Passagre Sastwara of Taylor Goose. — If it be desired to pass to the cast-
ward of the Taylor Gooso !ind Musliuljoon siioal, and between them and
the Yankee Jack, run in with the eastern points of the Sheet rock and
DanbeiTy island exactly in one, bearing N.N.E. § E. ; those marks will
lead in clear of all danger to Sheet rock, which should bo passed on tho
western side, after which proceed as before directed.

"Western Passagre. — To rnn for Sheet harbour by the westernmost pas-
sage, to tho westward of Taylor Goose and Mushaboon shoal, and between
them and the Pyclie shoals, proceed as follows : —

Being outside of ind to the westward of the Taylor Goose, bring Sheet
rock to touch the east point of Danberry island, bearing N.E. ^ N., and
run in with these marks on until Bol) bluff opens out north of Pyehe island,
when the Pychc shoals will have been passed, and the vessel may be kept
away a little to the eastward, so as to give a wider berth to the reefs
off Guilford island, which the above marks only just clear.

MVSHABOOU HARBOVR scarcely deserves to be ranked as a harbour,
as it is exposed to the full force of S.S.E. winds. It affords indifferent
shelter to vessels only on the eastern side near its head, where Gull
rock and the shoals which nearly unite it to Mala^'ash island brcal'. off
the sea.

TUe Gates. — The dangers off Mushaboon harbour are common to it and
to Sheet harbour, with which it communicates by a narrow and intricate
passage, called the Gates, between Malagash and Gibbs islands. In the
entrance of this passage thei-e is a small islet, and the channel, which is on
its northern side, is not move than 40 fathoms wide, and 12 feet or 14 feet
is all that can be carried through at low water, and that with diflftculty.

DiRJBCTXOXrs. — As the harbours immediately adjoining Mushaboon to
the east and west are so superior to it, vessels seldom require to enter
this exposed anchorage ; but should any wish to do so, the safest course
for a stranger to pursue will be to run in upon either of the leading marks
for Sheet hai-bour until Bob bluff, well open north of Pyche island, bears
N-W. by N. ; then steering for the bluff on this bearing will lead well to
tlie eastward of the Pyche shoals, and vessels may run up the middle of
the bay, steering N.N.W. -L W. for Yellow rock, the channel between the
dangers on either side being half a mile Avide.

On nearing Gull and Yellow rocks, she may either pass between tbcm,
dlsirogarding tho rock between them in 4 fathoms at low water; or, paasiog

oaip. HI.]

MUSnABOON HARBOUll. — SPRY BAY.

ll', ofi

to the westward of Yellow rock, may haul ovci- to the eastward towards
Botelier island and uuchor oil .'t, and to the northward of Gull rock, in
6 fathoms, mud.

SPXT BAT. — Taylor head is the outer extremity of a narrow peninsula,
upwards of 3 miles in length, which divides Mushaboou and Spry har-
bours ; it is destitute of trees, but being composed of large white rocks
is distinguishable afar off. Spry harliour, situated at the north-west end
of Spiy bay, is sufficiently commodious to accommodate . iarge fleet ; the
anchorage, in 7 or 8 fathoms, mud, being quite secure in all winds.

Tomlees Bay, at the north-cast angle of Spry bay, is open to the south-
ward, and almost full of i-ocks, which, together with the islets otf its
mouth, afford shelter to fishing schooners near its head, where there is a
Avharf and store.

Taylor Bay, on the western side of Tomlees head, is a shallow indenta-
tion immediately north of Spry harbour ; it is not adapted for large ships,
but affords secure anchorage for coasting and fishing vessels. Its shores
are inhabited by an industrious and respectai)le population.

S&edman Slioal. — The principal dangers to be avoided in approaching
Spry hai'bour arc in and off the mouth of Spry bay ; the outermost being
Redman shoal, from which Taylor head, the eastern point of the l)ay, bears
N.E. ^ E. 1 j*(y miles ; the eastern sides of Leslie island and Tomlees head
in one, bearing North; and Lawler point (which is an islet at high water)
on the eastern side of Gerard island is just open to the eastward of
Maloney rock, N. oy W. ^ W. The fishermen report the least Avater
on this shoal to be 5 fathoms, nor could any less be found by the officers
engaged in the Admiralty survey.

ItXad Moll Keef, the ju'lncipal rianger on the eastern side of Spry bay,
runs out W. by S. nearly a milt) from Taylor head. On it there are two
patches of shingle, which are always above water ; and to the northward
of it two rocky patches nearly dry at low water, the reef extending two-
thirds of a mile in that direction, and reducing the breadth of the passage
between it and Neverfail shoal to a third of a mile.

Herring: and Maloney Shoals. — The dangers on the western side of Spry
bay arc Herring and Maloney shoals. The latter, of considerable ex-
tent, with 12 feet water, is by far the most in the way. Its bearing
from Maloney rock, which is always above water, is S. by W. -^ W., •
and dis' ance from half to two- thirds of a mile. The southern extremity of
the dry s'.iingle on Mad Moll '"etf in one with Taylor head, bearing E. | K.,
leads a «|jarter of a mile to the souih.ward of these shoais • and Bald rock
just open to the eastward of Maloney rock, N. § E., leads to the eastward.

Severfail Shoal, with 17 feet water on it, lies E. \ S. a quai'tcr of a

'i }

NOVA SCOTIA, oOUTlL-EAST COAST.

[CilAV. III.

niilo from Maloney rock ; and I'lom it Tomlees head and Leslie island
jippear louchiiig, N. ^ E.

Hocky PatoheB.— There is a rocky patch, iv'ith 28 feet water, lyii;? North
a third of a mile from Neverfail shoal, and another, with 5 fathoms, a
quarter of a railc farther to the E.N.E. ; but there is seldom sufficient
swell so far in the l)ay as to render these dangerous.

aam Rook is the only other danger in the way on the western side of
Spry bay. It dries at low water, and lies E. by S. ^ S. about 1^ cables'
lengths from Lawler point, with the southern sides of Leslie and Green
islands in one, bearing East, and with Bald rock (distant nearly half a
mile from the Ram rock) appearing just open to the southward of thorn.
There is a clear passage between Bald and Ram rocks.]

DXRBCTX017B for Sastern Cbannel. — To run into Spry bay by the
eastern and preferable channel proceed as follows : — Pass to the westward
of Redman shoal and Mad Moll reef, and between the latter and the
Neverfail shoal, by keeping the eastern side of Tomlees head only just
shut in behind the high bank on the eastern side of Leslie island, bearing
North a little easterly. Run in upon these marks until Maloney rock
and Pope head come in one, bearing W. by S. ; then alter course to
N. by W. ^ W., for the western oide of Tomlees head, and having passed
between Bn.ld and Ram rocks, haul to the westward round the northern
end of Gerard island, from which the shallow water does not extend
beyond 1^ cables' lengths, and anchor in 7 or 8 fathoms, mud, with Taylor
head shut in behind the north-east point of Gerard island, bearing S. E.,
and Dutchtown point S.W., and not nearer than 3 cables ; in order to be
sufficiently far from a rocky shoal with 3 fathoms water, which is 1-|
cables off shore, and bears from the south extremity of that point N.N.E.
a quarter of a mile.

This berth is recommended, but there is plenty of available room to the
northward and westward ; the anchorage being quite secure as long as
Mad Moll reef is not opened out to the eastward of Gerard island.

Western Channel. — The western channel into Spry bay lies to the
westward of Maloney shoal and Maloney rock, between them and Stoney
island, and is only 1^ cables wide. The marks leading through it, are Bald
rock and the eastern side of Tomlees head touching, N. by E. ^ E.

[fr:!

:'lfi

CHAPTER IV.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.
SPRY IIARBOUK, TO SHUT-IN ISLAND.

Vakiation in 1867
Pope Harbour
Ship Harbour - - 21° 30' W. |

- 2105'W.
Jedore Harbour -

- 20° 25' W.

The (listiince between the western point of Spry bay and Sliut-in
island is about 32 miles, in a westerly direction, the coast line being
much broken by many indentations, and fringed with numerous islets,
rocks, and sunken dangers. Between Jedore head and Shut-in island the
features of the coast are very remarkable, each headland being a ])en in-
sula, presenting a cliff of red clay to the continuous wasting action of the
waves. These peninsulas are joined to the main land by beaches of rolled
stones and shingle, and are more or less wooded, but none of them
exceed the height of 140 feefc above the sea.*

POVE BASBOVR has a depth of water sufficient for large ships, but it
is only secure within Harbour island, where the space, with deep waler,
being little more than a cable's length across, it would be necessary to
moor. In the bay outside a heavy swell rolls in during southerly gales.

A reference to the Admiralty chart will show that the dangers on the
6 stern side c'' the harbour are few, and easily avoided : — that the western
side of Phceaix island is quite bold, and the chann«'l between it and the
Pope shoals is a third of a mile wide, and has a depth of 12 fathoms in it.
Also, that some part of the reef off Gerard head, aud of the Barrier reef
can always be seen, and that the shallow .vater doet: not extend from
the dry parts more than a cable's length. Lastly, observe, that the steeple
of an Episcopal church, which stands on an elevation upwards of 100 feet
high, — on the side of a grassy hill in rear of Bollong point, — can be seen
from a distance of many miles out at sea, and that a Roman Catholic
chapel stands low down near the water, on the western side of the point.

* See Admiralty Chart : Nova Scotia, S.E. Coast, Shut-in-Island to Pope Harbour,
No. 2,439 ; scale, m = H inches ; and Pope Head so Charles Island, including Pope aud
Tangier Harbours, No. 2,855 ; scale, m = 4 inches.

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

fCIUP. IV.

i.'i! Ui

Supplies. — The shores of Pope and Spry harbours, as well as T.'iylor
l)ay, are more thickly pe- . led thxi' jsu. ) on this oast ; the hills A' ilrift
lay !Mi(l bouhle;-' ■)/. Uk v-;vn !: , (, a'll also on ine north side of Gerard
island, l)ein<,' ciihivaled t«. .. n.nM:K rahle extent. There are extensive
tracts of hardwood land lii tlv v ^ ir.itj. '"'rnishing timber for shipbuilding,
and supplies of fresh provisions and wi^! j nay be readily obtained.

Horse Rock. — Of the formidable dangers oif Poj)e harbour, the Horse
rock, with only 4 feet water, lies the farthest out, and from it Pope
rock (in line with the east end of Ironbound island) bears N.N.W. ^ W.
H miles.

Pope Sock and Shoals. — The Pope shoals, which arc exceedingly dan-
gerous, extend more than half-way out from Pope rock towards the Horse
rock, and the soundings ai'e rocky and irregular throughout the remaining
distance. Pope rock is above water, and distant three-quarters of a mile
from Ironbound island, but the passage between them is rendered impas-
sable to strangers by sunken rocks, including Drunken Dick, Soup rock,
&c., and so also is the passsige between the island and the main.

Scboouer and Black Socks. — All these dangers must be left to the
westward in running in, and so also must Schooner rock, with only 6 feet
water, which lies a quarter of a mile out from the islets at the entrance
of Shelter cove, in which the fishing schooners lie landlocked in 2 or 3
fathoms at .uw water. From Black rock, which lies a third of a mile
farther in on ihe same or western side, and is always above water, the shallow
water does not extend beyond a cable's length to the eastward, leaving
a clear channel between it and the Barrier reef, a quarter of a mile Avide.

TIDES. — It is high water in Pope harbour, full and change, at
7h. 40m. ; springs rise 6^ feet, and neaps 4^ feet ; but strong winds cause
great irregularities. The tidal streams are weak and irregular.

nxBiscTXOUs. — When bound to Pope harbour with a fair wind, refer
to the chart and proceed as follows. When not less than 2^ miles ti.>m
th(! outer islands, bring the Episcopal church steeple in line with Gerard
head, bearing N. by W. ^ W., and these marks will lead in between Phoenix
island and the Pope shoals. As soon as Pope and Taylor heads come
in one, bearing E. ^ S., alter course to J>[.W. by N., and it will lead mid-
way between the reef otf Gerard head and Schooner rock ; and when the
two western points of Harbour island come in one, bearing N. by W.^W.,
(when they should also be in line with the Roman Catholic chapel, which
is not easily distinguished,) alter course to N.N.W. ^ W., (for the head of
the harbour, so as to pass midway between Harbour island and Grum
point), until the channel through the harbour and to the northward of
Gerard island begins to open.

Then keep away to N.E. by N., or for the church steeple, until the

CIUV. IT..1

TANGITR HARBOUR. - DIREf IONS.

points o' Long isliiud on the northern siile of the harbour come in one,
beiiriiij,- E. | N., when vin i. with those marks on, luul anchor midwiiy
between Bollong point and the north-cast point ol" llurbour islaiul, in
4^ I'atlioms, mud. Should the wind be from the eastward, the vessel may
anchor outside on tlie last-named leading marks, and in 6| fathoms muddy
bottom, and may cdtlier wait for a fair wind, or warj) into the harbour.

Small cruft can pass from this harbour, eastward, through the narrow
channel between Long and Gerard islands, into a I'ar more capacious and
landlocked anchorage, but which is accessible to large vessels only from
Spry biiy, through very narrow and intricate channels on either side of a
shoal between Dutchtown point and Gerard island.

TAiroZBR BARBOUR next west of Pope harbour, is separated frowi
the liicter by a narrow peninsula about 2 miles long, in a S. by E. }j i .
direction ; the western side of the channel is formed by the two Balteo
and Tangier islands.

As a harbour it is too open, and deficient in depth of water for large
ships ; there are also numerous rocks, but it at!brds a secure anchorage for
small vessels near its head, especially in Mason cove, which is ou the
eastern side, and 2^ miles from the entrance.

Supplies. — Around the head of Tangier harbour, and also on the point
of the main land that separates it from Pope harbour, there are tracts of
tolerably good pasture land, from which, together with fishing and
coasting, the inhabitants derive a comfortable subsistence.

BIRBCTIOMTS. — In approaching Tangier harbour, Porcupine hill should
be kept well open to the westward of Ironbound island, N. by W. ^ W.,
to clear the Pope shoals ; and, ou the other hand. Porcupine point should
be hidden behind Sandy Cove point, to clear the shallow water off Tangier
island. These marks, however, might not be easily recognized by a
stranger, who might safely do without them by proceeding as follows.

In running for the anchorage, avoid the ledges off Ironbound island,
by bringing Sandy Cove point to bear N.N.W., or pass the eastern point
of Tangier island at a distance of about 2 cables' lengths ; or midway
between it and Drunken Dick, which is almost always shown by a breaker.

Having passed Sandy cove and Porcupine points at a distance
of between 1^ and 2^ cables, and midway between Whaleback and
Shag ledges (which dry at low water) and the eastern shore, haul round
the western point of Hog island, and anchor within it in Mason cove,
where the vessel will lie landlocked in 15 or 16 feet water, over a bottom
of stiff mud. There are rocks, with only 16 or 17 feet water, so scattered
about this harbour, that no written directions would enable a stranger to
avoid them ; therefore, vessels of too great draught to pass over them
with safety should not attf ^ •. to run iu.

>li'

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[crap. it.

BROAXi BAT, the next inlet west of Tnnjrior Imrbour, is siiUiciently
uiclc i'ov lingo fillips to beat in and out of witli easo, and |)osM('sses a good
di'ptli of water, and exfpllont ancliorage. The coasting HclioonorH anchor
off Sliellnut cove in .3 or .'U fatlioins, mnd, with iIk' 'Slnvy island in one
witii IJorglc l)liitl' (tiie iiorth-eaHt extremity of Charles islaml), bearing
S. by K.; bnt the only secure anchorage for large ships is on the opposite
or south-western side, near the liead of the bay, wh(;re the Middle ground,
with <mly 12 feet water, and which bears N.W. § N., ii^ cables from the
north point of Charles island, and N.E. by E. '^- E., 3 cables from Moose
island, is the oidy danger much in fhe way.

There is a narrow and intricate channel of communication between
Shoal bay and Tangier harbour, lying between the Inner lialtee island,
and the mainland ; there is also a passage inside Tangier island, but its
dangers render it unavailable, especially for strangers.

Buppllei. — The head of Shoal bay is well settled, the hills of red
clay affording a productive soil, but the islands are almost everywhere
barren. Supplies of fresh provisions, wood, and water may be obtained.

Anctaoragre. — Vessels should anchor in Shoal bay with Borgle bluff and
Outer island touching, bearing S.E, ^ E,; either midway between the
Middle ground and the north point of Charles island in 5^ fathoms, sand,
when Round islet (in one with Tucker point) should bear S,S.W. | W.,
distant 2 cables' lengths; or else to the north-west of the Middle ground,
in 4Jf fathoms, mud, with Hardwood islantl seen through the Tickle, and
bearing W.S.W.; the latter berth being the more preferaljle of the two.

BZ&ECTXOXirs.— In running for this anchorage, from the eastward,
iountl Oui,er island at the distance of half a mile or more, in order to avoid
the reefs off it, and pass to the westward of Baltee shoal (on which, how-
ever, the least water is 4 fathoms), by bringing Borgle bluff to bear
N.W. ^ N. as the vessel runs up the bay.

Leave Net shoal, which has 3 fathoms water on it, to the eastward, b}
keeping the remarkable and highest red clay cliff (already mentioned) open
to the westward of Mary island, bearing N.W. by N. The same marks
lead close to the south-west of Eve ledge, the only other danger in the
way, which is awash at high water, and therefore always visible.

This ledge is bold on the south-west side, and having passed between it
and the north point of Charles island (where the channel is clear, and nearly
half a mile wide), the Middle ground will be avoided, in passing between
it and Mary island, by not bringing Borgle bli ^ to the eastward of
S.E, by S. until the south sides of Mary and Tuff islands come in one,
bearing E, ^ N., or until Hardwood island appears through the Tickle.

From this position keep away to the westward, and anchor on the line
of Borgle bluff and Outer island touching, S.E. ^ £., with the whole of

CHAP. IV.] SHIP IIARBOru. — DANGERS ON EASTERN SIDE. 05

Hardwood irtlnnd scon tliroiif;li the Tickle, Itcaring W.S.W., and in 4^
liithoniH, over mud, as alrondy pnintod out. This «ncliora{»e is quite safe,
althouf^h some swell may roll in duiinji; or after heavy south-east gales.
The dangers on the western side of the Ijay, namely, tho ledges off Charles
point, as well as Borgle shoal, which has IG feet water, may bo avoided
by keeping tho remarkable and highest rod clay clitF, at tho head of tho
bay open of Borgle bluff, bearing N.N.W.

SKIP HARBOT. A is an indentation of considerable extent, being nearly
5 miles in length, though the narrows at the entrance are barely a quarter of
a mile across. The approaches to the harbour are comparatively bold and
steep, and lie between Charles and Nichol islands, of gneiss, and barren ;
they are amongst tho largest on the coast, but in no part do they exceed
nn elevation of 100 feet above tho sea.*

The space between Nichol island on the western side, and the muin-
land, is almost completely occupied by islands and shoals, which afford
shelter to Day cove, where secure anchorage for small vessels may be
obtained in less than 4 fathoms, in which position they will be out of tho
swell that rolls in after heavy southerly gales.

Tho western shore of Ship harbour is well settled, and so also is the
eastern shore as far in as Salmon point ; for tho hills of drift sand and
clay, which attain an elevation of more than 200 feet — though abounding
in boulders — afford a sufficiency of hay "nd vegetables for the support
of catlle and sheep.

The north-eastern shore within Newcombe brook is barren, the hills
being bare, and the extreme height 240 feet. Little river flows
into the head of tho harbour at 5 miles from the entrance ; and near it,
on the western side, a larger and rapid stream, on which there are mills
discharges the Avaters of Ship Harbour lake. A Roman Catholic cliaijel
stands on the western shore at 1;^^ within the enti-auce, anc^. an English
Episcopal church a mile farther in on the same side.

Supplies. — Ship harbour has been long settled; several of the principal
families own schooners employed in the coasting trade, Avhich, together
■with lumbering and fishing, and the limited produce of their cattle and
fields, furnish them with a comfortable subsistence. The best watering
place is a rapid brook on the eastern shore, about half a mile within
Salmon point. Supplies of fresh provisions may be obtained.

BAXTGlSltS on Eastern Side oi Sntran^* . — Although very narrow, the
entrance to Ship harbour is not ditficult with a fair wind ; within the
harbour a fleet of the largest ships may be moored in security. The
principal dangers on the eastern side of the entrance of Ship harbour, ai*e

* See Admiralty Tlan of Ship Harbour, -with View, No. 2,624 j scale m — 3 inches.
17698. E rT^X

; i

■ v^

•■'^J

^..

v^--

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. IV.

the lodges off Charlt's iHluml, the outerraoHt being Bull rock with only
4 feet water, ami wliich is often hIiowh by a breaker.

It bears from Charles point (the south extremity of Charles island)
S.E.^S., 6 cables, and, together with numerous other rocks above ond
under water, will bo cleared to the southward by keeping Long point (the
southern extremity of Nichol island) open south of Bear rock, bearing
W. jf N. The mark that leads clear to the westward of these dangers,
including the ledges farther in off the Western islands, is Passage island,
just hidden behind Wolf point, bearing N.W. ^ W., and Ship rock seen
over Bald island, and in one Avith Tucker point bearing N. by W. | W.

Bear Sook, which is small, rises 4 feet above high water, ond is quite
bold on the eastern side ; but a rt-ef, mostly dry at low water, extends
from it 1^ cables to the westward. It lies nearly in the middle of the
entrance between the islands, with a clear channel on either side, about
4^ cables broad.

SAirOliRB on vrestem Side. — In approaching the harbour, the prin-
cipal dangers lie outside the islands off its entrance. Friar island and
Friar ledges lie on the western side, and off them Flat ledge always
above water, from which the West Bull I'ock, with only a fathom water on
it, bears W. by S. ^ S., a quarter of a mile, and the East Bull rock, with
4 fathoms on it, East, IJ cables' lengths. Egg ish.id lighthouse, seen
over Bald rock, W. ^ S., leads nearly half a mile to the southward of
these dangers.

There is also the Middle ground with 4 fathoms water, bearing from
Flat ledge E.N.E. 6 cables, and the more dangerous N.E. shoal, with
2^ fathoms water, bearing from the eastern end of Friar ledge
N.E. by E. distant 4^ cables' lengths, and from Bear rock W. by S.
three-quarters of a mile. These dangers lie to the southward of Nichol
island, and vessels approaching the harbour should pass to the southward
and eastward of them all. Farther in, the rocks and shallow water 'ff"
the eastern side of Nichol island, including Pot rock with 4 fathoms on
it, will be avoided, if Wolf point (the high north-eastern extremity of
Nichol island) be not brought to bear to the northward of N.N.W.

There are also several outlying dangers, which are equally in the way
of vessels running along the coast, or approaching this harbour. These
are. Little rock, with 4 fathoms, bearing from Flat ledge S.S.E. about
2 miles ; Broad breaker, with 4 fathoms, bearing from Charles point
S. by E. easterly l^ miles ; Silver shoal, with 5 fathoms, lies from
Charles point S.E. f S. 3| miles, and from the south-east point of Outer
island, nearly South 2f miles. On all the above shoals the sea breaks
occasionally after heavy gales.
.TIBBB. — It is high water, full and change, in Ship harbour at 7h. 54m.;

CHAP. IV.]

SHIP IIAIlBOUll. — DIllKCTIONS.

ordiiinry Hprings iIho G^ foot, ivnd uonps 4^ foot; but winds ciiusc great
iiTogularitioH both in the times and rise ; extraordinary HpriugH rising
7 feet, and ncnpH only 4 feet.

The ordinary rate of the tidal streams does not exceed half n knot; but
nfter heavy rains or the melting of winter snow, as well as after etrong
south-easterly gales, that have drive u the water into the harboux", tbo
ebbing stream is said to bo much stronger.

SXRBCTZOirs : — Vrom the llaatward. — Approaclting Ship harbour from
the eastward with a fair wind. Bull rock, and tho other ledges otf Charles
island, will be avoided by keeping Long point open south of Bear rock,
W. ^ N., until Passage isluiul disappears behind Wolf point, with the latter
bearing N.W. ; then steer for Wolf point keeping Passage island shut la
until past tho Western islands ; then, midway between Wolf point and
Bald island, and thence for tho harbour's mouth.

Having arrived abreast Passage island, haul to tho westward towards
Day cove, until the house on Eisan point is in one with the north-east
point of Caroline island, and seen over tho small shingle islet oft' Salmon
point, and nearly touching tho clay cliff" of the latter, bearing N.N.W. ^ W.
Keep these marks exactly on, and they will lead in past Black rock (which
lies outside Black point on tho eastern side of the entrance), and O'Brien
reef, which lies half a mile further in, and also on tho eastern side of the
narrow channel.

After passing between O'Brien reef and Beach point, of shingle (where
the channel, between the 3 fathoms line, is only 70 fathoms wide), haul in
more to tho westward, . d anchor midway between Salmon point and the
western shore in 7 fath-^ms, or anywhere between Salmon point and
Whale island in 4, 5, or '5 fathoms; tho bottom being of mud and the
shelter complete. Caroline island lies over on the western side of the
harbour, a mile within Beach point, and may be easily recognized by a
round wooded hill, 190 feet high, near its north-east point.

If the wind should bo unfavourable for running in, anchor outside in
Day cove, either midway betAveen Passage island and Day point in
4^ ftithoms, mud ; or further in to the westward, in any depth from
4 to 2i fathoms, according to the size of the vessel. In the first named
berth the Western islands arc just shut in behind the eastern point of
Passage island, bearing S.E. by E., and the vessel Avill only be exposed to
the swell rolling round the latter after a south-easterly gale ; further in
there is little or no swell.

With a boating wind the passage to the eastward of Boar rock is pre-
ferable for a stranger, for the rock is steep-to on that side, and the leading
marks towards the ledges off Charles island, including the Western islands
may be used with ( onfidencc.

E 2

I' • 'I

I' ■%

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. IV.

t' ■

' • !

An inspection of the chart will show that shoals commerce immediately
within Salmon point on the one side, and Whale island on the other ; and
that the channel becomes exceedingly intricate after passing Caroline
island and the opposite Mussel island, 2 miles within the entrance. If the
^•ory narrow channel between Garret ledge and the White rocks were
buoyed, 21 feet at low water could be carried through into the clear part
of the harbour within Eisan point, Avhere the depth is 9 fathoms with
space sufficient for a large fleet to lie in safety.

From the Westward. — In approaching Ship harbour from the westw<ard,
Ship rock (wliioli gives its name to the harbour) may be easily recognized,
being a remarkable cliff of clay slate, 70 feet high, on one of the islands
on the eastern side of the passage, and a mile within Charles island. When
se 3n from a distance at sea the cliff resembles a ship under sail, and.,
togetber with the western extremities of Bald island and Tucker pointy
forms tlio leading mark for running in on cither side of Bear rock.

When running in with the wind from the westward, proceed as follows:
—To clear the East and West Bulls, steer to the eastward with Egg
Island lighthouse, and Bald rock in line ; or pass outside the Flat ledge
(which ^an always be seen) at the distance of a third of a mile or more ;
and when Ship rock comes in one ivith the western point of Bald island,
N. f W., steer in with this mark on, between the N.E. shoal and the reef
off Bear rock. Having passed the latter, steer so ua to pass midway
between Wolf point and Bald island (from either of which the shallow
water does not extend beyond 60 fathoms), and thence ibr the harbour's
mouth, as before directed.

O'WIm heab bav derive", its name from Owl head, which has a
remarkable round mound and cliff at its extremity, and is the most
prominent point on the western shore of the bay, Ij miles within the
entrance. The bay is an indentation next west of Ship harbour, and is
much frequenter' by coasting vessels, as an occasional stopping place, on
account of the lacility with which they can beat in or out, the channel
being comparatively clear, and not less than half a mile wide. They anchor
near the head of the bay, and on either side according to the wind ; but
to be Avell sheltered, they must lie in less than 3 fathoms at low water.

The greatest danger to be avoided in entering this bay is Owl rock, which
lies on the eastern sido of the channel, Avith only 9 feet water, ar:^ bears
from the iouth point of Friur island N.W. J- W. three quarters of a mile.
The peninsula of Wisdom point (at the head of the bay) touching
Cable point, N.N.W., leads clear to the westward of it, and also of (he
reef which runs out 3^ cables to the S.W. from Friar island, and whicii
can almost always be seen. On the western side, the only dangers in the
•way are a reck, with 10 feet Avater, lying North 1^ cables from Bluck

CHAP.ir.] OWL HEAD BAY. — EGG ISLAND LIGHT.

ledge, and the reef running out 1^ cables from Cuckliold head. Farther
in the p; ints are co.nparatively boid, and tiic bay free from hidden
dangers. There arc a few settlers at the head of the bay.

raise Passagre between Nichol and Cable islands, on the eastern sidu
of this bay, is only fit for boats or small craft, 4 feet being all that can
be carried through at low Avnter.

BOO XSIiAttJi KIOST. — Egg island is of rock, li cables in length, and
40 feet high ; it lies 3| miles to the westward of Black ledge (on the
western side of the entrance to Owl Head bay), and is the outermost of the
numerous islands oiF this part of the coast.

The lighthouse, of wood, octagonal in shape, and painted with black
and white vertical stripes, stands in the centre of the island, and from an
elevation of So feet above high Avater, is exhibited a revolving light,
attaining its greatest brilliancy every minute, and having alternate 7'cd
and ivhite faces; in clear weather the light should be visible from a distance
of 14 -niles.

Pyotae and Grizzle Rooks. — Outside Egg island, at the distance of a
quarter of a mile to the southward, are the Transport ledges, always above
water, as well as the more dangerous Pyche rock with only 3 fathoms
water; it lies with Jodorc rock and Egg island in line W. by N. | N., and
is three quarters of a mile from the latter island. The Grizzle rock,
having 4 fathoms on it, lies with the nort)i-east points of Egg and Long
islands, in line N.W. § N., and is distant from the former island a little
more than half a mile.

Flint Xiedge, about 10 feet al)Ove high water level, lies N. by E. seven-
eighths of a mile from Egg island, the channel between being clear, with
the exception of Passage rock, which however has 4^ fatlioms on it.

Between Flint ledge and the south point of Long island, are the Tomfool
shoals, with 3 fathoms water over them ; and within these are Stoddart
and Goose ledges, lying oiT the entrances of Clara and Little harbours,
which admit only small craft and boats. In order to avoid extending
these remarks to an inconveuieut length, the s.aman is referred to the
published chart as the safest guide iur these localities, as well as for the
dangers in Cluuib bay.

Bald Bock, about 8 feet above high Avater, is of small extent, and bearg
from E"'g island E. h vS., 2^- miles. It is bold on the north and south
sides, but reefs extend from oither end of it to the distance of 1-| cables ;
and. there is a sunken rock, with only 6 feet water, bearing from it
W. l»y S. a quarter of a mile. The pa' ;iage is clear, and a third of a mile
wide between Bald rock and the shoal water off Bald island ; Avithin Avhich,
and the other islands next eastAvard, there is a passage for small craft, but
it is rendered dangerous 1 ;■ sanken rocks.

m:i

W )'

r I

X w

i '■!

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap, it

I j

Barse Sock and Hurley Staoal are small rocky patcles with 4 fathoms
on them, and deep water all around. They bear from Bald rock, nearly
S. by W., 2^ miles, and S. by E., 2| miles respectively ; as they lie directly
in the way of vessels running along the coast, they are dangerous to large
ships. The sea breaks over them in heavy gales.

TSDORE HEAB. — The low shingle point of this remarkable headland,
which attains an elevation of 200 feet, lies W.N.W., 8 miles from Egg
island. On the western side of the head are cliffs of red clay 70 feet
high, and on its south east side srands Jedore cliff — also of red clay, and
forming an excellent landmark — which attains an elevat*' m of 135 feet.
Off the pitch of the point, the 5 fathom line extends hah a mile to the
south-west.

JTEBORB HARBOVK : — As the discussion of the numerous dangers
known as the Jedore ledges, would be much simplified by describing them
in connexion with Jedore harbour, off the entrance of which these dangers
are scattered, it has been considered expedient to adopt a plan which
is deemed likely to render the subject more intelligible to the navigator,

Jedore Harbour is the first ship harbour to the eastward of Halifax.
Its entrance, which is distant 2^ miles E.N.E. from Jedore head, is 4^
cables wide from West head to the opposite shore ; but Thorn shoal, witli
only 9 feet water on it, stretches out fi-om the western shore just outside
and across the entrance, so as to be greatly in the way of vessels entering.
The channel between this shoal and East head is 3^ cables wide between
the 3-fathom lines, and carries a depth of 4 fathoms at low water over
what may be termed the bar.

On the eastern side of the harbour and immediately within the entrance
is Bar point, composed of shingle and enclosing a pond ; and from it Bar
shoal, a continuation of the shingle of Bar islet, extends more than half
way across to the western shore, diminishing the breadth of the channel
to a cable's length, but forming no bar, the depth there being 6^ fathoms.
The sandy l)each of Marsh jioint will be seen running out from theAvcstcru
shore at 1^ miles within the entrance. The anchorage is secure within
this beach in 7 fathoms, over mud, and in a'channel 1^ cables wide ; but
outside the bottom is of sand, and a considerable sv.-ell rolls in with strong
winds from the southward ; nevertheless, the coasting schooners anchor
there in fine summer Aveather. .

The channel, between flats of mud, weeds, and mussel beds, which dry
at low water, continues clear and deep enough for the largest ships up to
the Bowu islands, off English point, which separates the Eastern and
Western Arms of the harbour, at the distance of 4 miles from the entrance.
Vessels may pass close round to the eastward and northward of these
small islands, to the secure anchorage within or to the north-west of

lil'i;

• CHAP. IT. J

JEDORE HEAD AND HAIlBOtJR.

them ; but the entrances to the Arms are nearly closed by shoals, which
leave only very nari-ow and intricate channels, through which not more
than 14 or 15 feet can be carried at low water.

For all within these Arms we must refer the seaman to the Admiralty
chart, since no written description would avail ; only remarking that they
are navigable, for any vessel that can enter them, nearly to their heads,
including Salmon inlet to the rapids at the entrance of Salmon river,
which is 2 miles above the long wooden bridge which crosses the entrance
of the inlet 1^ miles up the Eastern Arm,

The coast road, after passing the church at the Western Arm, is
continued to this bridge, and from it to other bridges which cross the
entrances of Navy pool and Oyster pond, where there is a paw-mill and
some land susceptible of cultivation ; but the best farms are at the head
of the Western Arm, where the land, although abounding with boulders,
is tolerably good and heavily timbered, as is also the case on the point
dividing the Arms. Farther out the land is comparatively barren, and
on the eastern side almost entirely so, the bare granite everywhere
appearing.

Supplies. — The scattered population along the shores of Jedore harbour
depend principally upon coasting, fishing, and lumbering for subsistence,
and could afford only a very limited supply of fresh provisions to shipping.
Water may be obtained from a small stream near Blakely cove, on the
western shore, 3^ miles within the entrance.

DAXSTGERS ofif tbe en'TRAH'CE. — To render Jedore harbour, with its
narrow and crooked channel, easy of access, buoys would be required on
Thorn and Bar shoals ; meanwhile, the following description of the
dangers, and directions for their avoidance, will enable the intelligent
seaman to use it as a harbour of refuge in case of necessity.

Jedore Rock. — Jedore rock, of clay-slate, and 50 foet in height, is
the wosteramost of the small islands off the mouth of the harbour,
with a rocky ledge extending I^ cables from its western end. It bears
from Jedore head S.E ^ E. 1^ miles, the passage between being clear,
with the exception of some patches of 5 and 6 fathoms, on which, how-
ever, tiie sea very rarely breaks.

Arnold Rock, is the only danger to the westward of Jedore rock, from
Avhich it bears S.S.W. half a mile distant ; it drie^,- at low water, and can
almost always be seen ; but to ensure passing to tlie westward of it, as
well as Arnold shoal, whicii lies three quarters of a mile farther to the
southward, with 6 fathoms on it, the harbour's mouth must be kept open
to the westward of Jedore rock.

Old Man, Mebanny, anfl Oull Rocks. — The Old Man is a small rock
12 feet high, "iid lies with the eout)-e of Jedore rock (in line with Jedore

i.i

■j!- i

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. IV.

II ?■

■ *

head) N.N.W. ^ "W. two 'hirds of a mile. It is steep-to on the eastern side,
but a small sunken rock, with only 4 feet water on it, lies a cable's length
from it S.W. by S. Jedorc head open to the westward of Jedore rock,
leads to the westward of it ; the passage is clear between it and Arnold
and Jedore rocks. There is also a clear passage between the Old Man and
the Mehanny rocks, some of which are dry at low water, and can almost
always be seen. They bear from the Old Man N.E. by E. three quarters
of a mile ; and beyond them in the same direction Gull rock, together
with Barren and Roger islands, will be scon ; the latter lying half a mile
offshore, and three quarters of a mile to the eastward of the hai'bour'a
mouth.

Kaodocaid Bock, with 14 feet water, bears West 1^ miles from the
south point of Long island ; and from it the East head of Jedore hai-bour,
and west point of Barren island, in line, are seen over the western Sprit-
sail rock, bearing N.W. ^ N.

Bopkln Rock, has 11 feet water, and from ifc the Old Man, (with the
breakers on Arnold rock just open to the southAvard of it) bears West
If miles ; Mehanny rooks, W.N.W. one mile ; the east end of Spritsail
rock. North, one mile. Both these rocks are very small, with deep
water all around them, and break only in heavy Aveather.

JBSOSB XiESO&S: — south-'West iiedgres. — Jedore ledges comprise the
whole of the scattered off-lying dangers to the southAA'ard of Jedore
harbour, and in consequence of their distance fi-om the coast, and proximity
to deep Avater, require to be approached Avith extreme caution.

South- West Ledges, so named in reference to Egg island, are three
rocky patches which dry at Ioav Avater, and cover a space 3 cables long in
a S.W. ^ W. direction. From the north-easternmost ledge, the south
point of Long island bears N.N.E. ^ E., 1^ miles, and the passage is clear
betAveen them. The south -AA'esternmost ledge is covered only during
aprinjr tides, and can therefore almost always be seen.

ri:'. Rock, be^iring S.E. ^ S., 6;^ cables' lengths from the last-named
danger, i& (>iK> of il ' most dangerous of the ledges, having only a depth of
5 feet ove/ i* at low AA-ater ; during high tides it is marked by breakers,
but oriy vii< ii r heavy ^oa i" lunr" ,g. From it the south end of Lono'
ieli.r.1 h.oD'-~ N, ; y C ^ F. 1| miio;:, and Egg island E.N.E. 2 miles.

Su:; "J-oia, witl.i J fathoms w iter, bears W. by S. ^ S., half a mile
distant fv'ni Bull r-.tk, end South, nearly tAvo-tliirds of a mile from the
south- wes^'^rnmc;4 of thr South-Avest ledges. From it the Old Man,
Jedore rock, ru Jedon, head are nearly in one, bearing N.W. ^ W. It
rarely breaks, and is therefore extremely dangerous.

Brig Rock has only 3 feet at Ioav water, Avheu its position Is usually
marked by a breaker ; during Ioav spring tides and a heavy sea, it

CHAP, rv.J

JEDOUE LEDGES. — THE POLLOCKS.

top becomes vis'ble between tho waves. Egg island bears from it
E. by N. I- N., 33 miles ; the Old Man (on with the centre of Jt-dore cliff)
N.W. by N., about 3 miles ; and the westernmost of the South-west
ledges, which always shows, N.E. by E. | E. 1-^ miles. This rock is
mosi dangerous in fmo weather, and at high water, when it is not shown
by a breaker.

Brier Slioai, with 5 fathoms on it, bears S.E. by S. 4 cables from the
Brig rock; from it Bull shoal, Bull rock, and the south side of Egg island
are nearly in line, bearing E. by N. ^ N. This shoal is dangerous after
very heavy gales, when it is said to break at irregular intervals.

The eastern extremity of Jedore cliff in one with the Old Man, bearing
about N.N.W. ^ W., leads 4 cables to the westward of Brig rock and
shoal, and between them and the East Pollock,

THE PO&KOCXS, consisting of three distinct patches, are rocky fishing
grounds, on which the sea breaks after heavy gales, but on wJiich nothing
less than 5^ fjvthoms could be found ; neither do the fishermen know of
any shoaler ground.

Inner Pollock, the largest of the three patches, is half a mile in extent
North and South, having 7 fathoms on its south end, and the least water,
5^ fathoms, near its northern extremity ; from it Jedore rock, (in one
with the eastern extremity of Jedore cliff,) beai's N. by W. 3 miles ; tho
Old Man, in one Avith the West head of Jedoro harbour, North, 2^
miles ; and Egg island, E. by N. 5^ miles.

Outer Pollock, has 6 fathoms on it, and lies nearly a mile farthe
off on the same line of bearing from Jedore rock, and with Egg 181*^ .v.
bearing E. by N. | N., o^ miles.

East Pollock is a small patch of 7 fathoms, with deep water >
ai'ound it, and bears from the Inner Pollock E. ^ N. half a mile. J<
cliff open to the westward of Jedore rock, leads to the westw*;
them all.

TIDES. — At Arnold cove, 2i miles -within the entrance of Je4||||
harbour, it is high water, full and change at 7h. 45m.; ordinary springs
rise 6^ feet and neaps 4| feet. The streams change almost immediately
after high and low Avater, and do not exceed the rate of 2 knots. In the
entrance of the harbour the times will be a few minutes earlier, the ri.c
2 feet less, and the ordinary rate of the streams one knot. The in-draught
of the flood tide is felt several miles off this harbour, and off the inlets to
the westward of it.

DXRECTiOKrs. — To run for the anchorage in Jedore harbour from the
westward, pass midway, or nearly so, between Jedore head and Jedore
rock, steering E.N.E., so as to keep outside the Thorn shoal, until the
eteep bank (not tho sand beach) of Marsh point touches tho shiuglo

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. IV.

if ■'

beach of Bar point, beariug N. by E. ^ E. Run in with the above
marks on, until Roger iwUind touches East head, bearing S.E. by E. ; then
steer N, by W. to clear the Bar shoal.

When from one to 1^ cables from the shingle beach on the v;-estern shore
of the harbour, keep away to the northward and eastward, so as to run
along that shore, at any distance between a cable and half a cable's length,
until up to tho sand beach of Marsh point, which must be rounded to
the northward at the same distance, and anchor between it and Pea point
on the opposite shore, in about 7 fathoms, over muddy bottom. At or near
low wftter, when a part of the Bar shonl is shown by breakers, and tho
steep mud flats are visible on either side of the channel, is tho most
favourable time for entering this harbour.

In approaching the harbour from the southward, the harbour's mouth
should be seen heU\ the Old Man and the Jedore roc':, or the whole of
Jedore cliff should be open to the westward of Jedore rock, to pass to the
westward of the Pollocks, on which, however, no less than 5J fathoms
could be found. Leaving Arnold and Jedore rocks to the westward, pass
midAvay between them and the Old Man, taking care to avoid tne sunken
rock off the latter ; or, if preferred, pass to the eastward of the Old Man,
which is steep-to on that side, and when approaching the harboij 's mouth
bring the marks on for running in, namely, the steep bank (not the sand
beach) of Marsh point and the shingle beach of Bar point touching, and
proceed as before directed.

In approaching Jedcrc harbour from the eastward, coasting vessels pass
inshore of Egg island, and between Long island, tnd the south-west
ledges, leaving the outermost ledges to the southward ; bnt this passage
should only be attempted by those who are possef^ d of local knowledge,
for Macdpnald and Hopkin rocks lie nearly in the way, and are the more
dangerous because they seldom break. An additional roa.-i.u Avhv this
inshore passage should be avoided, is tho fact, that with southerly or
easterly winds, a dense fog frequently sets in very suddenly, imd it would
be perilous in the extreme for a stranger to be surprised by it among the
ledges.

Vessels running along this part of the coast should pass outside all the
Jedore ledges, and at night, or during foggy Avoather, should not approach
within the doplh ••( 40 fathoms, for the soundings are deep and very
irregular uc iliem all. There are 30 fathoms less than half a mile to the
southward c Brig shoal and Outer Pollock.

FXSHXxrc CROTTN'DS. — Of the dangers just described the Hopkin and
Macdonald rocks, Tom-fool shoals, Pychc and Grizzle rocks, as well as
Bull and Brig shoals near the rocks of the same names, were discovered
by parties engaged in the Admiralty Survey, under Captain Bayfield ; as

. CHAP. IV.]

CLAM BAT. — MUSQUIDOBOIT INLET.

were also ihe following rocky fishing grounds, on which the sudden
ehoaling of the water, causes nfc times a very heavy sea ; but which are
not otherwise dangerous. Of these, the Yankee bank l)ears from Shut-in
island S.S.E. | E,, 6J miles ; and the Darby bank, S.E. ^ S., 6^ miles, the
least water on them being 14 fathoms. The other two lie oft' Egg island,
from which the Duck bank, with 7 fathoms, bears S. by W. ^ W., 1^ miles ;
and the John bank, with 12 fiithom.s, S. ^ E., 2^ miles.

c&AM BAT. — Immediately to the eastAvard of Jedore harbour are
Roger and Barren islands, already noticed, which vessels may pass Avithin
or between in case of necessity, and which may afford shelter to fishing
vessels in fine summer Aveather, but no safe anchorage for ships.
Outside these islands are Gull and Mehanny rocks, and to the east
ward of them Middle rock, Spritsail, Sister, North Sister, and S'*^oman
rocks, Duck island, Avith its ledges, rocks, and shoals ; and th Suour
Loaf and Goose island, Avith its ledges. These all lie across Claiii I -y,
Avhich affords no safe anchorage, and as they are out of the Avay of

• shipping, the seaman is referred to the chart for their relative positions.
Long island, tln-ec quarters of a mile in length, 50 feet high, and bearing
from the East head of Jedore harbour S.E. by E. 4 miles, may be easily
distinguished. ^

MVSQVZBOBOZT zirXiBT. — The most salient point of the coast, next
west of Jedore head, is Shut-in island (connected with the main by a
beach of shingle), distant 10|- miles in a Avesterly direction ; the interven-
ing coast forming a shalloAv bay, Avliose shores are irregular and broken
by three distinct arms of the sea, having a general northerly trend.

Musquidoboit inlet, the largest and easternmost of the three, lies
immediately Avithin Jedore head to the AvestAvard ; it contains many
islands, and is navigable for small craft and boats 7 miles inland, Avhere it
I'cceives the waters of the Musquidoboit river. Over the bar, at the
entrance of the principal channel, — Avhich is on the eastern side of the
inlet, and 1| miles N.N.W. from Jedore head, — a depth of 10 feet can be
carried at low Avater ; but Dunbrock rock, Avith only 3 feet Avatcr on it, lies
directly in the Avay, and renders the entrance both difficult and dangerous.

Within the bar there is a depth of 4 fathoms in a channel 1;^ cables
wide, and betAvecn flats of sand, mud, and weeds, which uncoA'er at
low Avater. At about 4 miles Avithin the bar the channel becomes very
narroAv, and only 7 or 8 feet deep, but small craft and boats can ascend
with the tide to the head of the inlet.

The most favourable time for a stranger to enter this inlet is at low

• water, Avhcn the Duke rocks and Bull reef on either side of the entrance,
as Avell as the mud flats on either side of the channel, become visible.

Harbour Islet lies three quarters of a mile off" the entrance of

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[cnAP. IT.

Musquiiloboit inlet, and bears from Jedoro head N.W. ^ W. about 1^
miles. It is small and stony, and from it a rocky shoal, on which are the
Musquidoboit ledges, extends upwards of a mile to the southward, and to
within half a mile of the Musquidoboit shoal. A depth of 2^ fathoms
may be carried past Harbour islet on either side, but it is all covered with
breakers during a strong southerly wind, and is altogether an exceedingly
dangerous place.

! t Musquidoboit Shoal is of rock, and 6 cables long, from N.E. to S.W.
The least water on it, 3 fathoms, is nearly in its centre and bears from
Jedore head W. by S., distant 2 miles.

Perplsawiok Shoal is a similar patch of rock with 4| fathoms water
on it, bearing E. ^ S. 5^ miles from Shut-in island, and S. | W. 2^
iiiu from Perpisawick head. There are irregular soundings of 6^- and
7 fathoms for a short distance around it ; and 16 fathoms outside, or to
the southward of it, within the distance of half a mile.

Pat Shoal is a small rocky patch, with only 4^ fathoms water,
bearing E. f N, • early three miles from Shut-in island, and S. by W.
1^ miles from Stv t / head. There is a depth of 12 fathoms, at a quarter
of a mile to the southward of it.

These shoals — the two former of which lie outside a line drawn from
Shut-in island to Jedore head — are exceedingly dangerous to large ships.
The Musquidoboit is frequently marked by breakers; the Pat and
Perpisawick only occasionally, after heavy gales, when thoy break at
irregular intervals, and become dangerous to small craft and boats.

Codray and Round Shoals lie nearer in-shore, and are, therefore, less in
the way of vessels ; the least water on them is 4^ fathoms. The
former bears from Perpisawick head — the reefs off which extend nearly
out to it — S.W. by S. nearly a mile; and the latter from Flying point, on
the \"vestern side of the entrance of Musquidoboit inlet, S.W. ^ W., about
the same distance.

PSRPXBAVrxcs xzr&ST, is half a mile wide at the entrance, which is
on the west side of Perpisawick head. After crossing the bar of sand,
about a mile within the entrance, (on which there are only 6 feet at
low water,) there commences a narrow channel, between mud flats
uncovered at low water, which is navigable to the head of the inlet,
a direct distance of 5 miles, for any vessel that can cross the bar.
Within a mile from the head of the inlet the mud flats retire on either
side, leaving an open space, in which there are 9 flithoms water. There
aro reefs otf the entrance points of these inlets, and a small rock, with only
6 feet water on it, lying a quarter of a mile off the western side of Perpisa-
wick head. On these the sea breaks heavily, as it does also on the bars,
which are very dangerous to boats.

cuAr. IV.]

THREE FATHOMS HARBOUR.

CHXSBSTCOOX ZKT&BT i.s nlso half fi inilo wide nt its ontranco
boiwcin Capo Entry and Story head, the hvttcr bearing fioni Shut-iu
island N.E. by E. 3| miles.

This inlet extends 5 miles inland, and receives at its head tlic waters
of Chissetcook and other lakes. Its shores arc well settled, and there aro
several islands in it forming beautiful scenery; but it is useless to
shipping, having only 3 feet at low water on the bar of the western and
principal channel, which commences half a mile within Capo Entry, and
continues to the head of the inlet. Both channels are very narrow, and
wind through flats of sand, mud, and weeds, which dry at low water.

The shores of these inlets arc well settled, especially near their headsj
where the road from Dartmouth passes and continues to Ship harbour
and Guysborough.

TZOE8. — At the entrance of Chissetcook, Pcrpisawick, and Musqui-
doboit inlets it is high water,' full and change, at 7h. 30m.; springs
rise 4^ feet, and neaps 3 feet. The ordinary rate of tidal streams in
the entrances ^is from 2 to 3 knots ; but heavy rains, or the melting of
winter's snoAV, have been known to increase the rate of the ebb stream
in the entrance of the Musquidoboit inlet to fully 4 knots.

SHUT-IU' isXiASJB, 3 cables long and of low clay slate rock, is distant
half a mile from Graham head, but united to it by a reef and beach of
shingle. It forms tho western side of the entrance to Three Fathoms
harbour.

TKRES FATHOIMUS HARBOUR. — The entrance is close to the eastward
of Shut-in island, quite open to the southward, and aiTords shelter only to
small vcHsels which can run into the narroAV channel east of Ball islet
one mile within the entrance. The depth is there 3 fathoms, mud; but to
reach it, the low-water depth of 8 feet (with a 4i feet rise) must be
passed over.

The entrance to this harbour, between reefs that partly dry at low
water, is half a cable wide between the 3-fathom line on either side,
the depth in the channel being 3^- fathoms, but it decreases to 8 feet a short
distance within, as already noticed. It is an excellent fishing station, but is
useless for shipping, excepting as a harbour of refuge in case of distress,
when a vessel might run in until she grounded on the mud within the reefs.
The leading mark for running in is, the west side of Bull islet and
a white house on a hill at the head of the harbour in one, bearing N. ^ W.

•1

H ffi

I.. I .M

I •!

■'11

I'r^

CHAPTER V.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.

SIIUT-IN ISLAND, TO MARS HEAD.

Variation in 1867.

Halifax

20° W.

SBVT-ns' SHOAiiB extend 1|^ miles to the westward, and thrco-quartcrs
of a mile to tlic southward, of Shut-in ishmd. They arc of rock, with
16 feet least water, and arc extremely dangerous. The red cliffs of
Seller head open east of the eastern point of entrance of Three Fathoms
harbour, bearing N.E. by N., will clear their south-east point ; and tlje
lighthouse on Devil island, when in sight, should not be brought further to
the westward than W. by N. ^ N. There arc ;^ounding8 of 20 fathoms
a long mile from them, and vessels should not approach nearer than that
depth at night or in foggy weather.

PORTBR &AKi:. — The entrance to this lake is on the western side
of Graham head, a peninsula with red cliffs 60 feet high. The lake
extends 7 miles to the northward, and receives the waters of other lakes
still further inland. It has in some parts depths of 4 and 5 fathoms, but
only one foot at low water in its narrow entrance.

KA'WitEia'CETOzar plaice. — The entrance of this lake— admitting boats
only in fine weather — is half a mile to the eastward of Egg islet, and on
the west side of Lawrenceton head. This latter is a peninsula composed
of drift sand, clay, and boulders, — resting on clay slate, and united to the
shore by long beaches of stones or shingle, — and whose red cliffs form the
distinguishing feature of this part of the coast. The peninsula is 92 feet
high, and the kirk, which stands on its inner slope, is therefore not very
conspicuous from the sea.

COKE HARBOUR is situated at the bottom of the first bay eastAvard of
Halifax harbour, formed between Shut-in and Devil islands, which bear
E. ^ S. and W. ^ N. from each other, distant 8 miles. The harbour has
a dangerous bar of sand, Avith only 3 feet at low water, which is covered
with breakers Avlienever any sea is running. It is only during fine weather
and with a smooth sea that boats can safely cross it to the entrance, which
is baiely 40 fathoms wide between points of shingle and sand. In this
narrow entrance the depth is 5 fathoms, and the rate of the tide-stream
from one to 2 knots, but immediately within it the depth diminishes to

ouAP. v.] COLE IIARBnUR. — HALIFAX UAllBOUR.

4 or 5 foot, and narrow chuuuclfl — between mud flats— extend 2 miles
inland.

EttHtwiird of this harbour, and distant 2 miles, is the low and narrow
Egg islet, connected with the shore by a reef and shingle biivch ; shoal
water extends off the islet 3 .cables to the southward, where it terniiiiates
in 5 fathoms, nearly one mile from the main shore.

BAXiXrAX HAKBOVR, possessing an area of about 10 square miles, is
open lit all seasons, and its navigation is scarcely ever intenMi])tcd by ice.
It is one of the finest and safest in the world, affording space and depth
of water sulHcieut for any number of the largest ships; and although the
dangers off its entrance are such as to render great caution necessary,
— especially during the fogs which usually accompany all winds from the
sea, — it is easier of ingress and egress than any other large harbour on
the coast. The entrance, 5^ miles wide, lies between Devil island, to
the north-east, and Chebucto head, to the south-Avest ; and from mid-
position between these points the general trend of the harbour is about
N. by W. i W., for a distance oi 15 miles, to the head of Bedford basin.*

The city of Halifax is the capital of the province of Nova Scotia, and
contained in 1861 about 25,000 inhabitants ; it is built on the declivity
of a peninsula on the western side of the harbour, and 8 miles within its
entrance. The citadel, immediately in roar of the city, and in a central
position between its two extremes, stands on a commanding elevation 227
feet above the sea at high water, and with its flagstaff forms a leading
mark, easily recognized from a vessel off the entrance of the harbour.

The harbour opposite the town is about three-fom'ths of a mili- broad,
but at the NaiTows, — about a mile above the upper end of the city, — it con-
tracts to less than a quarter of a mile, and then expands into Bedford basin,
which has an area of ten square miles, and is completely landlocked. On
the eastern side of the hai'bour, and immediately opposite the Naval
yard, is the town of Dartmouth ; between it and the city steamers ply
continually. Eastern fort, with its tower, stands close to the shore 2 miles
farther to the southward, on the same side of the harbour.

Ever since its settlement Halifax has been the scat of a profitable fisheiy,
and its trade, which is principally with England, the United States, the West
Indies, and other British colonies, is in a veiy flourishing condition. It
is also the chief remlezvous for the ships of the Royal Navy, in the
North American station, and its selection as a port of call for the mail
steamers to and from England, has increased its importance as a maritime
city and advanced its commercial prosperity,

* See Admiralty Chart, Nova Scotia, Mars Head to Shut-in island, No. 2,410 ; scale,
m = l^ inches ; and Plan of Halifax Harbour, -with view, No. 2,320 ; scale, m = 3 inche?

,.y;..

-. ^.^^

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1.25

■a Bi 12.2

2.0

U IL6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

». Q

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. t.

Halifax harbour has the advantage of never being closed by ice; for
although in very severe winters, when the low temperature has been
accompanied by a continuance of calm weathei*, the inner part of the
harbour has been frozen over, yet this has occuired only at intervals of
many years; and even then, as the ice never extends beyond George island,
there is always a sufticient space of open water, between it and Macnab
island, in which vessels may anchor in safety. Even when the ice forms
opposite the city, it never remains long, for it is broken up by the first
southerly wind of sufiicient strength to send a swell into the harbour.

The smaller and landlocked hai'boura of this coast are in general all
frozen over during the two or three coldest winter months ; and so also are
the larger harbours, excepting for short distances within their entrances,
which are kept open by the swell from the southward. The coasting
vessels are usually laid up in consequence, from about the middle of
December to near the end of March.

XIOHTS. — Two lighthouses stand on the eastern side of Halifax har-
bour ; one on the south-west point of Devil island, forming the eastern
point of the entrance, — and the other, named Sherbrook tower, on the
west extremity of Maugher beach, (Macnab island) — 4^ miles within the
entrance.

Devil island, composed of clay slate, is 15 feet high, one-third of a mile "
in length, and lies the samo distance from Hartland point, the eastern
point of the mainland at the entrance of the harbour. A reef connects it
with the shore, and shallow water extends from it one-third of a mile to
seaward.

The lighthouse, octagonal in form, built of wood, and painted brown with
a white belt, stands on the southern extremity of Devil island, and exhibits
at an elevation of 45 feet above high water ^Jixcd red light, which should
be visible in clear weather from a distance of about 8 miles. Pilots are
stationed on Devil island, and several families reside there.

The lighthouse on the west end of Maugher beach, is 48 feet high,
circular, and painted white with red roof. It exhibits at an elevation of
58 feet above high water ajixcd white light, visible in clear weather from a
distance of 12 miles. It bears from the Thrumcap buoy N. by W. 2^ miles.

BASTERXJ SBOAB of the HARBOUR is less rocky and barren thr.n
the western, being formed of ridges of drift sand, clay, and bould( rs,
resting on clay slate ; it is inhabited all the way to Dartmouth.

Referring to the Admiralty plan of this harbour for a full and
accurate topographical description, including churches, wharves, dock-
yard, forts, &c., it will only be necessary to notice those objevjts which
may be useful for the guidance of eeamcu on entering or leaving the
harbour.

[chap. v.

CHAP. V,]

MACNAB ISLAND. — THRUMCAP SHOAL.

At three-quarters of a mile to the northward of Devil island — already
described — is Barrie beach (of shingle), inclosing a shallow pond, which
aflbrds shelter to boats.

Baitern Passage. — The entrances to the eastern ])assage lie on either
side of Liiwler island ; that to the eastward, between the island and
the main, being the deepest, and having 10 feet over its bar utlow water.
Only 5 feet at that time of tide can be carried through between Lawler
and Macnab islands ; there are rocks in the entrance, and off the south
end of Lawler island, as will be seen in the chart.

This passage being very nuri'ow, and only adapted for small vessels, it will
merely be necessary to direct attention to the 6 feet shoal, lying 1^ cables
distant from a brook on the eastern shore of the mainland, and half a
mile within Lawler island, as well as to the rock lying 60 fathoms ofl' the
north-east point of Macnab island ; these being the only detached dangers
in the passage after passing the bar.

MACXTAB XSKAZTB, on the eastern side of the ship channel into Halifax
harbour, is 3 miles long, including its shingle beaches. The distance
between the western shore of the island, and that of the mainland, is
about three-fourths of a mile, but the actual channel is narrowed abreast
its north-west point to half a mile, by an extensive shoal off Pleasant
point.

On Maugher beach, at the western extremity of the island, the lighthouse
— known as Shei'brook tower — shows out as a very conspicuous object from
the entrance of the harbour. The island is well cultivated, and has hills of
sand, clay, and boulders of various elevations, the maximum height being
152 feet above the sea.

Ives point, the north-west extremity of Macnab island, is a steep clay
bank, with a shingle beach curving out from it to the north-east.

Ttarumoap Islet is connected with the south-west extremity of Macnab
island by long shingle beaches, inclosing a shallow pond. Tt is at present
33 feet high, and 1^ cables long, but its cliff of red sand and clay is fast
wasting by the action of the sea.

Tbnuncap Sboal extends one mile to the southward from the islet, and
forms one of the principal dangers at the entrance of the harbour. Its
south-west extremity is marked by a red buoy, with small staff and vane,
lying in 8 fathoms water, Avith George island just open to the westward of
Ives point ; Graham head (10 miles to the eastward) well open to the
southward of Devil island ; and the lighthouse on the latter island bearing
E. ^ N. 2 miles.

Ufftattaonse Bank extends three-quarters of a mile to the soutlnvard
from Maugher beach. Devil island lighthouse open south of Macnab
island, seen over ihe shingle beaches, and bearing S.E. by E. ^ E., cleare
17698. F

I ¥ » \i

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. v.

itH Boutb point in 6 fathoms. From tlio leant water, 3 fathoms, the light-
house on Maugher beach, distant half a mile, is in one with Ives point.

Shallow water also extends to the westward and northward from
Maugher beach to the distance of 2 cables. In the latter direction the
rocky ground known as the Horse Shoe dries at low water, and great
caution is necessary not to borrow too close on this danger when entering
or leaving Macnab cove, where the anchorage is good in 7 or 8 fathoms,
mud ; the best berth being with Sandwich point seen over the Horse Shoe,
and the western sides of George island and Ives point in one.

Xvem Xnoii, awash at low spring tides, rises from the rocky bank which
runs out 4 cables from the beach to the northward of Ives point, or
towards George island. A red buoy is moored in 8 fathoms near the
western side of this bank, and distant one cable west from the knoll.

"urBSTinur bhokb or the HAitBoine. — Chebucto head, the southern
extreme of the western shore of Halifax harbour, bears N.E. 4|- miles from
Sambro island lighthouse. It is 106 feet high, and consists of a whitish
granite, of which, together with clay slate, the steep and barren western
shore of the harbour is composed. At the distance of 1^ miles from
Chebucto head in a northerly direction is Portuguese cove, inhabited by
fishermen ; and on a hill one-third of a mile in rear of the cove, stands
Camperdown flagstaff, 168 feet above the sea.

Kerrlngr Cove, distinguished by the steeple of a chapel and the houses
of the fishermen on its rocky shores, is 3 miles to the northward of Portu-
guese cove, and 1^ miles S. W. from Sandwich point. It is a secure harbour
for small craft and boats, having 6 feet at low watei' in its narrow entrance,
and 8 feet, over soft mud, within. At its head a brook discharges the
waters of a chain of small lakes.

York aeAoubt forms a conspicuous object on the western shore, and may
be easily recognized by its flagstaff and position; it stands 177 feet above
the sea, within a cable's length of the shore, three-quarters of a mile
to the northward of Sandwich point, and nearly abreast the lighthouse
on Maugher beach.

pleMant Volnt, at the entrance of the North-west Arm, is 1^ miles
farther in, and will be recognized by its batteries and by the tower on its
summit, 114 feet above the sea. George island, also, which lies off the
southern end of the city, will be readily known by its redoubt and tower.

BAxroans: — Bock Bead Shoal, the outer and most dangerous shoal
off the entrance of Halifax harbour, is about 3 cables in length, and its
shoalest part, with 3:|^ fathoms water, lies with the tower of George island
in line with Ives point, bearing N. by W. ; Sambro island on with
White head, bearing S.W. ^ W., the lighthouse on the island being open;
and Devil island lighthouse N.E. 2\ miles.

CBAr. v.]

WESTERN SHORE OF HARBOUR.

A black and white beacon buoy, carrying a boll, is moored near the south-
ATest end of this shoal in 6| fathoms water, rocky bottom ; with the eastern
end of George island in line with Ives point, and Sambro lighthouse island
open of White head, S.W. ^ W.

Fortngnese Blioal, a sniull rocky patch with 5 fathoms water, lies W.S.W.
half a mile from Rock head wlioal, and from it the east point of (leorge
island is just touching the west side of the lighthouse on Maughcr
beach ; Sambro island is concealed behind Chcbucto head ; and Cam-
perdown flagstaif l)earH W. by S. A black buoy is moored on its western
side in 6 fathoms, with George island just open to the westward of the
lighthouse on Maugher beach, bearing N. ^ W. ; Camperdown flagstaif
W. I S.; and Devil island lighthouse N.E. ^ E.

Keadlngr Marks. — Sambro island kept well open S.E. of White head,
bearing S.W. ^ W., will lead clear to the southward of the Rock head
and Portuguese shoals. The tower on George island touching the east
side of the lighthouse on Maugher beach, N. | W., will lead through
between them ; and George island well open to the west of the lighthouse
on Maugher beach, bearing N. ^ W., will lead clear to the westward
of them, and also nearly midway between the Neverfail and Thrumcap
shoals.

JteverfBLil Bhoal, upwards of a cable in length, has on its shoalest part
4^ fathoms, and from it the eastern side of George island appears in line
with the steeple of a Roman Catholic chapel at Dartmouth ; the tower on
Pleasant point over the point at York Redoubt ; the south-east end of
Lawler island over the south-east extremity of the sliingle beach south-
ward of the Thrumcap ; and Hartland point over the northern point of
Devil island, and in line with the Thrumcap buoy, which bears E. by N.,
distant about one mile.

Xlotafleld Rook, of small extent, v-ith 2^ fathoms on its shoalest spot,
lies W. by N. ^ N. two-thirds of v. mile from Neverfail shoal. A white
buoy, with staflf and vane, lies on its eastern side, with the tower on
George island in line with Sandwich point ; Devil island and Hartland
point touching, E. by N. ; and the steeple of the chapel at Herring cove
N.W. by N.

George island open ( astof Sandwich point, bearing N. ^ E., leads clear
to the eastward of the rock, and the citadel flagstaff just touching Sandwich
point, bearing N. ^ W., will lead through between it and the Neverfail ;
which is the most direct, and therefore the preferable channel, although
the deepest water is between the Lichfield and the land, from which it is
distant three-quarters of a mile.

Man Rook, with 3^ fathoms water, is the shoidest part of a rocky
bank separated from the shore, between Herring cove and Sandwich

F 2

1; '■■ im

I! '^^^

iji

■ =s

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH- RAST COAST.

[CIIAI'. V.

point, by a very narrow channol. A wliifo Imoy, with hIuA' and vnno, i^;
moored in 6 fathoms on its eastern side, witli the citadel flajrHtaff j»Ht
open east of Sandwicli point, the latter bcinj^ distant three-rinarters of a
mile; Hartland point open south of the Thrumcap beaches ; and the north
side of Herring cove W. by S.

Middle Ground, a snuiil gravel patch with 4j^ fatliums water, lies
VV. ^ N. half a mile from the northern |)oint of Macnalt cove, K.N.E,
i'rom the steeple of a chapel at Falkland villag', and N.N.W. ^ \V. three-
quarters of a mile from the lighthouse on Maugher lieacdi. The steeple
of the Roman Catholic chapel at Dartmouth in line with the oastern side
of George island leads to the eastward of the patch, and Chobucto head
just open east of Sandwich point to the westward of it.

Pleasant Sboai, which extends nearly half a mile S.K. from Pleasant
point, dries in some parts, and is covered by only a few feet of water
nearly out to its edge. It is mueli in the way of vesHels, as it diminishes
the bi'eadth of the navigable channel between it and Ives point, to
half a mile. A white buoy is moored close to its r istern extremity in
7^ fathoms, with Chebucto head just open east of Sandwich point ; and
the north point of Macnab island just open north of the bank of Ivt^a
point, and seen over its beach, bearing E. by N.

Wortli-'urest Arm. — The entrance of the North-West Arm is l)otween
the western side of Pleasant shoal and the shoals in Purcell cove. It
carries a depth of 8 fathoms ; and the largest ships may ascend it through
a narrow chaniiel to within half a mile of its head, or nearly to Melville
island, a distance of 2J miles.

Seed Kook lies 6 cables to the northward of the buoy on Pleasant shoal,
on the same side of the ciiannel, and 2 cables off shore. It is small in
extent, with 5 feet water, and its position is marked by a whito buoy,
with staff and vane, moored in 8 fatiioms, about half a eablj south-west
of the danger, and bearing from Ives kuoU buoy W. by N. half a mile.
Chebucto head just open of Sandwicli point leads 2 cables to the oast-
ward of the rock.

BeilelBie Spit lies two-thirds of a mile farther in, and extends, a
quarter of a mile from the shore to a white buoy, with staff and vane, in
5 fathoms, from which the south-east point of George island bears E.N.E.
one-third of a mile.

Keopard Spit. — About a quarter of a mile I'artlier in., on the edg*-* of
the bank, in o fathoms, and distant three-quarters of a cable from the
Engineer wharf, is the Leopard white buoy, with staff and vane, which,
with Belleisle buoy, marks the western side of the clear deep channel
between them and George island, which is 1^- cables wide between the
5-fathom lines.

[iii.\r. V.

ciur. v.]

DATITMOITTH. — BEDFORD BASIN.

To the oasstwanl of George i«liui(l the chiumcl la hiilf a mile wide, and
equally free from obstructionH ; the shallow water does not extend beyond
threo-quarters of a cable from either end of George island, and not above
half a cable from either side.

Sookyard Sboal. — After parsing the Leonard buoy the deep water
approaches very near the wharves of the city, until arriving at the shoal
which extends IJ cables out to the south-east from the dockyard wall.
The Commissioners' buoy, white, is moored on the eastern edge of this
shoal in 5 fathoms, but just within it there is only a depth of 9 feet
at low water.

BASTKOUTB. — Off the shore frontiige of the town of Dartmouth,
the 5-fathom line extends a long cable out from the wharves, and 1^
cables south from the point of Clay cliff in Dartmouth cove. There is
also a detached rock, with 3^ fathoms, lying outside the 5-fathom line,
and bearing 8.W. -^ S. 1^ cables from the Ferry wharf. The points on
the eastern side of the Narrows (above the town of Dartmouth) in one,
and bearing N.W. ^ N., lead half a cable to the westward of this rock.

BBBTO&B BAsnr. — There is a clear passage for the largest ships
through the Narrows into Bedford basin, which has a depth of 36 fathoms,
and. is navigable quite to its head. The principal danger in the
basin is Welle.sley I'ock, with 13 feet v.-atcr, and lies about one-third
over from the eastern towards the Avestern shore, with the outermost
bare rock off the eastern shore in one Avith a house at the head of the
basin, and bearing N.N.W. distant 3 cables. Immediately after passing
the Wellesley the channel is contracted by islets and rocks on either
side, to the breadth of 1-^ cables ; but it has 9 fathoms in it, and leads
to a secure anchorage off the entrance of Sackville river, in 7 fathoms
mud.

XJTavy Island Anohoragre. — On the eastern side of Bedford basin,
1,V miles from the Narrows, there is a email but secure anchorage within
Navy islf'.id. The entrance is to the northward of the island, and the
only thing in the way is an old wreck, over which there is a deptli of
3 fathoms at low water.

TIBBB. — It is high water, full and change, at Halifax dockyard, at
7h. 49m. ; springs rise 6 feet ; neaps 3 feet. The rise is greatly influenced
by the winds, southerly winds causing high, and northerly winds low
tides ; and should the winds chance to act in accordance with the diurnal
inequality, the rise of the morning and evening tides of the same day
may possibly differ to the iiniount of a foot, (tr even more in extreme

cases.

From the foregoing causes the rise of spring tides varies from 5 to 7
feet, and of neap tides from 4 to o feet above the ordinary low wate^

If ":

^ j|

it**

-r-S-

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTII-KAST COAST.

[chap. v.

siiAr

in spring tidew. Extraordinary Hpring tides, nidcd by strong southerly
winds, have risen 8 feet, and extritovdinary neap tides only 3 feet, above
the average low water in spring tides. The ordinary rate of the tidal
stream does not exceed hnlf a knot.

BXBBOTZOWS. — The coast in the vicinity of Halifax is. of moderate
height, the hills near the shore being seldom 200 feet above the sea. To
the eastward of the harbour, as far as Jedore, almost all the headlands
present cliffs of reddish land, clay, and boulders to the wasting action of
the waves ; whilst to the westward, as far as Mars head, granite rocks —
nearly Avhite — predominate. Hence, when standing in for the land, a
stranger might know on whiclx side of Halifax harbour he is, by the
remarkable difference that exists in the colour of the shores ; red denotes
being to the eastward, and white to the westward of the entrance.

The bank off Sambro island, terminating in a point, at the depth of
30 fathoms, 5 miles south of the Sambro ledges, ofters considerable assist-
ance to vessels approaching Halifax from the westward, in the thick fogs
which so frequently prevail. From the eastward the approach is rendered
comparatively easy, by the absence of outlying dangers after passing
Shut-in island, and by the soundings deepening out with tolerable regu-
larity to 30 fathoms, at distances varying from 4 to 6 miles from the shore ;
but when within 2 miles of Chebucto and White heads, the depth of
30 fathoms will be found witliin one-third of a mile from the shore.
Attention to these soundings, combined with the guns fired from Sambro
lighthouse island, may enable steamers to enter the harbour notwithstand-
ing the fog, though it would be more prudent — especially in large sailing
vessels — to avoid attempting it under such circumstances.

From tbe Baitward. — Having passed Devil island, steer for Chebucto
head, and keep Sambro lighthouse island open of White head S.W. ^ W.,
in order to pass to the southward of Red liead and Portuguese sh^yals ;
and when George island opens out west of the lighthouse on Maugher
beach N. ^ W. steer in on the latter course, i)assing to the westward of
the Portuguese shoal and buoy, and between Neverfail and Thrumcap
shoals. After passing the red buoy marking the latter danger, steer over
for Sandwich point, until the Roman Catholic chapel at Dartmouth comes
on with the east point of George island, bearing North; these marks will
lead clear of all dangers up to George island, which may be passed on
either side.

If passing inside the island, the Belleisle and Leopard bnoyn must be
left to the westward, and York Redoubt should be kept open of the
wharves, in order to avoid a shoal spit about a quarter of a mile to
the northwaj'd of Iveopoi'd buoy. Having, with 14 feet water, passed the
spit, anchorage may be selected where most convenient, either off the

wha
sionc

[chap. v.

«RAP. v.;i

DIRECTIONS FOR HALIFAX HARBOUR.

wharves of the city, or further up off the dockyurd, where the Coinmia-
sioners' buoy will serve to point out the Dockyaixl hIiouI.

By W'vlit.— Approaching from the eastward hy niffht, and being to the
westward of Jedoro ledges, run along tho land in a depth not less than
30 fathoms, until Sarabro island light is seen ; then, if it be intended to
pass to the southward of the liock head and Portuguese shoals, steer for
Chebucto head (remembeiing that, to clear the Rock head, the light on
Spmbro island must be kept wide open south of White head, S.W. ^ W.,
«ud the light on Devil island nothing to the eastward of N.E. by N.)
until the light on Maughor bor ih bears North ; when steer for the latter,
keeping it bearing between North and N. by E., and all dangers will be
avoided excepting the Noverfail shoal, on which the least depth is 4i^
fathoms.

Having arrived abreast the Thrumcap, with Devil island light in line
with its south extremity, bearing E.S.E,, alter course to N. by W., or as
may be necessary, to avoid the Lighthouse bank ; and as soon as the light
on Maugher beach bears East, steer N. by E. for Ives point (or N.N.E.,
if necessary, to avoid the Middle ground, on which, however, the least
water is 4^ fathoms) until the light bears S. by E. ; tnen a N. by W.
course, keeping the light astern, will lead between Pleasant shoal and
Reed rock white buoys, on the western side, and Ives kuoU red buoy on
the eastern side, into the harbour.

Having passed Ives knoll the vessel may proceed in on either side of
George island, or may anchor where convenient until daylight, according
to circun»stances. The light on Maugher beach disappearing behind Ives
point will show the vessel's distance from George island, as she runs
in to the eastward of that island, through the wider — and consequently
preferable — channel during a dark night. Within George island there
is nothing in the way, excepting the Dockyard shoal and the shallow
water off Dartmouth.

Between Rook Head and Tbramoap Shoals. — If a N.E. wind, or other
circumstances, should render the passage between the Rock head and
Thrumcap shoals prefemble, proceed as follows : —

Having passed Devil island, keep Graham head open south of Devil
island the whole breadth of the island, which mark will lead to the south-
ward of the Thrumcap shoal and red buoy, and when George island
opens out west of the lighthouse on Maugher beach, bearing N. ^ W.,
steer in on this course, until abi'east of the Thrumcap buoy, when proceed
as before directed.

By xrigtat. — Having made Sambro island light, and passed Shut-in
island, steer so as to pass not less than half a mile, or more than one
mile, to the southward of the light on Devil island, sleerinjr W. ^ S. until

1S ! >>,
■ 'i

■r

'' ' L

i. >

fill

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. ▼.

ilie light oil Miuifi'licr ImhoIi Im'iu x Nortli, wlicii stoer for it until abnviHt
the '•'hruiiicap, or iiiuil Dt^vil ifliiiid light ht-ars IC.S.E.; then aitor course
to N. I)y W., or uh may bu nt'C't-HMary, to avoid the Lighthouse hank,
and proceed m before directed. Large ships si. Ad avoid using this
channel at night.

Trom the VTestward. — Appi'oaching from tlie westward during tlio day-
time, pass Sanibro lifrjidionse at tlio distance of .3 or 4 'imIcs, and when
Sandwicii point oj)'^nM out east of Chebucto head N. -J E. (tlie clearing
mark for the eastern side of Sambro ledges), stand inN. by E. or N.N.E.,
according to the wind, until the citadel flagstaff opens east of Sandwich
point, Jjearing N. ^ W. These latter marks on, will lead between
Lichfield and Nevorfail shoals, and up to Mars rock white buoy, which
'eave to the westward.

Having passed Sandwich point — from which the shallow water does not
extend beyond a cable's length — steer towards George island, keeping
Chebucto head just in sight east of Sandwich point, until tho vessel has
passed close to the westward of the Middle ground ; then open out the
head more to the eastward, so as to leave the Pleasant shoal and Reed rock
white buoys to the westward; or, if proforred, the Roman Catholic chapel
at Dartmouth in one with the eastern side of George island, bearing
North, will lead to the eastwaid of tho Middle ground. Either of the
marks just given will lead clear up to George island, after which follow
the directions already given.

By irifflit. — - In approaching Halifax harbour from the westward at
night, shape a course so as to pass not less than 3 miles to the southward
of Sambi'o island light. I'o insure doing so, keep in not less than 30
fathoms Avatcr, until the above light bears North.

Having crossed the narrow bank — already alluded to — which extends
iu a soutiicvly direction from Sambro island into deeper water, haul up
N.E., until the ii^Iit on Maugher beach opens out east of Chebucto
head, bearing N. by E^ when steer for it, or so as to pass within a
mile of Chebucto head, which is steep close to. After passing Chebucto
head, continue to steer for the light, bearing between North and N. by E.,
and proceed as already directed.

With adverse winds and clear weather, the Admiralty Chart and
leading marks already given for clearing tho dangers, will enable vessels
to beat in or out of Halifax harbour without difficulty.

CAVTXOXr. — During a dark night or thick fog do not approach the
Sambro ledges within the 50 fathom line, as a depth of 40 fathoms will be
found half a mile to the eastward, and one mile to the southward of these
dangers. For the remainder of the coast, it would not be advisable to
approach within the 40 fathom line ; but it must be borne in mind that

ciui. v.] CATCH llARBOUll, — SAMJ3U0 ISLAND LlUilT.

this cU'pdi may l>c toimd within Ihc (listimce of 3 mih's of hoiiu' of tim
inoHt formiihihlo (Inngoi'H bi'tweeii Cape Canwo aiul Halifax ; as, (or
instance, tht* tFodorc ledpcH.

OATOB HASBOVX \H a nari'uw arm of the sea, nearly one milt; in
length N. ^ E. and 8. i- W. The entsaiice lies 2 miles S.W. of Chehnelo
head, and tho same distance N«»rth of the Sisters ledge. It has 9 feet
water on its bar, with 16 feet, nind, within, where its shores are occnpied
by the houses and stages of fishermen. At the head of the harbour
is a chapel, ar. well as a fine stroan- the outlet of tho waters of several
small lakey which lie about a mile to tho northward.

Bell Book, with only 7 feet water, lies 4 cables olf shore, with

south of the lighthouse ; each blast will be of ^ve seconds duration, with
intervals of twenty seconds, and in calm weather it should be heard from
6 to 10 miles oft".

SAMBBO KBBOBS. — As the relative position of these ledges may bo
ascertained by referring to the Admiralty chart, it will only be necessary
to state that from Srailhson rock, the outermost of the western ledges
with only 2 fathoms water, Sambro lighthouse bears N.E. by E. ^ E,
2^ miles ; Pennant point N.W. by N. 2^ miles ; and Fairweather rock
in one with the Isle of Man N.N.E. A E. Gull rock, little more than its
own breadth open of White or Catch harbour head, bearing N.E. | E.,
also leads over this dangerous rock, as well as over Mare rock, which, with
6 feet water, lies nearly three-quarters of a mile further in.

The weat end of Pennant island, on with the tangent of Pennant point

NOVA SCOTTA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CIUI>. V.

tin; liglit oil Miiiij^licr linicli l»'iiis North wlicii htvvv for it until iiltrcuHt
tint Tliniinrii)», or until Dt'vil iMlimtl li^rlit hvnvH IC.S.IO.; then alter courHu
to N. by W., or nn may be nucoHwiry, to avoid tho Lif^lithouMu bank,
Kud proceed hh before directed. Liirge nhipH should avoid uuing tliis
(diannel at night.

rrom the ^RTeitward. — Approaching ironi tho westward during tho day-
time, paHM Sanibro lighthoiiHe at tho dintancc of .') or 4 miles, and when
Sandwich point op^^iin out eant of Chebueto head N. -^ E. (the clearing
mark for tho oaHtern side of Sambro ledgcH), stand in N. l)y E. or N.N.E.,
according (o the wind, until th<; citadel flagHtaff opens oast of Sandwich
point, l)earing N. ^ W. These latter marks on, will lead between

r<lpbflol<l IIM>I Aluirovroil ulmnio io.-l

Alt

■1

roooT vraATRsm. — On approaching Snmbro island lighthouse in
foggy weather, every gun fired from the ship will bo answered, if heard,
by two guns in quick succession from tho lighthouse. Several guns should
not, however, bo fired in quick succession from the vessel, but time given
between each for tho answering guns.

It frequently happens that the weather is clear within the lighthouse,
although vciy thick a league or two without. If it be wished to ascertain
this fact the ship is to fire one gun, and three minutes after, two guns in
quick succession ; when, should the weather be clear within, the light-
house will answer with tho same number of guns, fired in the same
manner ; but should the weather not be clear within the lighthouse, one
gun only will be fired in answer.

N.E., until the light on Maugher bench opens out east of Chebueto
head, bearing N. by E., when steer for it, or so as to pass within a
milo of Chebueto head, which is steep close to. After passing Chebueto
head, continue to steer for the light, bearing between North and N. by E.,
and proceed as already directed.

With adverse winds and clear weather, the Admiralty Chart and
leading marks already given for clearing the dangers, will enable vessels
to beat in or out of Halifax harbour without ditHculty.

CAVTXOxr. — During a dark night or thick fog do not approach tho
Sambro ledges within the 50 fathom line, as a deptli of 40 fathoms will be
found half a mile to the eastward, and one mile to the> southward of these
dangers. For the remaindei ^f the coast, it would not be advisable to
approach within the 40 fathom line ; but it must be borne in mind that

ciui. v.] CATCH IIAIIBOUU. — SAMUUO ISLAND LIGHT.

ihiw dcplli Miiiy Itp ioiind within lln' distiiiico of 3 miles of sninc of the
inoMt fonnidahh) dnngoi'H between Ciipe Cwnwi ait<l Iliilifiix ; us, for
itiHtaiice, the Jed u-c ledpoH.

OATOB SAXaoint is n )iarruw arm of the sea, nearly oni; mile iu
. ^th N. i !•:. iind S. i- VV. 'I'he enl:aiic-e lies '2 miles S.VV. of C'hehiielM
heatl, and the name distance North of the Sisters ledj;e. It has 9 feet
water on its bar, with 16 feel, mud, within, where its shores are occupied
by the houses and stagpH of flshermen. At the head of the harbour
is a chapel, as well us a line stream, the outlet of the waters of several
small hikes which lie about a mile to the northward.

Bell Xoo.-, with oidy 7 feet water, lies 4 cubles oil' shore, with
White or Catch harbour head East, half a mile distant, ami C'hebucto
head N.N.E. one mile. Another rock, with 4^ fathoms water on it, lies
one cable N. by W. from the Bell rock ; and as Duck reef ^xlends
1^ cables from the shore towards them, the clmnnel between is rv.duced
to the same breadth, and is moreover nearly overlapped by Duncan rc!ef ;
the passage therefore cunnot be recommended. Duncan cove, on the
Houth-west side of Chebucto head, affords shelter for boats.

SAMBRO zs&AHB UOBT. — The llgthhouse on Sambro island is a
white octagonal tower 60 feet high. It stands near the middle of Sambro
island, 1^ miles from the shore at Cape Sambro, and S.W. 4^ miles from
Chebucto head, the western point of entrunce to Halifax harbour, and
exhibits, at an elevation of llo feet above high water, », fixed white light,
which should be visible in clear weather from a distance of 21 miles.

Vessels approaching the lighthouse in a fog, and firing u gun, will bo
answered from the island, wliere u party of artillery and a heavy gun are
stationed for the purpose. The island is the resort of pilots.

roff Trumpet. — A Dobell's fog trumpet is estulilished 10() yai'ds
south of the lighthouse ; each blast will be of five seconds duration, with
intervals of twenty seconds, and in calm weather it should be heard from
6 to 10 miles ott".

SAMBRO &BDOB8, — As the relative position of these ledges may 1)e
ascertained by referring to the Admiralty ehait, it Avill only be necessary
to state that from Smithson rock, the outermost of the western ledges
with only 2 fathoms water, Sambro lighthouse bears N.E. by E. ^ E,
2\ miles ; Pennant point N.VV. by N. 2^ miles ; and Fuirweather rock
in one with the Isle of Man N.N.E. \ E. Gull rock, little more than its
own breadth open of White or Catch harbour head, bearing N.E. '' E.,
also leads over this dangerous rock, as well as over Mare rock, which, w h
6 feet water, lies nearly three-quarters of a mile further in.

The west end of Pennant island, on with the tangent of Pennant point

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. v.

N. by W. -^W., leads two-thirds of a mile to the westward of Smitlisun
rock.

s.\ir. Breaker, wliicli almost always shows, lies 1^ ..liles to the east-
ward of Smithson rock, and from it Chehucto head is seen over the
eastern extremity of Sambro island, the latter bearing N.E. ^ N. 1^ miles.

The Slaters are the outermost of the eastern Sambro ledges, and from
the lighthouse on Sambro island they are distant 1§ miles, between the
bearings of E. byN. and E. by S. Their position is pointed out by Black
rock, 15 feet high, and from which they are distant one-third of a mile
S.E. by E. Several rocks of this cluster unrover at low water, and
their position can always be seen : but the Blind Sister is more dangerous,
having 9 feet over it at low water ; the Black rock bears from it N. f W.
half a mile, and Broad breaker, which almost always shows, W. ^ N.
4 cables.

Bde Book, with 9 feet water on it, lies nearly midway between the
Sisters and Morris point, on the western side of the entrance to Catch
harbour.

Hennesy Bank, Shoal Ground, Barse Ground, and Outer BanlF — These
are rocky fishing grounds, with depths varying from 8 to 20 fathoms, and
should be avoided by vessels during bad weather, as they cause a heavy
half breaking sea. The Hennesy bank of the fishermen is a small rock
with 8 fathoms over it, lying three-quarters of a mile to the southward of
the Blind Sister; Sambro lighthouse bears from it N.W. by W. 1§ miles.

The Shoal ground, with 8 fathoms water, lies a mile farther out, with
the lighthouse bearing N.N.W. | W. 2 miles. The Barse ground is
a rock with 9 fathoms water, from which the lighthouse bears N. by E.
2^ miles, and the Outer bank, with 14 fathoms, S.S.E. ^ E. 2| miles. The
Sambro bank continues out 2^ miles beyond the Outer bank to the depth
of 30 fathoms, terminating in a point, from which the lighthouse bears
North 6| miles.

Cleavlnff Marks. — Sandwich point in line with Chebucto head, Jiearing
N. ^ E., will lead one mile to the eastward of Sambro ledges. By night
the light on Maugher beach, just open east of Chebucto head, bearing
N. by E., will clear all the Sambro ledges, as well as the Bell rock and
.Duncan reef.

The lead will give little or no warning when approaching these ledges
from the eastward, on which side the bank is very steep, the depth being
45 fathoms within less than half a mile from the Sisters.

SAMBRO KARBOVB, lying at the head of the bay formed between
Pennant point on the west and Cape Sambro on the east, has anchorage
within the Isle of Man. The heavy sea during south-westerly winds
is much broken by the ledges outside ; but the shelter is imperfect, and

[chap. v.

f Smithson

the east-
1 over the
I^. H miles.

and from
itwooii the
t by Black

of a mile
k'ater, and
dangerous,
it N. f W.

W. i N.

tween the
e to Catch

► — These
horns, and
ie a heavy
imall rock
ithward of

If miles.
' out, with
ground is

N. by E.
les. The
the depth
use bears

I, bearing
By night
, bearing
rock uud

se ledges
th being

between
ichorage
y winds
feet, and

CIIAl'. T.]

SAMBRO HARBOUR. — DIRECTIONS.

the dangers off and in this harbour are so numerous, that it should
never be attempted by a large ship, excepting in a case of extreme
necessity.

SZXBOTlOirs. — If from the eastward, and intending to pass between or
within the Sambro lodges, or on either side of Inner Sambro island, the
aid of the Admiralty chart and a local pilot acquainted with all the
dangers would be indispensable.

I>rom tbe Southward. — Having Chebucto head well open to the east-
ward of Sambro island, to insure being outside the S.W. breaker, which
however can generally be seen, shut in Cook point (on the west side
of Sambro harbour) with the western point of Inner Sambro island, the
latter bearing N. ^ W., and steering for it will lead clear to the eastward
of the S. W. breaker. Having passed this danger, continue the N. i W.
course, or keep the above points touching until nearly abreast Fair-
weather rock ; then steer so as to pass midway between that rock and
the Avestern end of Inner Samliro island, and round the latter to the
north-east.

When Fairweather rock and the western edge of Inner Sambro island
are nearly in line, S.W. by S., alter course to N.E. by N., and this mark
will lead clear to the eastward of Cowley rock, which has 10 feet water on
it and seldom breaks ; having passed this danger, haul to the northward
and westward round the Isle of Man, and anchor withiu it and Black reef
from a half to two cables from them, in 6 or 7 fathoms, over mud bottom.

Farther in there are several secure anchoring places for small vessels,
as the Mud hole, the Basin, &c. ; but the rocks are too numerous for a
lai'ge vessel to venture among them with safety.

rrom the 'VTestward. — To enter Sambro harbour from the westward,
bring the highest hill on Cape Sambro over the western rise of Inner
Sambro island, and with these marks on proceed between Pennant point
and Bell rock. After passing the latter at the distance of 1^ or 2 cables,
to clear the shoal water off it to the northward^ steer N.E. by E., or with
the east ends of Round island and Isle of Man in line, if these tangents
can be distinguished ; if not, pass one or 2 cables to the eastward of the
Island rock, and continue to steer N.E. by E. until Fairweather rock
opens out to the southward of Inner Sambro island, which will cleai- the
Torpey ledge.

Then, to avoid the Middle ground, steer more easterly, so as to pass not
more than ". cable to the northward of the west end of Inner Sambro
island, which is quite bold, and when the marks for clearing Cowley rock
come on, viz., Fairweather rock touching the western point of Inner
Sambro island S.W. by S., steer N.E. by N., and proceed to the anchorage
undtr th* Isle of Man as before directed.

: . ■ \

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CHAI'. V.

PBirirAirT bat, next west of SaniUro harbour, lies between Pennant
])oiiit and Mars heml, tlie latter being a rocky peninsula about 70 feet high.
The bay is 3 miles broad between the entrance points, and about 2 miles
deep ; it id thickly studded with rocky shoals and islands, but affords
shelter to those acquainted v.'ith the passages between them. The land
at the head of the bay is of moderate height ; Hospital hill, the highest
part, rising 250 feet above the sea.

ViamtAltT HAXiBOVX, at the north-eastern angle of Pennant bay
though small in extent, has secure anchorage within several small islands ;
but care must be taken to avoid a dangerous rocky patch known as the
Middle ground, having only 13 feet water, which lies in the fairway of
Avhat is called the good channel between Pennant point and island.

bibectzoh'S. — When rounding Pennant point be careful to avoid
the Broad shoal, which extends 2 cables off it to the southward and east-
ward. Hospital hill on with the western shoulder of Pennant island,
will lead Avell cleai' of this danger.

After passing a cable's length to the eastward of Bald rock, steer
N.E. for the Thrumcap until the Seven islands open out to the north-
ward of Pennant island, when the Middle ground will be passed ; then
haul rounu to the eastward and northward of the Thrumcap at the dis-
tance of one cable, so as to pass between it and the rocky 3-fathom shoal,
lying a quarter of a mile N.E. by E. from it. Having passed to the west-
ward of this shoal, anchor within Martin and Saddle islands, as con-
enient, from one to 2^ cables from them, in 6 or 7 fathoms, mud
bottom,

TUXirsaB BAT, about 2 miles within Mars head, and at the north-
western angle of Pennant bay, is open to the S.S.E., but the
anchorage is good in 8 or 9 fathoms, mud, midway between Cat island
and the western shore, with Church and Tenant points in line.

BZBSCTXOWS. — To enter Turner bay Ijy the western passage, bring
Turner bay rock to bear N.E. ^ E., and steer for it, passing mid-
way between Broad rock, which covers at high water, and Puffer
shoal, on which the sea is said ahvays to break. Pass westward of
Turner bay rock, between it and the Black shoal, keeping nearer to
he former, which is quite bold on that side ; from thence gradually
haul to the northward, until the south tangents of Seven islands and
Pennant island are in line, in order to avoid the 13 feet shoal which lies
N.N.E. ^ E. a quarter of a mile from Black shoal, and 2 cables distant
from Tenant point. With the above marks on the vessel may haul to
the westward towards the anchorage.

If the eastern passage — which i i preferable in some winds — be taken,

CHAP. V.J PENNANT BAY AND HARBOUR. — TURNER BAY. 93

stand in for the western end of Mackarel island on any bearing not to
the eastward of N.E. by N., until Church point is in line with the north-
east side of Turner bay rock, bearing N.N.W. | W.; then alter coui'se,
and steer with those marks in one, until the rock is approached ; when
sheer gradually to the northward, so as to pass at the distance of one
cable's length north-east of it, and thence to the N.W., for the anchorage.

i.5

:' if

;i '4

:4' 4

( W

'■' 'Ifi

'■m

■- ' ^ fii

'• W

I'M

■ J B

^<i'

■''■;' ^-'4

CHAPTER VI.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.

MARS HEAD, TO MAHONE BAY

Variation in 1867.
Prospect Harbour - - 19°20'W.

St. Margaret bay - - 19''20'W. | Mahone bay -

'»

19° 10' W.

From Mars head to Cross island lighthouse on the western side of the
entrance of an extensive bight comprising St. Margaret and Mahone bays,
the distance is 20^ miles in a W. ^ S. direction. This great indentation is
subdivided by a peninsula, which is remarkable in appearance on account
of an elevated wooded ridge, 480 feet above the sea — known as the high
land of Aspatageon — extending across its neck. This peninsula terminates
in New Harbour point, which lies 7 miles within the line between Mars
head, and Cross island ; the two bays thus formed east and west of the
peninsula, being known as St. Margaret and Mahone bays.

Between Mars head and the entrance of St. Margaret bay, — a distance
of 10 miles, — the coast has a general trend to the north-west, but it is very
irregular in outline, being deeply indented, the whole — including numerous
islands — being composed of white granite, generally bare ; in some places
the shore attains an elevation of 70 feet, and gradually increases towards
the interior. Between the above-mentioned points there are four anchor-
ages which in case of necessity may be used by strangers, viz., Prospect
harbour, Shag and Blind bays, and Dover harbour.

OrampuB Sock, with only 9 feet water, is the outer of several rocky
patches extending from Mars head to the south-west ; it lies S.S.W. 4- W.,
upwards of one-third of a mile from the western tangent of the head, and
nearly 4 cables from the nearest shore. From it Shannon and Burnt
islands are just touching and in line with Dollar rock, which covers at
three-quarters flood, but its position is nearly always shown by a breaker.

BACK BAT. — At the distance of a mile from Mars head in a northerly
dii-ectiou is the entrance to Back bay, which is rendered unserviceable
as an anchorage in consequence of numerous dangers across its entrance
in addition to which the space of available deep water is not only exryosed
to the south-west, but is very limited in extent.

CHAP. VI.] PROSPECT HARBOrn. — BETTY ISLAND.

Buiiar soek, at the entrance nf Back bay, covers at three-quartern
Hood, but its position may nearly always bo known by a break ; this rock
serves the useful purpose of being a good mark for the avoidance of
sunken dangers. From it the middle of Breakfast island is on with the
high water tangent of Betty island ; and Shannon island, east point, just
open south-east of Shannon bald rock.

There are two isolated patches of S]^ and 3| fathoms, which lie re-
si)ectively N.W. by W. -^ W.^ one cable, and N.W. by N. nearly 2 cables
n-ora Dollar rock ; whilst further northward, about midway between
Shannon bald rock and the north-oast end of Betty island, is n shoal
with only 3 feet on it, which narrows the channel on its western side to
about 2 cables.

PKOSVSCT BAXBOVK is situated at the mouth of an arm of the sea
known as Prospect river, upwards of 3 miles in length, and distant from
Mars head about 2^ miles in a northerly direction. The anchorage is
within Heron island, on the eastern shore of the river, where ships of
the largest size may find good shelter, and although there are dangers off
the harbour, they are such as can easily be avoided when once the
islands marking the approaches thereto have been identified.

The town of Prospect is built in a somewhat straggling manner on
the narrow western point of Prospect river. The population — including
that of Lower Prospect — contained in 1865 about 1,500 inhabitants, all of
whom subsist on the produce of adjoining fisheries ; the church (Roman
Catholic) is a conspicuous object, and can be seen from a long distance
at sea ; the principal import is flour, and the only export fish, as the soil
being sterile would render agricultural pursuits unproductive.

BBTTT is&AWS. — The southern point of this island lies W.N.W.
1| miles from the nearest point of Mars head, and from thence its length
is seven-eighths of a mile in a N.N.E. ^ E. direction. This island — which
attains an elevation of 92 feet — occupies an equidistant position off the
entrances of Prospect river and Back bay.

S.a. Staoal, so called in consequence of its relative position to Betty
island, is nearly a cable in extent, with 2| fathoms water, and breaks
during an ordinary southerly gale. From the east end of the shoal Dollar
rock is on with the east end of Shannon bald rock, and the eastern
tangents of Betty and Burnt islands are in line.

There is a deep water channel on either side of this danger, the clear*
ing marks west of the shoal, at a good cable's distance, being Betty and
Shannon islands just touching N.N.E. -J E., whilst Betty and Heron
islands touching N. by W. not only leads to the eastward of this danger,
but clears on the western side all the rocky dangers off Mars head.

I
I

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH -12 AST COAST.

[oiiAr. vr.

S.'Wr. and Beverenx Btaoals nrc both iHi>lat(>(l rocky patclioH lying ofl
the south-west eiul of Betty island. The S.W. whoiil, with only 9 (yet water,
is distant nearly a quarter of a mile offshore. The Devereux shttal, with
3^ fathoms, lies nearly a eablo further out.

'WHtte Horse &ook, with only 1| fathoms water, lies between Ilopson
island, and Norris liaid roek, from the latter of wliieh it bears S.K. ^ S.
a sliort quarter of a mile ; from the rock the? south [toint of IJreakfasi
island is in line with the north point of Shannon bald I'ock.

Xlttee Wlttee Staoal is a rocky patch about 1^ cables in extent, whien
breaks during bad weather ; the shonlest spot, with It fathoms water, lies
with the north point of Burnt island on with the noi'th end of Norris
bald rock E. -^ S., the latter behig three-quarters of a mile distant.

To clear it on the north side, bring Norris bald rock on with Break-
fast island ; and the same rock on with the north extretno of Heron
island clears the shoal to the southward.

Heron Hook is small, detached, and shows at low water ; it is steep-to
on its east side, and lies about half a cable in an easterly direction from
the north-east end of Heron island, there being 3 fathoms in the passage
between. As this rock is in close proximity to the anchorage, care must
be taken — on bringing up— to give it a clear berth. From the rock Burnt
and Shannon islands are nearly touching.

TXBBB. — In Prospect harbour it is high water, full and change, at
7h. 43m. ; springs rise 7 feet, and neaps 6 feet.

In connexion with the tides along this coast, Cai>tain Shortland remarks
that winds influence the time of high water, especially if during one of the
rotatory gales a shift of wind occurs before high water. At the commence-
ment of a south-east gale there is a teiidency to retard the time of high
water, and this effect continues until the gale has reached its full height ;
but as the wind diminishes in force thia principhf ceases, and a contrary
effect ensues. In extreme cases the time of high water will be found to
differ fully an hour from undisturbed periods.

BXHBCTXOIO'S. — Bastern Channel. — Although the eastern passage into
Pi'ospect harbour is alike narrow and intricate whei compared with the
western channel, circumstances may necessitate vessels using it, and
therefore the following directions are given ; but the western channel
should invariably be pursued under ordinary circumstances.

If from the eastward, do not approach Mars head nearer than half a
mile, in ordei to avoid the Grampus and other shoals ; and when Betty
and Heron islands are just touching N. by W., proceed with these
marks on until approaching the east point of Betty island, which being
Bteep-to may be rounded within a cable's length.

After passing the point proceed to the north-west, witli llio spire of the

CHAP. Ti.] PROSPECT IIARBOTJU DIRECTIONS. — SHAG BAY. 97

Uonian Catholic church at Prospect on Avith the south-west end of Bahl
rock, and after rounding the hitter on the north side hring Dover castle
to touch Saul point ; these marks will lead l>ctween groups of rocks
which are only covered at high water.

Keeping a mid-channel course between Church point and Heron
island, round the north point of the latter, taking care to keep Saul i)oint
well open of Heron island, until Burnt and Shannon islands are open of
each other in order to avoid Heron rock, and then haul in and anchor
in from 7 to 9 fathoms, mud, with Prospect Roman Catholic church on
with t'le north end of Heron island, and midway between that island and
the main shore.

There is another passage to the anchorage, cast of Burnt island, which
might be used by small vessels, but should not be attempted without local
knowledge, as the deep water channel east of Heron island is very
narrow and circuitous.

IWeitern Cbannel. — If from the eastward, avoid shutting in Shannon
bald rock with the south point of Betty island, until Norris bald rock
is in line with the high water rock west of Hopson island N. ^ W.; this
latter mark will clear Devei'cux shoal on the western side, after which
bring Norris bald rock N. I)y E., and proceed on that course, rounding
the rock on the north side, which is steei)-to ; then steer east for the
highest part of Heron island, taking care not to approach the high water
line of Saul and Church points within a cable's length.

When the spire of Prosi)ect church comes on with Church point alter
course to round Heron island,and proceed to the anchorage asbeforedirected.

SHAO BAT. — At the distance of In miles in a northerly direction from
Norris bald rock is Shag liead, which forms the eastern point of entrance
common to Shag and Blind bays. Shag bay is a nnrrow arm of the sea,
3^ miles in length, with a general trend to the north-east, and has good
anchorage off a small cove near its head on the western shore.

In addition to the ofF-lying dangers common to Shag, Blind, and Dover
harbours, there are others at the entrance of Shag bay, narrowing the
channel east and west of Inner Gull rock to 1-^aud If cables respectively.

Staaff Bay Breakers consist of a rocky ridge, one-third of a mile in
length N.E. and S.W. ; the two shoalest spots, with only 4 feet water, are
at each exti'emity ; and Fader head, seen between the two Gull rocks at
the entrance of Shag bay, N.E. a little northerly, leads directly over them,
and consequently over the long axis of the shoal.

• From the south-west spot the southern tangents of Taylor ii land and
Dover castle are in line N.W. ^ W. ; and from the north-east spot tlio south
end of Dover castle is on with Black rock (^N.E. by E. ^ E.), which only
covers at high water springs, and can therefore nearly always be seen.
17698. a

''^l

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[OHAl*. tl.

Oreen Shoal, about 1^ cables in length, lio8 to the eastward of Shag bay
breakern, with a deep water channel one quarter of a mile broad between
<ho 5-fathoni lines.

Till! IciiHt water on this shoal i.s 6 feet, from whence Black point ledgo
and the Outer Gull rock are just touching N, by E. ^ E., and Norris
bald rock just touching the eastern tangent of Hopson island S.E. by S.

Shag bay breakers and Green shoals are cleared on the cast side by
bringing Inner Gull rock on with Shag head N.N.E. \ E., and on the west
(l)Ut very close to the shoal) by Fader head and Outer Gull rock just
me'eting N.E. Fader head just in sight east of Inner Gull rock N.E. ^ N.
will lead between the shoals ; and Norris bald rock on with the north
tangent of Betty island S,E. by E. leads one- third of a mile south of the
dangers.

Oull Blioal, small in extent, with one fathom water, is nearly equidistant
from the Outer and Inner Gull rocks and main shore; the passage between
it and the latter being 1| cables across. From the rock Fader head is
hidden by Inner Gull rock; and Dover castle south point is just open of
the northern high water of Outer Gull rock.

Fryingr-pan Rook, which covers during last quarter flood, is the highest
part of a shoul about a cable in extent, and is distant from Black point ledge
(which is 3 feet above high water) a long cable S.S.E. ^ E. From it
White island and Dovei- castle are just overlapping about W. by S., the
navigable channel on its eastei-n side being a good cable across.

szsacTXOM'S. — Bast Channel. — If from the eastward, after having
cleai'ed the shoals off the south-west of Betty island, steer to the north-
west until Black point just opens of Shag head N. :J E. ; these marks will
clear the Kittee Wittee and Gi'een shoals to the eastward and lead up to
Shag head, which may be rounded close-to. Immediately after passing
the head close the eastern shore, until Fader head opens Avell out east of
Inner Gull rock N.E. ^ N. ; this mark will lead on the eastern side of the
Gull shoal; after which proceed up the bay and anchor in about 8 fathoms,
mud, off N.W. cove, with Fader head S.W. by S.

■VlTeBt Channel. — A good leading mark west of Shag bay breakers is the
two Gull rocks in line N.E. by E. ^ E. On passing the Outer Gull rock
keep a good cable's length off, especially on the north side, after which
close the Inner Gull to within a cable, so as to pass mid^. uy between the
Inner Gull and Frying-pan rocks, and thence proceed to the anchorage as
befoi'e directed.

Biaok Rook is the outer of the western dangers common to the three
anchorages already enumerated, and lies S.E. ^ E. a quarter of a mile
from a remarkable bare ro<;ky islet, 40 feet high, known as Dover castle.

[chap. tl.

CHAP. VI.]

BLIND BAY. — PORT DOTEK.

Shag l.iiy
between

aint ledgo

1 Norris

. by S.

( side by

n the wewt

rock just

N.E. ^ N.

the north

uth of the

quidiHtant
e between
'r head is
st open of

le highest

>oiut ledge

From it

by S., the

er Imviug
he north-
larks will
sad up to
r passing
it east of
ide of the
fathoms,

3rs is the
rull rock
er which
veen the
orage as

lie three
f a mile
castle.

Thoro is a narrow but deep water channel between it and llio rocky iyiot,
l)Ut care must be taken to avoid a 3-fect patch wliich lies half a cable
from the Black rock in a N. by E. direction.

Oab>*\ffe Garden ntaoals consist of two rocky patches off the entrance
(o Port Dover ; the outer, about a cable in extent, has 10 feet water, and
lies East a Jiort third of a mile from the south point of Fleming island.

The inner shonl (north-west of the former) just uncovers at low water
Hprings, and lies E.N.E. 2 cables from Fleming island.

Kound Sook, with 4 feet water, Is steep-to all round ; it lies 1^ cables
off Leary point in an easterly direction ; from it the high water points of
High island and Dover castle appear meeting, and Outei- Tlull rock is on
with the north point of Shag head.

Middle Oround, on the western side of the channel leading into Blind
bay, is about a cable in diameter, with two rocky rises half a cable distant
from each other N.N.E. and S.S.W. The northern point is just awash at
low water springs, the other has 3 feet water ; Doyle and Myrn islands
(within Blind bay) touching N.N.E. ^ E. leads clear to the eastward of
the Middle ground and Black rock.

TIBBS. — It is high water, full and change, in Blind bay at 7h. 46m. ;
springs rise 7^ feet, and neaps 6 feet.

BntEOTXOWS. — B&XND BAT is in dose proximity to Shag bay, and
affords good anchorage north of Myra dry ledge. Proceeding through
the main channel between the Black rock and Shag bay breakers, with
the two Gull rocks in line, alter course when necessary so as to pas3
between the Outer Gull rock and White island, or steer for Doyle island
N.N.E. ^ E., it will then appear about midway between Black point and
Myra island. Avoid going to the westward of the line where Doyle
and Myra inlands seem to touch, in order to keep clear of the Round rock
and Middle ground.

If the draught of water renders it necessary to avoid a 4-fathom patch
about 1^ cables off the north point of Myra island in an E. by S.
direction, steer over on the eastern shore with Leary point and White
island just open of each other, until Myra dry ledge comes on with the
south tangent of Clarke island ; then haul round Myra dry ledge,
keeping an offing of a cable off its eastern end, and come to in al)out
6 fathoms, mud, in a berth equidistant from the ledge, Clarke island,
and rock south of Flat island.

POBTBOVER. — As Black rock only just covers at high water springs,
it is veiy seldom that its position cannot be identified, but on such excep-
tional occasions, to pass east of the rock, bring the eastern tangents of
Myra and White islands to touch N.E. -If N., until Soi point (having
houses on it) opens east of Fleming island N.N.W. ^ W., when proceed

G 2

S' I.

'■ 1

100

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH- KAS'J' COAS'l'.

[CIIAI'. VI.

ill that iliroctioii, mid on iieariii}; Fli'iniiif^ isluiifl nUi'v couvho so ns to
pnss l)OtW('<'ii it and Fioniinj^ l^'dgc, and aiiciior in 9 or 10 fatlioinH, mud,
with Fleininj; Icdjjc on with tlio soiitli end of Wliito island, and the cant
end of Dover castle touciiiii^ the west end of Fleming island.

Loary point, midway between the high water lines of High and White
islands N.E. i E., leads through in deep water between Dover castle and
Black rock, ns does also Floming ledge just open east of its island
N. by E.

ST. MAAOAnBT BAT is a noble sheet of water about 2/) miles in
circumference, i) miles in depth, and iijiwards of 2 miles wide at the

cntn

and

d with oth

)fth

)ast

dly clear

ranee, and coinpareil witn other jiortions
of dangers. Its shores are well settled by an industrious ])opulation,
principally of French extraction.

The distance between Dover castle and Middle point, (so called in
consequence of its central position between Peggy point and Paddy
head,) forming the eu.sterii entrance of the bay, is about 4 miles, with a
general trend to the north-west.

Halibut nook is snndl, and covers at the tirst quarter flood ; it is sur-
rounded by deep water, and lies a cable's length off a salient point, known
•as Peggy [mint, about 1,| miles S.S.E. ^ E. from Middle point.

Dover castle open of Corny rock clears the Halibut rock to the
southward ; and Paddy head on with Middle point leads clear to the
westward.

Middle Point Hook, with 3^ fathoms water, lies N.W. by N. a long
half mile from Middle point, and S.W. by W. ^ W. half a mile from the
remarkable boulder on Jack island. The two tangents of Paddy head
and Shut-in island just touching N. by E. f E. clears this rock about a
cable's length on the western side.

Crawford Kedgre, which jus( shows at low water springs, lies at the
outer end of a shallow tongue, extending 3 cables in a westerly direction
from a point nearly half a mile to the northward of Middle point. The
ledge, which is steep-to outside, lies nearly 2 cables witl:in Middle point
rock in the direcrion of Jack island. T'.'Sgy iind Middle points in line
S.S.E. leads between Crawford ledge and Middle point rock.

anVT-m XSKAWD is two-thirds of a mile in length N. by W. and
S. by E., and attains an elevation of 200 foot ; its south end is half a
mile distant from the main shore, and a short mile N. by E. ^ E. from
Paddy head.

Although in this latter space there is a deep Avater channel leading
inside the island, there are numerous rocks which render this passage
Uiiadvisable without the assistance of local knowledge; the rocks referred
to will be cleared by keeping Middle point open of Paddy head.

[CIIAP. VI.
N<» (IH to

|f»inH, mud,
Id the oiiHt

Mid White
['iistio jind
I its island

miles ill
[lie at the
iially clear
opulatlon,

ciiHed in
111 Pnddy
es, Avith n

it is snr-
it, known

k to the
fti* to the

N. a loiijj;
from the
Itly Jieiid
c about a

is at the
direction
lit. The
lie point
s in lino

W. and
s half a
K» from

leadinjr
passage
eferred

ciiAr. VI,] SIIUT-IN ISLAND. — Ll>KK ANCHOHAGK.

101

The OBHt and west shores of Shiii-iii island arc ^tcep-lo, luit in roiimlinj;
the north point do not approaeh nearer than I^ caldes ; within the island
the holding' <;round is fjood, and the place well sheltered, secuic, and
smooth dnrin;^ southerly gales.

Tides.— Shut-in i-'land il is hi<j;h water, full and eliaufre, at 7h. JTui.;
springs rise 7 feet; neaps o feet; tidal stream weak.

Xiuke Anohorare. — At the distance ol" 1^ miles N.K. ^ E. from Sliut-in
island is Luke islet, 40 feet high; there is slioal water ofl' its south-west
end, which should not lie approached l»y vessels of largo draught nearer
than 2 cables. The south-east point of the island is a dry stony tongue,
between the end of which and the main shore the distaiicc is nearly u
third of a mile ; and its northern end consists «)f a longer stony spit only
2 caltles distant from Troop island to the north-east, but with a deep
passage between ; both points are steei>-to.

Within the island there is excellent anchorage in from 8 to 10 fathoms,
where ships nniy remain in perfect security during gales from any
quarter.

The anchorage is very accessible ; if from the southward avoid tho
shoal water off the south-west end of the island, and when the east end of
Troop island opens east of the south-east stony point, haul up and
anchor with the north end of Shut-in island seen over the south-cast
point of Luke island, and Big Thrunj island midway between Troop
island and the northern stony tongue of Luke island.

Zilttle Thrum Zslana. — North of Luke island is a group of several
small islets, the smallest and outer being Little Thrum islaii^, about
half a cable long ; from it a shallow spit extends in a north-westerly
direction a quarter of a mile ; there is also shoal water on its south-west
side, which should not be approached within 2 cables.

The west tangent of the inner or eastern lump of Lidian point just
open west of Wedge island clears the west side of Little Thrum spit,
and leads about mid-channel between George island and Middle shoal.

Kong: Cove •' another sheltered spot in the immediate vicinity of
Luke^ anchorage, and can be entered from the latter through tho narrow
channel east of Troop island, bearing in mind that in the middle of its
fiouth entrance there is a small rise with 3^ fathoms.

Another channel a tpiarter of a mile broad is north of Troop island,
between it and George island ; otfthc south end of tho latter, shoal water
extends nearly 2 cables off in a S.S.W. direction. On rounding the north
point of Troo[) island an offing of a cable's length should be preserved.

"Wedse Island, about IJ cables in length, and 30 feet elevation, lies
three-quarters of a mile north of George island and half a milo from thtj
nearest shore.

I. ■;

102

NOVA SCOTIA, sol'Tir-KAKT COAST.

[CHAV. VI.

OIUP. »i J

From lln' Hdiitli-wc.-il ciid n hIkuiI i'\(fMiil« ti <|imrli'r of a inilo in ii
^vi'Hlt'ily (lirf'ciidii, liiiviiif,' at ifn cxln-niily only 10 feel walcr. Aiiollior
npit also runs out from the ishiiid \]^ calilcH in anorlli-t'aMtcrly direction.

Xinffdovo Bboul is n <|iiari('i' of a milt' in len^tlt N.N.I). and S.S.W. ;
from tlic .-i|ioai('H( pari, witli .'» feet water. Wedge island heniM N.K. ^ K.
ono mile, and Utile Tin inn inland S. I»y K. ^ K. lliree-quiirterH of n
inilo.

The green lino of the north end of liuke inland open to the southwurd
of the Little Thrum, hearing S.K. by S., clears the south-west end of
the shoal ; ami the hijrhest ptirt of Uednian hill oiien nortii of Gcorgo
Island K.8.K. clears the shoal on the north side.

To clear it on tlie west sldo, hriiig the while galde of house on Kast
head op<*n of Crouelier isliind N.N.K. \ 10. ; hnt a better — because a
natural — mark is the east end of Clam island on with the outer end of
Indian point N.K.

mawcR vxXiXiACia HAxaoim. — AI)out throe-(iuRrtcrs of a mile
N.K. -^ K. from Wedge island is Davy ))oint, formii'g the south point of
the entrniice, which is half a mile broad. Within the i)oin( on the south
shore is an indentation, olf which secure anchorage may bo obtained in
about 11 fathoms, mud. •

From abreast the anchorage the village is scattered along the whole
length of the souHiern shore, upwards of a mile in length.

Davy nook, 2 cables In length, with 9 feet water on its shoah>st spot,
lies off the entrance of French Village harbour, with Davy point
8.E. ^ 15. a short third of a mile, iind Indian point N. by E. ^ K. a short
half mile. Tlie deep water ehannel on this, the northern side of the shoal,
is narrowed to about a quarter of a mile by a spit which extends about
the same distance to the south-west from rndian point.

Harbour Spit. — A short distance east of Davy point, which is steep-to
a spit extends in a northerly direction a long cable's length. The high
land of Aspatageon open north of Davy point S.W. by W. ^ W. clears this
spit on the north side ; and the outer end of Crouelier island in line
with the southern part of Indian point N.W. f^ N, will lead clear cwi the
east side.

Ambrose Sock, small in extent, with 3^ fathoms un it, and deep water
around, lies about 1^ cables ott' the southei'u shore of the harbour; it is
beyond the range of the usual anchorage, and lies Avith the Episcoi)ai
church belfry S.E. ^ S.

BIltBCTXOXrs. — Xnstde Channel. — From about half a mile west of the
north point of Shut-in island steer N.N.E. until the west end of the
eastern and larger lunij) of Indian point opens outside Wedge island
N.E. by N.; steering with these marks on will lead between Little Thrum

|*I>. VI.

oiuP.Ti] HEAD HAIIBOUK. — OKOirOllEll ISLAND.

108

in II
jollier
Poll.
.W. ;

<)*' u

Iwtml
n)i of
I'orgo

Hpit and Uingdnvi* Hlioal, iiiul when tlio grocii lino of tli«> iiortli oiul of
f.iikc iMliiiid ojMMiM Hoiith of the Littlu Tliniin H.K. \>y S., ii vchhcI will It-
ofrtlic Hpit, nnd Hhoiild ntcor direct for M'Doimld point N.IO. \ K., which
will loiul through in tlu> deep wiiter cliiMincI Ih'Iwccii Wcilge i'^linid iiiid
lltiyiuun point. When thu lalli-r point conu'.- (Hi with the Mloiiy Iniigent
of Ocorgo iNland, South, iiltor courHe to N. \ty K. ^ K., when the hIiIp'h head
should lie pointing hetwoon the two Intnps of Indian point, liearinK >t>
mind that HhonI wator extondH 1^ ciihleH in anouth-weHterly lUrection from
M'Donald point.

Proeeed on the al)ov-> courne until CIhutIi point coincH on with Dnvy
point E. I)y N., and immediately alter etmiHe for the south tangent of
the peniiiHula opposite Croueher point N.K. by K., and as t'rouchcr
island nears the outer tnngont of Indian point, gradually hnul to thu caHt-
ward until those inarkH conic on N.VV. ^ N., und with them in lino come
to in 11 fathoms, mud, with Church point K. hy N. •§ N.

OuUide Obannel. — After passing Shut-in island at a sai'e distance, Hteer
N. by K. until Davy point (well open north of Wedge island) bears
E.N.E., then alter course for the point, and proceed to the anchorago an
before directed.

BBAB HARBOUX, nt the north-east angle of St. Margaret bay, is
alike capacious and secure, with a suflicieiit depth of water to accommodate
ships of tlie largest drangbt. The anchorage extends from within Straw-
berry island along the northern shore, but the best anchorage is within
Clam island, which is only a little more than a caldo in extent, with a very
shoal spit running out a cable's length to the north-east.

There is a deep water channel on either side of tho island, but the one
on tho north side, being the wider of the two, is to be preferred, more
especially for large ships. From lictween Indian point and Croueher island,
which may Ije considered the entrance points of the harbour, the distance
is a long half mile ; witliin these points there arc no detached dangers
which would affect vessels of small draught, and but few to be avoided by
large ships.

CXOVCBSR X8liAxn> is the outer and largest of three small islets,
almost connected, which lie off the entrance of Head harbour, occupying
a space of six-tenths of a mile, N.E. by E. and S.W. by W.

The main channel into the harbour is to the southward of the group,
but within on the north side is a narrow ileeji water passage a cable's
length across between the 5-fathoin lines.

Oft' the south end of Croueher island a shoal spit extends nearly 1^
cables, which is cleared on its south side by the extreme south part
of In- .^u point on with the south tangent of the inner or eastern lump;

101

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-BAST COAST.

[ciur. VI.

CIIA

unci on its east side a sale ofHiig will be maintained by not shutting in
the Episcopal church at Smelt brook Avith Strawberry ishmd.

A similar spit extends in a southerly direction from Strawberry island,
and is cleared on its east side by keeping Potato island open east of
Strawljerry island.

Strawberry Island Shoal is a detached rocky ])atch, with 4^ fathoms
water, having deep water all round ; it is distant 1^ cables from Straw-
berry island in a south-easterly direction, and lies with Black point and
south end of Wood island in line W. by N. ^ N., and East head just open
east of Strawberry ishuid N. by W. | W.

Marsb Outter Rook, with 3^ fathoms, has deep water all round it,
and lies S.E. ^ E. lif cables from the nearest point of Marsh gutter.

Sand Cove Sboal is a small detached rocky patch with 4^ fathoms
water, and lies with the south end of Wood island touching Black point
E. by S. ^ S., and the Episcopal church at Smelt Lrook N. by E. ^ E.,
nearly.

The west tangents of Wedge island and the inner (or eastern) lump of
Indian point in line S.E. by S. leads east of this shoal, and west of
a long 8i)it (extending from Sand cove in a northerly direction) with
3^ fathoms at its extremity.

BXRECTZOM'S. — Being abreast of the north end of Shut-in island proceed
to the N.N.E. until Clam island, east tangent, comes on with outer end of
Indian i)oint N.E. The vessel will then be clear of Ringdove shoal, and
may steer N.E. ^ N., rounding Indian point a callo off shore ; and after
passing the point haul to (he eastward until the Avestern tangents of Wedge
island and Indian point are in line S.S.W. ^ W.

Keeping the above marks on, and steering N.N.E. ^ V-., Avill lead in
mid-channel between the Sand Cove shoal and Strawberry shoal ; and
when the north end of Strawbeiry island and Black point come in line
W. ^ N., steer so as to pass north of Clam island, taking care not to shut
in Croucher island with the south poin: of Strawberry island, in order to
avoid Marsh gutter shoal, with 3^ fathoms.

A good mark for rounding the north-east spit of Clam island is to bring
Black point, on the main shore sid^ of the mid-channel line between
Potato point and the main, and anchor in 9 or 10 fathoms, mud, with the
east end of Clam island touching the outer end of Indian point, and
Potato island its apparent bi-eadth open south of Black point.

To pass cast of Clajn island, procec^d on either side of Sand Cove shoal
with marks already given ; and when Black point comes open north of
Strawberry island W. ^ N. alter course so as to pass midway between
Clam island and the southern shore, and anchor in position already
described.

a si

hal
the

[chap. VI.

hutting ill

rry islimd,
en east of

^ futhoma
Dill Straw-
point and
just open

round it,
tter.

fiithoms
ack point

y E. i E.,

) lump of
I west of
;ion) Avith

d jirocccd
tcr end of
shoal, and
and after
of Wedge

I lead in
oal ; and
in ]lne
t to shut
order to

to bring
between

witli the

'iiit, and

ve slioal

north of

between

ah-eady

CHAP. VI.]

HUBBARU COVE. — MILL COVE.

105

nraXAM RIVBR is an indentation immediately wef*t of Head liar1)our,
a sliort half mile across the entrance, from whence it runs in N. by E. ^ E.,
\^ miles to its head, where the waters of a freshwater river are received.

The western shores of this indentation are clear ; on the ea-stern si(l(>,
half a mile from the head, is some shoal ground, which will bo cleared on
the western side by keeping ^ood island well open of East head.

Crouober Sboal, about a calcic in exieiil, is the only danger off the en-
trance to Ingram river ; the least water is 3^ fathoms, from whence Black
and Snai*e points are in line VV. by N. ^ N., and Crouclier island, west
end, is on with Davy point S.S.E. The channel between Cioucher
shoal and island is one-third of a mile wide ; the west side of the island
being steep-to may be passed in safety a cable's length off. Vessels may
pass east or west of the shoal by bringing East or West heads to bear
N.E. f N., until Snore point is well shut in behind Black point.

BVB8A11D GOVS, at the extreme north-west corner of St. Margaret
bay, I'uns in for a mile N.N.W. }j W., from whence it takes a north-
easterly trend to its head, Avlicre it receives the waters of a small lake.

Slaunwblte Kedgre is a ridge of rocks and sand N. by W. ^ W. and
S. by E. ^ E., and lies over on the eastern side of the entrance into Hub-
bard cove. The actual rocky ledge is about H cables in length, its
highest rock on the south end only just covering at high, water ; but it is
surrounded by an extensive plateau of shonl ground nearly half a niilo in
length, which terminates on its north end in a small sandy knoll known as
North shoal, which uncovers at half tide, and lies 4 cables distant iroin
Black point in line with Red bank E. ^ N.

Green Point Shoal, a small detached rocky patch with 3 fathoms water,
lies a short 2 cables N.N.E. ^ E. from the north rounding of Green point ;
the shoal has deep water iU'ound it, and may consequently be passed on
either side.

BZAECTlOirs. — If from the southward, avoid bringing the tangent of
Dauphney head to the westward of N. by W. ^ W., which will clear
Slaunwhito ledge on the western side, and when Red bank bears
E. by S. :f S. the vessel will be abreast Green point shoal, and from thence
may steer up mid-channel, anchoring as convenient.

There is a passage 2 cables broad on the east side of Slaunwhite ledge,
but as there are no direct leading marks, bring the south ])oint of Dauph-
ney head N.W. ; this course will lead north of Green point shoal, after
passing Avhicli select a berth as convenient.

ZMHU Cove, — From Green point at the entrance of Hubbard cove the
shores of St. Mai-garet bay takes a southerly trend, being steep clos(!-to.
At the distance of 2 miles from Green point is Mill cove, which forms an
admirable anchorage during westerly winds. From thence to the south-

-1

) tv,

1C8

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CHAF. Vi,

wnrd ns far an N.W. covo the coast is bold, rugged, nnd free from danger,
and may be appronehed in safety to a cable's length.

Having ('oHcribod the dangers on the west Hide of '':. Afm^garet bay, it
will now be necessary to draw attention to the eastern side and off-lying
dangers, some of which are common to St. Margaret and Mahone bays.

ORBSxr isXiAXTB, a sliort third of a mile iu length and 40 feet high, is
the most otF-Iying islet marking the western approaches to vSt. Margaret
bay; it is distant upwards of 5 miles from New Harbour pointy and lies
with East Tronbound island lighthouse N. ^ W., 8^ miles, and Cross island
lighthouse W. l)y S. | S. 6| miles.

Soutb Rock has 2^ fathoms water, and lies about a cable's length off
the south-west end of Groen island, from which it is separated by a narrow
deep water channel. Its close proximity to the island renders a clearing
mark unnecessary.

irortta-east Sboal, so called in consequence of its relative position to
Green isl.and, from which it bears N.E. ^ N. 1| miles, is about a (juarter
of a mile in extent, and from its shoalest part (near the centre), with
only 3 feet water, the east end of Little Tancook island is just seen east
of East Ironbound island, the nearest jiart of the latter being more than 2
miles distant N.N.W. ^ W., and the north extremity of Cross island just
iu sight north of Big J)uck island.

To pass clear of this danger on the east side, keep the whole of Little
Tancook island open east of East Ironbound island ; and to pass to the
westward, bring the east point of Great Tancook island just on with the
west of East Ironbound island N.N.W. | W.

This shoal bieaks near low water during a heavy swell.

saST XROKTBOUKB XSXiAKS UCHT. — East Ironbound island is
about seven-eighthsof a mile in length E. by S. and W. by N., and attains
an elevation of 60 feet ; it lies 2^ miles from the extremity of Aspata-
geon peninsula, and is clear on all sides at the distance of a quarter of
a mile off shore.

The lighthouse— a square wooden building, painted white— -stands on tho
highest part of the island, about a third of a mile from the eastern end,
and exhibits Wo fixed tv^hite lights, 25 feet apart in a horizontal position ;
in clear weather tho lights should be visible from a distance of 12 miles.

Seal Aeage consists of broken ridges of rocks, which cover at half flood,
but generally shows a break. The highest part of the ledge uncovers
about a cable's length at low water, and lies a short mile S.E. ^ E. from
Herring point (at the southern extremity of Aspatageon peninsula), with a
deep water channel between, and N.E. ^ E. 2 miles from the east point of
Ironbound island.

CII.VV.

'rn

[clIAP.Vt.

m danger,

ret bay, it
1 ofF-lying
e htiyti.

i3t higli, in
Margaret
(♦and lies
OSS island

lengtli off
a narrow
clearing

osition to
ii quarter
tre), Avith
seen east
re than 2
iland jnst

of Little
as to the
with (he

island is

d attains

Aspata-

mrter of

Is on tho
ern end,
osition ;
miles,
ilf flood,
ncovers
E. from
, with a
aoint of

cu'.vi.] EAST IRONBOUND ISLAND. — S.W. ISLAND. 107

The north point of Little Tancook island a little open to the southward
of New Harbour point N.W. by W. ^ W. clears the lodge on its south side.
Gravel Island Slioals lie off the south end of flravel island, with which
they are connected by shallow bars of shingle. Tlie outer shonl uncovcis
at half ebb, and at low water shows a full quarter of a mile of its length ;
its highest point is nearly half a mile S.S.W. from the south point of
Gravel island.

The inner shoal lies a quarter of a mile South of the same point, and
dries about half tho size of the outer shoal ; about a cable's length south-
east of the inner shoal is a small rock with only one foot water on it.

There are no good clojning marks for these shoals, but White point
kept to the northward of N.E. i E. Avill clear them on the south-east side;
"ud the east point of Gravel island kept to the westward of N. by W. will
clear on their eastern side. The centre of Seal ledge (when showing) on
with the west end of East Ironbound island, W.S.W. a little southerly
leads clear of the shoals on their south-oast side.

S.W. xsXiAia'S, half a mile in length and 40 feet high, forms the salient
point on tlio western side of St. Margaret bay. Th" south and east sides
of the island can be approached to half a cable's length, and further to tho
noi'thward the shores of Owls head and Horse island are steep close to.

n.-w. COVE, within Horse island, on the western side of St. Margaret
bay, is not a good anchorage. If passing north of Horse island, care must
be taken to avoid the Horse rock, small in extent but with only 1| fathoms
on its shoalest part.

Cbarley Rocic is very small and dangerous, l)eing shaped like a wedge
with its thin edge upwards, and forming an angle with the horizon. The
apex of the rock has only If fathoms on it, with deep water all round,
and lies half a mile E.N.E. a little easterly from the south point of
S.\V. island.

The tangent of Herring point touching the south point of S.W. island
clears the rock on its south side ; and the whole of East Ironbound island
shut in behind S.W. island clears ih' danger on tho north side.

TZDBB. The rise and fall of tide in St. Margaret bay are regular, but

the tidal streams are very weak, excepting at the entrance between Shut-in
island and Teggy cove on the eastern side, and from Owls head to
S.W. island on the western side ; between these shores the stream attains
a velocity of about one knot per hour in the strength of the tide, the flood
running to tho northward, and the ebb to the southward, but following the
trend of tho shores on either side when close in.

Horse aiioe tedge consists of ridges of rock running N.N.W. and
S.S.E., which uncover at half ebb, and at low water the form of the ridges

' ii'

; ;

I .;:.,

108

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CilAV. VI.

bears kkiiio lescmblauco to lliiit ot' u horso sliac ; tlic length of the shoal
within the live fathom line is a long hiilf inilc N.N.W. and S.S.E., by
about a (innrter of aniile in brondth.

From the highest \iiivt of the ledj^re East Ironbouiul island lighthouse
bears W. -J S. 4J miles, and the south point of S.W. island 2s. ^ E. about
J^ miles. The position of this danger, when covered, is generally shown
by a break, unless with an unusually smooth sea.

DZRECTIOIO'S. — On approaeliing St. Margaret bay from the eastward,
and being clear of the dangers oft' the south-west end of lietty island,
steer to the north-west so as to pass at a sale distance outside Halibut
rock.

From on oiling half a mile west of Halibut rock steer N.N.W. for a
distance of 2 miles, and from thence proceed to any of the anchorages, in
accordance with previous directions.

If from the southward or westward, and being outside Green island, do
not bring the north point of Green island to the southward of S.W. by W.
until the whole of Little Tancook island is open cast of East Ironbound
island, in order to avoid the north-east shoal.

To pass east of the Horse Shoe ledge bring Owls head well open east
of S.W. island, and bearing N. by W., and to pass to the westward Owls
head should be kept open west of S.W. island and bearing N. by E. ^ E.,
in this latter case, Avhen the tangent of New Harbour point bears
W. by N., the vessel will be to the northAvard of the Horse Shoe ledge,
and a course may be steered for Shut-in island, taking care to avoid
Charley rock on the east side of S.W. island.

saAHOlTE BAT adjoins ' St. Margaret bay to the westward, being
separated from it by the peninsula on which stands the high lands of
Aspatageon, whose appearance in three regular swellings is very remark-
able from a distance of more than 20 miles in the offing.

The entrance of the bay lies between New Harbour point at the end of
Aspatageon peninsula and the cast point of Lunenburg promontory, distant
9 miles S.W. f W. There are numerous islands in the bay, the largest of
which are Great and Little Tancook on the eastern side near the entrance.

The eastern shore of the bay is stecp-to and comparatively free from
dangers, but on the western side the rocks and sunken shoals are almos„
innumerable. Between the east point of Lunenburg and Chockle-cap
islet to the northward ai'c a series of parallel ridges lying east and west,
extending in some places consideraldy beyond the geueial direction of
the shore, and forming a confused mass of rocks, rendering any intelligible
description impossible.

Many of the rocks uncover at low Avater, and show themseWes more
thanhalf a mile from the high water line. About 1^ miles N.E. of East

tiUP. VI.]

MAIIONE BAY. — BIG IJUCK ISLAND.

101)

point is Little Duck island, wliich slionld always Ik- passed on the ensi or
outside ; its sliores can l>c safely approached to within a quarter of a
mile.

In the part of Mahoiic huy sitiuited Itelween Great Tancook and Refuse
islands and the islands fonninfj Chester iiarboui', the water is generally
deep over a muddy bott(mi ; hut several abrupt rises exist, composed of
boulders, gravel, and sand, some of which being near the surface constitute
dangers to be avoided.

As a detailed description of all the dangers in Mahone bay would be
imin-acticable, it is intended to allude only to those affecting the ii.ivigation
of the principal channels, commencing with the islets n.; , ing the
approaches, and from thence up the buy.

CROSS iSXiASarD KZOHT. — Cross island, al)Out 1^ miles long, and
thickly wooded, lies immediately off the entrance of Lunenburg bay, and
is the outer object marking the .western approach to Mahone bay.

The lighthouse, 63 feet high, and ])ainted red, is the frustum of a
pyramid on an octagomil base ; it stands on the east end of the island,
and exhibits two lights vertically.

The upper light, at an elevation of 100 feet above the level of the sea,
is a revolving white light, attaining its greatest brilliancy once every
mimite ; the lower light, at the height of ();> feel above the sea, is ii Jixvit
white light, fn clear weather the upper light should be seen from a
distance of 14 miles, and the lower fronj a distance of 8 miles.

Cross island is distant from East point ledge (always above water) more
than 1^- miles, but extensive shoal ground off the northern shore of the
island narrows the navigable channel to a distance considerably under
a mile. Pilots frequent the island.

Hounds itedee, consisting of parallel ridges of rock nearly a mile in
length east and west, lies oil' the north shore of Cross island ; the eastern
ends of the ledge mostly uncover at low water. Green island south point
touching the north end of IJig Duck island K. \ N. clears this danger to
the northward.

BIG DVCK zsXiAXrs, about a third of a mile in length and 45 feet
high, lies 2 miles N.E. i E, from the east end of Cross island ; the o-fathom
line around this island is about a quarter of a mile offshore.

Middle iteAee is comjjosed of parallel rocky ridges, and has only 3 ^i'Q\
on its shoalest spot, from whence Green island south point bears
E. by S. i S. 3| miles ; and (he oast ])oi. ! of Big Duck island S.W. ^ W.
a long 2 miles.

Cross Island lighthouse on with the oast end of Rig Duck island
S.W. ^ W. clears the lodge on its east side ; and the lighthouse on with
the west of the island S.W. ^- S. clears the danger on the western side.

t'l

110

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH- KAS'J' C0A8T.

[on AT. VI.

Thoro are no good cross cloai-inp iniirkH, biU n vchhcI will bo to tlio north-
ward of the danger with the Hoiith point of Green iHland luiaring E.H.E.

rXiAT XSXiAll'S. — Flat island, ahont two-lliirds nl' a mile in length,
is somewhat remarkable in Hhape ; on the noilh end is u narrow eminence
40 feet higli, whilst the remainder of the island in veiy low. The island
lies West 1^ miles from East Ironbound islainl, with a deep water (diannel
between.

South Shoal, a small detaehed rocky patch, with 2| fal horns water, and
distant one-third of a mile south of the sonth point of Flat island, lies
with the south-west points of Flat and Great Tancook islands in lino.

Bull Rook is a small rocky ridge, the highest part of which uncovers at
half ebb, and can be approached to the distance of one-eighth of a mile on
any side. The Bull bears W. ^ S. one mile from the south-west end of
Flat island, the channel between being clear, and 8. by W. ^ W, 1§ miles
from the south-east point of Great Tancook island.

The north end of East ironbound island open north of Flat island clears
tin Bull on its north side ; East Ironbound lighthouse opciu south of Flat
island clears the danger on its south side ; and Little Duck island touch-
ing the west end of Cross island S.W. by S, clears tln^ Bull on the Avcst
side. The deep water passage on the west side of Bull vock is the main
channel into Mahone bay, and is a long 2 miles across.

OABA.T TAircooK xsXiAWB, the lai'gest of (he nunu'rous islands
studding Mahone bay, Is about 2 miles in length, and 1 lo feet liigh, with
an indentation on its eastern side. The island li(.'s at the entrance of the
bay, nearly midwny between Asjjatageou penii-.sula and the south-western
shore.

West Shoals are throe in number, on tin; west side of Gi-eat Tancook
island, but two only are sufficiently off-lying lo recpiire description. The
southernmost is about one-third of a mile in lenglh, and llic same distance
off shore, with 2^ fathoms on its shoalest part, and (h-cp water between it
and the island shore. The north end of Jronbound island on with the
south end of Great Tancook island E. by S. jf S. clear this shoal to the
southward, but there is no good clearing mark foi' (he western side.

Middle Shoal, detached and nearly circular in form, is one-third of a
mile in diameter, Avitli less than a foot of water on its shoalest part, which
lies one-third of a mile W. by N. ^ N. from (he elbow ol' the shingle
beach on the west side of Great Tancook island, and North two-thirds of
a mile from the southern shoal.

Within the Middle shoal to the north-east is the third shoal, of smaller
dimensions, with 2^ fathoms on it, one quarter of a mile from the island
shore.

Star Island Kedges. — Star island, small and low, and distinguished (in

CHAP. VI.] GREAT TANCOOK ISLAND. — llEFUSE ISLAND. Ill

1864) by a single tree, lies a good third of a railo off the north-west end
of Great Tancook i.sland, and may bo considered the westernmost of three
ledges about the same distance off shore.

The one next east of Star island ia composed of boulders which uncover
at half ebb, whilst only a small portion of the eastern ledge — which is
composed of gravel — dries at low water ; frojn this spot the tree on Star
island boars W. l)y S., 4 cables distant, and (he shoal extends to the
N.N.W. for one-third of a mile before the depth of o fathoms is reached.

On the inshore side of these two latter ledges is a narrow channel with
from 2^ to 4 fathoms ; the northern shore of Great Tancook island
ro(iuires an oiBng of at least one-third of a mile.

KXTTU TAWCOOX ZB&AWD, three-quarters of a mile in length and
80 feet high, occupies a nearly central position between Great Tancook
island and Indian point, at the south-west extremity of Aspatageon penin-
sula. There are available channels on either side of the island, that on
the western side being the more direct of the two, excepting for vessels of
moderate draught.

S.B. Shoals consist of a cluster of detached shoal patches, over which
the depths of water vary from 2^ to 5 fathoms ; the shoalest patch, with
2^ fathoms, lies with the south point of Liti,ie Tancook island, a good half
mile distant N.N.W. | W., and Grassy island S.W. by W. | W. nearly
1^ miles. From this danger the centre of Green island is on with the
west end of East Ironbound island S. by E.

HUruBz: zsKAiars. — This island and adjacent shoals lie on thoAvestern
side of the main channel into Mahone bay, opposite Great Tancook island,
and with the west shoals of the latter island the navigable channel is
narrowed to the breadth of one mile.

Bast Staoal is a small detached rocky rise, with 4 fathoms on it, and
deep water all round ; from it the high earth cliff on the south-east point
of Refuse island bears West a little southerly three-quarters of a mile.

Within the East shoal is a spit extending from the north-east point of
the island in a S.E. by E. direction nearly half a mile ; there are only
2^ fathoms on this spit, more than a third of a mile from the high water
line of Refuse island.

s.B. Sboal is detached and narrow, one-third of a mile long, with 3;^
fathoms on it ; this spot lies from the high cliff on the south side of Refuse
island S.E. ^ S. three-quarters of a mile.

South Shoal is a large stony rise nearly half a mile long N. by E, and
S. by W., by a third of a mile broad ; the shoal is separated from the
south side of Refuse island by a narrow o-fathom channel, and has its
shoalest part with 2^ fathoms on the west end.

From its outer and southern end, with 3 fathoms, the high cliff of

'"11

112

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

fCIIAl". V.'

CUkP.

Ri'f'use iHlaiid (nhvatly ret'envil to) licars N.N.K, j^ K. two-lliirds ol"
a mile.

Mason Spit is a stony ridgo ott" tlic south-oast end of Mason island,
two-thirds of a niilo in lenj^th; at Iialf the foregoiiij^ distance from the
island shore a small i)()rtion of the spit dries at low water, and from it
Haddock shoal, with 3 fathoms, lies S. hy E. ^ E., a long half mile.

Coaohman JtoAge is a long half mile in length, N. 1>y K. and S. by W.,
between the 5-fathom lines ; its highest part uncovers shortly after half
ebl), and at low water it shows about half a cable above water. The
centre of this spot lies with Star island tree S.W. by S. nearly 2 miles
distant.

a.'W, Coaoliman, a small patch with 4^ fathoms on it, lies with that
part of Coachman ledge which dries N.E. ^ N. rather more than two-
thirds of a mile.

xr.B. Coaohman is another small patch with 4^ fathoms water, from
which that part of Coachman ledge vliich dries bears S.S.W. f W. up-
wards of three-quarters of a mile.

Middle Shoal is nearly a quarter of a mile in length, having on its
shoalest part o fathoms water; from it the north-east point of East Iron-
bound island is just touching the Avest end of Little Tancook island
S.E. ^ S., and the east end of Snake island X.E. h E.

^^uaker Shoal, about 2 cables in length, has 4 fathoms on its shoalest
part, from which the single tree on the east end of (Quaker island bears
N.N.E. a little more than a mile, and Round Island nubble W. by N.

Birch Shoal, two cables in length, has only 2h fathoms on it, from
whence the south point of Birch island boars N, N.E. 4 cables distant.

liynr'a Shoal is about a quarter of a mile in length N.N.W. and S.S.E.,
with c.uy 9 feet water on it ; from whence the north end of Clay island is
just touching the southern cliffy point of Quaker island, and the south
point of Lynch island E. by N. ^ N. nearly half a mile.

Blandford Shoal is a small detached 4-fatlioni patch lying W. f S.
4 cables from Blandford head, on the west side of Asi)atageon peninsula,
and N.N.W three-i 'tors of a mile from Indian point.

B&ANDrOKB BBAB, which is steep-to, lies on the south side of Shoal
cove Avhere, as the name implies, the water is shoal. From Coachman head
on the north side of the cove, the shore in a northerly direction is clear of
danger to a point half a mile to the southward of Little East river ; from
this position to Rous point (at the western entrance of the river) the
shore should not bo approached within a quarter of a mile, in order to
avoid several off-lying rocks. The bay between Rous point and East
River point should be avoided, in consequence of shoal Avater and
rocks.

ft'HAI'. V.'.

-lliirilH of

)ii islttiid,
IVoin the
1(1 iVoin it
lilc.

S. by W.,
(it'tcr Imlf
or. The
y 2 miles

with that
han two-

iter, from
f W. up-

ng on its
)ast Tron-
ok ifshind

s slioalost
and hears
'7 N.

it, from
iant.
id S.S.E.,

island is
the south

W. I S.
eninsuiii,

of Shoal
nan head
i clear of
I' ; from
ver) tlie
order to
nd East
ter and

CHAP. Ti.] BLANDFORD HEAD. — DANGERS, MAHONB BAY. 113

A description of the dangers on the western side of the east branch of
Mahone bay will now bo necessary, as some of them affect the approaches
to Chester harbour.

Koantain Shoals, three in number, lie to the southward and eastward
of Mountain island. The inner and western of the three is one-third of u
mile in length and half a cable broad. On its shoalest part there are only
9 feet water, from whicli the south point of Mountain island bears N.W,
one quarter of a mile.

The middle of the three shoals is a cable long, with 3^ fathoms, and
lies with the eouth point of Mountain island N.W. two-thirds of a mile
distant.

The outer shoal is a small patch with 4| fathoms water, and from it the
south point of Mountain island bears N.W. by W. nearly one mile.

Spectacle Shoal extends off the eastern side of Saddle island, and is
one-third of a mile long in a North and South direction, ^, 'th its centre
showing at low water springs ; from this spot tho east end of Saddle
island bears S.W. 1^ cables. .,

Snake Spit extends a short quarter of a mile from the south-west side
of Snake island, having on its extremity only one foot water. A deep
water channel, a quarter of n mile broad, exists between Snake spit and
Spectacle shoal.

Oraves Shoal, nearly circular in form and detached, is small' in extent,
with only 3 feet water on its shoalest part, from which the south point of
Graves island bears N.N.W. ^ W. nearly two-thirds of a mile ; and Lobster
point S.W. by W. f W. nearly one mile.

Xiongr Spit takes its rise from the main shore between Lobster point
and Graves island, and runs in a S.S.E. direction for a distance of three-
quarters of a mile, with a breadth of about a quarter of a mile. The spit
is composed of boulders, stones, and gravel, and uncovers as far out as a
third of a mile from the shore; near the end of the dry part are some
large boulders, which uncover at half ebb.

Kohster Claws are two stony ridges. The eastern claw extends from
Lobster point in a S. f E. direction nearly half a mile, a small portion oi'
which uncovers about 2 cables from the point.

The western claw is detached, and about a quarter of a mile in lengtli,
with deep water all around. From the shoalest spot, with 1| fathoms.
Lobster point bears N.N.E. ^ E. one-third of a mile. Peninsula point
just touching tho north end of Norse island W. by N. clears the southern
edge of the eastern claw; and the north end of Norse island W. by N. ^ N,
(having Peninsula point shut in behind it) clears the southern edge of the
western claw.

Sheep Kedce consists of boulders, the highest of which only cover
17698. H

r irt

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[OHAP. TI.

|) '

(liiriiip pxtr«nrdinnry Hpriiiji tides ; from tliis point the Icd^o extends Imlf
uciililo to ilie noithward, and ncaiiy 2 caldt'H to tlio Houllnviird, and at low
water in this lufter dircclion it uik overs about a cabk-'f) ieii^^th.

From tlio highest |»art of tlie ied^t' the HoiUhern ])oint8 of Bircli and
Qiialvcr islands are in line, l)earin^ K. \ N., and Round Island nubble
two-thirds of a mile distant in a S. l)y W. direction.

Clay Island Bplt cxtonds in a south-oastL"ly direction fiom the south
end Oi" Clay island, and at tho distance of 2 cables there are only 2
fathoms waterj beyond this the depth increases. Tliere are 8^ fathoms
at the distance of half a mile from the island, and from this spot im irregular
ridge, with 4 fathoms water, runs to the north-east and joins the shallow
water off the north-west end of Quaker island, the whole forming a
crooked bar composed of sand, gravel, and boulders.

Chester churches just open east of the Peninsula, N. by E. | E. clears
the eastern edge of Clay spit in 4 fathoms, and the south end of Woody
island just open south of Quaker island E. ^ S. clears tho southern edge
of the spit.

Biff ruta Bhoai is a small isolated rise, with 4^ fathoms on it^ from
whence the south point of Big Fish island bears N. by W. a quarter of a
mile ; and tho south end of Lynch island, just open north of Quaker
island.

Chester Hook is a small rocky patch with 10 feet water, lying imme-
diately off the entrance of Chester creek, and a little outside tho line
between Norse point and the neck of the peninsula.

Oarret Cove is shoal, and from Norse point a ridge of boulders extends
in a S.S.E. dix-ectiou, terminating at the distance of nearly a cable I'rom
the point in a boulder with only 9 feet water. Zink point, to the south-
east, may be approached to a cable's length.

CBESTSn HARBOtm is commodious, safe, and comparatively easy of
access. The town is laid out with due regard to regularity, the streets
running at right angles to each other. The population numbers about
2,000, the majority of whom are engaged in the fisheries or lumber trade ;
a considerable amount of farm produce is raised, and a good business is
carried on in manufacturing fish-barrels for tho out-ports.

There are two channels into the harbour, the one to the southward being
more direct than that to the eastward, which is narrow and somewhat
intricate.

TZBBB. — It is high ,vater, full and change, in Chester harbour at
7h. 44m.; springs rise 7 feet, and neaps 5| feet.

The general surface of the Water is raised a foot by south-easterly gales,
and depressed the same amount by north-westerly gales. In the northern
portion of Mahone bay the tidal stream is sluggish, but through the eastern

CHIP. VI.]

CHESTER HARBOUR. — DIULCTIONS.

116

Taiicook channel it riuiH nt the rnto of one knot per hour during its inll
tftruiij^ih ; and through the narrow |)art of the western Taucook clinnnol
thu tide nttuiud ii velocity of 2 miluH an hour, thu flood (lettiug to the
northward, and the cltb to the southward.

niXBOTZOirs, by the Tancook Olianneli. — If from thu eastward

and clear of Seal ledj^e, .vhich may be known \>y hringin*^ Indian point

open of Mow Harbour jtoiiit — to bear N.VV., to go through tlie Eusteru
channel, .steer for thu north end of Littlo Tancook island on a iS.W. ^ W.
bearing, taking care not to approach tho laud between Herring and Mew
Harbour points nearer than about 2 cables ; and when to the westward
of New Harbour point alter course to the northward, so as to pass in mid-
channel between Little Tancook island and Indian point on the main
shore.

By the western channel, when clear ol" tho Seal ledge as before, steer ho
as to pass to the southward of the S.E. shoals, which may be done by
keeping S.W. island open of Herring point ; when Green island is open
its own breadth west of East Ironbouud island the S.E. shoals will have
lieen passed, and a more northerly course may bo steered for the channel,
bearing in mind that the west point of Little Tancook island may be
passed within a cable's length, but that when past that point care must be
taken not to near tho north-east side of Great Tancook island nearer than
one-third of n mile.

Fiom a position midway between Little Tancook island and Indian
point, a vessel making for Chester harbour, should steer N. by W. if W.
until the northern points of Norse and Mountain islands are in line, and
then alter course to N.W. by W. ^ W , or so as to pass a good cable's
length off the north end of Mountain island.

When Mark island opens out west of Mountain island steer W. jf N.
to clear the Lobster claws, and after passing them — which may be known
by Lynch island opening out we^c of Woody island — alter course so as to
pass mid-channel between Zink point and Norse JNland, and anchor in
from G 10 8 fathoms, mud, with the north ends of Norse and Mountain
islands in line, and the west ends of Norse and Quaker islands in line.

A more direct channel into Chester harbour is that bel ween Mountain
and Mark islands, and when the north point of Lynch island touches the
south end of Woody island S.W. ^ W. Mark island spit will have been
passed, and the course should be altered to N.W. ^ W., so as to pass
midway between Norse island and Zink point, and anchor as before
directed.

Passing through the eastern Tancook channel with a south-westerly
wind, when the north point of Little Tancook island bears W.N.W., haul
cloae round it, and if possible steer N.W. by W., in order to pass to the

H 2

NOVA .SCOTIA, SOUTil-liAST COAST.

[chap. VI.

Houthwnnl of the Coaclimiin lodge. When Chcjstfr churchcM appear mid-
way betwt't'ii Woody and liyiidi i^^lmidH N.N.W. }( \\., idtcr i-odrno to
N.W. ^ N. for tho Hoiilli point, of (^nalii'i' island, m ns to |»aHH between
tho Middle and Lynch slioaln.

Oil approaeliinj? Quaker iHliind keep u <;ood calile oil' its Houtli-
west Hide until Clientor eliurclics neuily touch I lie east tan>^eiit of the
poninRiila, lieariii;; N. by E. ^ 10., when alter coni'se for them until the
eontli point of Nor«(! iwland opens to the northward of the stony jioint on
the north side of Quaker island ber.rinjr East ; then kt-ep to the eastward
and anchor ns iiefore directed.

If with a westei'ly wind a vessel has run through the western Tnncook
channel, and proceeded sutliciently far to the northward to clear tho slionl
ground olf the north-east side of (ireat Tancook island, steer N.W. ^ W.,
so ns to pass to the soutiiward of Coachman ledj;e, until Chester clmrclies
open to the westward of Woody island, as before mentioned, when steer
for the Houth-west side of Quaker island, and proceed as before directed.

When approaching; Chester from an olHng east of C!ros8 island, steer so
as to pass at a safe; distance east or west of Big Duck island, anil thence
for the channel tvest of Great Tancook island, bearing in mind that the
middle of Little Duck island on with Cross island lighthouse, bearing
S. g W., leads through the middle of the above channel, and that any part of
Little Duck island on with Cross island will clear the dangers which li(»
off tho west side of Great Tancook island and the east side of Refuse
island respectively.

Having passed t}«e Refuse island east shoal, alter course for Quaker
island, and proceed in accordance with previous directions.

With an easterly wind, and north of Great Tancook west shoal, haul
up and, after passing at a safe distance from Star island, bring it and the
west tangent of Great Tancook island in lino S. ^ W., and with these
marks on proceed between the Coachman ledge and Middle shoal, and
run in mid-channel between Mark and Woody islands, continuing on
until the north-west point of Quaker island touches the south point of
Norso island, when alter course to N.W., so as to pass midway between
Zink point and the north side of Norse island, anchoring as before
directed.

Good anchorage is to be obtained in the north-west angle of Mahone
bay, to the north-west of Chester harbour ; the entrance to this arm of
the sea lies between Clay and Frog islands, but there are several dangers
to be avoided, for whose positions the mariner is referred to the chart.

Being to the westward of Birch island bring the south-west tangent of
Great Tancook island open west of Birch island, two-thirds the apparent
breadth of the latter island 8. by E. f £. ; this mark will lead up the

CBAP. Vl.l

MAllTIN RIVER. — MAllONK llARUOUR.

117

north-wcHt Hrm in MiiCoty l>c'(wfi>n tlu* r<lKml.*, iiiul iiiu'liornRc may l)i'
Holectod according to ciicumHtancL'tt.

MAKTnr Hzvax axohokaoh. on iho wo^t nido of ISTiihonr )>ay,
in ntii'v and ooinnKMlioiif, with wali;r snUicicnt to nccoinu.odatc voji^-^U of
any diJiiij^lil. l)ii( tlir iii)|)i'o:i<*Ii('s bcinjr narrow and oircnitons rcmlcr flio
place diflicnll nl' access, ami on no acconnt nlionld strangers attempt to
enter thirt nndiorage willionf tlie assistance of local knowledge.

TISBS. — It is high water, fnll and change, in Martin river at
7h. 4;Jni. ; springs rise 7^ feet, and neaj)s fU feet. The times of high
water and the ranges ohserred in other parts of Malioiie bay differ very
alighti/ from the nliove.

MAHOXm HARBOUR, on the west side of Malione liay, affords secnre
and well sheltered anchorage in altont 6 fathoms water, l)ut, like Martin
river anchorag*', is difRonlt of access in conseciuence of the numerous
off-lying dangers.

The entrance to the eliaunel Icailing to Mahone harbour and Prinoea
iidet lies between Ilobson nose on the south and Haddock shoal on tho
north, the latter being the southern rise of tbo ftboal ground extending
from Refuse and Mason islands.

Bobson Nose, on the south-west side of Mnhono bay, is remarkable
from its being a grass-covered earthy motmd, 30 feet above tho sea, on a
gavclly spit which dries a good tliiril of a mile at low water. This islet
should not Ik; approached within a quarter of a mile.

Haddock Slioal, a small stony patch with .'5 fiithoms water, lies N. ^ E.
I| miles from Ilobson nose ; from the shoal the lighthouse on Kast Iron-
bound island is just open to tho southward of Great Tancook island.

Oull Itedgea lie on the north side of the channel leading to Mahone
harbour ; on the northernmost of these ledges is a remarkable granite
boulder which can always bo seen, being about 2 feet above the sea level
at high spring tides. From the boulder shoal water extends in a S.E l)y S.
direction three-tenths of a mile.

The south-west ledge, ;i'iiout haU' a mile in length and a quarter of a
mile broad, is separated from the above by a narrow channel of deej)
water, and is steep-to, especially on it.-; south side : from its shoalcst
part near the centre, with 4 feet water, the north I'oint of Kast Iron-
bound island is just shut in with the south end of Great Tancook island.

Middle Patch, of small extent witli ;l^ fathoms, lies in mid-channel with
deep water close to, from it Bluff head boars S. by W. ^ W. four-fifths of
a mile.

Bookman Slioal, a1>o\it a quarter of a mile in length, has 10 feet water
on its western end, from which the north point of Bookman island bcarH
W. by N., the nearest part of the island being half a mile distant.

118

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-BAST COAST.

[OHir. TI.

Covey Xieave, consibtiiig of detached boulders, uncovers at half ebb,
its east end belnj,' ji (juarter of u niik; distant in an easterly direction from
the north-east end of Covey island j between the ledge and island is a
boat channel with 4 feet water ; the lodge when seen should not be
api»roached nearer than u cable's lengtli.

Trappean Slioal, a small rocky patch with 4 fathoms water, lies with
Goat island bearing E. by N. ^ N, distant half a mile.

Andrew Bboal, about 9 cables long, has only one foot water on its
shoalest part, which is equidistani; from Andrew and Westhaver islands,
and lies with the centre of Goat island on with the south point of Rous
island.

BlRSOTlowa. — Vessels being otf Hobson nose, and bound for Ma-
hono harbour, should bring the grassy islet of Hobson nose to bear
S.E. ^ E., and by steering N.W. ^ W. the ship will pass south of the
Middle patch, and north of Bookman shoal and Covey lodge.

When the east point of Covey island touches the west end of Bock-
man island, alter course to W. by N. ■^ N., until approaching Westhaver
island, when the channel south of Westhaver island jr north of Ham
island must be decided on, but if without local knowledge the former
channel is locoramended as being the less circuitous of the two. Westhaver
island being steep-to on its Avest side may be approached close to, and a
good anchorage obtained in 5 or 6 fathoms, mud, inside Ham island to the
north-west. Good anchorage may also bo obtained between Tra])peau island
and the east end of Harmon island in 7 fathoms, mud, with the southern
point of Refuse island just shut in with the north end ol' Trappean
inland.

PRinrCES iifir-T, oil tbo south side of Harmon island, though small in
extent, aitbrds safe ancho'-ago in 6 or 7 fathoms, mud. From an oiBng of
about a third of a mile north of Hobson nose steer for the south point
of Bockman island ; this course will clear the spits off Bluff head and
Sandy cove. After passing the latter, steer so as to pass midway between
Bockman island and the main shore, and on nearing Little Harmon
island borrow on the main shore, in order to avoid shoal water off the
latter island, and come to an anchor between Harmon island and the
main.

BECKMAW AvrciioitAQB, to thc southward of Hobson uoge, is
perfectly safe with a good depth of water over mud, l)ut the channels
leading to it, though deep, are rendered tortuous by several shoals which
lay between Hobson nose and the anchorage ; ami as no direct leading
marks can be given, a stranger should not attempt the anchorage with-
out u pilot.

[chap. Tl.

half ebb,
Iction from
Island is a
lUl not bo

I, lies with

OBAP. VI.] PRINCES INLET. — HEGEMAN ANCHORAGE.

119

TZBBS. — It is high water, full and change, at Heckman anchorage
at 7h. 45m. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps 6 feet.

rogr. — During the fogs which frequently prevail on this coast during
July and August when the wind is to the westward of south, the south-
west side of Mahoue bay is generally clear.

iter on its
I'er islands,
|it of Rous

for Ma-
io to bear
ith of the

of Bock-
iVesthaver
of Ham
he former
VVesthaver
» to, and a
and to the
)ean island
3 southern
Trappean

h small in
i offing of
'"th point
head and
"■ between

Harmon
er off the

and the

uoee, is
channels
tis which

leading
ge with-

120

CHAPTER VII.

NOVA SCOTIA :— SOUTH-EAST COAST,
MAHONE BAY, TO BACCARO POINT.

Vabiation in 1867.

LbueiiDurg -
Liverpool bay

19° 10' W.

IS'SO' W.

Port Metway
Shelbume

- I9°10'W.

- 17°30'W.

From Cross island to Indian island, west of Cape Le Have, a distance of
about 14 miles, the coast line is much indented by the entrance of Lunen-
burg and Le Have rivers ; but its general trend is about S.W. bj W. i W.
The land near the coast assumes a broken and irregular appearance, in
consequence of numerous hills and valleys, the former gradually increas-
ing in elevation as they recede from the shore. At Cape Le Have
earthy clitfs alternating with rock make their appearance ; the land is
thickly Avooded in the interior, but near the shore partial clearances have
been effected, increasing each year.

Between Indian and Little Hope islands, a distance of 27 miles, the
general trend of the coast line is S.W. by W. ; and between Little Hope
and Ram island, a distance of 12 miles, the trend is about W.S.W.

Between Indian and Ram islands the land near the shoi'e varies in eleva-
tion from one to two hundred feet, rising gradually towards the interior.
It is generally thickly wooded, with partial clearings ; but in some cases
near the coast, especially to the southward of Port Monton, some of the
hills are bare of trees and covered with blueberry and cranberry bushes.

XitrxrEirBURO bay, about 5 miles in depth, and 2^ miles broad lietAveen
the entrance points, is open to the south-east ; but the force of gales
from that quarter is much lessened by tlie position of Cross island, which
acts as a breakwater. At the northein angle of the bay is the town of
Lunenburg, with a population of about 6,000, nearly all of whom are the
doBcendants of German families settled here by government in 1753.

The principal exports ai-e fish, cordwood, lumber, aud the produce of
some good farms in the neighbourhood of the town.

KuarBXraVRa ZiIOHTHOVBB is a square wooden building, painted
white, on Battery point, it the entrance of Lunenburg harbour, from which
h fixed white light is exhibited, visible from a distance of \2 miles.

otuT.ni.} LUNENBUKO BAY AND LIGHTHOIISE.

121

Bait Point Kook is a small '^olatcd patch, with 7 feet water, one
quarter of a mile from the high land of the nearest shore; from it Eiist
point ledge bears E.N.E. nearly a quarter of a mile.

Ovens Point Socks, off the point of that name, on the west side of
Lunenburg bay, generally uncover iit low water, anil always break dnrini^
strong winds from seaward. The ontcr of these rocks lie one-third of u
mile in an east and south direction from the pitch of Ovens point.

Scalpln Shoal consists of a series of rocky ridges half a mile in length
E. by N. and W. by S., and has only 3 feet water on its shoalest part near
the western end, which is exactly midway between Blue rock island and
the cliffs on the north side of Ovens point ; and from it the largo church
tower of Lunenburg is seen through the gap east of Battery point bearing
N.N.W. } W.

Outer Middle Rook, situated nearly in the middle of the bay, has 2^
fathoms on its shoalest part, from which the tangents of Ovens and Rose
points ai-e in line S. by E. a little easterly, and Big Duck island its appa-
rent breadth open south of East point ledge.

Inner Middle Rock, of small extent, has 2^ fathoms on it, and lies with
Battery point N. by W., and Big Duck island south point on with East
point ledge.

Stalnsies is a stony ridge half a mile in length N.N.W. and S.S.E., the
northern end of which uncovers at half ebb, and is distant from Moshers
head half a mile in a N. by E. direction.

&ongr Sboal is a rocky patch one-third of a mile in length, having as
little as 4 feet on its shoalest part, from which Battery point hears
N. by E. 1 E. a short half mile.

Moreau Point Rock is a rocky spit extending in a S.S.E. direction
from the point, and having only 3 feet water on its slioalest part, which is
distant about 1^ cables from the nearest high water shore.

TIDES. — It is high water, full and change, at Lunenburg at 7h. o4m.;
springs rise 7^ feet, neaps 6 feet.

DIRSCTIOXO'S. — Lunenburg harbour is safe with all winds, but is not
adapted for vessels drawing more than 15 feet water. Coming from the
eastward, and wishing to pass jtorth of Cross island, bring Lun<Miburg
lighthouse N.W. ^ W. ; this bearing will clear Hounds ledge and East
point rock ; but when the south end of Big Duck island touclios the
southern tangent of East point, keep these latter marks on until Moreau
and Battery points are just touching, Avhen steer for them until Ovens
and Rose points are in line, after which steer to the westward until a
remarkable isolated tree on the bare high land to the westward of the
town is seen over the eastern tangent of Moreau point N.N.W., which
mark will lead east of Long shoal, and also clear the spit off Battery

5 ,n

■ ii

f ■■ M

122

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[on^p. Tii.

point ; after passing which steer for Lunenburg tovTn, and anchor in 2|
fathoms, nmd, with the ligiithouse S.S.E. and Moreau point W.S.W,

Smaller vessels may anchor nearer the town, towards which the water
gradually shoals.

If fiom the southward, Rose point, which is steep-to, may be passed at
a moderate offing, From a position half a mile east of Rose point steer
N. ^ E. until Moreau and Battery points are just touching N.N.W. § W.,
and proceed with these objects in line west of Sculpin shoal and east of
Outer Jind Inner Middle rocks.

On approaching the lighthouse, keep to the westwaid until the lone tree
comes over Moreau point, when proceed as before directed.

SOBB BAY is an indentation open to the eastward, If miles across,
between Ovens and Rose points. Shelter may Ije obtained in this bay
from northerly or westerly winds ; but the place is much too exposed to
aflford safe anchorage, except of a temporary nature. Similar remarks apply
to Kings and Hartland bays, lying to the south-west of Rose bay, for both
are exposed, and therefore unsafe.

vrxuT iRosrnovwB ibXiANB KXOBTHOiraB. — West Ironbound
islana, nearly two-thirds of a mile in length, with an elevation of 108 feet,
may be said to form the eastern entrance point of Le Have river.

The lighthouse, 29 feet high, and painted white, is the frustum of a
pyramid on a square base ; it stands near the edge of a cliff 40 feet high
on the south side of the island, and exhibits, from an elevation of 72 feet
above the sea level, a revolving white light, attaining its greatest brilliancy
every half minute ; in clear, weather the light should be seen from a
distance of 13 miles.

KB HAVB BXVBB.— From West Ironbound island on the east to Cape
Le Have, an abrupt cliff with a reddish face, 95 feet high, forming the
western point of the river entrance, the distance is 4 miles in an E.S.E.
direction.

From its entrance the river takes a general trend to the northward, and
is navigable for small vessels as far as Bridgewater, a seiilement on the
right bank of the river, nearly 15 miles from West Ironbound island.

The shores of Le Have river are well settled ; the population export
lumber, cordwood, and bark. A good description of schooner is built
here, and several vessels are employed in the Labrador trade.

On the inshore side of Cape Le Have are numerous islets, which by
retaining the debris of the river are now connected with each other and
the main shore by a sei'ies of shallow banks, with occasional deep water
holes and channels.

Sliaff Book, which covers at high water, lies east one-quarter of a mile
ftrom the north eod of West Ironbound island, and from it Gaff point is

CHAP. VII.]

WEST IRONBOUND Iv ND.

123

just toxiching the north end of the inner of the two Spectacle islands in
Le Have river.

Ironbound Breaker is a small rocky toe on the outer extremity of a ^pit
extending from the west point of West Ironliouiid island ; it has only 4
feet water on it, and lies W. hy N. a quarter of a mile oti' plioro.

Black Book, small in extent and 5 feet above high water, lies S.E. ^ E.
one mile from the pitch of Cape Le Have;. For snuill vessels the rock is
steep-to on all sides, hut largo vessels should not approach its south side
nearer than half a mile on account of two small patches with 4^^ and 4^
ftithoms respectively.

The east tangents of I'uint Enrage and West Ironbound island in line
N.E. I E. will lead clear to the southward and eastward of these patches.

Oape Bock is a small detached patch with S\ fathoms, one qu.arter of a
mile from Cape Le Have in a southerly direction, with deep water all
round.

Between this rock and Black rock ia a good deep water channel for the
largest ships, and a safe* leading murk through is Cross island lighthouse,
on with the eastern tangent <jf West Ironbound island N.E. by E. ^ E.,
or, aa Black rock is always seen, it can be approached on its inner aide
much nearer than the line of the above bearing.

Frencb Book, with 7 feet water, is a rocky rise on what may be termed
the bar to a safe anchorage within Moshor island ; it has from 2 to 3
fathoms around it, and lies with the east of west Spectacle island, on with
the west of east Spectacle island, and the east tangent of east Spectacle
island N.N.E.

West Irrnbound island lighthouse just seen clear of the north-east end
ofMosher island leads clear to the southward of the rock.

Moslier &edgro> lying nearly midway between the west end of Mo.'-her
island and west Spectacle island, has only one foot water ; from it the
Episcopal clinrch, Ojiposito Oxners head (a small brown building with
a belfry) is just open west of the western Spectacle island N. ^ E., and
West Ironbound island lighthouse just on with the north-east tangent of
Mosher island S.E. ^ E.

Cookawee Shoal, half a mile in length, lies between west Spectacle island
and the western shore of Le Have river, and has only 4 feet water on its
shoalest part. The south-west end of West Ironbound island touching
the north-east end of eastern Sjiectacle island S.E. ^ E. clears the shoal
on its south-west side ; and the house in the sandy cove on the north-
east side of Mosher island open of the east end of east Spectacle island
S, by E.^ E. clears the shoal on its eat. tern side. The Episcopal "hurch
bearing N. by E. clears the Cockaweo on its west side.

•saer Boek, which drien at low water, a long cable off shore, id the

124

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CII.VI'. VII.

P'Sii

■

highest part of a slioal cxtoiiding off Oxner licad for pomc diRtanco along
shore. At this i)art of the coast there iir(( 2 falhoms at nearly a
quarter of a mile from (he high water line ; the position of the rock is
generally sliowu l)y a lift.

Xiull Rock. — From the shoi'c near the Kj>irtcopnl eliureh there extends in
a sonth-eaf-terly direction a roeky slioal, the highest part of •which, known
as Bull rock, is just awash at high Avater (ixtraordinary springs, and is
therefore generally visible. A short cahle fi-oni Bull rock, in a S.S.E. direc-
tion, is a sj)ot witli only one foot water ; and another shoal spot with
3 feet water lies a short cable's length from Bull rock, in u north-easterly
direction.

The Episcopal church E. by N. ^ N. clears the shoal on the south
side, and Krout point on with middle of I'arkes island N.N.E. ^ E. clears
the shoal on its eastern side.

TXBES. — It is high water, full and chniigo, at ('rooked channel, entrance
of Le Have river, at 7h. .'Sim. ; springs rise 7^ feet, neaps (i feet,

DlRSCTZOSrs. — Approaching Le Have river from the eastward, two
passages are available, one on each side of West Ironbound island ; the only
danger to be avoided on passing outside the island is Ironbound breaker,
which maybe cleai'ed on its western side by bringing Gaff point to bear
N. by E. A E.

The passage inside West Ironbound island, though more direct, is narrow;
Shag rock is nearly always seen, but should it he covered the south-east
tangent of Cross island on with Point Enrage E.N.E. will clear the Shag
vock and lead through between the island and Gatl' point.

There are several available anchorages ^ai the entrance of and within
Le Have river. With westerly winds vessels nuiy anchor in safety any-
where along the north shore of Mosher island outside the French rock,
in order to avoid which they should avoid shutting in Krout point with the
east point of east Spectacle island.

With easterly winds the anchorage insidc! the Fi'cnch rock is pre-
ferable ; but this position is not attainable at low water by vessels drawing
more than 14 feet.

Before the east end of east Spectacle isliind bears N. by E., West Iron-
bound lighthouse should be brought just open of the north-east end of
Mosher island S. E. | E., and continuing on !o the north-w(!st with these
objects on, anchor in 3| oi* 4 fathoms, muil, with Foi-t point and the east
end of west Spectacle island in line N. by E.

To pass north of French rock ])roceed with the Houth-wesI tangents of
the two Spectacle islands in line until the east end of the eastern island
bears N.E. by N., when steer W. by N. and anchor as before directed.

Vesaels making for the anchorage north-wctit of the Spectacle islands

CHAP. VIt.J

LE HAVE RIVER. — GREEN BAY.

125

ghoiiltl pass 2 cables I'roni the north shores of those islands, and anchor
iu about 3 fathoms, mud, with Bull rock midway between Fort and Krout
points, anu the north end of west Spectacle island on with the centre of
the eastei'n island.

The safest anchorage about Le Have is within tl»o ri\er entrance to tlu*
north-west of F(»rt point, the deepest channel to which is on the west side
of Cockawee shoal, though that to the eastward is more direct and
generally used ; the latter has sutKcient depth at low water for vessels of
13 feet drauglit.

Western Cbannel. — Pass the Spectacle islands about aquarter of a mile
distant I'rom tlieir nortliern shores, and v/hen approaching the main shore
keep the south-west tangent of West Ironbound island on Avith the east
point of east Spectacle ishmd, until the Episcopal Church bears N. by E.,
when steer for the Church until Krout point opens west of Bull rock
about one-third the distance between the rock and the main shore, and
then steer N.E. W}^on the Episcopal Church liears W.S.W. alter course
to E.N.E., so as to avoid the south end of Bull spit ; and wlien 3irout
point bears N.N.E. steer for it until approaching the point, and then alter
course so as to pass midway between Krout and Fort points;

After passing the points, continue on a northerly course until the
spire church in Ritcy cove nearly touches the south end of Parkes
island, when al'.er course to N.W., and when the points of the entrance
close bearing S.S.E. good auchorage will be found in 5^ fathoms, mud.
Shijjs may water from a stream opposite this anchorage on the south-west
shore.

To pass to the eastward of Cockawee shoal, avoid shutting in the house
in Sandy cove on the north-east side of Mosher island, and when Krout
point bears N.N.E. steer for it, and on approaching the point proceed to
the anchorajie as before directed.

Bantaiu snoal, a small rocky patch with only 3 feet water, lies nearly
in line between Cape le Have and Green jtoint, which forms the eastern
point of the bay of the same name. This danger lies oiF the centre of
Bantam hay, and from it Green point bears VV.N.W. seven-eighths of a
mile.

nroiAur xs^bAitrD, about half a mile in length, is distant one mile
S.W. by S. from Green point, with a clear deep channel ])etweeu, three-
fourths of a mile broad. The island shoie of this channel may ho sau-iy
approached to one-eighth of a mile, and Green point to 2 (jables,

CRBExr BAv, about 3^ miles in depth, is open to the southward and
south-west, with gradual soundings and sandy bol tom. The bay is not a safe
anchorage, for not only is it exposed to winds from the above quarters,

126

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH'-BAST COAST.

[chap. VII.

but is also objectionable during easterly gales, which generally draw round
by way of sou th.

Small vessels will liud secuio anchorage inside the entrance ol'
Crooked island channel, to enter Avhich bring the wharf on Johnsons
island in the middle of the opening E. by N. i N., and rnn in on this
course in the middle of the channel. After passing the rocky entrance
keep between the mud banks on either side, which may be distinguished by
the grass Avhich grows on the mud flats, and anchor wlien about a cable's
length off the wharf.

Oreen Point Rook, a small isolated patch having 10 feet water on it,
lies one-third of a mile from Green point in a N.W. ^ W. direction.

Half-way iKook, 8o called from its being uec.rly midway Ijetween
Indian island and Long point, on the western side of Green bay, has 2^
fathoms on it, and lies Avith Cape le Have a little open .south of Green
point, the latter Ijeing E. by S. 1^ miles distant, and the south-west end
of Indian island S.S.E.

Green TLeAee, a quarter of a mile in extent, has a small portion which
uncovers at the last quarter ebb ; from this part Long point bears North
seven-eighths of a mile, and Green point S.E. by E, 1^ miles. Ships
desirous of entering Green bay east of the Half-way rock and Green
ledge should, on passing Indian island, avoid bringing the south-west end
of Indian island to the eastward of S. | E., or to the westward of
S. f W., in order to clear Green point rock.

POST MSTWAT. — The entrance to this port lies W. by S. 6 miles
from Indian island, the intervening shore between the western side of
Green bay and the port being of such a character as not fo require
a detailed description. The entrance channel to the port has a general
trend of N. J E. for a distance of 2 miles, from whence it opens out into
a large, shallow, and irregular basin, studded with numerous rocks and
shoals.

The eastern side of the entrance consists of a series of small islands
extending from the main land to a distance of about 3 miles in a
S. by W. ^ W. direction, and terminating in Frying-pan island, a small
rocky islet 10 feet above high water.

In Port Metway safe anchorage is to be obtained, but in the channel
leading thereto are several rocks, which render it diflScult of access to
strangers, who should obtain the services of a local pilot. Above the
town, to the north-west, are several mills where lumber is sawn, this and
fish form the principal articles of export.

MBfWAT AlOBTaotrsB Stands on the shore of Metway head, ft dark
wooded headland forming the western point of entrance into Port Metwfey.

[CIIAP. yir.

law round

trance ol"
Juhnsons
in on this
y entrance
uished by
t a cable's

iter on it,
on.

between

ay, lias 2^

of Green

■west end

ion which
ars Nort)i
Sltipy
md Green
-west end
slward of

"i. 6 miles
■n side of
3 require
a general
J out into
ocks and

II islands
iles in a
. a small

channel
access to
3ove the
this and

!, a dark
Hetw^y.

CBAP. VU.]

PORT MBTWAY AND LIGHTUOUSE.

127

The HghthotiHe iw a square white building with a l>lack painted nqnuro
to seaward, and exhibits from a lantern 44 feet above high water u Jixed
white light, which in clear weather should be seen from a distance ol 10
miles.

soutb-west breaker is a dangerous patch with only 6 feet Avatcr, on
the :<outh end of a rocky shoal oif the entrance of Port Metway. Between
it and Frying-pan island, which bears N. ^ E. »('ven-eighths of a mile,
there is a deep water channel nearly half u mile broad between the
,)-fathom lines.

stone Horse is a detached rock which uncovers at low water springs,
and from it Metway lighthouse N.W. by W, ^ \V. appears almost touching
the south tangent of Fryiiig-piui island ; from the latter the ioek is
distant a long third of a mile.

ttugrgred Rook is a detached patch lying otf the extremity of a spit
running out from the shore a little south of Metway head. This rock has
only 7 feet water, and is nmrked by a breaker in heavy weather, and from
it Metway ligluhouse bears N. by E. ^ E. rather more than two-thirds of
a mile, and Frying-pan island E.N.E.

A remarkable granite boulder on the shore north of the lighthouse,
seen clear to the eastward of it and in line with Neils point, bearing
N. \ E. clears the rock on its eastern side.

Stony XMdge, consisting of a ridge of boulders, has 1^ fathoms on its
shoalest part, which is distant about a cable's lengh from the nearest high
water line north of the lighthouse ; from it the granite boulder already
alluded to shuts in the tangent of Metway head.

Middle Island Rock, with 9 feet water, breaks in heavy Aveather; this
rock lies on the eastern side of the channel abreast of Neils point, and is
distant from the north-west end of Middle island a quarter of a mile in a
W.N.W. direction.

Middle Kedge is a shoal patch about one-third of a mile in length
N.E. ^ N. and S.W. ^ S., having on it several rocks which uncover at
low water ; the highest of these rocks shows soon after half ebb, and
during heavy weather is always marked by a break.

On the southern end of the patch is a rock which uncovers at low water,
from it Dry ledge bears N. by W. ^ W., distant about 4 cables length.

KautUus Rock, with 9 feet water, lies Avith Dry ledge N.N.E. f E. a
long third of a mile. Metway lighthouse open of Neils point S. ^ W.
clears the Nautilus on the east side, and the south tangent of Bass island
on with the outer whai-f of the town W. f N. clears the rock to the
northward.

Nautilus rock is on the outer end of a large flat extending from
the shore between Neils poiut and the town u distauce of 1^ milea in a

128

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-EAST COAST.

[cRAr. VII.

noi'tli-'weHt. direction. The flat ruiiH out npwiirds ol" lialf a mile from tlie
sliore, and is coiuiectcd by a narrow nci-k with the siioal water on the
northern part of tlic hay.

The south tangent of Bass ishmd toucliing tlie onter wharf of the
town W. ^ N. Jeuds over tlie neek hi about 15 feet water ; and Uasr* iwhiud
north end touchinj,' the south end of Foster island \V. h N. just clears
the southorn edge of the bank extending from Foster island is an eiisterly
direction.

TISBB. — It is high water, full and change, in Port Metway, at
7h. 60m.; springs riae 8 feet, neaps 5 feet.

BmBCTloiirs. — If from the eastward, and wishing to pass between the
Stone horse and South-west breaker, open Metway lighthouse to the south-
ward of Frying-pan island, and when the lighthouse bears N.W. -^ W.
steer for it until past Frying-pan island, whicli is steep-to on its west
side, then steer up in mid-channel between the lighthouse and Toby
island, and after passing the latter bring Dry ledge to bear N. J W., uud
Bteer for it, or bring Frying-pan island to bear S. ij- E,, and steer N. | W.,
taking care to keep Metway lighthouse in sight to the eastward of Neils
point, in order to clear the shoal part of the south-west flat.

When the northeiii wharf of the town bears W.N.W., bring Dry ledge
to boar north, in order to keep \vell clear of Middle ledge, and when Bass
island opens out north of the outer wharf of the town W. | N., altc .
course so as to bring Bass island in the middle of the opening betweeji the
outer Avharf boibre mentioned and the south side of Foster island; Avith
this mark on proceed, and when the north end of Toby iciland comes on
with Neils point S.E. ^ S., anchor in 6 fathoms, mud.

If from the southward, approach the entrance of Port Metway with
the lighthouse between the bearings of N. by W. and N. ^ E., in order to
clear South-west breaker and Rugged rook, and after passing the light-
house at a moderate offing proceed as before directed to the anchorage.

Vessels from the westward should not bring CofHn island lighthouse to
the southward of west until Metway lighthouse bears N.N.E., in order
to clear the shoal water off Pudding-pan island ; the course may then be
altered so as to bring the lighthouse N. -h E., wJien steer so as to i)ass
midway betAveen it and Toby island, and proceed as before directed.

corrxxr zsx.Airs XiZOHTKOUSE. — CofHn island, about two-thirds
of a mile in length and thickly wooded, lies on the north side of Liverpool
bay, of which indeed it 'may be said to form the eastern entrance point.
The northern end of the island is distant two-thirds of a mile from the
main land, and is connected by a shallow bar on which in some places
the depth is only 3 feet. Shoal water runs off to the distance of 2 cables

troui

[CHAr, VII.

CUAT. VII.]

LIVERPOOL LIGHTHOUSE AND BAY.

129

from tlie
or on the

iiif of the

illH.i iHllUld

list dears
n easterly

etway, nt

Uvoen the
(he Houth-
f.W. i w.
I its west
md Toby
I W., uud
• N. I W.,

1 of Neils

Dry ledge
'hen Bass
f N., altf :
tweeii the
nd; with
comes ou

way with
I order (o
the light-
erage,
thouse to
, in order
r then be

15 to pass
;ed.

^o-thirds
Liverpool
ice point,
from the

16 places

2 cables

iVom the east and west shores of Collin island, and oH'the Houth point the
5-falhoiii line Is a good ihiid of a mile.

The liglitliouse, whieh sliuids on the southern point of the island, is
the frustiun of a jjyraniid on an oetagoual base o3 feet high, and painted
with altermile red and white horizontal bands, eight in nnmlier ; it exhibits
from an elevation of 72 feet above high water level ti rcro/rhit/ white
light of 40 seeonds duration every two minntcs. In clear weather the
light should be seen from a distance of 1() miles.

&XVaKVOOli KXOBTBOVSB stands on Fori point, at the eastern
extremity of the town of Liver|)ool ; it is the frustum of a pyrnmid on a
square bast, and painted white, from which, at an elevaticni of 30 feet
above high water, is exhibited a jLvid white light, which in clear weather
should be seen from a distance of 7 miles.

XiZVBRPOOXi BAY is an indentation running in Avith a general north-
westerly trend for a dista'ice of 2\ miles from r., position between (he
points of entrance, viz., Ka^iern head and Morse points, distant from each
other l]^ miles.*

This bay is dangerous — especially during the fall of the year and winter
months — for all vessels excepting those of a sutHciently small di'aught to
anchor in Ihrring cove. From Enstern head to the westward for the
distance of a mile the shore is Ibul, and .'in (tiling of one-third of a mile
should bo maintained.

The town of Liverpool, at tlie head of the bay, is bidden from view
on approaching from seaward. It has a ])opulation of al>out 7,000, and,
in connexion w'lh MilltoA\ii above, carries on an extensive trade with
Halifax, the United States, and West Indies. The exports are principally
lumber, cordwood, fish, and farm produce.

Ship-building is carried on to a small extent, and n cousiilerable amount
of tonnage belongs to the port ; there is a ])atent slip adapted for a ship of
600 tons, and also a foundry where small repaii's can be effected. Pro-
visions and water can always be procured.

Port Point Xiedge extends off Fort point in a N.E. by E. \ E. direction;
'le outer end of the ledge is distant from the lighthouse a cable's length,
and is marked by a buoy on its north-east end in 2 fathoms water.

TZX>BB.~-It is high water, full and change, in Liverpool bay, at 7h. oOni. ;
spring tides rise 8 feet ; neaps o feet.

BZRECTXOM'B. — 111 proceeding up Liverpool bay a mid-channel course
should, if possible, be preserved, care being taken, on approaching Black
veri)ool lighthouse well open of the high water on the

point, to keep

17698.

* Sec Admiralty Chart, Ram island to Port MetM-ay, No. 341.

lUO

NOVA SCOTIA, SOI Til- 1: AST COAS'l.

[(■II \v.

VII.

Hontli-wcHt »i(le of tlio hay, in ordor to kvc\) tuitsuU- lli»> ruckn olV the
point.

Till' iiiicliorago mark in Herring covo h Mooho point on with tim
soutli-iiant point of tho covo, or with tiic pier of llrooklyn cnil on, in about
2 tathoni.M, niuil ; tlio liolding ground is good, l)iit n conwiderablo Heft rolls
in (luring heavy gales lielwi^en south and east.

Safe anchorage can l)e ohinined at the enliance of the river ahreast of
the town, hut it is onlj adapted for small vessels, as a har with 4 feet
water extends across tho entrance; the services of a local pilot are
necessary.

From Mooso point to Western head, u distance of' nearly 2 miles
S. hy W. ^ VV., the shore is free from danger at the distance of 2 cables
off shore. Western head may be safely rounded at the distance of a
([unrter of a mile.

VORT MOVTOH'. — From Western head tho coast takes a general trend
of W. by .S. ^ 8. for a distance of 3| miles to White point, the north-
eastern point of a large and modei-ately deej) indentation knovvu as Port
Mouton. On the south-western side of this bay are Moutou and several
snuillcr islands, which from their position adbrd a safe and connnodious
anchorage for vessels of any draught.

There are two channels leading to the anchorage ; the one north of
Mouton island is available for ships of any size, but tho Westein channel
is narrow and difficult, and not adapted for vessels drawing more than
15 foet water. The principal occupation of the settlers along the shores
of the port is fishing.

\inilte Point Soofc, with 2| fathoms water, is of small extent, with deep
Avater close to ; from it White point bears N. by W. ^ W., distant 1^ miles,
and the highest Brazil rock on with Halibut head (Mouton island)
W. I S.

Outside White point rock, at tho distance of seven-eighths of a mile, is
White point shoal, with 6 fathoms water, and 10 and 13 fathoms close around
it. This shoal should be avoided by largo vessels, because the rock rises so
abruptly that the lead may possibly have missed the highest point. •

Brazil Rooks form a cluster about a quarter of a mile in length; several
of the rocks uncover, but one known as the Round rock is always above
water, and is consequently of great service in entering the port by tho
eastern chamiel.

From the Hound rock the north tangent of Mouton island bears West,
and it is distant from Halibut head a long mile, the channel between being
deep and free from danger. A detached rock, with only 3 feet water,
lies at the distance of 4 cables in a S.E. diri^ction from the Round rock.

Mouton Island Bplt. — Mouton isbnd, about 2 miles in length, is curve-

[iwu: VII,
ckrt oil the

II with tlic
)n, in ulioiii
)lu wea roll.s

alireuMt (»('
witli 4 feet
pilot arc

\y 2 miles

•f 2 (•ii])le.s

■*taiu'c of (i

iifiai treiul
tlic iiortii-
\vu an I'ort
iiul several
oimnodious

lie north of

ern clmmiel

more than

; the shores

, with deep
ut 1^ miles,
ton island)

f a mile, is
lose around
ck rises so
nt. •
h.; several
mys above
ort by the

jars West,
'een being
eet water,
d rock. .
, is curve-

iitvi'. vri.l

POUT MOUTON. — JACKET TSLAXT).

131

hiia|n-'d, with its convex side towardn the ciisl. From its north point an
exten.-.ivo Hpit runH out for nearly a mile in a N.N.VV. ^ \V. direction, on
the (Miter extremity of which is a npot with 2.^ falhoniH; between this spot
and a similar depth near the island there in a channel over the spit with
li^ fathoms.

There is also a defnched spot with 3^ fathoms water a short half milo
N.li. :f N. from the north-east point of Speetacle island.

Speotaole Island occupies a space half a mile in Icnglh, and is mode-
rately stoep-to on its north and north-west sidi's. Between the island
and the main shore arc numerous rocks, and it is also connected by a
shallow rocky spit with Massacre island along thirdof a mile to the south-
ea^t,

Bpeetaole Rook, being 3 feet above high water, can always be seen ; it
lies 1^ cables from the north-east point of Speclaclo island, with a deep-
water channel between.

Devastation Btaoal is a good th"rd of a inih> in length N. i)y W. ^ W.
and S. by E. ^ E., with only 2 fathoms water on its northern end, which
lies in an easterly direction three-quarters of a mile from the south point
of Moutou island. There is a deej* water channel between the island and
the shoal, and Round rock N.N.E. will lead through the centre in
o fathoms.

Soutta Rook lies 2 cables ofT the south point of Mouton island ; it un-
covers at low water, and may be cleared on its west side by keeping the
east end of Jacket island touching the south-west tangent of Mouton
island.

Middle Rook, with 7 feet water, occupies a central position in the narrows
of the western channel, between Bull rock and the rocks extending in a
southerly direction from Jacket island, and limits the navigating channel
on either side to little more tiian a cable's length.

JTAOXBT IBKAND within Mouton island, is steep-to on its northern
and western sides, but to the southward the low water line runs off" about
H cables in broken rocks ; between Jacket and Mouton islands the ground
is foul.

Bull Rook, 4 feet above high water, lies 1^ cables off Bull point on the
main land within Mouton island, and from its position is useful as a guide
for the narrows. By keeping it on with the eastern tangent of Spectacle
island N. ■§ W. a rock off' New-house cove with l^ fathoms on it will be
cleared on its eastern side.

There is also a rock 1-^ cables from the Bull rock in a N. by W. A W.
direction which is steep-to on its eastern side.

TXSBS. — Tt is high water, full and change, at Port Mouton, at 7h. .54 in. ;
springe rise 7-^ feet, and neaps 5| feet.

I 2

IU\

132

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTlf-EAST COAST.

[chap. VII.

niRECYZOirs Eastern Channel. — If from the eastward, give White

point a berth of about a half a mile, and proceed to the westward, taking
care to avoid sliultiug in the eastern point of Mouton ishmd with Halibut
point, until the white .sand cliiTs soulh of the anchorage open out North of
Spectacle island 8. W, J- \Y., in order to clear the shoal patch on the outer
end of Mouton spit and the adjoining patch with 3| fathoms.

With the above marks on steer in about S.W. Ity W., and anchor in G
or 7 fathoms, mud, with White point just shut in lij' the north end of
Spectacle island, and Massacre island on Avitli the south end of Spectacle
island.

Coming from seaward, and wishing to pass between Mouton island and
Brazil rock, bring Halibut head on with the north tangent of Spectacle
island W.N.W., and proceed with those mai-ks on until Kound rock bears
N.E. by N., when alter coun^e to N.W., taking care not to shut in the
east point of Mouton island with Halibut head until the white sand clill's
before alluded to open out North of S;x'ctacle island, ■> ..en proceed as be-
bore directed to the anchorage.

VTestern Channel. — When between Mutton head and the south poiiu
of Mouton island, bring Bull rock on with the east of Spectacle island
N. R W., and continue with these marks until approaching the rock, which
should be passed on its eastern side alx'Ut three-quarters of a cable distant,
with the ship's head towards Spectacle rock, and this course should be
continued until the south end of Jacket island bears E. by S. ^ S., when
anchorage may be obtained north of Bull ])oiiit by steering W. by N. -V N.
and bringing up in 7 fathoms, nuid, with Bull rock on with the south point
of Mouton island, and Spectacle rock just open west of Massacre island ;
at this anchorage the holding ground is good, but a disagreeable swell is
experienced during easterly gales.

Should the vessel be bound to the s.ifer anchorage west of Spectacle
island, then, after passing the dangers of the western channel narrows,
a course should be steered so as jiass round the north end of S[)ectacle
island, after which directions previously given should be followed.

There is a i)assage west of the Bull rock, and also one east of the
sunken Middle rock, but neither of these jiassages should be attempted by
strangers, as they are less direct than the one recommended.

Proceeding along the coast to the south-west, a line S.W. ^ W. from
the south point of Mouton island touches Mutton heatl and Jolie point on
the main land. The distance between the two latter points is nearly
3| miles, with Little Jolie and Cadden l)ays intervening ; Black point,
off which shoal water extends a good third of a mile, being common

to both.

ftlTTXiS BOPB I8&BT XiZOHT. — The lighthouse stands on a small islet

[chap. VII.

cnAi. vn.] LITTLE HOPE LIGHT. — POUT EBFKT.

133

;ive White
ird, taking
h Halibut
t Norlh of
1 tlie outer

iiolior in G

rth 011(1 of

Spectacle

inland and
Spectacle
ock 1 tears
lilt ill tito
sand ci ill's
eed as be-

)utli poini,
cle iiflaiid
ck, wliicli
e distant,
should be
S., when

>y N. i N.

lutli point
■e island ;
e swell is

Spectacle
narrows,
Spectacle
d.

st of the
nipted by

VV. flora

point on

is nearly

ck point,

commou

inall islet

15 feet above high waler, nearly 2 miles S.E. by E. 5 E. from Jolie point.
The islet is composed of small boulders, thrown up by the sea, on a rocky
foundation, and from it in a northcrlyidirection shoal water runs out a third
of a mile, whilst on the south side the .^-fathom line is nearly half a mile
distant from the shore of (lie i^lel.

The lighthouse is a square white building, from which at an elevation of
40 feet above liigh water, is exhibited a revolving red light, attaining its
greatest brilliancy every minute ; in clear weather the light should be seen
from a distance of 1 2 miles.

Xittlo Hope Shoal, distant 2 miles W. -| S. from Little Hope lighthouse,
{:; u third of a mile long between the .5-fatliom lines, and has on its
shoalest point only 10 feet AViiter, from which Lesser Hope rack, off tliu
western point of Port Jolie, is on with Thrum point on the eastern side
of Port Eb 'rt W. by N., and the eastern tangent of Jolie point N. by E.,
the distance off the pitch of the j)oiut being H miles.

PORT JOXiZE, an indenttition o miles deep, is only available for small
vessels, and as Rveii j'or them there is no safe anchorage, the so-called
port should be avoided by strangers.

PORT EBERT. — At tlic distance of 5 miles W. by N. from Little Hope
lighthouse is Thrum point, the eastern point of Port Ebert, a narrow
indentation o^ miles long N. by W. The ondance to the port may Ije
easily recognized by the dark hill of Richard.soii head, thickly Avooded
and ul)out 130 feet high, with a very abrupt f-iU towards the east. Within
Richardson 'lead, and stretching across the river, is a bar with only
2 fathoms wuter, which breaks in heavy weather. Higher up 011 the
eastern slio/e, at the distance of a mile from Richardson head, is a
remarkable shingle spit which runs L«ut at right angles from the shore,
and close "iround this spit is the channel, which is very narrow.

On the west side of the channel, opposite Shingle spit, a siiort cable
distant, is a small rock which uncovers at low water ; this rock is the
northern termination of foul and shallow ground extending i'roni a little
w^itliin Richardson point.

Ebert Rocks, which uncover at lov,' water a good quarter of a mile
fi-om the .-.iiore, form (he outer toe of a spit extending from the western
point of entrance to Port Ebert. Shingle point just touching Richardson
head N. by E. \ E. clears these rocks about a cal»le's leiiglli on their
eastern side.

TIDES. — It is high water, full and change, in Poit Ebert, at 8h. 9iii.;
springs rise 7^- feet, neaps o'J feet. The idal current through the
channel changes a little after high and low water by the slioi'c, and during
springs attains a velocity of one knot per hour.

SZRECTZOKS. — Port Ebert affords safe a.ichorage. but only to small

! m

: ;'i

134

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CIlAl-. Vll.

Vessels on account of the bar and the narrow channel. Strangers should
never atttrnpt the port without a leading wind, and even then the
services ot'a pilot should be procured.

When coming from the eastward, and approaching Black point, avoid
shutting in the south-west point of Mouton island with Mutton head, in
order to clear the Black point dangers. Thrum point should be kept
well open north of Lesser Hope rock, 10 feet above high water, so
as to pass inside Little Hope shoal ; and on nearing Thrum point do not
bring Little Hope lighthouse to the southAvard of West until Shingle
point comes on with a wlii e hou«o N. ^ E. northerly. Proceed with
these marks on, and when approaching Shingle point pass it about half a
cable's length, and anchor in 4 fathoms water oft' a watercourse on the
south end of a shingle beach north of Shingle point, the latter bearing
S. by E. ^ E, one-third of it mile.

CRBEir isXAirs, about a cable in extent, and 45 feet high lies
S.W. f W. 2^ miles from Thrum point, and a long half mile from the
nearest shoi'e, the passage between being rocky shallow, and uneven.
A small rock awash at low water lies on the outer end of a spit extending
from the island in a south-Avesterly direction at the distance of 2 cables.

SABlii: RIVBR. — At the distance of If miles W.S.W. of Green island
is Harding point at the e;i'<tern entrance of Sable river ; but as a bar Avith
only 3 feet water (wliirV breaks heavily in southerly gales) extends
across the river entrance, and as a leading wind is required to enter or
leave the river, it is evident that none but very small vessels in charge
of men possessing local knowledge can make the navigation of this river
available.

Bantam Rock, of small extent, uncovers at low Avater, and lies
S.W. by S. seven-eighths of a mile from Hardings point ; it is the highest
point of a cluster of rocky patches Avhich occupy a space seven-eighths of
a mile in length N.N.E. and S.S.W. From Bastard rock, the south-
easternmost of the group, Avitli 3^ fathoms Avater, the summit of the dark
hill of Richardson head is seen over the high Avater tangent Avithin Green
island N.E. ^ E.

Although there is a deep Avatcr channel betAveen Bantam rock and the
entrance points of Sable river, large Aessels should keep outside these
patches.

Black Rock, about 10 feet above high Avater, is bifurcated and at
a little distance resembles tAvo rocks ; the rock is about a quarter
of a mile from the shore of Hemeon head, with a narrow deep Avater
between.

RA9C XB&AsrB, a long third of a mile in length, with an elevation of
21 feet, lies off the pitch of Hameon head, from which it is distant half a

y^M

[CHAI-. VII,

CHAP. VII.] l^AM ISLAND. — RUGGED ISLAND IIAIIBOUR. 135

ifevH should
then the

oint, avoid
on head, in
d be kept
watei", so
)iiit do not
il Shingle
•ceed with
out half a
r.se on the
er bearing

high lies
' from the
d uneven.
extondinK
2 cables,
een island
I bar with
) extends

enter or
in charge
this river

and lies
le highest
eighths of
he south-

the dark
lin Green

i and the
ide these

1 and at
quarter

I'P water

i^ation of
it half a

mile, but the channel with 3^ fathoms is narrowed to the breadth of
1^ cables by shoal spits extending from the island and main shores.
A dangerous rocky shoal extend;? In a south-westerly direction from the
south end of Ram island for the .listance of a mile, terminating in
Emulous ledge, which uncovers at low water.*

Varm JteAge is a small detached shoal, with 3| fathoms water, half
a mile outside Emulous ledge, the channel between having from 5 to 7
fathoms in it.

From the ledge the tangents of Black rock and Ram island are nearly
touching N.E. by N., and the extremity of Western head just shut in by
Gull rock W. by N. ^ N. There is also a small patch with 5 fathoms
water at the distance of half a mile S.S.W. ^ W. from Farm ledge.

AVGOEB zsKAirD HASBOTJit derives its name from the rugged
appearance of the coast in its immediate vicinity. Black point, on the
eastern side of the entrance, is 1^ miles distant from Ram island in
a W.N.W. direction, and between this point and Western head there are
numerous ledges and sunken dangers, rendering the approaches to the
harl)Our difficult and dangerous. This place is seldom resorted to, except
by lisherman, although within the harbour the anchorage is good.
During southerly gales the uneven rocky ground at the entrance causes
the sea to break from side to side.

GVXiK ROCX XiXGBT. — GuU I'ock is a small rocky ledge about 15 feet
high off the entrance to Rugged island harbour. The lighthouse is a
square white building, and from an elevation of 44 feet above high water
is exhibited a ^fixed white light, which in clear weather should be seen
from a distance of 10 miles.

ivbale Rock is the highest part of an extensive rocky shoal north-east
of and almost joining Gull rock ; the shoal is nearly a mile in length
N. by E. and S. by W. between the o-fathoni lines, but the most
dangerous part is confined to the southern half, where in addition to the
Whale rock, which uncovers at low water and generally shows a break,
arc; several suukei! dangers, the southernmost of which is Kelp shoal with
only 3 feet water.

From Whale rock Cape Roseway lighthouse is on with the extreme
tangent of Western point, West, and is half a mile distant from Gull rock
lighthouse.

Trinidad Rook is a small detached patch, with 10 feet Avater, near the
north L'ud of the shoal of which Whale rock is a part, and from it Gull
rock lijxhthouhe l)ears S.S.W. nine-tenths of a mile.

* Sec Admiralty Charts:
inches.

-Baccaro Point to Ram Isl&ad, No. 340; scale, ;n = 1*4

J S,

F
\\\

136

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[ciLvr. VII.

Butern Bull, known also iiss Blow breaker, is a small rocky patch with
only 4 feet water ; from it the north end of Ram island seems touching
the south end of Black rock E. by N. | N., and a white house near
Cuinming point is on wilh tlii' west end of Gooseberry island N. | W.

Black Point Book uncovers at low Avatcr, and is the outer and highest
point of a spit extending from Black point in a S.S.W. direction. The
white house near Gumming point on with the west end of Gooseberry
island N. | W. clenrs it on its western side, and Black rock its apparent
length open north of Ram island leads between the rock and Eastern
Bull.

Soutta Xedgre is a small detached spot with 3 fathoms ; from it Gull
rock lighthouse bears N. ^ W., the nearest part of the rock being half a
mile distant, and the highest part of Blue Gull island — on the west side of
Jordan river — on with the outer end of Western head N.W. by W. -^ W.

Konff Sboal, with 3^ fathoms, lies with the highest part of Green island
on with the outer end of Western head N.W. by N., and Gull rock
lighthouse N.E. a short mile.

Bull Kock, the outer of two dangers off Western head, has only 3 feet
water, and its position Is generally marked by a break ; fron it the
■western extremity of Western head bears N.N.E. ^ E. 1^ miles ; and
Gull rock lighthouse N.E. by E. | E. a long 2 miles.

Within Bull rock, a quarter of a mile distant, is aiiothei' detached spot,
having 10 feet, with deep water between as well as all round llie two
patches. The highest part of Chain ledges on with the east end of
Western head N.E. | E. clears both shoals on the western side ; and Gull
rock lighthouse on with the highest part of Ram island E. by N. ^ N.
clears them to the northward.

Cbaln hedges consist of a narrow broken ridge of rocks nearly a mile
in length N.N.E and S.S.W. ; the highest part of the ledges stands about
10 feet above high water, and on the southern extreme is a small rock
which uncovers at low water, and generally shows a break.

From this latter rock Gull lighthouse bears S. | E. over three-quarters
of a mile, and the extreme of Western head N.W. by W. | W.

The northern end of the ledges terminates in a rock with only 3 feet
water, at the distance of a good quarter of a mile from the highest pai't
of the ledge ; and l)etween it and the south end of some rocky ledges
south of Cranberry island is Sam rock, detached witli 10 feet water ; but
though dee]» water channels exist on either side; of it, they are too
narrow to be available for navigation except by small coasting vessels.

Middle Ground is an extensive shallow spit studded Avith rocks, several
of which uncover at low water springs ; the shoal runs off from the west
side of Gooseberry island, and extends more than half way across to

7h.

[ciLVr. vii.

CHIP. Til.]

MIDDLE GROUND DIRECTIONS.

137

)atch with
touching

ouse near

I W.

id highest

ion. The

oosel)erry
apparent

. Eastern

a it Gull
iig half a
pwt side of

Ben ishind
lull rock

nly 3 feet
n it the
iles ; and

hed spot,

(he two

t end of

and Gull

' N. A N.

ly a mile
ids about
mil rock

■quarters

ly 3 feet
lest part
'• ledges
er ; but
are too
ssels.
several
he west
!ross to

Cranberry island on the western side of the entrance to Rugged island
harbour. A yellow house on the elistcrn shore of the harbour open
westward of Shag rock N.E. ^ N. clears the Middle ground to (he
westward.

From the Middle ground to the northward a l)ank of 3 fathoms extends
from the eastern shore nearly across (he harbour, leaving only a narrow
channel about a cable wide, with 3| fathoms, abreast of Carter island, thus
rendering it unadvisable to attempt the anchorage within with vessels
drawing more than 15 feet.

TZBBS. — It is high water, full and change, in Rugged island harbour, at
7h. 59m. ; springs; rise 7^ fce(, and neaps 6 feet.

The tidal current along shore between Ram island and B:,cearo point
is governed by the Bay of Fundy tide, the flood setting to the westward
and the ebb to the eastward. The velocity increases in proceeding west-
ward from Ram island, where the strength varies frc.i half to one knot
per hour.

There is also a current off this shore, and though the general trend is
to the westward, its strength and direction are greatly influenced by
winds. After easterly gales the current increases its westerly set, and it
is retarded in proportion by westerly gales.

BZRBCTXOzrs from tbe Eastward. — As the narrow passage inside Ram
island should not be at(enip(ed by strangers, no directions are necessary ;
but vessels from the eastward Avith a leading wind can pass between
Emulous and Farm ledges in 5 fathoms by bringing the Gull rock light-
houso on with the outer end of Western head W. by N. ; or outside Farm
lodge by bringing Government point at the entrance of Shelburne harbour
on with the outer end of Western head W. by X. f N.

With either of (he above marks in line i)rocecd to the Avestward until
the white house near Cunimlng point comes on with the west end of
Gooseberry island N. ^ W. (the maiks ior leading over the Eastern IJull),
when alter course for the south end of Cranberry island, and when the
yellow house comes on with Shag island N.E. by N. steer for the west
side of Clam island about N.N.E. ^E. ; the least water in this route
should be 3 fathoms. Rounding Clam island at aor>ut a cable's distance,
anchor in 2f fathoms, mud, with the west end of Clam island S.S.W.,
where the holding ground is good and the anchorage safe.

Thei-e is also fair anchorage on the east side of the bay Ijetween Shag
rock and a position half a mile south of Clam island in from 3-^- to
4 fathoms. Care should b(! taken on passing Shag rock to avoid a spot
with only () feet on it, about a cable's length to the north-west.

The anchorage within Locke island is only adapted for vessels of small
draught, but it cannot be deemed secure, as the holding ground is bad.

138

NOVA SC0TI4, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CHXI>. Til.

rrom Seaward. — Bring Gull rock lighthouHO N.N.1<j., and on approach-
ing it pass about, a quarter of a milb wowt of i\w rock, and when abreast
of the lighthouse steer N.N.E. ^ E. until approafJiing f'i'nnborry iHland.
When the yellow house conies on with Sliag roc^k, alter course as before
directed.

Vrom the VTestward. — After passing Western lu'ad at a moderate dis-
tance, bring it on with Cape llosoway lighthouse about west, and continue
with these marks on until Gull rock lighthouse bears S.S.E. ^ E., when
steer in N.N.E. ^ E., and proceed as before dircicted to the anchorage,

OMBir RARBOtnt is an indentation ui'xt west of Rugged island
harbour, but none but the smallest description of vessels can tind shelter
from southerly and south-easterly gales, wliich send in a heavy rolling sea.
The entrance is clear of nil dangers, jnid tlu^ harbour is easily navigable
by the Admiralty chart. Anchorage can bo obtained with winds from
west round by north to east.

TOXDAvr RXVfiR is a deep indentation with a general trend to the
northward, and is upwards of l^ miles in breadth at its entrance between
Green island on the east and Blue Gull island on the west. The place is
easy of access and comparatively free from danger, biit ('annot be deemed
a good anchorage, in consequence of the heavy seas which run in during
southerly gales.

aREEN zs&Axro, which is common to Green liarbouv and Jordan
river, is 70 feet high and half a mile in length, and about ihe same distance
from Paterson point, the channel betAvecn carrying a depth of 15 feot
water.

Blue Oull Island, about a quarter of a mile in lengtli and 4.5 feet high,
forms the western point of entrance to .Jordan river. Between it and
Jordan point to the northward the passage is full of rocks, sonu; of which
uncover nt low water.

The Sisters are a cluster of rocks a good third of a mile fi'oin thcAvcsterji
shore, at the distance of 1^ miles from Jordan point. Two of the rocks
uncover at half ebb, and generally show a break with much sea. About a
cable's length to the eastward of the southernmost of the two rocks there
is a spot with only 6 feet, beyond which there is deep water. Between
the Sisters and the western shore there are several rocks which uncover
at low water.

DZRECTXOxrs. — Coming from seaward, l)ring the west end of Green
island to bear North, and after passing it at a modei-ato offing, steer boldly
up in mid-channel, by which the Sisters rocks will be avoided, and anchor
in about 3^ fathoms on the Avestern shore, with Western head just opcm of
the high water line about Paterson point S.S.E., and Jordan point on
with the west tangent of Blue Gull rock about S. ^ W.

M ^:.

[CHAr. Tll.

approach -

■n abreafit

rry iwland.

iiK beforo

lemto dis-
d continue
E.I wlien
orngo.

?pd igland
id Hlielter
oiling sen.
navigable
indH from

nd (o the
' l)efAveen
e place i.s
)e doomed
in during

d Jordan
distance
i" 1.5 feet

feet high,

en It and

of which

c Avcstern
Hie rocks

About a
;k« there
Between

uncover

f Green
n' boldly
[1 anchor
oinm of
wiut on

ciur. VII.] JORDAN UIVER. — SHELBURNE IIA.RBOTJR.

139

MoN If TT zsiiAxrs, ofF the entrance to Shelburne harbour, is nearly
3 miles long l)y about half that distance wide, and near its centre attains an
elevation of 180 feet. Between the oaHtorn side of the island, which is
steep-to, and the main land, is a broad clear channel leading to Shelbnrno
harbour , but the passage on the western side is ronilcrod impassable by
an extensive shallow bar, on which in some [)laces there is only one foot
at low water.

jigr »ook, with 7 feet water, breaks in a heavy swell and lies seven-
eighths of a mile S. ^ E. from the south point of McNutt island, there
being 4 fathoms over rock in the channel between. It is the only otf-lying
danger to be avoided wlien approaching McNutt island from the south-
ward.

CAPE ROSBWAY KZOKTS. — Onthesouth-eastcrn extremity of McNutt
island is Cape Roseway, a remarkable white granite cliff, on which stands
the lighthouse (forming a prominent day mark), painted in alternate
vertical stripes of black and white, and exhibiting two vertical fixed
white liglits at the elevations of 120 and 65 feet above the sea. In clear
weathci the lights should be seen from the respective distances of 18 and
10 miles.

SBBKaVRlCE HAXtaouR is situated in the eastern arm of an inlet
Avhose navigable entrance lies between the mainland and the eastern side
of McNutt island. The harbour is safe and conmiodious, and being easy
of access is admiraljly adapted for vessels seeking shelter. Fresh water
of an excellent quality is to be obtained.

Bell Rock, being a few feet above high water, is always visible. From
it Cape Roseway lighthouse bears VV. by S. \ S. 2\ miles, and Blue Gull
island N.E. by N. 1^ miles.

Straptub Rock lies on the south end of a shallow spit extending from
Bony point on the main shore. The rock uncovers at low water, and
from it Bell rock bears S.S.E. | E. seven-eighths of a mile. The 5-fathom
line to the southward of Straptub rock is a good quarter of a mile from the
rock.

Middle Rook is a detached patch having only 2\ fathoms on its shoalest
part, but with 3^ and 4 fathoms around ; it lies E. by S. \ S. five-eighths
of a mile from Surf point, on which is a remarkable boulder, and half a
mile from the nearest shore south-west of Sand point.

Adamant Staoal, about two-thirds of a mile in extent, lies nearly in the
middle of Shellmrno harbour ; the actual dangers are confined to two
rocky patches, llie easternmost of which, known as Adamant I'ock,
has 10 feet water, and the westernmost, or Man of War rock, distant
1^ cables W. by N. | N., has only 4 feet water. There are no good cross

I ,.

■ill

110

NOVA SCOTIA, ISOUTU-EA.ST COAST.

[CIIAI-. VII.

murks i'rom the rocks, but for lojidiiig nuirks (o clear them the setiiuau
is referred <o the directions.

Hart Point Rook, witli only 9 feet, lies iibout 2 cables off Hart point,
which divides the head of Shclburnc inlet into two branches.

Hero Shoal, Avith 2^ fiil^oms on it, lies on the W( stern shore near the
houd of the haibour, but it is within the usual place of anchorage for
ships of large draught. A Avhite house on an elevation north-east of tlic
town of Shelburne open south of the tower of the north church,
bearing N.E. ^ N., leads over the shoalest part of the shoal. Shelburne
south cluuch, on with the white house leads a cable to the eastward.

TIDES. — It is high water, full and change, at Shell)urne, at 8h. 4in. ;
si»j'ings rise 7 feet, neaps o^ feet.

BZRacTIOzrs. — When approaching the entrance to Shelburne frotn
seaward, Avith Cape Rosewny lighthouse in sight, it can be run for in
safety between the bearings N. l)y E. ^ E., and ^^^ by N, -J N. ; the former
Avill clear the Jig rock, and the latter Avill lead clear of the Bull rock.

On nearing McNutt island steer along its eastern shore, Avhich is
steep-to, at a moderate offing, and Avhcn draAving near Middle rock bring
the N.E. bluff of the island to bear S.S.E. ^E., and steer N.N.W. ^ W.
until abreast of Surf i)oint, Avhich can be passed Avithin u cable, Avhen
alter course so as to pass in mid-channel betAveen Sand point and the land
on the Avestern siiore. From this latter position, if desirous of passing
east of Adamant shoal, alter course to the nortlnvard, being cureiul on
approHching the shoal 'o keep Grey island open of Surf point boulder
S. I W., and after passing the danger select an anchorage as most con-
A'enijnt on the easto n side of the hm-'ij )ur.

If -,vl:;'hlng to round the Adanuuit shoal on its Avestern side, and being
in a mid->'hannel position abreast of Sand point, steer along the Avestern
shore Avith Surf point boulder just touching the south-Avest high water
line of McXutt island S.^E., ano i.hen Churchover church toAver comes
on with the end of the Durj)hy Avharf alter course to N.E. by E. ^ E.,
herring in mi ad that the Avhite house before alluded to open south-east
of tlie Kjiiscopal church tOAver N.E. ^ N. clears Hart point lock, and
all dangvji,-, on the Avestern shore betAveen Ilart point and the toAvn of
Shelburne.

There is a safe and convenient anchorage for vessels seeking temporary
shelter, about half a riile north of Sand point (which should not be
ueared Avithin 2 cables^, in about 5 fai bonis, mud, Avith the Re^ bank on
McNutt island on Avith Sand point S. by E. ^ E.

VTEGKO HA8SOVR — The East [loint of this harbour lies W.W. ^ W.
6^ miles from Cane RoL^eway lighthouse ; betAveeu these tAvo points are

■■< I; ■■i;

CUAP. VII.]

NEGRO lIARBOUll. — NEGRO ISLAND.

Ill

several intloiitaiioiis, as well as Grey island and Gull rock, but thoy need
no further description llian can be obtained from the Admiralty chart.
The harbour is an inlet running in about N.N.W., and derives its niiine
from Negro island off its entrance. At the head of the harbour the
River Clyde falls into the inlet; here several mills are established, from
whence a snndl ([uantity of lumber is exported. Water c:in be obtained in
small quantities. There are two channels into the harbour, but both aie
rendered difficult in consequence of numerous dangers. The anchorage,
however, is safe in all weathers for vessels of modernt. draught, and,
though not so accessible as Shelburnc, may be of service to vessels
requiring shelter.

KTSCRO XSliAlflTD, upwards of 2 miles in length, attains a greater
elevation than the adjoining coast, and is of a somewhat remarkalile
api)earance, being all but divided in two, the conuecting link being a low
narrow shingle causeway. On its south-eastern end is Cape Negro, dark
and rocky, irom whence a barren slope rises to a conspicuous fringe of
dark fir ti'ees on the summit of the island. The cape bears from Cai)e
Koseway lighihouse S.W. | S. nearly 8 miles.

From the north-west point of the island, a long shingle spit extends in a
north-Avesterly direction for four-tenths of a mile ; it is covered at high
water, but has deep Avater close to its outer emi. Tlu; noith tangent of
the east division of Negro island ojx'n of the north tangent of (he west
division clears the spit on its north side.

Ofl' the south-west end of the island, at the distance of a quarter of a
mile, are some small rocks which uncover at low water ; and off the inter-
vening point between the north-west and south-west extremities of the
island is ISIackercl rock, always above Avater, and very useful as a mark for
the western channel.

Crejr Stocks, one-third of a mile in length, lie otl' East point ; they are
nearly all above water, the largest near the southern end being 10 feet
above high water, and as they are steep-to on their south side they arc of
great service in ])ointing out the entrance.

Budgret Rock, with only 3 feet water, generally breaks with a moderate
swell, and occupies nearly a central position between East point and the
north end of the outer part of Negro island ; but the actual channel Avith
8 fathoms Avater is narrowed to less than 2 cables by som? detached Ioav
water rocks off East point. On the north side Budget rock is steep-to,
but on the island side of the rock there is a gradual slope ; betAveen this
danger and a shoal point extending from Negro island is a narroAV channel
with 4 fathoms, but it should not be attempted by a stranger.

Buoy. — A white buoy has been placed to mark the Budget, and is of
great service to strangers entering the port, but too much reliance should

'.3"?»1

142

NOVA SCOTIA, SOIJTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. tii.

not 1)0 pliicuil on it8 being in ils jiropor position, hh the ico from the heuil
of the port might poHsihiy curry it away.

Tliere are sevoriil other dangers on (he north side of the eastern
passage, sncli as Grog rock on tbo ciist side of the entrance to the shallow
bight known as N.E. harbour, and IJnrtlctt ledge (which just covers at
high water) on the western side of the <'ntranco, bnt there are no good cross
marks for the dangers themselves, or clearing nuirks, so that the chart will
be the best reference.

The Balvagrea, consisting of a long line of rocks nearly 2 miles in length
N.E. by N. and S.W. by S., are the southernmost dangers to be avoided on
a))proaching Negro harbour from the westward ; and on their south-west
end are two clusters of rocks, the highest parts of which are 10 feet
above high water.

The south-east side of this extensive group of rocks is steep-to, which
increases the danger of ajiproach during thick weather or at night.

The extreme north-east rock of the Salvages uncovers only at low
water springs, but generally shows a break during heavy weather ; it lies
Avith Green point (Port Latour) on with Sheep ledge, but there is no
good cross mark.

Triangle Rooks arc three distinct rocks nearly equidistant from each
other occupying a central position in the western channel into Negro
harbour ; the two western rocks show at low water springs, but the
eastern rock has 3 feet over it, with deep water all round. From the
southern rock Cape Negro is just in line with a high water tangent next
west the Cape.

The channel between Mackerel rock and the nearest of the Triangles
is only 2 cables across between the 5-fathom lines, whilst the passage
between the southern Triangle and Shag rock is about one-third of a mile.

TZOBB. — It is high water, full and change, in Negro harbour, at
8 h. 12 m. springs rise 7 feet, ; and nca])s 5f feet.

DXRECTXOM'B.— Eastern Zntrance.— The Grey rocks arc steep-to, and
may be rounded Avithiu a cable's length, after which bring the north end ot
Negro island to bear W. by N. | N., and steer for it with the south-west
Grey rocks astern, this course will lead in mid-channel between Budg«;t
rock and the rocks off East point.

When Cape Roseway lighthouse touches the east tangent of East point.
Budget rock wd! have been cleared, and the course should l»e altered to
N.W. by W. ^ W., which will lead in a direct route — but over a 3-fathom
patch — for n good position off Purgatory point ; when Davis island east
point bears N.N.W. steer for it, and anchor on the eastern shore in about
3^ fathoms, mud, \At\i the north-east point of Negro island just touching
—or shut in by — Shingle point.

[chap. ▼!!,

n thu lieuil

ho enHtern

ho shnllow

covers at

fjood crosH

! dmit will

8 in length
avoided on
south-west
•e 10 feet

)-to, wliich

;ht.

ily at low

ler ; it lies

there is no

from each
ito Negro
3, but the

From the
iigeut next

> Triangles
he passage
I of n mile,
arbour, at

>ep-to, and
)rth end of
^outh-west
en Budgot

East point,
altered to
I 3-fathom
island east
6 in about
t touching

tiHAI'. VII.]

POKT LATOUJl. n.VCCAKO LIGHT.

113

'Western Bntranoe. — Coining from thu westward give thu Huulh end
of the Salvages a berth of a quarter of n mile, and wiioii Cape Rose way
lighthouse <M)mes just open of Ca])e Negn) N.E. ^ N. you may proceed
n that bearing until Purgatory point Just touches Mackerel rock
N.N.W.^ W., when steer on the Inlter course until the south-wesi point
of Negro island l)oars E.S.E., (hen steer E.N.E. Ix'tween Mackerel and
Triangle locks, and *vhen Shag rock bears S. ity W. ^ W. steer north
until abreast of Purgatory pt)int, and proceed for the anchorage as l)efore
directed.

If desirous of passing south of Triangle rocks, and having Cape
Uoseway lighthouse just open of Cape Negro as before, bring Shag rock
N.W. by W. ^ VV., and steer N.W. by W., which will lead in nild-channel
l»etween the southern Triangle and Shag rocks, and when the latJer bears
S.W. by W. ^ W., alter course to north, and proceed past Purgatory j)oint
lor the anchorage according to previous directions.

Cape Negro open of the high water tangent next west the Cape is a
good mark for keei)ing south of the southern rock of the Triangle group.

POXT KATOVR. — Next west of Negro harbour is a bight, known as
Port Latour, between Blanche island on the east and Baccaro point on
the west.

The so-called port is a bight open to the southward, but in consequence
of its numerous dangers, shallow water, and bad anchorages, it is only
used by small fishing vessels. The only safe anchorage is in a small hole
east of John Island, and north of Ram island, but the place is small and
studded with rocks, and should not be attempted by any but those
possessed of good local experience.

As it is possible vessels may seek to obtain anchoi-age within Port
Latour, a description of the dangers otF its entrance are given.

BACCARO XiXOBT. — The lighthouse stands on the extremity of Baccaro
point, from which Cape Sable lighthouse bears W. by S. 7^ miles, and is a
sfiuare white building, with a black ball on its seaAvard face, surmounted
by a lantern 49 feef above the sea, from which is exhibited a rcvoli'ing
white light attaining its greatest brilliancy every 40 seconds, and in clear
weather should be seen from a distance of 12 miles.

Baccaro OutiarXedge, about a quarter of a mile in length, and 3^ fathoms
on its shoalest part, lies Avitli Baccaro lighthouse N W. ^ W. nearly
1^ miles, and Blanche Island south point E.N.E. 2^ miles.

South Kedge consists of several rocks, the south-westernmost of wliicU
is always seen, and from it the northern rock — which uncovers at a
quarter ebb — bears N.N.E. 1^ cables, and Baccaro lighthouse W. i S
1^ miles,

■I

144

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH- KAST COAST.

[OHAF. Til.

Stone Kor««, nt tho (mstcni ciul of tlic South It-d^'o, lian only 4 IVot
water, nixl is ii (juartcr of a mile ilislaiil IW»in tlic soiillitTii rock of South
K'd^'i; ill a S.IO. liy K. ^ K, diroclion.

Wortb Xiedre, aliout a <|iiarti-r ot' a inik> in l*-n<{tli, has oi; its iiorthciii
ond u i"ock .'} i't't't ul)ov(' high watcf, ami «iii its south-west ciul is a siiiall
vock which is awash at low water. Fi'oni flie hitter rock the hijrh water
line nortli of liaccaro point is distant three-quarters of a niih", and llaccaro
li^iilliouse W.S.W. 1 ^+, miles.

Ouokold Rook, awasli al low water springs, is a Hinall detached rock
between the South ledge and Bacoaro lighthouse, which latter hears from
the rock W. ^ S. two-thirds of a mile.

■iiot Vouch is a rocky patch two cables in extent, the centre helng
one-third of a mile VV. by S..^ S. from liiicearo lighthouse.

Bantam Sooki, which uncover at low water springs, are half a cable
apart, and form the highest part of a dangerous rocky ledge nearly
a quarter of a mile in length. From the rocks, which nearly always break,
liaccaro lighthouse bears N.E. a long mile.

Braall Rook is a dangerous oft-lying rocky i)atch having only 12 feet
over it, with deep water close-to ; it breaks heavily in bud weather, but
during fine weather is very treacherous, as it is cmly marked by a tide
rij). From the rock Baccaro 'glithouse bears N. ^ E. -H niiles, and Cape
Sable lighthouse N.W. by W. ^ W., 8 miles.

[CHAF. Til.

Illy \ I'cot
«•*■ Soufli

115

•>< iiortht'iii

Ih II Slllllll

lijrii Wilier
Ilaccuro

•lii'd rook
•cjirH from

iifrc licing

i' u cable
pi' iicnrly
lys lircnk,

y 12 feet

itlior, hut

•»y a tide

iind Cape

CHAPTER VIII.

NOVA.SCOTIA:-S0ITTrr-WKST COAST ;
BACCAUO POINT TO YAUMOUTII.

Vaiiiation in 1807.

Cane S«Mc
I'libnico Harbour

1 7' 0' \V.
1 7' 0' \y.

I Si?nl island
I Yunnuuth

in't.v W.
10° 53' \Y.

OBsrSRAK RBXVEAStxs. — Tlio Buy of Fumly in an extcnHivo arm of the
sea on tlio cast coast of Nortli America, fioparatiiij^ the province of
New Brunswick from the soutli-wcstern jinrt of Nova Scotia, and
extending upwards of 100 miles in an E. by N. ^ N. direction, with an
average breadth of about 30 mili ,.

At the entrance of tlie bay are Grand Manan and smaller islets, as
well as numcroua dangers ; on the north side are Passamaquoddy and
other bays, as well as the harbour of St. John, a place of cousiderablo
commercial importance. The head of the bay is divided by a tongue of
land into two branches viz : — Chiguecto channel on the north, and tho
noble Basin of Jlines on the south.

The Bay of Fundy is deep, but the navigation is rendered not only
I difficult, but dangerous, by numerous oil-lying dangers fringing the ap-

proaches, by rapid and uncertain tides, as well ns by the frequent
occurrence of dense fogs.

rocs. — The fogs iVcquontly give but little Avarning, and generally
follow southerly or south-westerly Avinds, Avliich bring with them heat and
moisture from the Gulf stream ; they chiefly prevail during the months
of July and August, and hang principally on the coast between Capo
Sable and Bryer island and the vicinity of Grand Manan island.

On the Nova Scotia co?st eastward of Bryer island the fog generally
clears for a short distance off shore Avhen the wind is to the southward of
S.W., and on proceeding to the eastward the belt of clear increases
in breadth. On the New Brunswick shore the fog generally clears with
the wind to tho westward of W.N.W.

SMOKES. — During tho summer months the hazo occasioned by the
smoke from burning forests in the neighbouring State of Maine is almost
as bad as fog, being frequently of sufficient density to. obscure lights at
night when only a short distance from them.

17698. K

Iv, 4

146

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WEST COAST.

[ciiAP. vm.

TIBBS. — The tidal currents along the shores of the Bay of Funily are
uncertain both in velocity and direction, and in navigating the bay extreme
caution is necessary when within tidal influences, whose velocities have
been known to vary from one to eight miles an hour.

Captain R. V. Hamilton remarks that off the Tusket islands the tides
are strong and eddying, and that II.M.S. Sphinx, though steaming at the
rate of 7 knots an hour, was whirled almost completely round against
the helm.

The same authority states that the offing tides arc likely to mislead,
and that he was informed by a fisherman that the tidal current on Brown
bank — off Cape Sable — occasionally ran to the north-east for 15 hours
continuously at the rate of 2 miles an hour, (which would account for
vessels from Boston being so frequently set up the Bay of Fundy,) whilst
at other times the set would be as strong to the south-west.
: No reliance, therefore, can be placed cither in the rate or direction of
the off-shore tides.

PI&OTS. — With the exception of St. John and St. Anui pilots,
and possibly a few at Yarmouth, there are iio regular pilots for the Bay
of Fundy. The fishermen and coasters are generally well acquainted
with the dangers and set of the tides in the localities they are accustomed
to frequent, but as a rule they are not well informed respecting the depth
•f water.

The St. John pilot boats will generally be found to the southward of
the line between Gannet rock light and Bryer island, and between Machias
Seal island and Liltle river on the coast of Maine. This latter locality is
frequented by St. Andrew pilot boats, as well as Cape Lepreau.

BARRZurOTOxr 8AV is a spacious inlet, having for its points of
entrance Baccaro point on the east and Cape Sable on the west. Near its
head is an anchorage accessible by two channels, viz., east and west of
Sable island, which affords a £)artial protection to the anchorage. The
western channel must be considered impracticable to a stranger, in conse-
quence of extensive flats and numerous dangers, which narrow the channel
and render the navigation always difficult and most frequently dangerous.*

At the head of the inlet, and extending a considerable dislai :e along
the shore, is the straggling toAvnship of Barrington, which exports fish ;
but few supplies of any other kind can be procured.

BXRECTZOxrs. — By referring to the Admiralty churt the position of the
various shoals in[Barrington bay will be seen, and the seaman must depend
on his intelligence to avoid dangers, which it .'-ould be useless to describe
in the at)scnce of good land marks.

* See Admiralty chart : Baccaro point to Fubnico harbour, No. 339 ; scale, m = \\ milcB.

[chap. VIII.

Fundy are
bay extreme
3citics have

Is the tides
ming at the
und against

to mislead,
t on Brown
r 15 hours
account for
^^^y>) whilst

direction of

ii pilots,
'or the Bay
acquainted
accustomed
g the dejith

uthward of
(en Machias
r locality is
I.

points of
. Near its
ind west of
i-age. The
r, in conse-
the channel
langerous.*
ill :e along
:ports fish ;

ition of the
ust depend
to describe

»i = l^ miles.

CHAP, vm.] BARRINGTON BAY CAPE SABLE ISLAND. 147

Coming from the eastward, and wishing to pass inside Bantam rocks,
bring Baccaro lighthouse W.N.W,, and steer for it until Cape Sable lighi-
house bears W. | S.; 'hen alter course for the latter, and when the high
water tangent of Cat point bears N. -^ W. you will bo clear of the Shot
pouch, and a N.N.W. course will lead up the bay to a mid-channel'position
abreast of Clam point, from whence Lighthouse rock should be seen, and
by steering for it on a N.W. by N. bearing anchorage will be found in
about 6 fathoms, with the north-east point of Cape Sable island bearing
W. ^N.

On approaching the anchorage care must be taken to avoid the extensive
sand flats which surround Beach point. The best course to pursue when
steering for Lighthouse rock will be to borrow slightly on the island
shore, tow;irds which the water shoals gradually, and keep in about 5
fathoms, so that by porting the helm the water will deepen. A heavy sea
sets into Barringtoa bay when it blows hard from between south and S.E.,
and renders the anchorage unsafe.

The. e is room for a vessel to turn into this anchorage by the eastern
passage, and by paying careful attention it may be done without a pilot.

The passage into Barrington bay west of Cape Sable is of such an intri-
cate and dangerous character that no stranger would be justified in
attempting it without the aid of a good pilot.

CJLTS SJiB&B xaiiAxn>, about 7 miles in length and of an irregular
form, is only separated from the mainland by one-third of a mile. The
island is thickly wooded and singularly flat, and is surrounded by dangera^
especially on its south and western sides.

Cape Sable, at the south end of the island, is also the south-western
extremity of the province of Nova Scotia, and is the outer end of a small
island whose hillocks of blown sand, varying from 15 to 28 feet high, are
continually shifted by hard gales.

CAPE SABXiX: XiXOHT. — The lighthouse, a white building, slightly
conical in form, stands on Cape Sable, and from the lantern, 53 feet above
high water, is exhibited a Jixed red light, which in clear weather should
be seen from a distance of 12 miles.

Columbia Rook is a small pinnacle with 7 feet water ; it was discovered
by II.M.S. Columbia touching on it, and lies S. by E. f E. one mile from
Cape Sable lighthouse. Beyond this rock in a southerly direction for a
distance of two-thirds of a mile are the continuations of the rocky ledges
which run out from Cape Sable ; over these are heavy tide rips during
the strength of the tides, caused by the stream rushing over the uneven
rocky Ijottom.

Horse Race, ." rocky patch with 2 fathoms water, lies a fourth of a mile
within Columbia rock, and makes a heavy tide rip.

K 2

U''

148

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WEST COAST. [cuap. viix.

B.'vr. itedge, SO named from its relative position to Cape Sable, is about
half a mile in length. Near the northern end are two rocks -which gene-
rally uncover at low water, and a quarter of a mile further out is a rock
which generally breaks and nearly uncovers at low water springs.

From the latter Cape Sable lighthouse bears E. by N. ^ N. If miles, and
beyond it for the distance of nearly a mile in a seaward direction heavy
tide rips rush over the rocky tail of the ledge, though with 6 and 7 fathoms
water on it.

TXBES. — At Cape Sable it is high water, full and change, at 8h. 27m.;
springs rise 8^ feet, neaps 6J feet. Strong north-westerly winds lower
the surface of the water, and south-easterly winds have a contrary effect,
though the times of high and low water are not materially affected by
either.

At the Brazil rock the stream turns about half an hour before high and
low water at Cape Sable, towards which the flood stream runs about
2 knots an hour ; but outside the Brazil the rate diminishes in proportion
as the distance from the shore increases, whilst over the rock itself tho
tides rush with great rapidity and create a considerable rip.

Inshore around Baccaro point and over Bantam rocks the flood sets
strong, and from the point trends towards Stony island (on the cast shore
of Cape Sable island), where the stream divides, the northern branch setting
round Clam and N.E. points, and thence to the southward along shore
towards Capo Sable ; whilst the southern branch trends along the eastern
shore of Cape Sable island towards the same point.

Outside Bantam rocks the flood sets towards Cape Sable, round which,
for a distance of 3 miles off-shore, it attains a velocity of fully 4 knots
during its strength. After rounding the cape the flood stream sets towards
Seal island, passing it and through the various channels to the northward
betw. -^n it and Tusket island, in a general N.W. direction, at rates varying
from about 2^ to 4 knots an hour. The flood assumes a more northerly
trend aloug the main shore. The direction of the ebb stream is nearly
opposite to that of the flood, and runs with equal velocity.

SEAXi ISXAXTD, about 2^ miles in length, low and thickly wooded,
is the most ofF-lying in a southerly direction of a cluster of islands
extending from Frenchman point. The island is surrounded on its east,
south, and west sides by shoals of a very dangerous description, and when
navigo.ting in their vicinity great prudence is required.

SBAXi xsKAirB KXOHT. — The lighthouse, of an octagonal form, is
painted white, and stands within one-eighth of a mile of the south point
of the island. From a lantern 98 feet above high water level is exhibited a
fixed white light, which in clear weather should be seen from a distance of

[CUAT. VUI.

)le, is about

'^liich gene-

t is a rock

gs.

f miles, and

tiou heavy

d 7 fathoms

t 8h. 27m.;

inds lower

ary effect,

affected by

■e high and

runs about

proportion

i. itself the

flood sets

cast shore

-nch setting

long shore

the eastern

und which,
lly 4 knots
ets towards
northward
tes varying
northerly
I is nearly

y wooded,
of islands
u its east,
and when

1 form, is
•uth point
diibited a
istauce of

GDAP. viu.]

SEAL ISLAND. — MUD ISLANDS.

18 miles, and it bears from Capo Sable lighthouse W. by N. | N
17;^ miles.

Purdy nook is of small extent, with 2^ fathoms on it and deep water all
round, but it shows a rij- during the strength of the tide, and breaks in
heavy weather. From it Seal island lighthouse bears N.W, by W. g W.
2| miles.

Blonde Stock, on which the frigate of that name was lost in 1777, is
about a quarter of a mile in length, and a small portion near the middle
uncovers about 2 feet at low water springs ; this part lies with Seal island
lighthouse K. I W., 3^ miles.

About a mile to the westward of Blonde rock is a heavy breaking rip
during the strength of the tidal stream, but II.M. surveying vesssel
Columbia carried good Avator through it.

Elbow Sboai, a good mile in length between its 5-fathom lines, has on
its northern end near Seal island a patch with 2^ fathoms, and a similar
patch near its southern extremity ; the shoalest spot however, Ov-^cuines a
more central position, and has only 5 feet water on it. From this spot
Seal island lighthouse bears N. by E., 1^ miles, and the eastern tangent
of Seal island is just on with the rock on its south point.

Zetland Sboal, so called from a vessel of that name striking on it, was
reported to have only 17 feet over it, but on examination nothing less than
21 feet Avas found. The shoal breaks in heavy weather, and is marked by
a rip during the strength of the tide ; from it Seal island lighthouse
bears S.W. ^ S. upwards of 1| miles.

nevils limb is a small rocky islet about 10 feet above high water
springs, distant 1^ miles from Seal island lighthouse in a N.W. ^ W.
direction. About a quarter of a mile south of the islet is a rocky shoal
which uncovers at low Avater springs, and named Loch Foyne, after a
Bhip of that name wrecked on it.

Ximbs iLlmb, upwards of a mile to the northward of Devils limb shows
one hour after high Avater, and is steeii-. on its Avesteru side.

There is a passage inside the Limb shoals for vessels of moderate
draught, but it should only be attempted by those Avell acquainted with it.

AircHORAOE. — There are places of temporary anchorage on both
Bides of Seal island, but as the bottom is rocky and tides strong and
irregular, anchors are liable to foul ; the anchorages should never be used
unless the wind be off the island.

MVB xsiAlirDS are situated to the northAvard of Seal island and
consist of four small islands, viz.. Noddy, IVIud, Round, and Flat; of
these Mud and Round islands may be approached Avithin a moderate dis
tance on their eastern side, but Noddy island should not be approached
Tfithin half a mile.

m I

1.'

t'fi

■m ^

150

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTU-WEST COAST.

[chap. VIII.

From the northern end of Flat island a shoal runs off a third of a mile,
terminating in a rocky toe with only 7 feet water, over which, the tide
causej a considerable rip. Between Seal and Noddy islands, distant 2^
miles, there is a safe deep water channel, but one-third of the way across
from Noddy Island is a shoal reported to have 18 feet water, but on exami-
nation nothing less than 5^ fathoms could be found.

The flood stream sets strong through this channel at a rate of nearly 4
knots in a N.W. direction, the ebb running to the S.E. attains the same
velocity. When using the channel in thick weather it is best to bori'OAv on
Seal island shore, but as a rule — during fogs — it is advisable to pass to the
southward of Blonde rock. If from the southward, and the Blonde rock
in sight, Fiat island just open east of Seal island Avill lead in safety
between Blonde rock and Elbow shoal.

AxrcHOllACBS. — Temporary anchorage may be obtained on the east
side of Mud island in about 8 fathoms, with the east end of Mud island on
with the middle of Round island, and the south-east end of Mud island on
with the middle of Noddy island.

A vessel may also anchor on the north-west side of Flat island, but it
must be distinctly understood that the anchorages around these islanda
are not recommended, and should only be resorted to as a matter of
convenience in fine weather, or when driven by necessity during bad
weather.

Black &ed(;ei nearly a miio west of Mud island, is always visible,
except at higU water springs, when its position is marked by a breaker ;
it lies with the south end of Fat island N.N.E ^ E. 1^ miles, and Noddy
island centre S.E. ^ S. 1^ milen.

Mud Island Shoal, upwards of 2 miles to the westward of Mud island,
has 4 fathoms on its^ shoalest part, but it shows a rip during the strength
of the tide, and is said by the residents on Seal island to break in very
heavy weather.

The shoal, which is a quarter of a mile in length, should be avoided by
ressels of large draught, because the bottom being irregidar it is probable
the least water has not been obtained. From the 4-fathom spot on the
eastern end of the shoal Seal island lighthouse is just open west of
Division point S. ^ W. 5 miles ; and the south end of Mud island
W. by N. -J N. a little over 2 miles.

In running between Noddy aud Seal islands a vessel fjhould pass to
the southward of this shoal.

Soldier XeUgre is a dangerai\s patch of rocks about 2^ miles N.W. J N.
of the north point of Flat island ; the passage between, though available, is
not recommended, as it is possible shoal spots may exist in the parts only
partially examined. A portion of the ledge, about a quarter of a mile

[chap. tih.

CHAP, vni,]

SOLDIER LEDGE. — SHAG HARBOm.

151

. of a mile,
h. the tide
distant 2^
way across
on Gxami-

of nearly 4
the same
borrow on
pass to the
londe rock
I in safety

1 the east
1 island on
d island on

and, but it
ese islands
, matter of
luring bad

ys visible,
a breaker ;
md Noddy

[ud island,
le strength
ik in very

avoided by
18 probable
pot on the
ti west of
ilud island

Id pass to

N.W.iN.

vailable, is

parts only

of a mile

long, uncovofs about 2 hours after high water and is very dargorous, but
it generally breaks when covered.

The south-east extreme of Frenchman island open north of Bald
Tusket island N.E. ^ N. clears the Soldier ledge on its western side.

STOD9AAT COVB lipsjust within the north point of Stoddart island,
which is 2i mil^- from the West head of Cape Sable island ; the cove
affords good anchorage in all weathc! for vessels of not more than 9
feet draught. In entering keep on the Stoddart island shore, in order
to avoid a rock awash at low water springs about a sixth of a mile off
the west point of Prospoct island.

SHAG HARBOUR, between IJon Portnge island and the main, is adapted
for vessels of any draught, and tliougli open from South to S.S.W. issaidto
be sheltered from any heavy sea by the ledges off Cape Sable. In 1865
H.M. Ships Sphinx and Gannet used an anchorage west of Prospect
isla id in about 8 fathoms, with the western tangents of Green and
Stoddart islands in line, and the Baptist church of Shag harbour village
on with the north end of Prospect island E.N.E. This position is to the
eastward — and beyond the inflnonce — of the strength of the tidal streams,
and the holding ground is more tenacious than nearer the shore.

Captain R. V. Hamilton, of the former ship, remarks, that when making
the hai'bour from the southward or westward in tolerably clear weather
the entrance is easily distii'guishod, as Bon Portage islard makes out welh
the wliite beach on the south point l)eing conspicuous under the dark trees.
In entering with the flood a wide berth should Vc given to the south point
of the island, as the tide sots directly for it at the rate of 4 miles an hour.
The holding ground at the above iinchorage not being good, a long
scope of cable should be given ; the best holding ground is said to be
above Conquer All. Southerly -winds, though blowing hard at Cape
Sable and Seal island, did not blow home in October and September 1865,
though a ground swell was experienced at the anchorage.

TXBBB. — It is high water, full and change, at Stoddart cove at
8h. 58m. ; springs rise 11^ feet, neaps 8| feet.

COCHBR'WZT PASSAGE. — At the entrance of Cockerwit or "Wood
harbour, and botAvoen it and the Mutton islands, there is good anchorage
in from 5 to 5^ fathoms, over muddy bottom. In the passage to this
anchorage there is ai'ock which uncovers at low springs, having deep water
close to it. RDbinson Ball station (built of stone) on with the centre of
Little Stony island leads right on it ; but a house standing on the northern
end of Stoddart island just open to the eastward of a detached rock
off Prospect point leads to the eastward.

Cockerwit passage can only be used l)y vessels of small draught,
fivm 8 to 9 feet water, and steered by experienced persons. Oji

if !

?tf*;v

f'.f

152

NOVA SCOTIA, S0UTII-WE3T COAST.

[chap. viir.

the north sides of St. John island, nt the northern cntnincp of Cocker-
wit pa'siigc, good shelter can be obtained during wouth-east gales.
The passage between Bon Portage island and llcbinson Ball can only
be used by small vessels. The -channel to Wood harbour Iuih a rocky bar
across its entrance, over which the water falls at tln-ee-quartcra ebb ; the
harbour can only be entered by vessels of about feet draught.

St. John Kedgre, a dangerous shoal three-quarters of a mile in extent,
has near its centre a patch which generally shows except at high water
springs ; from it the south-west tangent of St. John island bears
N. by E. i E. 11 miles.

Pubnico lighthouse open to the westward of St. John island N.E. by N.
clears the ledge on its western side.

PUBWico HASBOVR iiZOfiT. — Tho lighthouHO is a square white
building near the extremity of Beach point, on tho eastern side of tho
entrance to Pubnico harbour; and from a lantern 28 feet above high
water level exhibits a fixed white light, and in clear weather should be
visible from a distance of 8 miles.*

TISES. — ^It is high watei', full and change, at Pubnico harbour, at
9h. 25\s!i. ; springs rise 12 feet, and neaps 10 feet.

BlRBCTZOsrs. — Pubnico hurbour affords safe anchorage to ships of
large di'aught, and from the comparative absence of dangers at the entrance
is accessible at all times.

On approaching the harbour with a leading wind, after passing St. John
island, bring the lighthouse to bear N.E. by E., bearing in mind that
shoal water extends oflf St. Ann point to the distance of a quarter of
a mile ; pass a cable's length from the lighthouse, and steer so as to pass
close on the eastern side of the white Spar buoy, marking the outer
extremity of a rocky ledge — which uncovers at lo" waver — ru uiing out
from the western shore a little within Beach point. After passing tho
buoy haul a little to the westward, and steer for the church, a conspicuous
object on the western shore, in order to clear a shoal on the eastern shore
with 11 feet water (but on which it is possible there may be a less depth,
as the bottom is sharp and irregular), and when the lighthouse bears
S. by W. f W. steer N. by E. § E., and anchor in 9 or 10 fathoms, mud,
abreast of the wharves near Meres house, inclining u little to tho western
side of the harbour.

In the event of the Spar buoy not being in position, a good mark for
clearing the western ledge is the point south of Beach point seen over tho
high water line of Beach point ; this mark will also clear, but lead rather
close to, the before-mentioned 11 feet ledge on tho eastern side of tho
harbour.

* Sw Admiralty chart : rubuicoto Yarmouth, No. 2,537, scale, mwm\\ inches.

[ciiAP. viir.

ciup. vni.] PrBNICO HAIIBOXJII. — ABBOT HARBOUR.

153

of Cocker-
?nst galos,
can only
rocky bur
s ebb ; tho

in extent,
ligh water
and bears

^.E. by N.

aro wliito

iido of tho

bove high

should be

irbour, at

) ships of
|o entrance

; St. John
tnlnd that
luarter of
lis to pass
tho outer
'ning out
ssing the
nspicuous
ern shore
;ss depth,
use bears
ms, mud,
! western

mark for
over tho
id rather
of tho

tes.

By iriglit, Pubnico light open west of St. John island N.E. by N. clears
St. John ledge ; on neariug tho island haul to tho westward until the light
bears N.E., and run in on that bearing, rounding Beach ])oint at a cable's
length, and when the light bears S.S.W. steer N.N.E. for tho anchorage.
The light bearing E.N.E. clears the shoal water oiF St. Ann point.

VTater. — A fresh-water spring close to the southern wharf affords about
four tons of good water dally.

St. Ann Sboal, a quarter of a mile in length, Avlth 2^ fathoms on it, lies
with St. Ann point S.E. 1| miles, and the southern Twin island N.E. ^ N.
upwards of 1^ miles.

Nearly abreast of St. Ann shoal is a rocky spit with 2^ fathoms, extend-
ing half a mile from the main shore. The passage between these dangers
is deep and two-thirds of a mile broad. From the spit the west ends of
Abbot and the southern Twin islands are in line, and by keeping the west
end of Abbot island open west of tho southern Twin island bearing
N. by E. ^ E. the spit will be cleared a cable's length. The Twin islands
in line N.N.E. § E. leads in mid-channel between tho Spit and St. Ann
shoal.

TVirziir zsi^Aivss, about half a mile from the shore and tho same dis-
tance apart, are very small in size, with shoal water around them, leaving
only a narrow deei> water channel between. Off the northern Twin are
two small detached shoal patches, one with 2^ fathoms bearing N.W. by W,
a third of a mile, and the other with 7 feet Avater N. ^ W. nearly half a
mile.

Inside Twin islands there is a narrow channel with upAvards of 5 fathoms.

ABBOT BARBOTTR, with 3;^ fathoms Avater, is formed by the narrow
channel betAveen Abbot island and the main shore, and though only a
cable across at its entrance, is Avell adapted for vessels of small draught,
being easy of access and completely sheltered from all winds.

Approaching from the soutlnvard, tho Avost end of Abbot island on Avith a
point on the main land within Bramble island N.E. by N. leads a quarter
of a mile to the westAvard of St. Ann shoal and the outer patch off TAvin
islands, and when abreast of Stony island, bearing E.S.E., steer
N.E. by E. I E., and when the northern point of the harbour opens
out east of A'jbot island haul up and round the south-east point of the
island about half a cable distant, and anchor in about 3| fathoms, mid-
way betAveen the island and the main shore.

ABGVKB. — Tho scattered tOAvnship of Argylo lies on the main land
to the northward of Abbot island. Off its shores are several anchorages
but the channels leading to them are too intricate to be entered Avithout
a pilot.

vmrrn bbad isXiAxts, about a quarter of a mile in length, is

™1

154

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WFST COAST,

[OIIAP. Vlll.

I'tidercd omsplcuous by »u. thy ciift's of a reddish colour nea.ly 70 feet
' 1 height on itp soathward side and may be considered the south-cnstern-
moat of the numerous islands with which the upper part of the bay
b. ^ween Abbot harbour and Frenchman point is studded.

vtHite Head Kedare, about a quarter of a mile in lengtli, uncovers near
its centre at low water, and after half ebb the position of the shoal is
marked by kelp. From the part which dries the south end of White
Head islands bears W. ^ N. three-quarters of a mile.

mrest Staoal, about a third of a mile in length, has only 12 feet water
near its southern end, and from it the south end of White Head island
is distant half a mile S.E.

7ones Kedge, nearly half a mile in length, dries in one spot near its
centre, from Avhich the south end of Jones island bears N. f E. one-
third of a mile.

OV&& ZBKAirs, a low green island to the westward of White Head
island, should not be approached on its southern side within half a mile.
From its northern end a long narrow stony bar, which dries at low
water, extends two-thirds of a mile in a N. ^ E. direction.

Midway between Gull and Eastern Bar islands is a rocky path 2 cables
long, having only 4 feet on its southern end.

Gull Kedge lies 2 miles S. by W. of Gull island, and has only 5 feet
on its shoalest part, from which the large barn on Sheep island is on
with the western high water line of Gull island.

s.ixr. Shoal is a small patch with 2^ fathoms over it, witli deep
water close to. From it the west end of Gull island bears E. ^ N.
one mile.

TZDSS. — It is high water, full and change, at Jones anchorage (Ai'-
gyle) at 9h. 27m.; springs rise 12| feet, and neaps 10^ feet,

TONES AXTCHORAOS. — In case of emergecny Jones anchorage may
be rendered available by proceeding as follows, viz. : — Steer for White
Head island on a N.N.E. bearing, and keep along its eastern shore, with
the centre of Lear island, 60 feet high, bearing N. by E. ^ E. ; this course
will lead between White Head island and ledge, and also nearly in mid-
channel between PumpVin island and Pumpkin ledge ; the latter has only
2 feet on it, Init is marked at half tide by kelp.

When abreast the north end of Pumpkin island, or with the west ends
of Thrum and Hog islands in line N. ^ W., alter course for the east tangent
of Jones island, and run along its east shore about 1^ cables off, where
good anchorage will be found in about 6 fathoms, mud, with the centre of
Ram island on with the south end of Lear island.

To run in west of White Head island, bring the cast end of Thrum
island on v/itji the west end of Pumpkin island N.N.E. ^ E., this mark

OHAI

[chap. VIII.

i/iy 70 feet
th-enstern-
f the bay

overs near

ho shoal is

of White

foet water
lead island

at near its
I E. one-

rhiio Head
half a mile,
ies at low

ilh 2 cables

only 5 feet
sland is on

witli deep

•s E. i N.

orage (Ar-

lorage may
for White
shore, with
this coui'se
rly in mid-
er has only

! west ends
ast tangent
• off, whoro
le centre of

of Thrum
this mark

tiHAP. vni.]

GULL ISLAND. — TUSKF/C RIVEll.

155

will lead midway between White Head isUind and West s^hoal. After
passing along the west of Pumpkin island steer for the channel between
Thrum and Jones islands, and proceed as before directed.

BIO rXBH XSILAWB XiZOHTS. — On thc south-we.st end of Big Fish island
at the entrance of Tusket river stands a wooden l)uilding painted wliitc,
from which are exhibited two fixed .'u\ lights hnrizoiitulhj, 25 feet
apart ; in clear weather the lights ' ii >iiM ) visible from a distance of
12 miles.

Biff ruh Rooks consist of a f :. ' t .stcr of rocks which uncover at
low water, about a quarter of a irilj » I'tl -west of Big Fish island, with
3^ fathoms in the channel betwf' > From them thc south-west tangents
of Big Fish and Eastern Bur it u .s are in line, and the large barn on
Sheep island open of north tangent of Fish island.

TXDBS. — It is high water in Tusket river (Pinch Gut island), full
and change, at 9h. 33m.; springs rise 13 feet, and neaps 10 feet.

TUSKBT RXVBn— Bastern obannel. — Tusket river should not be
attempted at low water by vessels over 15 feet draught ; it affords safe
anchorage, l)ut thc tv/o approaches being narrow and beset with dangers,
require great caution Avhen entering.

If from the southward Gull ledge may be cleared by bringing the largo
barn on Sheep island well open of the west end of Gull island, or just
open of the east end of Gidl island. After passing the ledge keep to the
north-east until Big Fish island lighthouse comes on with the north end
of Eastern Bar island N.N.W. \ W., and by steering in on this course, the
shoal water of Gull island, and the half tide rock off Sheep island will be
avoided. On nearing Eastern Bar island, when thc east end of Sheep
island bears N. \ W., keep carefully on this course and steer through
the narrows between Wilson point and Eastern Bar island to as far as
the south point of Tucker island, Avhcn alter course so as to bring Wilson
point astern, S. by E. \ E., and anchor in about 6 fathoms, mud, off the west
end of Sheep island.

-Western Channel. — After passing Gull ledge, open Tucker island west
of Inner Fish island N. by E. \ E., which is a good mark for clearing
the S.W. shoal, and after passing it, keep to the north-west until Big
Fish island lighthouse bears N.N.E., when continue on that course until
the south end of Eastern Bar and White Head islands are in line ; then
steer N. by W. | W. for a short distance until the east end of Mike island
is just touching the west end of Tucker island N.N.E. f E., and steer with
these marks on, passing a cable's length west of Big Fish island, until
Little Fish island just touches Big Fish island, when by keeping these
marks astern, a vessel will clear Big Fish rocks on their eastern side, and
avoid the shoal ground north of Big Fish island.

V I

II 'i

150

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WEST COAST.

LCIIAP. VIII.

When Inner Fish island opens out onst of Bijr Fish JHlund, alter course
for Pineh (!ut islnnd N.N.E. ^ E., which nhould lend iu deep water
between 'J'ueker island and its ledge on the west side of the channel, and
when Wilson point touches the north of Tucker island a vessel will he clear
of the shoal ground north of Tucker island, and might haul to the eastward
and anchor as heforo directed otF the cast end of Sin r'p island. Vessels
should not go l)eyond this anchorage without the aid of local knowledge,
as the channel is intricate and tide rapid.

In the narrows abreast of Plymouth settlement the stream during the
strength of springs runs about 5 knots, and in the vicinity of Pinch Gut
island 2 knots an hour.

Old \iromaii is the name given to a rock near the centre of a shoal about
4 cables long north and south, which uncovers at 2 hours' ebb, and is the
most south-easterly of the dangers off Frenchman point, from which it
is distant 1| miles. Big Fish island lighthouse N.N.E. clears this danger
on its eastern side, as well as all the shoal patches and ledges, on the
western shore of the western entrance to Tusket river ; the south point of
Spectacle island open of south point of Pease island W. by N. clears the
Old Woman on its south side.

Old Man is the largest of a small cluster of rocks which uncover
about an hour before low water springs, and from it Bald Tusket island
bears S.W. by W. | W. one mile. Owls head open east of Allen island
N. by W. § W., leads close to the eastward ; and the north end of Half
Bald Tusket on with the north end of Little Bald Tusket leads to the
northward.

SAX.D TUSKST isXiAZTD is about 2 cables iu extent, oO feet high, and
bare of trees ; it is the most off-lying and conspicuous of the Tusket
group, but should not be approached on its north, west, and south sides
nearer than one-third of a mile, ii> consequence of shoal water.

Xittle Bald Tusket Shoal, a sn.all detached spot with 9 feet water, lies
with the east end of Murks island touching the south end of PeasG
island N.N.E. ^ E., and the nortii end of Inner Bald island W.S.W. a
long half mile.

Harriet Kedgre occupies a central position on a rocky shoal three-
quarters of a mile in length ; the ledge itself, about a cable long, covers
at a third flood, and during the run of the tide shows a considerable
tide rip.

From the ledge Holmes island is just open north of Spectacle island,
and the south point of Pease island touching the north of Little Half
Bald i&land.

Cleopatra Shoal is a dangerous detached shoal 2 cables in length, with
12 feet on its shoalest part, which is marked at low water springs by a

r " '*

LCIIAP. VIII.

alter course
deep water
hamu'l, niid
vill be clear
le castwnnl
Ves.icl.s
kiiowl^'dge,

CHAP. VIII.] BALD TUSKET ISLAND. — BIRD ROCK.

157

during the
riiich Gut

slioal about
, and is the
m which it
this danger
gos, on the
ith point of
. clears tho

jh uncover
[jsket island
Lllcn island
nd of Half
leads to the

t high, and
the Tusket
south sides

water, lies

of Peaso

W.S.W. a

loal thrce-
)ng, covers
)nsiderablo

icle island,
little Half

igth, with
ings by a

few long pieces of kelp. From it Half Bald island is shut in by Bald
Tufeket island, tho latter being 1§ miles <li.stant. This danger bus deep
water nil round it, and shows a rip during the run of the tide.

Half Bald island open east of Bald Tusket island clears it close-to on
its cast side, and open to tho westward clears it on its west side.

Between the Cleopatra shoal and Bald Tusket island arc two small
patches with 2^ and 3 fathoms respectively, both being marked by rips
during tlie strength of the tides ; there is a deep channel, two-thirds of a
mile broad, between them and Bald Tusket Island ; and a similar deep
water passage btstween them and Cleopatra shoal.

Peaie Zaland i.eage, about n cable in extent, lies near tho western end
of an extensive shoal spit otf Frenchman point, and covers at one-third
flood ; it is about a quarter of a mile from tho eastern point of Peaso
island, with a deep water channel between. The Barn on EUenwood
island on with the north end of Pease island N.W. by N. leads between
the ledge and Pease island ; and the south point of Spectacle island open
of south point of Pease island W. by N. clears the ledge on its soutli
side.

Marki Island liodgre uncovers at low- water springs, and lies 1^ cables
off the west side of Marks island ; it shows a considerable rip during tho
stren^-th of tho tide, which runs over it with great velocity.

Allen island open north of Marks island clears the ledge on its north
side, and Bald Tusket island open south of Half Bald island clears the
ledge on its western side.

Allen Book lies 1^ cables off tho south end of Allen island, and shows
a whirl in the strength of the tide. The barn on EUenwood island on
with south-west end of Allen island clears the rock on its south-west
side ; and Owls head open east of Allen island clears the rock on its
east side.

Scbooner Passagre Sock, with 9 feet water, lies nearly midway between
Owls head and Turpentine islands, with a deep Avater channel on either
side. The east end of Murder island shut in with Candlobox island clears
the I'ock on its west side.

Bird Bock, at the outer end of a reef extending from the south end of
Owls Head island, always shows, being about 2 feet above high water
eprip'j, and occupies nearly a mid-channel position between EUenwood
and Owls Head islafld.

Spectacle Ziedgre, about 2 cables long and very narrow, has 11 feet on it,
and is marked by a large rip during the strength of the tide. From the
shoalest spot Spectacle island south end bears N.N.E. upwards of
three-quarters of a milo ; and the south end of Half Bald island
E. ^ N. 1^ miles.

9 '

158

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WEST COAST.

[ciiAr. vrii.

The Bouth cud of Poaso iHliuul on with north oml of Iliilf liald iHland
clears tho Spoctuclo lodgo on its south sidi' ; and the clilf on south-west
end of Ellcuwood island oi)en east of Spectacle island N.N.E. clears
Spectacle ledye on its eastern side.

TZDM. — It is high water, full and change, at Elleuwood anchorage at
9h. 54m.; springs rise 13 feet, and neaps lOj feet.

Tho tide turns a little after high and lev water respectively, and runs
rapidly through the Tusket island passages, the tide rips being numerous
and heavy. Its general set is to the north-west and soutli-cast, but this is
modified by the position and shape of the islands, which form considerable
eddies, and by tho main land, in tho vicinity of Avhich the tide follows its
direction. The average rate is from 2 to 4 knots, and round some points
its rate probably exceeds the latter ; off the north-eastern point of
EUenwood island the stream ruus 4 knots, and in Schooner passage
3 knots per hour.

BxaaoTZOsrs for soHOOxrax pasbaoii. — To run through Schooner
passage from the eastward keep Owls head open of Allen island
N. by W. § W., which will clear Old Man and Little Bald Tusket shoals
on the eastern t do, and when the barn on EUenwood island touches the
north-east end of Vease island alter course immediately so as to keep
these marks on, in order to pass to the westward of Peaso island led<»o,
which should be rounded close-to on tho flood, as it sots strong towards the
south point of Pease island.

Having passed the narrows, bring Candlcbox island midway between
Allen and Haymaker islands, and steer for it, this course will lead clear
of Haymaker ledge and Allen rock, and after passing Allen island keep to
tho westward until tho east end of Murder island is shut in by Candlcbox
island, in order to pass Avest of Schooner passage rock.

Pass Caudlobox island close-to on its west side, and steer out tluou"!!
narrows of the northern entrance, with tho south point of Candlcbox island
just touching Turpentine island, until Owls head just touches the tani'ent
of Haymaker island, and with these latter marks on steer out bclwecn
Murder island shoal and the shoal spit extending from tho north-west
point of ivlurder island.

For E£3bx:i«rwoOB PASSAGE. — If intending to run through EUenwood
passage, after passing Peaso Island ledge, keep tho l>arn on Ellcuwood
island just open south of Allen island N.W. -J N., to clear Allen rock,
and after passing it keep in mid-channel between Marks and Allen islands,
altering course so as to pass between Bird rock and EUenwood i.sland.
After passing the rock, bring it on with tho east point of Marks island
which will lead tluough the deep water channel of tho narrows, and

[ciur.

viii.

•CHAP. VIII.]

DIRECTIONS. — ANCHORAGES.

159

Uald iHland
south-wt'st
■E. cloais

ichorago at

y, niul ruu8
numerous
but tluH is
)ii8i(lerabIo
follows its
amo points
» point of
cr passage

Schooner
It-'U island
iket shoals
ouches the
as to keep
land ledge,
owards the

ly between

lead clear

tul keep to

Candlebox

it through
box inland
10 tangent
It behvecn
lorth-west

^Ilcnwood
i) Hen wood
lien rock,
n islands,
)d island.
£s island,
ows, and

continue on until Owls head and the wewtern tangent of Ilaynuikir inland
are just touching, when steer out with theno marks on as before dircted,

AsroHORAOBB. — Good anchorage will be found in Sclmoner passage,
off the north end of Allen island, in from 5 to 9 fathoms, mud ; and there
is also good anchorage to be obtained in Kllenwood passage oil' tiie barn,
about l^ cables to the northward of Bird rock, in about 5 fathoms, gravel
and sand.

To approach this anchorage fi-om the south-west keep tlio cliff on the
south-western point of Ellenwood island open east of Sitectacle island
N. by E. ^ E., in order to clear Spectacle ledge, taking care not to open
out Holmes island until past Harriet ledge.

When the south end of Pease island comes on Avith the north end
of Half Bald island steer for the south end of Mai'ks island, and passing
it on its eastern side run up EUenwood passoge to the anchorage before
described.

Oannet Rook, barely 2 cables in length, is a narrow rocky ridge having
near its southern end a peak resembling a sugar loaf 50 feet high, with a
lump on its northern end of almost equal elevation. From the peak
Yarmouth lighthouse bears N. by E, ^ E., nearly 9J miles, and Seal
island lighthouse S. i E., 15§ miles; both will be in sight in clear weather.

xrortta Rook, of very small extent, shows about half tide, and lies
a quarter of a mile N. -j^ E. from Gannet rock.

Soutb Rook, also small and showing at half ..ide, lies more than two-
thirds of a mile from Gannet rock in a S. ^ W. direction.

South-east rook lies nearly 1^ miles S. by E. \ E. from Gannet rock,
and shows two district breaks in heavy weather, and a considerable rip
during the strength of the tide. It is steep-to on its east and west sides,
and from it Yarmouth lighthouse seems just t'Michiug the eastern tangent
of Green island.

Gannet soutti Shoal lies 4^ miles in a soiitherly direction from Gannet
rock, the least water found being 4 fathoms; it sho-. s x tide rip, and
breaks in heavy weather. From it the outer higii lump <.»f Cape Fourchu
is just open of the east tangent of Green island.

Gannet s.%xr. Shoal Voars from Ganuef rock S.S.W. \ W. 3 miles, and
has only 3 fathoms wi ter ; it extends a quarter of >\ mile north and south,
shows a tide rip, and breaks in heavy weather. Green island just open
west of Gannet rock leads over the shoal.

Gannet Dry Kedgre, about a quarter of a mile iu length, uncovers at
2 hours' ebb, and generally breaks at high water ; it bei'.rs from Gannet
rock peak S.W. f W. 1| miles. Although there is good water between
the ledge and Gannet rock, vessels as a rule should pass ouiside.

Yaoko Ridgre consists of two rocky patches about 1^ miles iu extent,

■J:

V.lm

160

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTH-WEST COAST.

[chap. VIII.

K "'i

■with 27 feet over the shoalest part ; it is the most oif-lyiiig of the series
of detached rocky irregulariticb — already described — extending from Je-
bogue point, from which it is distant 13 miles S.S.W. This ledge should
bo avoided in very heavy weather as it breaks.

Creen Island, about one third of a mile long and 50 feet high, is distant
2| miles N.N.E. from Gannet rock, and the san ■ distance S.W. ^ S. fvom
Jeboguo point. It would be advisable to give the south point of this
island a berth of at least half a mile; the other shores are stccp-to.

CAVTZOxr. — The foregoing shoals and ledges being very uneven it is
highly probable that when examined the least water might not have
been discovered, and vessels arc therefore recommended to avoid their
positions.

Reef Island &edgre, off tho entrance of Jebop i e river, uncovers at. a
quarter ebb, and is shoal all round for a considerable extent ; between it
and Eecf island there is no safe channel, whilst to the southward shoal
water extends to the distance of a mile. From the centre of the ledge
Jebogue point bears N.W. by N. one mile, and the south end of Reef
island E. by S. ^ S. half a mile.

Reef Sboa!, about a quarter of a mile long, has only 12 feet on its
shoalest part, and causes a tide rip ; although there is deep water on
either side, the shoal had better be passed on its western side.

From the west end of the shoal Yarmouth lighthouse is just shut in
with Jebogue point, and the south end of Eeef island bears E. by N. ^ N.
IJ- i Jles.

Yarmouth lighthouse open west of Jebogue point N. ^ W. clears this
reef close-to on its western side, and also leads through the inner
channel.

Jebogue Point Shoal is an extensive patch, with 14 feet water, about
a quarter of a mile off the pitch of Jebogue point, with from 3^ to 5
fathoms in the channel between.

Tebogrue Xedge, about one-third of a mile in extent, has only 2 feet on
its shoalest part, from which Jebogue point is distant a mile N.E. f E. j it
is very dangerous, shows a tide rip, and breaks with an ordinary swell.
There is a good channel between this danger and Green island.

ToMl Ground, a short hr.l'' mile in length, with only 9 feet water, lies
with the south end of Kcc*' island on with Jebogue point S.E., the latter
point being 1^ miles distant. Eetv/ccn the shoal and the shore in the
vicinity of Jebogue point the distance is two-tlirds of a mile, with a deep
v/ater channel a quarter of a mile broad, between the .5-fathoni lines.

Roaring: Bull is a small rock, Avhich uncovers about 3 feet at low water
springs, about a mile from the shore, and in the direct line between Green
island and Yarmouth lighthouse. It lies about half a mile to the north-

[chap. viii.

CHAP. VIII.J

CAUTION. — JLBOGUE RIVER.

161

)f the series
ig from Je-
edge should

h, is distant
V. 1 S. from
)int of this
>to.

ncvon it is
t not have
ivoid their

Rovers at a
between it
nvard shoal
f the ledge
h1 of Reef

feet on its
p water on

ist shut in

by N. 1 N.

cleavs this
the inner

ater, about
)m 3i to 5

y 2 feet on
[-:. f E. ; it
nary swell.

water, lies
, tlie latter
ore in the
'ith a deep
iiies.

low v/ater
?en Green
the north-

ward of a shoal spot on Foul ground, and from it Jebogue point bears
S.E. by S. ]| miles. The rock shows a tide rip, and breaks with an
ordinary swell.

TXDBS. — It is high water, full and change, in Jebogue river at lOh. 4m. ;
sj»rings rise 15 feet, and neaps 11| feet.

TEBOOUE azvER. — The approaches to Jebogue river are studded
Avith dangers, for which — especially in hazy weather — no good cleariug
marks can be given ; and a bar extends across its entrance having in one
place only 1 1 feet water.

There is, however, a safe little anchorage inside the entrance of the
river, and in cases of necessity may be used by vessels of moderate
draught.

BIRBCTZOsrs. — A vessel from the south-west, and in the vicinity of
Green island, should steer a course so as to j)ass to the westward of Kecf
shoal, and when the west end of Perry island appears to touch the sandy
spit opposite Vox island N.N.E. ^ E., steer for it on that bearing over the
bar, and pass about midway between Fox island and the spit.

Good anchorage in smooth water, though in a limited space, may be
obtiiiued in 16 feet water about Ij cables inside the iiortli point of Fox
island, care being taken to keep Gannot rock in sight in llie middle ol tlio
entrance in order to avoid the mud bank on the western shore and two
small mud banks in the middle of ilie channel at its bend. Good fresh
water can be obtained, the supply being al)out 3 tons per tide.

If from the westward, Ijring the end of earthy cliff to the northward of
Garden head just oi)en to the southward of Jebogue point E. by N. \ N.,
these marks will lead in good water north of Jebogue ledge and shoal ;
when the north end of Reef island bears E.N.E. steer for it until the
west end of PeiTy island appears to touch the spit already alluded to,
when proceed as V>efore directed,

YAMMOJJ'^u IJXCHT. — The lighthouse Stands on the western side of the
entrance of Yarmouth sound, at about a quarter of a mile to the northw.ard
of the extremity of the eastern pi'ong of Cape Fourchu. The Ituilding is
octagonal in shape, and painted with red and white stripes verticalli/ ; and
from the lantern, which stands at an elevation of 117 feet above the level
of high water, is exhibited a revolving whito light, showing a bright face
for I^ minutes, after which it is eclipsed for a space of 30 seconds. In
clear weather the light should be seen from a distance of 20 miles ; a bell
is sounded during fog.

YASlMCOVTH SOUNB is available as an anchorage with all winds,
excepting those between south and west, when it is dangerous with strong
winds ; Captain R. V. Hamilton remarks, *• Yarmouth sound is a gooa
17698. L

i %

lit 4

»>'

Si '

162

NOVA SCOTIA, SOUTE-WEST COAST.

CHAP. vni.

stimnior anchorage foi- vesHels of 15 feet draught, but is not safe in Octohor^
as south-westerly gales come on very suddenly, and send in a heavy sea."

Tlio best anchorage Is in about 20 feet, over sandy bottom, with the
lightliouse W. by N. ^ N. distant about a quarter of a mile. The shore
inside the lighthouse should not be approached within a cable's length, as
several detached rocks lie off it.

Hen and Chickens consist of a cluster of rocks extending about 2
cables' length from the shore on the eastern side of the sound op])osite
(he lighthouse, fron. .iich they beai- E. by S. ^ S. The rocks begin to
uncover about two-tliirds ebb, and a good murk for clearing them on their
western side is the Independent church spire at Yarmouth on with the
middle of Low beach at the head of the sound, leads to the AvestAvard.

TIX>ES. — In Yarmouth harbour it is high water, at full and change, at
lOh. 9m. ; springs rise 16 feet, and neaps 13 feet. The tidal stream
changes its direction a little after high and Ioav water by the shore
respectively.

From EUenwood island to Yarmourh the flood stream runs between the
ledges inside Green island about 3 knots during i'^s strength, with a short
interval of slack water. The flood sets strong round Cape Fourchu to
the northward, so thai: a vessel making for Yarmouth sound should haul
up immediately she has cleared Roaring Bull rock.

YARMOVTii HABBOVR. — The towu of Yarmouth is of considerable
extent, being upwards of 2 miles in length in a continuous line ; it
exports a large amount of fish, and supplies can generally be obtained.
Fresh water can be procured from wells ; that from the lake is not good,
and difficult to obtain.

The anchorage within Bunker island is safe li'om all winds, l>ut the
channel leading to it is narrow, circuitous, and being studded with changers
should not be attempted without a pilot, whose services can be procured
by making the usual signal Avhen ofl' the lightliouse. In the event of a
vessel being caught in the sound during a south-west gale, and compelled
to run for the inner anchorage, the following directions may prove
serviceable.

DZRECTIOUS. — The principal langer outside the beacon at th(!
extremity of Bunker Island ledge is a nek, with only a foot water, lying
1| cables from Ships stern ; whilst the most important danger inside the
beacon, at the distance of 3 cables, is a rock in il?e middle of the chamiel,
having only 3 feet over it.

If from the Sound anchorage run to the north-ea'it, inside the Hen and
Chickens, until the north end of Ships stern bears North, and steer for it,
keeping about a cable's leuifth from its east wide, and pass on the western
side of the beacon about the same distrince.

CHAT. VIII.]

YARMOUTH HARBOrR. — 'I'lBi:?;.

1C3

After passing the lioacon steer for the Indepoiulent churcli, keeping
about 2 cables from the Bunker island shore; about Ij cables to the
nortlnvanl of liattery point, good anchorage will lie found in o^ fathoms.

Kurcber Sboal consists of two shoal patclies, distsait from each other
2^ miles N.E. ^ E. and S.W. ^ W., having betAveefi them a deep water
channel witlx from 7 to 17 fatiioms.

The S.W. shoal is the larger and shoaler, having only 9 feet Avater, and
shows a considerable rip dtiring the strength of the tid-f stresim ; it bears
N.W. by W. § W. 14f miles from Yarmouth lighthouse, and breaks in
heavy weather.

The N.E. shoal has 5 fathoms on it, and shows a good tide rip.

TIDBS. — At the N.E. Lurcher shoal the ebb-stream commences at
Ih. 30m. after the time of high water at Yarmouth ; at neap titles it
attains a velocity of 2^ knots, the average set being 9:|^ miles in a southerly
Ciirection. The flood sets in an opposite direction, its greatest rate at
neaps being 2^ miles, and its average set 8 miles. The slack is full
one hour iu duration.

L 2

164

CHAPTER IX.

BAY OF FUNDY :— SOUTH-EAST COAST.

YAllMOUTH TO THE BASIN OF MINES.

Digby Gut

Vabiation in 1867.
Bryer Island - - - 17'' 15'

18° 25' W. I Basin of Mines -

20° 20' W.

From Ciipe Foureliu, in the imniediiite vicinity of Yarmoufli, the coast
takes ii general N. liy E. trcnil as far as Capo St. Mary, a distance of 17i
inil'>s. This extent of coast line is of an undulating character, varying in
elevation from 20 to 100 feet, and, Avith the exception of one off-lying
danger, viz., Trinity ledge, is remarkably exempt from danger ; and as a
rule may be safely approached even ])y large ships to the distance of
three-quarters of a mile.*

Trinity :ttedge consists of three small rocks close togethei", all of which
uncover at low water springs, the highest being 2 or 3 feet above the
water, and the others just seen. This danger bears S.W. | W. 6f miles
from Cape St. Mary, and N. by W. 13^ miles from Cape Fourchu ; it
causes a great rip during the strength of the tide, and breaks heavily in
had weather ; the ledge should not be approached nearer than half a
mile. IJetween it and Black point on the main shore, a distance of 6 miles,
the bottom is broken and iri'egvdar, with comparatively shallow water,
from 6 to 11 fathoms, but with nothing to bring a vessel up.

The tidal stream runs with great strength at the ledge, attaining during
its strength a velocity of 2 knots ; the ebb sets about S. ^ W., and the
flood N. 1 E.

ST. MAav BAY is au arm of the sea running in from between the
entraucj points in a N.E. by E. direction. The entrance, which lies
between Cape St, Mary and Bryer island, is about 11 miles across, and
from thence ihc bay gradually decreases to al)out 3 miles in breadth.

The bay is of peculiar formation, its weslern shore consisting of a
mere strip of land, upwards of a mile in breadth, and forming a natural
breakwater for a distance of 30 miles, with a varying elevation between

* See Admiralty chart, Bay of Fundy, Sheet I, No. 352 ; Bay of Fundy, East Coast,
Yanuouth to Petit Passage, No. 2,538 ; scale, m= 1^ inches.

CHAP. IX.]

ST. MAKY BAY. — DIRKC'ilONS.

165

20' W.

Ii, the coast
nice of 1 7i
varying in
10 oflf-lyinji:
; iuul ii.s a
distance of

ill of which
t above the
iV. 6| miles
'^ourchu ; it
> heavily in
than half a
3 of 6 miles,
How water,

ling during
v., and iho

etween the
which lies
across, and
adth.

isting of a
I a natural
)n between

East Coast,

430 net at its neck and 100 feet on Br/?r island. Through this nat\u-ul
barrier arc two narrow mivigable cliannels, knoAvn as Grand and Petit
passages, through which the tide rushes with great velocity ; the latter
is the shortest route net ween St. .lohn and Cape Fourchu, and beiiii.";
entirely free li

dan;

liable for

sailing sh

,-ith

Reamers
favourable Avind and tide.

The St. Mary shore of fiOng island is bold to, and a vessel can run
close along it, except in rounding DarMnouth point, off which some ragged
rocks lie nearly 1^ cables distant.

After i)assing Petit passage, the western coast of St. Mary bay, or the
Digby neck shore trends about N.E. by E,, and Is generally oold and
straight ; it may safely be approached (o a cable's length as far as 4 miles
beyond East Sandy cove ; after whicli the water giadually shoals all
across up to the head of the bay.

The principal trade at St. Mary Imj is in ship's and cord wood.

St. Mary Shoal. — ^To the north-eastward of P.asl Sandy cove lies St.
Mary shoal, which is th(> oidy detac ed danger in the bay. It is of largie
extent, and has a deep channel oi both sides of it. A rock with only
5 feet vrater rises from the shoal nb. it a third of the distance' across the
bay from the western shore, and from M the east point of East HniiAy cove
bears W. | S. 3 miles, the north-w i point of Gilb(!r( cove S,E. by ^/.
2^ niiles, and the south tangent of rcmju-kable re<l clilf at the head of

the l)ay E.N.E. G miles.

TXBES. — It is high water iid change, at ►/*.»+ Sandy cove at

lOh. 33m. ; springs rise about 6*t, iioajis 17| te*'*. /f^ the b^ead of

the bay the height of the tide effected hy the winds ; t]V}M' from (}«^
S. W. keeping the water abo- mci-n he'iyjyi*'- aii^ iho.se froiH th* N.K,

below that point. The Mrt^ ■ fts parallel to Hi/' f/A'^y^^ at frow» teinW' i'>
two-thirds of a knot per hoi»

DXRSCTZOirs. — When of! pe Ht. Mary, «tit4 V^Mid m^ fi^- W, i\m
coast may be approached within half a wA^ until mmxr Hf/AytCj^'l^.f Wlj:^/,- it
becomes low; beyond this rocky ridges ext«'ir1 off' flic ^/A*< "" ^''
Como wharf ; and the shore should be given a berth of at U-^wt *» >M4ifc/
IJeyond Como wharf the sho^ becomes cleanev, until wUUUi v Av>Yi
dislauce ol" the enlranee of ilie Sissiboii river, Avlr re a .'"honl >'*;;:- </W
Keep about a mile otf shore, and when the remarkable notch in Kast
Sandy cove, on the Digby neck shore, shows open, haul in towards the
entrance of the river and find good anchorage in about ii^ fathoms, over
mud l)Ottom, about halC a mile from I be shoie.

Sissibou river can only be eniercd by Ijoats at low water, when only
small ves.sels can lie afloat in it. About 4 miles to north-east of the river
is Gilbert cove, aflbrdinu the best anchorage in the bay, and the coast

1C6

BAY OF FUNJJiT, SOUTH-EAST COAST. [chap. ix.

hotweeii can be approached to ubout hall' a mile, cxc(!pt at n point which
lies 1^ miles to the Houtb.-westward of Gilbert ])oin(, where a nhoal rmiH
off for nearly half a mile in a direction perpendicular to the nhore ; a rond
running down from the iiitcrior to the shorif points «)Ut (hr direction of the
Bhoal. After passing this shoal a vessel may haul towards Gilbert point,
beyonil which good iinchorage will bo found iu about 4 fathoms, over
muddy bottom. Fresh water can be obtained from a stn^im running over
the rocks near an old mill. Beyond Gill)ert covo the water shoals to the
head of the bay.

Anobora^e. — J^argc vessels niiiy anchor in St. Mary buy, anywhere
between East Sandy cove and Sissibou I'iver, in from 10 to 12 fathoms
water ; and with good ground tackle nniy rid(( out any gale, as the sea at
this anchorage, even with south-westerly winds, to which it is exposed,
becomes exhnusted.

There are three anchoring places on the western shore; of the bay,
viz.. Little river. Mink cove, and East Sandy cove, the last, In'ing the
largest and most sheltered, is most frequented. In i( vessels of 12 feet
draught can find good shelter from all winds between S.S.W., round by
West, to N.E. ; and if distrjosed by a south-easterly wind they can find
security by running on the mud. Fresh water can hi> obtained at the head
of the cove when the tide is up, except during dry seasons.

BKTER isiiAirD iiXCHT. — The lighthouse, of an octagonal shape and
painted white, stands on the norlh-west point of Uryisr island, and from
an elevation of "2 f«;et above high Avater exhildts a /ixnl white light,
which in clear wcathi-i should bo seen from a distance of ITj miles.*

Bryer Xslanu S.W. I>edg:e has only 1.3 feet on its slioalest part, which
lies with Dartmouth point iust open to tlu! Avestwatwl of Gull I'ock, and
is distant from the lattn nearly 2 miles S.W. by W. | W. Between
this ledge and Gull rock there is a chiinnel 1^ milcfs wide, and tho rock
can be approached to a (j:i;H-ter of a mile on its sea side.

Bryer Island North-west ledve i- of large extent, and lies to the
north-west of Bvycr island, with deep waiter (floso to its north-west tide.
There is a good passage between h am! Bn,-er island, whoMc; north-Avestern
shore may be approached to a quarter <9i' a mile.

There are several shoal spots on tki- ledge, the ])riiK'ipal of which are
the North-west rock, Beatson rocks, mui Frenchnnin elbow.

xrortta-weat Rock is a sniiill pnidi with only (i feet walfM', and Irom it
Bryer island lighthouse bears S. by W. nearly 4| miles. Monrilyan
mark (a large granite boulder) on a hill on Tjong island on with the north

• See Admiralty chart, Bay of Fundy, East Coast, Bryer Island to Gulliver Hole ;
No. 2,656 ; scale. m—\^ inches.

[chap.

IX.

CHAP. IX.]

BKYEll ISLAND. — GRAND PAM8AGK.

167

int which
loal niiiH
a rond
<»n of the
erl poinf,
JiiiH, over
uufT over
H to the

mywhere

Cafhoms

ic Hoa at

exposed,

the bay,
leiiig (lie
12 feet
ouilfl by
eiiii fbid
the Iioad

liapc und
mid from
te light,
.*

t, which
H'l<, find
[ietweeu
ho rock

I (0 the
eat .'^idc.
western

lieh are

from it
iirilyau
' norlh

»• Hole i

of Bryer island S.S.E

■leii

) the north ward und oiiHt-
ward of thi.s rock, and the whole ledge.

Beatson Socks consist of two nnnill patches a cable's length ai)art, with
12 and 13 feet water. The north-eastern patch, with 12 feet, lies with the
North-west rock E. by N. -^ N., oxw. mile, the passage; between having
nothing less than 6 fnthoms ; and Bryer ishmd lighthouse south a little
easterly 3| miles.

The North-west ledge extends some distnncc to the southward of
Beatson rocks ; during the strength of the tiile ir shows n heavy tide rip
jilong its whole length, and breaks heavily on its shoal parts when there
is much sea.

Gull rock (well open of Whipple point) bearing South leads to the
southward of Beatson rocks' ih Mi fathoms, and Gull rock on with Whipple
point, S. ^ W., lends between )iv tsoii and North-west rocks.

Frencbman Elbow is ii long rocky strip, having on its shoalest part
5^ fathoms ; and lies between North-west rock and the north point of
Bryer island, being about one mile distant from the former,

TIDES. — The tidal stream runs very strong over the North-west ledge,
the ebb taking a southerly and the flood a northerly direction, at the rate
of about 4 knots at half tide. The stream changes about three-quarters of
an hour after that in Grand passage, or nearly about the time of high and
low Avater there.

OBAITD PASSAGE and VTESTPORT. — Grand passage, between Bryer
and Long islands, is nturow and contains several dangers, but the prin-
cipal difficulty connected with its navigation is the great velocity of the
tidal streams through the channel.

Close in <m Bryer island there is good anchor.ige off the town of
West])ort ; the only winds to which it is exposed are from N. ^ E., to
N.N.E, ^ E., but even with these winds the water is always smooth at
the anchorage recommended.

Westport carries on a considerable trade in fish, and from it limited
supplies msiy be obtained. A small supply of fresh water may also be
procured from wells.

PETER zsiiAXirB iiZGHTS. — The lighthouse is a square white building
sttuidinir on Peter island at the south entrance of the Grand passage.
From the roof, at an elevation of 40 feet above high water, are exhibited
two Jixed while lights, phieed hofizoiilally, which in clear weather should
b(f visible from a distiinee of 10 miles. From the northward the lights are
visible between the bearings S. by W. and S.S.W., and from the south-
ward between N.N.W. | W. and N.E. by E.

PassaKo Shoal, with 5 feet water, shows a tide rip; it lies in the

168

BAY OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[chap. IX.

middle of the passage, mid lies N. ^ E. from the lighthouse ou Peter
ihihind, and a third of a mile from it.s nearest shore.

Cow JtOilKe extends I .V caMes off the Long island shore of the northern
entrance of Grand passage; its highest part nncovers soon after high
water.

Cow Xedgre Staoai, Avith 14 feet wiiter, lies a (jnarler of a mile to the
northward of the highest pnrl of Cow ledg*-, and S.E. ^ E. 3 cables from
the north point of Bryer island.

Peter island lighthonsc bearing 8. by W. ^ W., or with the island open
its own lavidth west of Sand point, clears Cow ledge, and leads through
the northern entrance in the deep water channel west of Cow ledge slioiil.

TXBES. — At Westjiort it is high water, full and change, at lOh, 43m. ;
springs rise 20^ feet, neaps 17 feet. The stream commences running to
the soutlnvard full half an hour Ix'forc high water by the shore, and runs
with great velocity through Griuul passage, especially through the two
channels at its southern entrance, where it attains a rate of from 4 to 5
knots per hour.

DIRBCTZOirs. — 'West of Peter Island. — At the southern end of
Grand passage there is a channel on each side of Peter island, the one on
its western side being the shorter and narrower of the two, with from
16 to 20 feet Avater and clear of danger. If making for the western en-
trance, keep in mid-channel, iuul if the flood be running bear ii'. miiuT
that the tide sets with great strength directly on the south point of Peter
island. When through the channel, and wishing to anchor tit Westport,
haul to the iKU'th-west, and anchoi' in from o to 7 fathoms, with Ejiiscopal
church 8.W. ^ W., and Baptist chapel AV. 1 N.

Tf bouiul through Grand passage, after passing through the western
entrance, preserve a northerly course and avoid opeiu'ng Diutnu)uth j)oint
cast of Peter's island, until the Episcopal church bears S.W. ^ W., when a
course may be steered for the northern entrance, through A\hich Peter
island lighthouse S. by W. ^ W., or with the islaiul open its own breadth
west of Sand point, leads in the deep water channel west oi' Cow ledge
and Cow ledge shoal.

When the north point of Bryer island bears N.W. by W. the vessel will
be clear of Cow ledge shoal, ami by kcejiing Peter island lighthouse in
sight will pa: s a long way to the eastward of North-west ledge. After
passing Cow ledge shoal, Long island may be approached to a cable's
length, but the north point of Bryer island should iu)t be rounded within a
quarter of a mile.

EaHt of Peter Island. — On nearing the passage give Dartmouth [)oiiita
berth of a quarter >f a mile, and pass along the east shore of Peter island,
which may be safely approached to within a cable. Preserve a northerly

[chap. IX,

on Peter

<■ iiordiciii
lifter liigh

nilo to tlio
•allies from

>l!uul open
s through
go .shoal.
I Oh. 43in. i
running to
, and runs
h the U\o
■om 4 t(j 5

•n end of
he one on
witli from
[?.stern en-
i' in mind
t of Peter
■West ])ort,
Episcopal

i western
Mtli j)oiut
'.) when a
ich Peter
n breadtli
ow lodge

es.sel will
house in
L". After
a eahle's
within a

li point a
T island,
orthei'ly

OBAP. IX.]

DIRECTIONS. — PETIT PASSAGE.

109

course until Peter island lightliouse licars S. by VV. | VV., and proceed
through the northern entrance with the marks already given.

If intending to anchor at Westport, after jtassing Peter island, himl
sharp round the north end of the island when the Epise(»pal chureh Itearii
W. ^ S., and pass between the shoal spit off the north end of the island
and Passage shoal, on which the flood sets with great strength.

CAVTIonr. — The foregoing directions for entering Cirand passage from
the southwaid are adapted for flood tide and a leading wind, and any
departure therefrom must l)e contingent on the state of the tide and direc-
tion of Avind.

Captain li. V. Hamilton cautions strangers against attempting the
anch(H"agc off Westport without the assistance of local knowledge, as the
tides in the entrance, with a velocity of o or () knots an hour, form eddies
and Avhirlpools likely to bring a ship round against her helm and cause
her being stramled.

The same oflicer also describes the holding ground off Westport as being
good, but thinks the usual anchorage too close in shore for large shii)s; if
further out vessels should moor, as the eddi(;s would cause a single anchor
to foul.

PBTXT PASSACE, between Long island ami Digby neck, though
narrow, is available '.'or steamers, and for sailing ships also, if the latter
have a favourable wind and tide.

The passage forms the shortest route between St. John and Ca])e
Fourchu, and is almost entirely free from dangers, the exce[)tion being a
.small rock, with 8 feet water, lying N.N.E. § E. ft-om the lighthouse,
nearly 2 cables length irom the nearest part of Boar head. There is a
passage with 4 fathoms between the shore and this rock, which shows a
tide rip during the strength of the tide, and breaks in heavy weather.

On the western shore of the passage an eddy is formed to the northward
of Eddy point, where small vessels may anchor close in shore, but they
require lo l)e moored head and stern.

SOAR HEAB XtXGHT. — The lighthouse is a S(iuare wooden building
painted white, standing on Boar head, the northern extremity of Long
island, forming the western point of the northern entrance of Petit

passage.

The light is a /r/'o/r/?/// light, showing alternate red and W/j/c flashes
every minute; it is visi1)le Irom tiie Bay of F'undy between the bearings
of E. by S., and S.W. by W., and from St. Mary's bay between N. I W.
and N. by E. Li clear weather the iighv should be visible from a distance
of 14 miles,

TXSES. It is high water, full and change, in Petit passage at

10 h. 41 m. ; springs rise 22 feet, and neaps 18 feet. The stream runs

-4

.'St.

170

BAY OP FUNDY, SOUTH-BAST COASiT.

fclIAl'. IX,

thioiifj;li tliti piisHrij,'o ill Iho t'ato of 6 or 7 milon iiii hour ; tho ebb fVoin tho
nu:lluviii'(I, iiiul tlic <I(KhI froiri tho Houthwunl.

niRBCXXOira. — When ciitcfing the passiiw koc i ii inid-rhmnicl
coursi! until approaching K(hly poini, which pi'oji cts into tho pn.ssagL-,
when ch)H(' the woHlorn shore, which is stcepiT to than the eantern side
in tho vicinity of Sandy poiiil. OH" tlie south point of Oigby ix-ck arc
some roekw which covei- iit half flood, and extend nbont a cable otf Hhore
in a southerly direction.

When off C'mjm" St. Mary, and running fir Petit passage on the ebb,
steer for the iniddh! of I^ong island iiiilil (lie slri|> of tide running from
(ho passage towanls tlie cape is passed ; and when within it a feeble
eddy will bo found on tho Long islaiul shore setting towards tlie passage,
increasing in strength and decreasitig in breadth as it ncars the passage,
whore it extends as far as Edtly point.

When in the Ray of Fundy, and wishing to enter Petit passage on tho
ebb, make the I^igby neck shore to the eastward of the ])nssage, and skirt
it along ni'til in the passage, in order to avoid being swept past the entrance.
The Diglty neck shore is steep-to, and may be approached iu safety to
1^ or 2 cables.

COAST. — The Bay of Futnly shore of Long island is stcep-to within a
cable's h'ngth, until approaching Boar head, when the 8 feet detached rock
already referred to must be avoided ; only small vessels or steamers with
local knowledge should attempt to pass inside it.

From Petit passage the shore of Digby neck on (he Bay of Fundy side
is straight and steep-to an far as West Sandy cove, and may be approached
with safety to 2 cables.

Between West Sandy cove and Gulliver hole the coast ti'cnds
N.K. by E. ^ E. for 10^ miles, and from the west point of Gidliver hole to
Digby gut the distance is about 8^ miles in an K.N.E. direction, the
intermediate i^hon! being generally steep-to, and approachable with safety
to 3 cables' length.

The land on Digby neck is partially wooded, more thickly on the side
of Fundy buy (ban that of St. Mary, and slopes gradually towards the
Buy of Fundy shore. At West Sandy cove and (xulliver hole there are
cliti's of some height, and the hollows which run through the neck at each
of these places present a remarkable ai)pe!U'anee.

VTest Sandy Cove affords good anchorage, l)eing sheltered from all winds
lietweeii E.N.E. round l)y South to W.S.W. Cure must be taken to avoid
a rock with 6 feet water lying N.E. ^ E. 8 cables off the western i)oint of
Western Sandy cove, n'ith a deep water channel between it and the shore.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at West Sandy cove at
lOh. 47m. ; springs rise 23 feet, neaps 19 feet.

cuAr,

r«"Ar. IX.
i'niiii tho

"l-«'!mniic'|

i^N'iii side
i"'«'k arc
off hIioi'o

(lie obi),

liii*,' from

ii firl)l(!

pUH.SIIgf,

u passage,

igc on the
and skii-t
cnfriince.
wifety to

5 witliiu u
chc'd rock
mors with

^undy side
pproachcd

St trends
or Iiolo to
tJtion, tliL'
ith safety

tlie side
nirds the
(here arc
k at oaeh

all winds
to avoid

i point of

he sliore.
cove a(,

CUAl*. IX.]

COAST. — DIGBY GUT,

171

OulUver Hole is free from danger, and also affords good aneh

ISO atlorUs good anehorng.' with
nil winds from IvN.IC. round by South to N.VV. liy W .

BXOHY IiXOKT. — The liglilhonsc is a squnrc Ijuilding, i)aintt'd wliilc,
with a central red stripe down the lanliMti friilile. and two red verticiil
Hfripes on each side ; it stands near (he extremity of Toiui ]'rim on tlie
western sidc^ of tJic entrance, and i'rom an elevation of 7(i feet ahove lii"1i
water exhibits n, fi.ird wlutc light, which should lie visible in clear weather
13 miles.

DXOBY OtTT is a narrow opening hall' a milo in breadth, Avilh steep
acclivities on each side, and n deep water chann. I hading into Annapolis
basin, on the western side of which stands the town of Digby.*

The shore on each side of the gut is rocky and steep-to for several
leagues, as are also the i)oints of entrance, especially tho one on the eastern
side, Avhieh han deep water within a few fathoms of the shore.

Within Point I'riin, on the western .olun-e of tiio entrance, is Man-of-war
rock, flistant about n cable's length from the high water line, and steep-to
on its eastern side.

TZXiBS. — At Digby Gut it is high water, full and change, at 11 h.;
springs rise 27^ feet, nea])s 28 feet.

Along shore the tidal stream runs nearly parallel to its trend at the rate
of from H to 2 knots, turning inshore a little before the time of high and
low Avater respectively, and offshore a little later.

Through the gut the stream of ebb and Hood sets with a velocity of 4
to 5 knots an hour, causing various eddies and Avhirlpools ; the truest
stream Avill b<< found on the eastern side.

SZRSCTZOM'S. — A'essels Avishing to obtain temporary anchor ir.ay lind
it at the entrance of the gut on the AA'esiern <ide, about half a milo Avithin
the lighthouse. Here the anchorage is good in about 7 fathoms, mud,
about a cable's length from the shore, and sheltered from all Avinds except
between N.W. ami E.N.K.

If ])roceeding to the anchorage near the town of Digby, steer a mid-
channel course through the entrance, and then bring the eastern point of
entrance to bear N. ^ E., and keep it astern ; this course Avill lead betAveen
the outer shoal tongue; of an extensive spit and the Avestcrn shore, and
when Bear island a])pears midway betAveen the points of entrance of Bear
river, anchor in from 6 to 8 fathoms.

When proceeding ihi'ougb the narrows stulden gusts of wind are fre-

* Sec Adinindty chart, Buy of Fiindy, Slu'et 2. Di^by Gut to TTead of Navigation,
No. ;153 ; Bay of Fimdy, East Coast, Gull • r Ilolf to St. Croix T5ay, No. ^,561 ; scale,
»i = l^ iuches.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

1.0

I.I

■- IIM

150 '""^^
Hi

I 1^ liiio

■1.8

1.25 1.4

< 6"

►

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

''^".A^

172

BA.Y OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST. [ohap. ix.

CHAP

quently experit'iicod, caused by the almost precipitous nature of the hills
overlooking the gut.

Vessels hound up the I'iver to Annapolis should obtain the assistance of
local pilots.

COAST from JDZOBY OUT to CAPB SPKZT. — Proceeding up the Bay
of Fundy from Digby gut the coast takes a general trend of E. by N. 1 N.
as far as the small village of Morden or French Cross, a distance of about
36 miles, from whence it deflects more to the eastward as far as Scotsman bay.

The land is undulating and thickly wooded, but with partial clearings,
and from the shoi'e assumes a gi'adual ascent until it attains an elevation
of from 400 to 600 feet at the distance of 2 or 3 miles from the sea.

To the eastAvai'd of Chute cove this regularity of formation is diver-
sified by perpendicular cliffs about 100 feet high, and forming small bays,
on the points of which settlements have been made, and piers built to
facilitate shipping cordwood, which at present is the chief export, Small
vessels can lay alongside the eastern sides of these piers, which act as
breakwaters, where they ground every tide.

The coast from Digby gut to the eastward abounds with fresh water,
which runs in streams down the slopes of the hills into the Bay of
Fundy. Boats can obtain good water from the mouths of the streams after
half flood.

Ctaute Covo lies 22 miles to the eastwai'd of Digby lighthouse, and may
be recognized by the commencement of the cliffs before mentioned.

A pier or breakwater runs off from the middle of the cove, and there is
also a post office, which is in communication with Bridgetown by means
of a road over the hill.

SI. caoix. BAT, about a mile to the eastward of Chute covo, is
separated fiom it by a low green point ; this bay affords the best anchorage
along the coast eastward of Digby gut.

Ancborages. — Off Chute covo anchor with the breakwater S.E. distant
3 cables, and about 2 cables offshore, in about 4^ fathoms, mud.

In St. Croix bay anchor with its west point W. ^ S. at the distance of
a quarter of a mile off shore, in 4 fathoms, mud.

MARSBAXiIi COVE IiZOBTS. — The lighthouse is a square building
painted white, and stands near the inner end of the pier at Marshall
cove (formerly known as Port Williams), about 2 miles oast of St. Croix
bay.

It exhibits two Ji.vrd vcrticnl I'l^htu -, the upper 1 eing a «t>/«7(' light at
an elevation of 60 feet above liigli walor, and the lower a green light 57
feet high. In clear weather the wfilfc Wght should be seen from a distance
of 5 miles, and on a nearer approach the f/rccn light.

and

9
and
this

[OHAP. IX.

of the hills
assistance of
up the Bay

. J)y N. 1 N.
ice of about
Jotsman bay.
al clearings,
an elevation
e sea.

m is tliver-
small bays,
iers built to
ort. Small
hich .act as

Fresh water,
the Bay of
I'eams after

ie, and may
ned.

md there is
II bv means

te cove, is
; anchoi'agc

.E. distant

listance of

3 building

; Marshall

St. Croix

'fc light at
n light 57
a distance

CHAP. IX.]

ST. CROIX BAY. — MORDEN.

173

A road leads over the hill from the breakwater, from which cordwood
and a small amount of agricultural produce arc shipped.

POST OBOBOE lies nearly 5 miles to the eastward of Marshall cove,
and exports live stock, potatoes, and cordwood ; there is a post office at
this place.

Dirilmot Rook uncovers at half tide, and lies about 1^ cables east of the
small pier at Port George, and 1^ cables from the high water lino.

Tides. — It is high water, full and change, at Port George at
11 h. 17 m. ; springs rise 32 feet, neaps 28 feet.

MARGARBTVIKKS ijXGHTS. — The lighthouse is a square white
building, standing on the extremity of a ])oint about 4^ miles east of
Port George. It exhibits two fixed vertical lights ; the upper being a
ichite light at an elevation of 30 feet above high water, and the lower
a red light at an elevation of 27 feet.

In clear weather the ichite light should be seen from a distance of 5
miles, and on a nearer approach the red light.

Care must be taken in approaching Margaretville to avoid a shoal
a mile in length running parallel with the shore, from which it is distant
about half a mile; the shoalest part with two feet water lies two-thirds of
a mile from the small pier near the lighthouse.

Between the west end of this shoal, with 2 fathoms, and the breakwater
there is a 3-fathora channel one quarter of a mile broad.

MORBEir or rRSiTCB CROSS lies 6 miles to the eastward of
Margaretville, and may be recognized by the square tower of its Episcopal
church ; there is also a post office, as well as a small pier, alongside which
vessels lav aground, and ship agricultural produce and cordwood.

About a third of a mile to the eastward of Mo. den breakwater, and
2 cables off shore, is a small bank which dries at low water. Vessels had
better keep outside until there is sufficient Avater to pass over it.

About a mile to the eastward of Morden is JolifTe head, a high
perpendicular cliff of u reddish colour ; and further on are two small piers,
known as Ogilvie and Gibbon breakwaters, the latter being 6^ miles

from Morden.

Anchorases. — The best anchorage near Port George is in about 5
fathoms, at the distance of one mile to the eastAvard of the pier.

Off Margai-etville vessels should anchor Avithin the shoal in abont 5
fathoms, sand, at the distance of a quarter of a mile from the shore, Avith
the high Avater line of Port George on Avith Margaretville point.

The anchorage near Morden is in about (j fathoms a little to the east-
ward of the breakAvater.

B&ACX ROCX KXOBT. — The lighthouse stands on Black r ■>ck point,
9 miles to the eastward of Morden, and nearly opposite Capo D'Ore, the

174*

BAY OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[onxr. IX.

OUAI

northern point of entrance to the Basin of Mines. It is a square wiiite
l)uilding, and from an elevation of 45 feet above high water is exhibited a
fixed white light, which should bo vidible in elear weather from a distance
of 12 miles.

Black Rook, from which the locality derives its name, is 21 feet above
low water springs, and covers about half flood ; it bears from the light-
liouse E.N.E. nearly a quarter of a mile. At low water the rock dries
about 200 feet outside its apex.

Small piers run out abreast of Canada creek, Chapman brook, and
Hall harbour, all to the eastward of Black rock lighthouse, from which
they are respectively distant one, 4, and 6^ miles.

Outside Canada wharf, at the distance of one-third of a mile ofl' shore, is
a shoal spit having only 11 feet water.

Off Shoal point, about 1| miles east of Hall harbour, some rocks
extend off shore a quarter of a mile.

AWCBORAGES between SXOBT OVT and OA»B SP&ZT. — Vessels
can anchor all along this part of the north-west coast of Nova Scotia,
with winds from East, round by South, to W.S.W., in about 12 fathoms
water, free from lock, at distances varying from one quarter to half a
mile off shore.

In some of the bays a closer anchorage may be obtained, with soft
bottom and greater shelter ; but when the wind is strong from S.W. or
more westerly the ebb tide, which runs at the rate of 2 knots along shore
to the westward of Morden, renders the anchorage along the coast unfit
for small vessels, and they are advised to stand off and on during the ebb.

To the eastward of Morden the lidal stream runs with increased
rapidity, and here also, after the wind gets round to the westwai-d and
blows hard, a heavy sea comes up with the first of the flood, rendering
the anchorage bad, especially for small vessels.

BCOTSMiixr BAT. — Vessels bound to the Basin of Mines arriving off'
Cape Split and unable to get through on account of the strong ebb tide, may
anchor on the west side of the cape, about one mile from its extremity,
and 2 cables off shore, in about 10 fathoms, with the outer lump of Capo
Split on with the nearest point beai'ing N. by W. -^ W.

In the fall of the year, when the gales frequently commence from the
eastward and suddenly shift to the westward, the anchorage in Scotsman
bay is dangerous.

TZDBS. — It is high water, full and change, at Black rock point at
llh. 29ra. ; springs rise 36 feet, neaps 31 feet.

zsXiB BAVTB, about 1^ miles in length and a quarter of a mile in breadth,
lies 9 miles to the northward of Morden and 5 miles to the south-west of
Cape Chigaecto. The island uitains an elevation of 320 feet, 's thickly

woo
poin
grai

spri

[OHAl'. IX.

OUAF. IX.]

ISLE HAUTE CAPE CHIGNECTO.

175

lime white

exhibited a

a distance

feet above
the light-
rock dries

Mook, and
rom which

)fl' shore, is

orne rocks

— VesselB

>va Scotia,

1 2 fathoms

to half a

with soft
m S.W. or
long shore
coast unfit
J the ebb.

increased
tward and
rendering

'riving off
) tide, may
extremity,
J of Cape

3 from the
Scotsman

point at

n breadth,
b-west of
^s thickly

wooded, and is surrounded on all sides, excepting the east and west
points, by perpendicular clitt's. Its western point is formed by a steep
grassy slope, and off its eastern point is a stony spit which uncovers at
low water about a third of a mile out. Excepting off this point the island
is steep-to, and may be approached in safety within a quarter of a mile.

TZBBS. — At Isle Haute it is high water, full and change, at llh. 21 m. ;
springs rise 33 feet, neaps 28^ feet.

Jlnoboragre. — Vessels may anchor on the north-east tid of Isle Haute
in about 12 fathoms, within the eddy about \\ cables from the east point
of the island.

CAPB SV&ZT is the termination of a remarkable tapering promontory,
forming the southern point of entrance to the Basin of Mines, and consists
of perpendicular cliffs about 200 feet high, which are divided by several
deep fissures or splits, hence the name.

Two small detached rocks, which just uncover at low water springs,
lie off the pitch of Cape Split in a N.N.W. \ W. directiou, at thn
respective distances of one quarter and one third of a mile. There is
a passage between the rocks, as well as between the inner rock and the
cape. During the tide a very heavy tide rip extends considerably beyond
these rocks.

CAPB CBIOITBCTO is the western extremity of a promontory dividing
the head of the Bay of Fundy into two branches ; the one to the north-
ward known as Chignecto channel leads into Cumberland basin and the
fliver Petit Coudiac, whilst the southern of the two leads into the Basin
of Mines.

The cape itself is very conspicuous, as the land in its immediate vicinity
attains an elevation between 700 and 900 feet, being thickly wooded and
intersected by valleys. On the south-east side the high land falls sud-
denly, and terminates in many places on the shores of Advocate bay in
high cliffs. The shores of the cape have deep water close to.

OAVB B'OBB, a low green point S.E. \ E. 7^ miles from Cape Chig-
necto, is the south-western extremity of a high ridge of land, separated
from that of Cape Chignecto by a deep valley.

This ridge terminates on its western side in cliffs 200 feet high, and
also falls abruptly towards the low point known as Cape D'Ore, which
probably derives its name from the cliffs containing a large quantity of
apparently pure copper.

ABVOCATB BAT lics between Capes Chignecto and D'Ore, and near
its head affords good anchorage with winds from W.N.W. round by
North to E.S.E. ; but care must be taken to get under weigh as soon as
the wind hauls round to the southward, as in such cases it frequently veers
round to, and blows hard Aom tho westward.

176

BAT OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST. [chap. «.

ABVOOATB BARBOVX. — From tlic middle of Advocate bay a natural
sea wall eompoNed of Htones extendi in an almost continuous manner to the
wcHteri) point of Cape D'Ore. This Avail or eauscway is about 10 feet
above high water, but between it and the shore of Advocate settlement — a
distance of two-thirds of u mile — is a deep basin with a mudely bottom,
which only dries one or 2 feet at low Avater springs.

Near Cai)e D'Ore there is an opening through the causcAvay at high
water, and vessels pass through into the basin or harbour inside, Avhcrc they
of course ground at low water, but are protected by the stony Avail outside.

There is a snuill hole near the entrance in Avhich small craft — if moored —
can lay ailciit at low water. As tuc passage into the harbour frequently
shifts during westerly gales, no vessel should attempt to enter without local
knowledge.

Shoal. — About half a mile east of Cape D'Ore the shore trends to the
northwai'd towards Horseshoe cove, and forms a point, off Avhich lies a
detached stony shoal which dries at low Avater. The inner end of the
shoal is close to the east side of the point, from Avhence it extends about 1^
cables in a north-easterly direction.

OAPB SVBXrCBX may easily be recognized liy a remarkable sugar loaf
rock isolated at high Ava(er, above Avhich it rises 20 feet. The cape should
not be approached nearer than 2 cables, in order to avoid a detached rock,
Avhich dries at low water, about a cables' length off shore.

SPBircBll XB&AWD is small, thickly Avooded, and 180 feet high ; it is
separated from the main land near Cape Si)cncer by a channel about a
quartt" of a mile broad in Avhich there h as little as 6 feet Avater.

TSTHJiB. — At Spencer island it is high Avater, full and change, at
llh. tim.; springs rise 39 feet, neaps 33 feet. The tidal stream attains a
A'eloeity of 6 knots an hour.

AXrcHOBAOB. — To the n;,rthAvard of Spencer island there is good
anchorngo, and safe from all winds excepting from east to south. The
best place is in about o fathoms, mud and sand, Avith the east end of
Spencer island S. by E. about tAvo-thirds of a mile. "Vessels tide-bound
can anchor anywhere betAvcen Spencer island and Fox point, in about
5 fathoms Avater and half a mile off shore.

TXBB8 between BXOBT and CAVE S»XiXT. — From Digby gut to the
head of Scotsman bay the tidal stream runs parallel with the shore, and
during the strength of the tide attains a velocity varying from 2 knots off
Digby to about 3 knots olflJlack rock lighthouse, from Avhence to the head
of Scotsman bay the rate again diminishes.

From Cape Chignecto to Capo D'Ore the flood sets nearly in a straight
line, and makes a long rip off Capo D'Ore to the distance of a mile in a
southerly direction, caused by meeting an eddy setting towards Cape

[chap.

IX.

CHAP, ix] ADVOCATE nARBOUR. — BASIN OF MINES.

177

a nntuial
nei' to the
lit 10 feet
loment— a
ly bottom,

y nt liigh
icro they
1 outside.

moored —
equently

hout local

ids to the
ich lie.s a
nd of the
I about 11

mgav loaf
pe should
hed rock,

gh ; it is
1 about a

laiige, at
attains a

is good
h. The
St end of
le-bound
in about

t to the
ore, and
knots off
the head

straight
lile in a
Is Cape

D'Ore, along its eastern shore. Inshore between the above capes the flood
makes a circuit of Advocate bay; but on the ebb an eddy is formed to tho
westward of Cape D'Ore.

At Spencer anchorage, except about the first hour of ebb, the set of
tho tide tends towards Spencer island. Kound Cape D'Ore and Spencer
island the tidal current runs from 5 to 6 knots an hour, and round tho
end of the rip off Capo Split it attains a velocity of 7 or 8 knots.

Close in shore the stream of tide changes its direction a little before, and
in the ofRng a little after, the time of high and low water by the shore.
Between Digby and Black rock lighthouse, it changes inshore from 1.5 to
30 minutes, and to the eastward of Hall harbour from one to 2 hours before
the time of high and low water.

BXXtscTZOsrs. — When approaching Cape D'Ore with a flood tide, keep
well off the cape, beyond the iniiuence of tlie tide rip ; if with au ebb tido
and a commanding breeze round Cape D'Ore close to, but unless the wind
be fair and "trong it would be advisable to keep the vessel in tho eddy
west of Cape D'Ore until the ebb has ceased running.

BASXM' of xazxTES. — The entrance to the Basin of Mines lies bctweca
Fox point on the north, and Cape Split; the distance between these points
being 3^ miles. The length of the basin in a straight line between Capo
Split at its entrance and the town of Truro at its ;.asterii extremity ia
exactly 50 miles, with a varying and very irregular breadth.

The northern shore of the basin between Fox and Economy points ia
high, and varies in elevation from 250 to 400 feet, gradually rising within
a few miles of the coast to a well wooded range known as Cobequid
mountains, being a continuation in an easterly direction of the range north
of Cape Chignecto.

This mountainous range attains in some places an elevation of more than
800 feet; it is deeply intersected by numerous valleys, through which small
rivers descend to the sea, and is also well wooded, but with partial clearings
near the shore. To the eastward of Point Economy the shore gradually
declines in altitude to the head of the basin.

The Basin of Mines receives the waters of numerous rivers, the principal
being Avon river to the south-west, into whose outlet the St. Croix and
Kennetcook rivers discharge their waters, and tho Shubenacadie river near
the head of the basin.

SOVTR SBOHB. — Tlio southern shore of the Basin of Mines is bold from
Cape Split to about 2 miles south of Cape Blomidon, with high precipitous
earthy cliffs, varying in elevation from 200 to 600 feet, and thickly wooded
on their summits. From the above position the high ridge over Cape
Blomidon slopes rapidly to the valley of Cornwallis river, where the laud
ia well cleared and intersected by numerous valleys.

17698. M

J '■*

178

BAY OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[OHAP. IX,

' A ridge, of which Hortou bluff is the eastern extremity, separates the
valleys of Cornwallis and Avon. To the eastward of Avon river the laud
is intersected by valleys, thickly wooded in some parts, but partially cleared
in others.

■OBTOir KZOBT. — The lighthouse is a square white building standing
on Horton bluff on the west side of the entrance to Avon river. The
lantern is on the gable of the building, and from it, at an elevation of
92 feet above high water, is exhibited a. fixed white light, which should be
visible in clear weathei' from a distance of 20 miles.

Txsas. — It is liigh water, full and change, ut Horton bluff at 12h. 30ro.;
springs rise 48 feet, neaps 40 feet.

ivnrBSOK. — The town of Windsor, and capital of County Hants,
stands at the confluence of the Avon and St. Croix I'ivers ; it contains the
principal college in the province of Nova Scotia, and lies 30 miles N.N.W.
of Halifax, with which it is connected by railway

BAxrOBKB off AVOW RiVBit. — The approaches to Avon river are
rendered difficult on account of extensive flats, which fi-om the nature of
the bottom and velocity of the tides mup. be continually shifting their
position ; and as the channels between ar j narrow and circuitous, without
any Avell defined leading marks, it is absolutely necessary that strangers
should obtain the services of a local pilot.

As a detailed description of these dangers would be of no possible
benefit to seamen, it will suffice to give hereafter a few directions, in case
of necessity, for attaining the anchorage near Horton bluff, at the entrance
of the Avon.

Tlie Boffbaok is a sandy shoal upwards of 2\ miles long, very narrow,
and running j^arallel with the shore. It dries on its south side, which is
separated from Cambridge flats by a channel nearly a mile broad, having
about 3 fathoms water, and is distant from the south shore If miles.

From about the centre of the part which uncovers Horton lighthouse
is just touching Chivirie point S.W., and Walton tower, 205 feet high,
E.S.E.

■Walton Bar, composed of sand, lies a little to the eastward of the town
of Walton, and dries at the distance of 1^ miles off shore ; its outer
tangent is in line between the centre of the Hogback and Burncoat head
lighthouse.

Between Walton bar and Burncoat head the low water line extends
about half a mile off shore.

BUBxrcoAT BSAB XiZOBT. — The lighthouse is a square white building
standing on the north-west extremity of Burncoat head, and ft'om an
elevation of 75 feet above high water is exhibited a fixed white light,
which should be seen fi-om a distance of 13 miles during clear weather.

[chap. IX.

iparatcs the
er the laud
ally cleared

ig standing
iver. Tlie
ilevation of
I should be

12h. 30m.;

ity Hants,
ontains the
es N.N.W.

river are
3 nature of
fting their
18, without

strangers

10 possible
ins, in case
le entrance

sy narrow,
!, which is
ad, having
liles.

lighthouse
feet high,

the town

its outer

coat head

i extends

i building
from an
te light,
ither.

CHAP. IX.]

HORTON LIGUT. — WEST BAY.

179

TIBBS. — It is high water, full and change, in Noel bay, just to tho
eastward of Burncoat head, at 12 h. 41 m. ; springs rise 50^ feet, neaps
3i feet.

Oape Sharp derives its name from a remarkably sharp eminence, 300 feet
high, with which it terminates ; it is 5J miles from Fox point, and with
the shore of the Capo Split promontory, from which it is distant only
2f miles, forms the narrowest part of the entrance to the Basin of Mines.

Blaok Sook, with an elevation of 15 feet above high water, and of small
extent, lies a short half mile from tlio nearest shore, and N.W. by W. ^ W.
three-quarters of a mile from Cape Sharp. A deep-water channel exists
between the Black rock anil the shore, but as the streams of tide set
directly on tho rock, this passage should never be attcmptnd.

WBST BAY is about 2^ miles across between Cape Sharp on the west
and Partridge island, and three-quarters of a mile in depth. Nearly the
whole of the bay is occupied by a shoal bank of sand and gravel, the
shoalest spot having 1^ fathoms, a little on the east side of the middle of
the bay, and lies a good third of a mile off shore, with Cape Split just shut
in with Cape Sharp.

n There is nothing less than 3 fathoms on other parts of this bank, whilst

within it, about a quarter of a mile from tho shore, is a narrow belt of
deeper water with fi-om 5 to 6 fathoms.

West bay affords good anchorage towards its western side in about 6
fathoms, mud, with Cape Sharp bearing S.W, by W. ^ W. half a mile
distant. Here the anchorage is protected from all winds, save those from
E.N.E. to South, and the tidal cuiTcnt — except for about one hour after low
water — sets towards Cape Sharp.

Tznss. — It is high water, full and change, in West bay at 12h. 4m.;
springs rise 45 feet, nonp : 35 feet.

,, PABTBIBOB isXtANB, on the east side of West bay, though small in
extent, attains an elevation of 240 feet, and is connected by means of a gravel
neck to the shore. The anchorage east of this island is not good.

PABSBOBo' IJIOHT. — The lighthouse, octagonal in shape and painted
white, stands on the eastern extremity of a low sandy spit on the west side
of the month of Parsboro' river ; and from an elevation 37 feet above high
water is exhibited iijixcd white light, which should be seen in clear weather
from a distance of 9 miles.

FBAZBR HBAD, ncxt east of Partridge island, is 390 feet high, and~
. with the exception of two hard wood trees close together — is quite bare ; the
south rounding of the head should not be approached within a quarter of a
mile.

TBE BBOTHBBS are two small, thickly Avooded islands about 1^ miles
to the eastward of Frazer head, and are both included within the low water

M 2

180

BAY OF FUNDY, SOUTH-EAST COAST.

[CIIAP. IX,

li!'

line of the mai:; shore. A Hinnll patch of rocks which •■"ncover lie S.E. i S.
about onc-tliird of a mile from tlic south extromo of tlio soutliern Brother
island.

rzva zsXiAirss extend in almost a straight lino W. | N. from the
western end of Red head, the wcsternmoHt being .3^ miles distant. Tho
eastern island is much the largest of the gi'oup, thickly wooded, and attuiin
au elevation of 350 feet, with steep earthy elilFs on its southern shore ; the.«c
islands are nearly joined to each other and the main at low water. Between
Five islands and Economy point the cUlls bordering the sou attain in some
places considerable heights, and are remarkable from being red.

IXTlitte Book ■io called from its appearance, is 10 feet above higli water,
and is in line between tho eastern of tho Fi\q Islands and tho south-west
tangent of Economy point, being 3^ miles from the latter.

Srlok SUn Island, very small in size and about 50 feet high, with
red cliffs, lies about 2 miles west of Economy point on the margin of tho
low water line.

Brick Kiln Xedces are two in number, with their centres bearing
West of Economy point, from which the western ledge — which uncovers
2 hours before low water — is 3 miles distant. Between this ledge and White
rock are numerous rocks, and strangers are advised to avoid their locality.

BCOxroMT POXXTT, on the northern shore, is nearly 21^ miles E.S.E. of
Cape Sharp, and 4 miles N.W. § N. from Burncoat lighthouse. Between
the lighthouse and Economy point is tho eastern limit of what may bo
termed general navigation, nor should this line be passed by any vessel
unless in charge of a local pilot, as further up the basin are many shoala
formed of loose shifting sand, which are constantly altering their position.

TIDES in the SASiisr of iMtiXTES. — As tho great rise and fall, is well
aa tho velocity of the tides, form such important elements in the navigation
of the Basin of Mines, it is essentially necessary that both should be
carefully studied by seamen entering the basin.

In the passage to the Basin of Mines near the Cape Split shore tho tidal
Biream attains a velocity of from 7 to 8 knots an hour, but in the centre and
near the northern shore it decreases to 5 or 6 knots. Between Capo Split
and tho head of the basin the strength varies from about 3 knots in the
wider parts to 4 knots where the channel is contracted, its direction being
modified by the trend of the land.

DiBECTZozrs. — In navigating the Basin of Mines seamen must bear in
mind that the various banks and bars are as a rule composed of loose
shifting sand, and that rapid tides and strong winds cause them to alter their
positions, especially after heavy galea and in the spring on tho bi'eaking up
of tho ice.

d'C;

CHAP. IX.]

FIVE ISLANDS. — DIRECTIONS,

181

I uncovers

Vcsoclrt ilcsirouH of reaching li>o nncliorngc nt the cntrunce of Avon river
Avithout the nHhistanco of n pilot, hliould bring Cupo lilowiniilon to bear
N. J VV^, nn(' ^coping it nstci-n on the nbovo beiiriiig, puss between Cross
and WcHtern bars (this courf-c, however, will lead over 1^ fathoms at low
water,) until Ilorton lighthouf'e bears S. liy W. ; then steer for it on that
bearing, and Avhen the AvootUd point east of Ilurlon's river conies on with
the highest point ot Long ishmd anchor in about 7 fathoms.

From the fairway between the tide rip off Cape Sidit JUid Fox point
f^tecr S.E. V)y E. until abreast Capo Sharp, from whence if bound to
Parsboro' river alter course so as to roiuid Partridge island at a modi'rato
distance ; keep Cape Split in sight until Parsboro' lighthouse bears North,
when steer for it, and pass close round to the eastward of the spit on which
the lighthouse stands. This river can only bo entered about one hour
before high water, and when inside the lighthouse vessels can lay on tho
mutl nt low water in perfect safety.

If bound up tho basin, after passing Partridge island steer about E.S.E.,
and when Parsboro' lighthouse bears N.W. ^ W.* keep it on that bearing,
and steer S.E. ^ E. until Burncoat lighthouse bears E.N.E., when steer for
it on this bearing — which will lead clear to the southward of Brick kiln
ledges — until abreast of Economy point, beyond which tho services of a
pilot should bo obtained for reasons already assigned.

In moderate wenthor vessels may anchor all along the shores of the Basin
of Mines, but on the northern shore the bottom is hard, and therefore tho
anchorage is inferior to that on the south side. Vessels may also ascend
various small rivers, but the latter can oidy be entered at high water, and
tus a matter of course vessels are dry at low water.

Off Cornwallis river the best anchorage is in from 5 to 6 fathoms, sand,
with Ilorton lighthouse just open east of Boot island S. by E. ^ E., and the
northern tangent of the south point of Pcreau crook W. by N. ^ N. This
anchorage may be considered good with all but north-easterly and easterly
winds, an(^ when aiiproaching it care should be taken to avoid shuttiug in
the west point of Partridge island with Cape Blowmidon.

I
■ ill

182

CHAPTER X.

BAY OF FUNDY :--NORTII COAST.
GRAND MANAN ISLAND AND DANGERS, TO L'ETANG HARBOUR.

Variation in 1867.
Grand Manan island • - 17°20'\V. | Port St. Andrew

18° 20' W.

Intelligent and observnut navigators will readily admit that, having once
frequented a coast or port, they become familiar with local landmarks, and
thus obtain valuable personal knowledge, which gives them increased con-
fidence for the future ; and as one of the principal objects in view in the
compilation of sailing directions is to impart confidence to strangers when
approaching coasts or entering harbours with which they are not personally
acquainted, rather than when leaving the same, it has been deemed advisable
to construct this chapter so as to lead into the Bay of Fundy from the
Manan islands and dangers along the north-Avest shores of the bay, in
preference to preserving" the continuity of preceding chapters by com-
mencing at the Chignecto channel and proceeding to the south-west.

The province of New Brunswick, whose shores form the northern
boundaiy of the Bay of Fundy, is bounded on the west by the State of
Maine, being separated therefrom by the River St. Croix, and has a coast
line of about 500 miles, which is only interrupted at the point of junction
with Nova Scotia, where a low isthmus about 8 miles in breadth connects
the two territories and separates the waters of Northumberland strait from
those of the Bay of Fundy.

New Brunswick was first settled by the French in 1639, and it con-
tinued, in connexion with Nova Scotia, to form part of Acadia or New
France till it fell into the hands of the British after the capture of Quebec
in 1759 ; it was formally ratified as an English possession in 1763, and
from that period was annexed to Nova Scotia until 1785, when it was
erected into a separate colony.

Iri 1861 the population of New Brunswick amounted to 252,047, and
the vessels belonging to the colony numbered 958, theii estimated vdue
being 960,000/. In 1863 the value of imports was 1,595,313/., and of
exports 1,029,329/.

WAV. X.] GENERAL REMARKS.— GRAND MANAN ISLAND. 183

BOUn.

18° 20' W.

ving once
arks, and
asetl con-
2w in the
ers when
•ersonally
advisable
from the

bay, in
by com-

3t.

northern
State of
IS a coast
junction
connects
■ait from

1 it Con-
or New-
Quebec

63, and
it was

'47, and
d vdue
and of

rho general eurfaco of this province is broken by a ncrlc« of bold undu-
lations, which do not however rise into mountains, and in travorHed by
many fine rivers, the principal of which is that of St. John, which flows
into the well-known harbour of the same name.

Coal is f( und in great abundance, and iron or. and gypsum, as well as
other minerals, are also to be found in considera^ j quantities. A great
portion of the country is covered by dense forestn, and the cutting and
exporting of timber, which is fine, affords rcnuuieralivo employment to a
large number of the inhabitants. Ship building is carried on to a con-
siderable extent throughout the province, but chiefly at St. John.

The climate is very similar to that of Nova Scotia, br-'ng subject to
extremes of heat and cold ; the winter lasts from November to April, the
severest cold being experienced between the third weeks of December and
March. The prevailing summer winds vary from South to W.S.W., when
dense fogs are often produced on the shores of the Bay of Fundy, and
extend 15 to 20 miles inland.

OSAWB MAWAxr xsxjiiTB, about 13^ miles in length N.E. ^ N. and
S.W. ■J S., with an extreme breadth of nearly 6 miles, is included in Char-
lotto county in the province of New Brunswick, and lies on the north-west
side of the entrance to the Bay of Fundy, al)out 2 leagues from Quoddy
head in the State of Maine, the channel between being free from dangers.*

From the summit of the island the land slopes gradually to the east-
ward, where it is partially cleared and settled ; but on the western side
the shore terminates in steep cliffs, some of which are nearly 400 feet
high. The northern end of the island is abrupt and steep close to, as is
also the whole western coast, which can be approached to a cable's length,
excepting in the immediate vicinity of Dark harbour.

From South-west head the extreme dangers off Grand Manan island,
viz., Old Proprietor to the south-east and Machias Seal island to the
south-west, are about equidistant, viz., 10^ miles ; whilst the outer of an
intermediate cluster of dangers to the southward of the island, known as
Murr ledges, is 7-^ miles distant from South-west heatl. It is evident,
therefore, that this extensive range of dangers, many of which never
uncover, increases the difficulty and danger of navigation, and renders
extreme caution necessaiy.

During fogs, with southerly and south-westerly winds, it frequently
happens that a clear space, a full mile wide, extends off the northern part
of the island, a fact which should be borne in mind, as it may facilitate
the making off a good land fall.

♦ See Admiralty Chart, Bay of Fundy, Sheet 1, No. 352 ; scale, m = 0*3 inches :
and Grand Manan island, -with adjacent islands and dangers, No. 2,539 j scale, m = 1^
inches.

184

BAY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. X.

The eastern coasts of Grand Manan abound with fish, ai.d the interior of
the island is in a rapid state of improvement. The soil is generally good,
and produces every variety of fir, beech, birch, and maple in size and
quality adequate to all purposes for which they are generally used.

avrAXiKODir-TAXK KZOHT. — Swallow-tail is the name of a headland
on the north-east coast of Grand Manan island. The lighthouse, painted
white, is the frustum of a pyramid on an octagonal base, and from an
elevation of 130 feet above high water exhibits ajixed white light, which
should be visible in clear weather from a distance of 17 miles.

SEAK COVB. — Good svnchorage may be obtained at the head of Seal
cove, Avhich is formed between the south-eastern shore of Grand Manan
and Big Wood islands, in from 4 to 5 fathoms, over muddy bottom. There
is also good anchorage under the lee of Big Wood island with easterly
winds ; but the passage between the nortlii end of this island and Grand
Manan should not be attempted by a stranger.

The South-west head is steep-to, and may be passed at a cable's length ;
and after passing Buck rock the Grand Manan shore of Seal cove may
also be approached to the same distance.

Buck stock is a small rocky patch, which uncovers at two-thirds ebb,
lying oflP the south-east point of Grand Manan island, about a quarter of a
mile off shore, with deep water all round it.

Biff "Wooa Bocks lie about a quarter of a mile off the north-west point
of Big Wood island, with 5 fathoms close outside them. The inner rock
generally dries, bui the outer has 4 feet water over it.

TXBBS. — ^It is high water, full and change, at Seal cove at lOh. 54m. ;
springs rise 20 feet, neaps 15 feet.

GBAITD BABBOTTR, on the south-east side of Grand Manan island, is
only adapted for vessels of small draught.

tluiiA COVE lies on the eastern shore of White Head isb.nd, and affords
goc'd shelter from all winds except those between N. by E. round by East
to S.E.

Anchor in the middle of the cove at about 1^ cables from the shoro
in 5^ fathoms, sand, with the north-east point of Gull rock bearing
about S.E.

BIO Bvcx iBJ,AJn>. — The anchorage under this island on its western
Bide is in about 3J fathoms, mud, with the west tangent of Long island
midway between High and Low Duck islands, and the south point of Big
Duck island E. by S. ^ S.

Biff Buck Xiedffe. — To the southward of Big Duck island, at the distance
of seven-eighths of a mile, is Big Duck ledge, the highest part of which
never covers. Thia ledgo should not be approached on its south side

api

[chap. X.

coa*. z.]

SEAL COVE. — GRAND MANAN BANK.

185

nearer than half a mile, nor should the narrow passage between it and Bi"
Duck island ever be aitempied ; the other sides of the ledge may be
approached to a cable's length.

KOxro ZS&AITB BAT. — Good anchorage may be had within Long
island in about 3 fathoms, sand, where vessels will be sheltered from all
winds excepting between N. by E. and N.E. by N. Anchor with the east
end of Fanner ledge on with the centre of High Duck island and the
north end of Long island N.E. \ E. Care must be taken on approaching
this island to avoid a rock awash, which lies about a quai'ter of a mile off
the north end of Long island.

r&AG COV8. — In the northern part of Long island bay is Flag cove,
where vessels may anchor in about 5^ fathoms, stiff clay, and be protected
from all winds but those betAvcen S. by E. and S.E.

In approaching this anchorage from the northward do not bring Swallow-
tail lighthouse to the eastward of N.E. by E. until Low Duck island begins
to open out west of Long island, in order to avoid a cluster of rocks Avhich
uncover at last quarter ebb, and which lie 2 cables off Flag point.

vmntJLSi covB. — In Whale cove, near the north end of Grand Manan
island, good temporaiy anchorage may be obtained in about 5 fathoms, but
it is exposed to winds from N. l>y W. to E. by N.

BABX BABBOUB. — On tlic north-west shore of Grand Manan island
is a remarkable inlet, across the mouth of which the sea has thrown a
shingle wall ; near its south end a pier has been erected, and an opening
cut through the wall, sufficient to admit a vessel of 10 feet draught at high
■water. Within the basin there is secure anchorage in from 5 to 7 fathoms,
mud. Saw mills are erected, and the logs cut on the high land are launched
over the hill side, down which they slide to the low gi'ound beneath.

BBAsroBB COVB, ou the south-west side of Grand Manan island,
affords anchorage off a green bank in from 8 to 10 fathoms water, about 1^
or 2 cables off shore, and is sheltered from N.E. by N. round by East to
S.W.

GBAWB MAxrAW BAITS lics to the Southward of the Machias Seal
islands, and is about 5J miles long in a north-east and south-west direc-
tion, by 2 miles broad ; the depths on it being from 20 to 50 fathoms,
gravel and sand, with from 60 to 80 fathoms, mud and sand, all around,
though according to some fishermen there are only 10 to 15 fathoms on its
shoalest part.

The least water obtained during its examination was 24 fathoms, and
from this position Machias Seal lighthouse was just visible aliove the
horizon, bearing N. | E. 16 miles distant ; and Gaunet rock lighthouse
bore N.E. | E. 19^ miles.

ssy

186

BAT OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. X.

At half flood the stream sets over the bank N.E. by N. and S.W. by S.
about 1-J knots per hour, and during ebb attains an equal velocity in
the opposite direction ; it turns about half tm hour after high and low
water at Seal islands, and shows a tide rip of great extent. Steering
for and sounding on this bank gives confidence when running into the
Bay of Fundy, especially during thick weather.

MACBIA8 8&aZi is&ASTB &ZOBT8. — The island on which the light-
houses stand is the larger of two islands, joined together at low water by
a rocky ledge ; and is the most off-lying of the dangers south-west of
Grand Manan island, from the neai'est part of which it is distant a little
over 10 miles in a W. by S. ^ S. direction.

The island, about a quarter of a mile long, has an elevation of 28
feet, and near its centre stand two lighthouses, painted white, of the same
size and shape, 166 feet apart East and West (true). They each exhibit
& fixed white light ; the eastern light, which is 58 feet above high water,
being 4 feet higher than the western light. The western lighthouse kept
open to the southward of the eastern leads clear to the southward of
MuiT ledges.

A small shoal, with only 13 feet water, lies one-third of a milo S.E.-J E.
from the eastern lighthouse, with deep water in the channel between it
and the island. It shows a rip during the tide, and breaks in heavy
weather.

Vessels desirous of visiting the lighthouses can find anchorage in the
eddy on the south-east side of the islands. During fojigy weather a gun
is fired every four hours, and a pilot can generally be procured here.
The St. Andrew pilots generally cruize off these islands.

TZ9SS. — It is high water, I'uU and change, at Machias Seal island, at
llh. 5m. ; springs rise 18 feet, neaps 14| feet.

s.B. Slioal, with onlv 8 feet Avater, breaks in heavy weather, and shows
a rip during strength of tide. From it the eastern lighthouse bears
N.W.^N.li miles.

s.s. Keage, with 5 fathoms water, makes a tide rip, and breaks during
heavy weather ; it lies with the eastern lighthouse bearing N.W. ^ N,
5| milos There is probably less water on this ledge, for the rock is very
abrupt, and the lead may not have touched its highest point.

Xfortb Rook, about 4 feet above high water, is of small extent, and from
it the eastern lighthouse bears S. W. by fcj. 2\ miles. There is a good
passage between the i-ock and Machias Seal islands.

xrortb Slioal, with nearly 8 feet water, shows a tide rip, and breaks in
heavy weather ; from it the eastern lighthouse bears S. ^ W. If miles, and
North rock E. by N. 1^ miles.

Miadie Slioal has 3 fathoms over it, with deep water close to ; it shows

[chap. X.

.W. by S.

Blocity in
and low
Steering
into the

the light-
water by
west of
nt a little

3u of 28
the same
h exhibit
gh water,
ouse kept
hward of

S.E.^E.

itween it
in heavy

;e in the
er a gun
-ed here.

island, at

id shows
ise bears

s during

: is very

nd from
} a good

•eaks in
tes, and

t shows

cnAP.x.] MACHIAS SEAL ISLAND AND GANNET LIGHTS. 187

a large tide rip, and breaks in heavy weather. From it the eastern light-
house bears W.S.W. 5^ miles, and North rock W. ^ S. 3J miles.

MVRR XiBSOBB lie to the southward of Grand Manan island, and
consist of an extensive cluster of dangers, 7 miles in length, between
Gannet rock to the eastward and Bull rock to the westward ; and about
3 miles broad North and South.

OAmrsT KXOHT. — Gannet rock is a small bare rock about 15 feet
above high water, with a landing place on its north side, the best time for
landing during rough weather being at low water.

On it stands an octagonal shaped lighthouse, Avith vertical stripes of
black and white, and from an elevation of 66 feet above high water is
exhibited a white light, with the following variations during every minute,
viz. : — a steady white light for 45 seconds, followed by an eclipse, a white
flash, and eclipse, each of about 5 seconds duration. A gun is fired to
answer signals during a fog.

The western side of the rock can be approached to half a cable's length,
but the eastern side is rugged, and a detached I'ocky shoal with only
12 feet water lies S.E. ^ S. one-third of a mile from the lighthouse,
rendering it prudent to preserve an offing of at least half a mile.

Half-tide Book, as its name implies, uncovers at half tide, with deep
water half a cable's length all around ; from it Gannet lighthouse bears
E. ^ S. five-eighths of a mile, with a deep water channel between. In
rough weather the rock breaks at high water.

St. Mary Kedge is the southernmost of Murr ledges, and only covers at
high water springs, so that its position is almost always shown. From it
Gannet lighthouse bears E. by N. f N. about 2| miles ; the rock may be
approached to a cable's length.

Yellow Kedgre is always uncovered, the largest rock on it being 10 feet
above high water ; it lies with Gannet lighthouse bearing E. | N. 3^ miles,
and St. Mary ledge S.E. by E. ^ E. three-quarters of a mile.

The ledge can be approached to 2 cables' lengths except on the south-
eastern side, where a rock with only 1 foet water lies in line with St. Mary
ledge about a quarter of a mile from Yellow ledge. This rock breaks at
low water, with a moderate swell, and at high water in very heavy weather.
Cross-jack Kedge, about a third of a mile in extent, only covers at high
water springs, but it should not be approached within a quarter of a mile.
It lies with Gannet lighthouse E. by S. 2 miles, and Yellow ledge
S.W. by W. If miles.

A small rocky patch, which just uncovers at low water springs, and

breaks in heavy weather, lies two-thirds of a mile S.W. of Crossjack ledge.

Konff Xiedge, nearly two-thirds of a mile in length, lies to the northward

of Yellow ledge, and has two points Avhch are about 2 feet above high

188

BAY OF FUNDY, NORXn COAST.

[chap. X.

water Bprings. From one of these points at the northern extremity of the
ledge Giinnet rock lighthouse bears E.S.E., nearly 3^ miles, and Yellow
ledge S. by W. a little over 1| miles. Between Long and Yellow ledges
there is an extensive cluster of dangers almost connected with the former
ledge, leaving a clear channel only half a mile broad between Yellow
ledge and the southern rock of the cluster, which shoAvs at first quarter ebb.

"West &edge has a small spot on its northern end just awash at high
water sjirings ; it lies with Gannet lighthouse S.E. by E. | E. 4 miles, and
has deoj) Avatcr all round it, with a clear channel seven-eighths of a mile
across between it and the north end of Long ledge.

Wallace Kedgre, of small extent, uncovers at half ebb, and in bad weather
breaks at high water. It may bo approached on cither side to a cable's
length, and lies with Gannet lighthouse S.E. by E. 4;^ miles, and the
highest part of West ledge S. by W. ^ W. three-quarters of a mile.

Kent Sboal lies N.N.E. ^ E. 2 miles from Gannet lighthouse, and
although some of the fishermen report as little as 1 2 feet on it, nothing less
than 3^ fathoms at low water could be found on its examination.

Bull Sock, of small extent, has only 2 feet on it, with deep water all
round to within a quarter of a mile. It lies nearly midway between Gannet
and Machias Seal island lighthouses, the latter being 6J miles distant
W. by N. -^ N. ; it shows a small rip during the strength of tide, and
generally breaks.

CAUTZOxr. — The soundii.gs around Machias Seal islands and Murr
ledges arc very iiregular. The principal shoals in their vicinity have been
described, and the others do not amount to dangers ; but it will be prudent
for strangers to keep outside them. If caught near them the chart will
be the best guide, and in such cases when in doubt during a calm, a vessel
may anchor to the northward of Murr ledges, between them and Grand
Manan island.

The Old Proprietor, the most off-lying of the dangers south-east of
Grand Manan island, uncovers about half tide, and from it the south point
of Three islands bears N.W. by W. ^ W. about 4 miles distant, and Gannet
rock lighthouse W. f S. 5| miles.

The South-west head of Grand Manan island open south of Three
islands N.W. by W. leads^ to the southward of Old Proprietor and all the
dangers in its vicinity ; and Big Duck island open east of Black rocks
N. ^ E. leatls to the eastward of them. Strangers should carefully avoid
getting within the above leading marks.

The Foul OronnU to the westward of Old Proprietor is an irregular
shoal, about three-quarters of a mile from north to south ; on its northern
end a rock, which lies N.W. ^ N. half a mile from Old Proprietor, is just
awash at low water springs.

[chap. X,

lity oftho
1 Yellow
)w ledges
10 former
u Yellow
urter ebb.
at high
niles, ami
of a mile

weather
a cable's
and the

)use, and
;hing less

water all
1 Gannet
3 distant
iide, and

id Murr
ive been
prudent
lart will
a vessel
1 Grand

-east of
■h point
Gannet

Three

all the

k rocks

avoid

cgular
rthern
is just

CHAP. X.]

OLD PROPRIETOR. — BRAZIL SHOAL.

189

Bans Bhoal is small and rocky with only 3 feet water on its shoalest
part, from whence the south point of Three islands bears W. by N. ^ N.
2^ miles, and Gannet rock lighthouse S.W. by W. § "\V. 4§ miles.

Cheneys house — the only one on the largest of the Three islands in

one with the highest part of a ledge which never covers N.W. ^ N. leads
to the southward of the shoal; and ]\Iark hill on Grand jManan island
open to the westward of Green islands N. by W. § W. leads to tho
westward.

Crawley siioal may be considered to be a continuation of the Foul
ground in a northerly direction. The shoalest spot has 3 fathoms water,
and from it the higher of the two Black rocks bears N.N.E. 2J miles; the
mark for it being +he eastern sMe of Big Duck island open to the eastward
of Prangle point and o>'^r the low part of Gull rock.

Outer and Inner Diamond are rocky shoals, the highest parts of which
are just dry at low water springs, bearing from each other N. by E. -| E.
and S. by W. ^ W., nearly half a mile apart. From the Outer Diamond,
the south point of Three islands bears W. -^ N. nearly 2;J miles ; and the
higher Black rock N.E. ^ N. 2^ miles.

The house on the northernmost of the Three islands open to the northward
of the north point of the easternmost of those islands N.W. by W. I W.
leads to the northward of the Inner Diamond, between it and Tinker
ehoal.

Tinker Shoal is about a quarter of a mile in length, and the highest
part, which uncovers at low water, except at very small neaps, lies with
Long point, White Head island, N. by E. ^ E. upwards of a mile
distant ; and the north point of Three islands W.N.W. 2^ miles.

The south-west head of Grand Manan island open to the northward of
Three islands leads to the northward of the shoal ; and Mark hill open to
the southward of Pumpkin island, Avhich should be equidistant between
it and White head, N.N.W. | W. leads between the Tinker and Brazil
shoals.

Brazil sboal is an extensive danger, the south-west end of which un-
covers at the last quarter ebb, and its north-east end just shows above lovr
water springs ; between these two patches, which are distant from each
other about half a mile, the bottom is very irregular.

From the south-Avest patch Long point bears N.N.W. one mile, and
the higher Black rock N.E. by E. ^ E. I^ miles. From the north-east
patch Long points bears N.W. f W. one mile, and the higher Black rock
N.E. by E. I E. seven-eighths of a mile.

Black Bocks are two in number, the larger and north-eastern of tho
two being about 10 feet above high water, and separated from the smaller
jock— 4 feet above the eame level — by a shoal passage.

-"I '--vtrvf.'

190

BAT OP FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. X.

The rockH are a cable's length apart, and bear from each other
N.E. by E. and S. W. by W. ; they can be safely approached on either
side to a cable'u length.

Sulk HeAd Blp extends about 2^ miles in a 8.E. by S. direction from
Black rocks. The rip is caused by a sudden change in the bottom,
though there is plenty of water through it.

OlarkB Ground, which has 6 fathoms on it, lies with Old Proprietor
S.W. by W. •^ W. about 2 miles distant, and also shows a heavy tidal rip
on the ebb.

Tinas. — About the Gannet rock the flood sets E. by N., and ebb
W. by S., with a rate from 3 to 4 knots per hour ; but between the Gannet
and Machias Seal islands both direction and strength constantly vaiy.
Near the latter the tidal stream sets N.E. by N. and S.W. by S., with a
velocity of about 3 knots.

In the vicinity of the Old Proprietor the stream turns about three-quar-
ters of an hour before high and low water by the shore respectively, and
runs with a great but variable velocity, attaining in some places during
the sti'cngth of springs a rate of 6 knots. The ripples in consequence ai'e
large, and cause the surface to assume a boiling appearance, rendering
the dangers indistinct.

Strangers are therefore strongly recommended to keep outside the
clearing marks for the Old Proprietor ; otherwise the best channel is
inside all the dangers, along the coast of White Head island, which may
be approached on its south-eastern side to about a quarter of a mile,
except at Long point, which should be passed at twice that distance.

Oft' Big Duck island the inshore stream runs from 2 to 3 knots in a
direction parallel to the trend of the coast, about North on the flood and
South on the ebb. To the northward of Fish head, as far as Long Eddy
point, the stream, both flood and ebb, sets about N. by W. ; whilst further
off" shore the direction of the stream gradually merges into tliat of the bay
tide, with a reduced rate of 1^ or 2 knots. Along the west side of Grand
Manan island the flood stream runs parallel to the shore about N.E. ^ N.
and the ebb S.W. ^ S. 2 knots an hour.

sntaoTloirs. — Vessels approaching Grand Manan island from the
eastward, and bound either to Seal Cove or round South-west head,
should bring the latter open to the southward of the Three islands
N.W. by W., in order to clear Old Proprietor and Foul ground, this course
will take them in safety to Three islands, which may be passed at the
distance of a quarter of a mile, and thence as occasion may require to a
suitable anchorage in Seal cove.

If bound to Grand harbour, after having passed Old Proprietor, proceed
to the south-westward of Bans shoal with Mark hill open to the south-

[ctup.

,OHAP. X.J

TIDES. — THE WOLVES.

aoi

jch other
on either

[tion from
bottom,

proprietor
tidal rip

and ebb
|e Gannet
tly vaiy.
»., with a

'cc-quar-
'ely, and
^s durinir
leuce ai'e
endering

side the
annel is
ich may

a mile,
ce.

lots in a
ood and
ig Eddy

further
the bay
' Grand

5m the
head,
islands
course
at the
re to a

I'oceed
south-

ward of Green island N. by W. | W., but it would not be advisable to
enter the harbour without a pilot.

A temporary anchorage will be found about a quarter of a mile from
the north-east shore of the Three islands, in about 5 fathoms, sand, and
safe from all winds which have no easting In them.

If proceeding to the anchorage under Big Duck island from the south-
ward, keep Big Duck island open to the eastward of Black rocks N. ^ E.,
in order to pass to the eastward of Old Proprietor ; after passing Black
rocks at a moderate distance bring the western tangent of Long island,
midway between High and Low Duck islands, N. ^ W., which will lead
nearly a quarter of a mile outside the rocks off Prangle point.

After passing these rocks bring the eastern points of Long and Low Duck
islands in line in order to avoid the long rocky ledge, mostly dry at low
water, which extends nearly half a mile to the southward of Big Duck
island, and anchor with the west tangent of Long island midway between
High and Low Duck islands, and the south point of Big Duck island
E, by S. ^ S.

The channel between Grand Manan island and the Coast of Maine
varies from 10 to 6 miles in breadth, and in all respects may be deemed
the safest pnssage up the Bay of Fundy, as it is deep and clear of dangers,
with the shores on either side steep-to, besides being the most advantageous
with the prevalent winds which are from the westward.

THE iwo&VES, consisting of five islands thickly wooded, are 3^ miles in
length N.E. -]■ E. and S.W. \ W., and lie 8^ miles N.E. by N. from the
north point of Grand Manan island. These islands are from 60 to 100
feet in height, and along their shores, which are steep -to, temporary
anchorages may be obtained in from 12 to 20 fathoms.*

The passage between East Wolf, the largest and north-easternmost of
the group, and Green Wolf, has deep water, and is about 3 cables broad
between the o-fathom lines ; but vessels using this chaimcl should borrow
on the Green Wolf side, in order to avoid some rocks which extend about
3 cables off the south-west shore of East Wolf.

There is also a passage between Green and Flat Wolves, but the
channel is narrowed to a cable's width by some rocks off the latter island,
and should not therefore be taken. The remaining two passages are not
navigable except for boats, nor should any of the channels between the
Wolves be attempted by strangers, unless under unavoidable circumstances.

During thick weather, or Avith light winds and an adverse tide, vessels
may anchor anywhere between the Wolves and Beaver harbour, in from
20 to 25 fathoms, good holding ground.

* See Admiralty Chart, Campobello Island, No. 2,020 ; scale, m = 2 inches.

.^JO-

192

BAT OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. X.

'WToir Sook, small in size and always above water, lies about 2
cables off the north point of Eost Wolf, and is separated from another
small rock to the eastward by a deep channel a cable wide. Both rocks
should always be passed on their northern side, and not within a distance
of 2 cables.

XiZTTXill RlVBlt KZOHT. — Little River harbour on the coast of Maine
lies on the west side of the western entrance into the Bay of Fundy, and
is capable of affording occasional shelter.

The lighthouse, painted white, stands on an island at the entrance of
the harbour, and from an elevation of 40 feet above high water exhibits a
fixed white light, varied by a flash every n inutc and a half, which should
be visible in clear weather from a distance jf 12 miles.

The entrance to Little River harbour bears N.W. by W. \ \V. 12^
miles from S.'^ . . head of Grand Manan island, and N. \ W. 10 miles from
Machias Seal island lighthouse. The const between the harbour and
Quoddy head, a distance of 14 miles, rises to about 200 feet, and is partially
wooded ; it is steep-to, the general trend being N.E. by E. ^ E.

QVOSBT BSAD KZOHT. — Quoddy head in the State of Maine is the
easternmost point of Uiitcd States territory in the Bay of Fundy, and
the nearest part of the mainland to Grand Manan island, being 6 miles
distant.*

The lighthouse, standing near the eastern extremity of the head, is
painted with red and white horizontal stripes, and from an elevation of 133
feet above high water is exhibited a fixed white light, which should be
visible in clear weather from a distance of 17 miles.

roff Trumpet. — In the immediate vicinity of the lighthouse is a small
white building, from whence fog signals are made by means of a Daboll
trumpet, giving blasts of 5 seconds duration, with intervals of 20 seconds
between the blast.

TIBES. — It is high water, full and change, at West Quoddy head at
llh. 12m. ; springs rise 21 feet, neaps 17 feet.

Sail Aocks, so called in consequence of their bearing some resemblance
to a ship, lie about a quarter of a miio S.S.E. from the lighthouse on
Quoddy head.

Outside them to the eastward is a heavy race, so that when passing this
locality it would be advisable to keep an offing from half to three-quarters
of a mile from the rocks.

PASSAMAQVOBD'T BAV is an cxtcnsivo inlet about 12 miles deep,
common to New Brunswick and the State of Maine. On the western side

of
Bri

* Sc« Admiralty Chart, Quoddy Head to Cape Lepreau, No. 2,013 ; scale, m = 0*5
inch.

; :fc::.

CUP. X.] QTJODDT HEAD LIGHT. — CAMPOBKLLO ISLAND. 193

of (he bay Ih the River 8t. Croix, lieiii}? the im«ural Ijoundary Itetwcen
Britisii America and Uiii(e«l States territory.*

The bay — which in never closed by ice — al!brds excellent shelter with
a sufficient depth of water for nhips of the heaviest .. irtlien, whilst ita
waters swarm with fish, comprising herring, cod, and mackerel.

Across the entrance of the bay, about 10 miles wide, are numerous
islands, rocks, and shoals, between which are three channels, vi/.., the
southern, the middle or Ship channel, and the northern, known as Letite
passage. The first, barely a cable wide aeioss the nari-ows, is that
between Campobello island and the mainland to the sout'.i-west ; the Ship
channel lies between Campobello and Deer islands, and though the most
circuitous, is the broad(!st, deepest, and best ; whilst Letite jmssago,
between Macaster islanr and the New Brnnswick shore, is alike narrow
and dangerous, being only available with local knowledge and during
slack tide.

CAMPOBE&lbO XS&AKB, nearly 8 miles in length, is fur the most part
in a state of cultivation, and has sevwal fine harbours, especially that of
De Lute on its north-Avest shore. The island is. only separated a cable's
length from the town of Lubeck, which stands on a small tongue of hmd
in the State of Maine, and as by referring lo the chart it will be seen
that this channel is only available at a certain time of tide, to suit a
vessel's draught, and as at all times local knowledge must be indispen-
sable, a detailed description of its dangers is unnecessary.

With the exception of the south-west shore the salient points of the
island are steep-to and may be safely approached to one or 2 cable's length.
On the eastern coast Herring bay. Schooner, and Mill coves are well
adapted for temporary anchorages ; but when making for the latter care
must be taken to avoid a 3-fathom ])atch about 2 cables oif the north shore
of the cove.

CAXMtPOBSXiXiO IbXGBT. — The lighthouse, octagonal in shape, and
painted white with a red cross, stands on the norlh-eastern extremity of
Campobello island, and from an elevation of 64 feet above high Avatcr
is exhibited a fixed white light, whi(!h should l»e visible in clear weather
from a distance of lo miles. The light serves the double purpose of

* In November 1817 the Commissioners appointed by the respective Governments
under the Treaty of Ghent (the last treaty of peace in 1814) decided that Moose, Dudley,
and Frederick islands, in the Bay of Passamaciuoddy, do belong to the United States ;
and that all other islands in the bay, as well as Grand Manan Island in the Hay of
Fundy, do belong to Great Britain, in conformity with the treaty of peace of 1783.

And further that the navigable waters of the Bay of Passamaquoddy are common to
both parties for the purpose of all lawful and direct como'unication with their own
territories and foreign parts

17698. N

-A-^

191

BAY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[CIIAI-. X.

KuUliiig vchhcIh iiitu the main chuiuiol U^'uding (u i'HHiiUiiiuquudtly hay
and 1 It-ad liarbour adjuinin<r.

HllAD KASBOVX. — Head liarboui- is formed Ix'twcon tlio iHlaiid of
tliat iiamu and a riglit-an^l'>d indentation in tlio land at the nortli-euHt
end of Campohollo inland, and tliou<^h Hniall, is safe, easy of accewH, and
without detaelu'd dangei\s.

DB KVTB HAKBOUB, on the west Hide of Campoliello isla.id, is well
adaj>ted for anehorage, tliough care mnst he taken lo avoid Racer roek,
about a caldtf in extent, and with only 9 feet water ; it lies a little
Avithin — or to tlie eastward of — the line between Man-of-war head and the
nearest point to the northward, and is about 2 cables distant from l)oth.

Strangers should anchor to the westward of the line between the before-
mentioned points, or if wishing to go further in, the services of a pilot
should be obtained.

FBXAK BAY, also On the west side of Campobello island, is an indenta-
tion between the village of Welchpool and Friar head about u mile
distant.

Here good anchorage may be obtained in about 10 fathoms, in the line
with Mai'k island just open of Friar head, and as near as convenient to
Welchpool, otf which the o-fathom line is only half a cable distant.
Vessels of moderate draught may lay alongside Queen Wharf.

TXSBS. — It is high water, full and change, at Welchpool (Campobello
island) at llh. 21m. ; springs rise 23^ feet, and neaps 20 feet.

VTHXTB HOBSB xsKAxn> is a bare rocky islet, 68 feet liigh, of a
whitish appearance, about 2^ miles N.E. ^ E. from Campobello light-
liouse ; and as the small islands in the neighbourhood are covered with
tree% White Horse island is easily distinguished, and serves as a beacon.

East Rock, with only one foot water, lies about 1^ cables East of the east
end of White Horse island Avith the northern tangents of White and
White Horse islands in line.

Campobello lighthouse open l,o the northward of the White Horse
clears East rock on its north side, and White island open south of White
Horse island, clears the danger on its south side.

ZTortb Book, with one foot water, lies N. | W., half a mile from the
west end of White Horse island, with Adam and Barn islands just
touching, and has deep water close to all around it.

CASCO xs&AnrB, ot an irregular shape, nearly half a mile in length,
with an elevation of 85 feet, lies W. by N. ^ N. from Campobello light-
house, and is half a mile distant from the nearest part of Campobello
island. Its southern shore may be approached to a cable's length, but
within it to the westward are two detached ledges, nearly equidistant

|d»ly l»iiy
liNlniul of

|o|-(||.('llHt

CHAP. X.]

1)E LUTE IIARDOUU.—DEEU ISLAND.

lO.")

from t)»(! wcHt ond ofCusco iHlaud, llic .Icpili in ilic dmiiii.l l.otwi-.'ii, uIxmii
3 c'ultlort iicroHH, lii'iiijr very invjiiilnr.

Tlic ciciiriiig inmk to |)iiss to (ho wpHtwnrd ul" tlifsc Icdjrcs is ilu;
centre of Wliiti' Horse island seen liotwecn Spnuv nnd Si't-dy iHlaiids
]<:. by N. ^ N.

Oull Rook, of small cxtciil, is always visil)lt', and lies foiir-t»'iUlis of u
mile E. by N. ] N. from the noitii-east point of Casco inland. This loek
may be safely approached to half a ca'de's length, but the nnith-east point
of Casco irthvud should not be neared within 1^ cablen, in <»rder to avoid a
voeky ledge.

POPB XSXiAND, about U cableH in length, lien nearly in mid-ehiinncl
between the shores of Canipobello and Deer islands, and about nine-
tenths of a mile i'rom Ca.seo island. In this laltei' eliannel i; (ireeii
i.dand, as well as a large ledge Avhieii uncovers ; these with the leilges
west of Casco island contract the inivigable i»:issage to al>out 2 cables
and thus renders it difficult for a stranger.

Pope Shoal, a small detached spot with 11 feet water, lies about a cable
S.W. of the south point of Pope island. A safe dealing mark is White
Ilorsc island open to the southward of Ca.-cc, siniid.

Chocolate Shoal, with 10 feet on it, is of small extent, with deep
water close to all round; it lies midway between the north point of Po])e
island and the south point of Chocolate cove in Deer island. Deer
point open west of Indian island leads clear of, but close to, this danges
on its western side ; whilst the west ends of Kouen ami Cherry islands
in line leads between the shoal and Pope island.

nrsXAM' ZSILAXTB is narrow and about 1^ miles in length, with an
elevation of 90 feet near its north end ; it is partially cleared of wood,
and may be approacheil to 1^ cables all round. The island lies on the
eastern side of the south point of Deer island, the narrowest i)art of
the channel between the two islands being nearly one-third of a mile.

Ships to or fr )m Passamaquoddy bay, may pass on either side ,l Tiidiaii
Island in deep water.

SBER xsXiA»rB is 6^ miles in length N.E. by N. and S.W. liy R.,
with an extreme breadth of 2f miles; it is thickly wooded, and in some
places attains an elevation of 300 feet. From Little harbour on its
eastern shore round by south to Doyle passage at its northern end the
shore is steep-to, and may be approached to 1^ cables, with the exception
of the northern shore of North harbour, where a small cluster of rocks lie
al)Out that distance off the high water line; but the remainder of the coast,
viz., from Little harbour to the point of Deer island, is studded with
dangers, and its navigation should on no account be attempted by strangers,
more especially as the approaches are also difficult.

N 1>

I9G

BAY OF FIJNDY, NOHTIl COAST.

[CHAI-. .\.

Worth-westt Harbour,

111

ens

t niiisl of Dcor isliii;il, is

narrow iinli'iilalion witli (lt't'|» wiiU-r, \n\i is only ii»la)tttHl (or hiiiiiII vessels,
1 evi'ii tlioy hIiouIcI luoor, as the distance botwecii the .)-t'allioin lines is

and

only half ii caltle. VViien ofVtho entrance oi" this huri)oui' the ccntro of
WJiito II(»rso ishind sc-n hetwoen Spectacle islands 10. ^ S. leads into the
Rnclioraj^e.

&lttle Karliour is a small l)iiy at low waler within liai' islanti, hut
being sninii ami very shallow is oidy adapted lor lioats or very small
vessels. The entrance at low water is between a rocky ledge extending
2 cal)les to the south-west from IJnr island and the shore of J)eer Island;
it is only half a cable acrons, with about u foot wnier.

Clam Cove, on the west side ol' Deer island, alll)rds good anchorage
with all winds excepting I'rom .'outh to west, in ubont 9 fathoms, with
Floss island on with rocks olf north point of the cove, and abonl e(|ui-
(Ilstant from the points of the cove ami the small island within it.

XiTorth Uarbour dries one-third of a mih' within its entrance points, and
aUhongli with winds oif Deer island temporary anchorage may bo obtainctl
off its entrance in about 10 fatlxmia aljout midway between the north-
east rocks and the south-west ])oint of the harbour, the anchorage is
inferior in every res]»ect when compared with Clam cove only 1^ nules
distant.

PORT ST. AWSRavr. — The town of St. Andrew, situated near the
extremity of a promontory forming the eastern point of the River St.
Croix, is about three-quartei's of u mile in length, by a third of a mile
broad, and contains a population of about 4,000. The streets intersect
each other at right angles, and the whole town is commanded by an eleva-
tion at the back of the town, 182 feet higii, on which stands the fort and
barracks.*

The port itself is a tidal harbour, formed between the town and Navy
island, very limited in extent and shallow, the deepest water being from
12 to 16 feet at low wat.i', in a space not exceeding a cable in extent ;
whilst its only channel, with one foot water, is less than half a cable
across at low water.

Oflf the south point of the promontory on which the town is built, a
rocky ledge — which dries — extends to the southward about half a mile,
its outer end being marked by a wooden beacon (East beacon of chart)
which shows above the high water level from 4 to 5 feet ; this beacon is
the type of all the others in the vicinity of the port.

ST. AirnxtElv XiXGBT. — The lighthouse, octagonal in shape and
pauited white, stands about half a cable from the high water line at the

♦ See Admiralty chart. Port St. Andrew, No. 1,743 ; scale, m = 6 lucoes.

CHAP. X.J

rOllT ST. ANDREW.— NAVV ISLAND.

1U7

HOiith end uf tlio tuwii, and llut iiortli nidtt of tlio iiitmiu-i> cliiiiiiu-l ; and
from an flevntion of 3o fi'cf »l)ove lii;,'li wati-r is oxliildti'd a Jiivd wliiio
\\)I,\\i, wliU'h hIiouM he vi^-ililcin clear wi'atlicr from a il'iHtanoc of 10 niilcn,
WAVT I8X.Air», iipwtinls of M niilt' in h-nfrtli X.W. ^ N. and S.K. ^, S.,
with an (>xli'fnii' Itniidili of nliont :) ciiMt's, lies williiii liaif a niilc of tiiii
main nliorc, tlic intervening .'<|>nee — with the exception of tiie nariow
rhannel alhnh>d to — i)eing oocnpied hy [\{\{a of Ktonen and hohlers, whieli
i\vy at K)W water, extending from tiie inland and main shore.

The Moutii end of tho ishmd ternunating in an abrupt white elitF makes
like a wedge, ir.id althongh only 37 feet high it lieeonu's a (•(Hispionon.')
olijeet when api)roaching from the nouthward or eastward. The i-onlh-
west side of tin; i.shmd may ho neared to 1^ cahlcs, hut from its northern
point a spit dries out nearly 4 cahleH in a northerly direetion, and is all
but connected with the low water line of tho mainland nortli-wesl of
tho town. Tho eastern side of the island is also hordered hy an exien-
bIvc spit of rocks, houlder.-<, and gravel, terminating in a point marked
hy a beacon (South beacon of chart), «listant from the south point of
Navy islnnti 4 cables E. Ijy N. -^ N.

Within this beacon the Itank is marked by two white buoys, the inner
one being abreast of the narrows.

Tongue Shoal is the outer extremity of the shoal ground extending to
the south-eastward of St. Andrew pi'omontnry, and at low water dries u
quarter of a mile, its highest part being about IH feet above low water
springs. A beacon stands near its outer end from which the East beacon
bears N.W. by W. § W., seven-tenths of a mile, and the south ijcacou
W. ^ S. nearly a mile.

ir.vr. Shoal. — This danger, about 1^ cables in extent, dries from one to 3
feet at low water, and from the beacon which marks its centie the north-
west end of Navy island bears S.E. -^ E. a long third of a mile, and tho
noi'th beacon is in line with the l?onian Catholic church.

TXDBB. — It is high water, full and change, at St. Andrew at
10 h. 50 m. ; springs rise from 24 to 26 feet, and neai)s from 20 to
22 feet.

Tho main stream of flood sets from between Grand jNIanan islands and
tho coast of Maine in n direct line towards Cape Lepreau, and the ebb in a
contrary direction ; whilst the western branch, after })nssiiig along tho
shore of Cami)t>bello, is divided at its northern point, a portion taking an
easterly trend, Avhilsl the renniiuder passes into Passamaquoddy bay
through the various channels. In the main or Ship channel tho stream
attains in some places a velocity of nearl}' 5 miles an hour, but after passing
Deer island it becomes lost in the wide expanse of the b"v, and is scarcely
perceptible until it enters tho River St. Croix, where it runs about 2 miles

198

BAY or ruNin, north coast.

[CHAJ". X.

an hour, and increases its rate in tlie braueli of ihe river leading to 8t.
Stephen to between 3 and 4 knots,

DlRZCTXOirs. — I'lie usual diiliculties attending navijration are much
in(!reascd in the Bay of Fiuuly, whore the mariner must oxjx'et to eiieountor
fre(iuent fogs of long duration, rapid and uncertain tides, and exi)erien(!e a
difficulty in obtaining anchorage on account of the depth of water ; these
causes render the most unremitting attention necessary when frequenting
this locality, in order to avoid tiie numerous dangers which mark the
approaches to the bay.

Vessels bound up the bay to ports on its northern shore are recommended
to use the channel Avest of tlie Grand jNIanan island ratlier than the passage
on the easte'u shore, for the coast of iNIaine is not only bohl and without
otf-lying dangers, but dining the summer months the atmosphere is
generally clear on the United States sliore, whilst the coast of Nova Scotia
anil the greater part of the Bay of Fundy are enveloped in fog.

Vessels bound to Passamaquoddy bay, after passing through the Grand
Manan channel, should keep a moderate offing off" the eastern shore of
Campobello island, and after rounding the northern point steer so as to pass
midAvay between the western shore nf the islands and Casco, Pope, and
Indian islands, taking care on approaching Pojjc island to keep White
Horse island open east of Casco islnnd, in order to avoiil Pope shoal.

Having rounded Cherry island, steer for a mid-channel course between
Deer point and Dog island, and after passing Kentlall head, the north-east
point of Moose islanti, (Mther borrow on the Deer island shore, or bring the
English redoubt over Eastport on with Kendall head in order to clear Floss
ledge; a closer mark to clear tiie same ledge is Point Pleasant church
touching the eastern tangent of Pleasant island. Beyond this there aro
no dangers until approaching Navy island, off Port St. Andrew ; and in
case of necessity good anchoi-age may be obtained in any part of Passama-
quotldy bay, in muddy bottom.

The best anchorage outsiile I'ort St, Andrew is to the north-west of
Navy island, in al)out 10 fathoms, clay, Avith the Block house on Joe
point N, by .E. 1 E,, and the N,W, beacon on Avith tlie north end of Navy
island S.E. ^ E, When apiuoachiug the N,W. shoal keep the south point
of Navy island avcU open of the south-Avest shore of the island until the
N.W. beacon conies on Avith the Kirk spire P ')y N, 1 N.

RZVBR ST. CROIX. — Altreast of Joe point the river is nearly a mile
across, and from thence it takes a N, by W. trend to the branch AA'hich
leads up to St. Stephen ; across the entrance of the branch is a bar, on
which in 1866 as little as 15 feet Avas reported, and Avithin it to the Avest-
ward about 1^ miles vessels moor in. the narroAV channel bcloAv a reef of
rocks knoAvn os the Ledge, in order to ship their Avood cargoes.

[cum: X.
|ling to St.

■•ive iniicli
tMiooiintnr
Ituricnco ii
rt'i- ; ihese
[cqiioiitiiifr
I murk the

binnicntled
le passage
<l Avithout
«]iliero \h
jva Scotia

Hie Gnuid
nliore of
iis to ])a«s
lA)pe, and
ep White
oal.

! between
lorth.east
bring tlie
Iciir FI08S
it churcli
til ere are
; and in
Pas.sama-

i-west of*
3 on Joo
of Navy
i(l» ])oiiit
intil the

y a mile
1 wJiich
bai', on
west-
reef of

CHAP. X.] RIVER ST. CEOIX. — L ETANG UAllBOUK.

199

Booliet Island Blioal extends about a mile to the southward of Dochet
island, which lies in the midtUe of the rivor, 3| miles above Joe point.
Two red spar l)eacons mark this danger, the one on its sonthern extremity,
and the other oflF the east end of Dochet island ; both beacons should be
left to the Avestward.

As ships navigating the river St. Croix should always bo in charge of a
pilot, it is unnecessary to describe its shores in detail.

CHAMCCOOK BARBOUH lics on the eastern side of the promontory on
which the town of St. Andrews stands, and is formed between Minister
island and the mainland. The entrance on the north side of the island,
though marked by beacons, is only about throe-fourths of n cable broad
between the rocky ledges on either side of the entrance ; and having
as little as 9 feet water is only available for ships of largo draught
at a certain time of tide, although when inside there is good anchorage
in a limited space in from 7 to 8 fathoms. This liarbour is seldom
frequented by anything larger than wood boats, unless for docking
purposes.

Sock. — At the head of an inlet on tlie north side of the harbour is
a wet dock sufficiently large to accommodate twenty vessels afloat ; the
piers Avill admit vessels of 34 feet beam, and a ship drawing 16 feet may
pass over the sill of the dock.

BARSVroOB and KOSPXTAXi zsXiAXrBS — From the south end of
Minister island to Mijic bluff at the entrance of the Magaguadavic river
the distance is a little over 5 miles in an easterly direction, and to the
northward of this line the shores of Passamaquoddy l)ay are much in-
dented and in some phices studded with islands.

In each of the bays and amongst the islands anchorage is to be found,
but this locality is only frequented by , '..ips taking in cargoes, and on such
occasions they should be under the charge of a native pilot.

The two islands above named lie to the eastward of Chamcook liarbour
ami off the entrance to Bocabec bay ; together they occupy a mile in length
nearly East and West, and within them on their northern side good an-
chorao'c may be obtained in about 6 fathoms, with the south end of Minister
island on with the east end of Hospital island, and Mijic bluff touching the
north end of Hardwood island.

Xi'STAiro HABBOITB lies Oil the east side of the northern passage into
Passamaquoddy bay, and is one of the most convenient harbours in North
America, affording most excellent anchorage under all circumstances ;
it has two entrances, and an area sufficiently large to accommodate a
large squadron : it is always open during (he winter months, though loose

■:-i

200

BAY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[CHAV. X,

ice is occasionally to lie met with in tlie narrows, but never in (jufticiont
quantities to prevent ingress or egress.*

The (leptli of water in L'lCtang harbour — as well as in the adjoining
anchorage known as Bliss har])our — is sufficient for vessels of the greatest
draught, whilst the tenacity of the holding ground is unusually great. As
the rise and fall of tide amounts to 23^ feet vessels should moor slack.
The town stands on a tongue of land known as L'Etang peninsula, and is
in a somewhat dili"j;;dated condition ; supplies cannot be obtained.

BKiss xsXiAxrD, off the entrance of L'Etang harbour, is 1^ miles in
length, about 50 feet high, and very irregular in outline; to the northward
of the island, between it and Cailiff island, is Bliss harbour, a safe and
commodious anchorage, where vessels may ride securely with every wind.

Off* the western end of Bliss island a rocky tongue extends 1^ cables
from the shore, and off" its northern end very shoal water runs off" to
nearly the same distance.

Mink Island, a small rocky islet about a third of a cable in extent and
20 feet high, lies a long cable off" the north-east end of Bliss island ;
it is moderately steep-to on its northern side, but should not be approached
nearer than a cable on its eastern side.

Mare Rock, which dries at half tide, lies two cables off" the eastern shore
of Bliss ishiiul, and is all but connected with the rocky spur running off"
to the south-east of Mink island.

Colt Rock also uncovers at half-tide, and lies a cable south of the Mare
rock, and about 2 cables from Bliss island. The Colt and Mare rooks are
both steep-to on their eastern sides ; there is no available passage Avithin
them to the westward.

Green Island, a small islet aliout 50 yards in extent and about 20 feet
high, stands near the extremity of a rocky ledge extending from the
south-east side of Bliss island, and forms an excellent mark for clearing
the ledge on which it stands ; it should not be passed within a cable's
length on its eastern side.

Pain Island, on the north-west side of the western entrance into
Bliss harbour, is about 2 cables in extent, 109 feet high, and very steep-to
on its southern side.

Man-of-war Rock, the only danger tt) be avoided Avhen using the
western entrance, in an extensive ledge 2 cables in length, and its highest
part, which uncovers at half tide, lies one third of the Avay across from
Man-of-war island to Bliss island ; this ledge nnrrows the main channel
on Bliss island side to about a cable, and great precaution is necessary

* See Admiralty chart, L'Etan Harbour, No. 1,857 ; scale, m =* S inches.

[CH.VV. X.

Hufficiont

CHAl*. X.]

when tlii

BLISS ISLAND.— DIRECTIONS.

the leadi

201

I'ks thvougli

passage is taken by a stranger
not very direct. The centre of Mink island touching the north-Avosterii
point of Bliss island leads through in mid-channel, and by keeping White
Horse island shut in by the high water of Bliss island leads clear of (he
ledge ; the Bliss island shore may be ap|)roa<'hed to one-third of a cable.

There is a passage carrying 4 fathoms to the northward of Man-of-war
island and Boat rock which may be used l>y vessels of light draught, and
a narrow channel with 3^ fathoms between Man-of-war island and rock.
The south point of Adam island seen midway between the high water of
Pain island and the islet next to the north-east leads through this latter
channel.

Pea Island, nearly a cable in length, and about 25 feet high, lies
close off a peninsula on the eastern side of the eastern entrance into
L'Etang harbour ; rocks dry off to the south-w'st half a cable, and at
the distance of 1^ cables south-cast of the island and the same distance
fi'om the shore is an isolated low water lock, but not in the way of
navigation.

Half-tide Sock is very small, and lies 1^ cables off the pitch of Deadman
head ; a wide clearing mark is the western end of McCann island just
open of Pea island.

Roaring Bull, a cluster of low water rocks which just cover, lie to the
north-west of Pea island ne;irly 2 cables, and naiTOw the channel uf the
eastern entrance between them and Mare rock to about a quarto' of a
mile ; the wharves at the west end of L'Etang just in sight west of L'Etang
head clears Hearing Bull cluster on their western side.

TiDfiS. — It is high water, full and change, in L'Etang harbour, at
11 h. 19 m. ; springs rise 23^ feet, neaps 20 feet.

BIRECTZOXirs. — ■Western Entrance. — Being to the north-east of White
Horse island, do not shut in Mascabiu j)oint' Avith Pain island, until the
south end of McCann island comes on with the nr th-west high water of
Bliss island, in order to avoid the rocky spur off the Avestern point of the
latter, and then steer for Man-of-war island until the middle of Mink
island comes on with the nortji-west point of Bliss island, E. by N. i- N.,
and then proceed with these marks on nearly in mid-channel south of
Man-of-war rock, which will have been passed when Boat rock opens out
to the eastward of Man-of-war island.

After passing Man-ol'-war rock, anchorage may be selected either on
the north or south sides of Bliss harbour as most convenient, in ord(.'r to
be beyond the influence of the tides. If on (he north side a good position
is in 6 or 7 fathoms, with Mink island on with the Avest end of l\'a i.sland
aud the south end of Pain island just shut in behind the north end of

202

BAY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[OHAP. X.

CHAF.

Man-of-war island. On the Bouth side, Hclect a berth about mid-channel
ut the entrance of Fisherman cove, in about 8 fathoms, with Pain inhmd
just on Avith — or sliut in by — the west point of the cove.

If bound to L'Etang Imrbour, after pansinj^ Man-of-war rock steer for
Flea island, until Pain and Man-of-Avar islands are touching, and Avith
these marks on proceed betAveen Flea island and the rocky shoal ofl" the
north end of Bliss island. McCiinn island may be approached close-to on
the southern and eastern sides, but care must be taken to avoid a low Avater
rock off its north-east shore, and this may be done by borroAving on L'Etang
head Avhicli is steep-to.

After passing this latter danger select an anchorage Avhere convenient ;
a good position is about mid-channel abreast of Little Sturgeon cove, care
being taken to keep clear of a rocky patch a cable off the northerji shore.

During the depth of severe winters ice has been knoAvn to extend down
the L'Etang river as far as the south end of iho peninsula, but the broad
part of the harbour is never frozen, nor i Bliss harbour.

Bastern Entrance. — Bring Jail island, Avhich never covers and lies
oflf the town, on with the east end of McCaini island N. | W. ; this mark
Avill lead through in mid-channel clear of all dangers up to McCann
island, after Avhich proceed fis before directed ; or bring the wharves at
the west end of the toAvn of L'Etang just open of L'Etang head N. ^ W.,
and these marks Avill also lead through in deep water on the eastern side
of the channel up to L'Etang head, after which proceed to the anchorage
as previously directed.

If Avishing to anchor in Bliss harbour run in on either of the foregoing
marks, and Avhen Pain island comes open north of Mink island steer for
Flea island until Pain and Man-of-war islands are touching W. by S.,
when steer Avith these marks on and select an anchorage Avhere convenient
according to previous directions,

BACK BAT is an indentation formed between the Avest side of CailifF
island and the main shore, but the place is not adapted for anchorage save
of a temporary nature, and therefore need not be described minutely.

CalUfr Books, Avhich cover at half tide^ are detached and about 1^
cables in extent ; they lie just within the entrance of Back bay, about one-
third of the Avay across from the western shore. The west end of 151 iss
island on Avith the south point of Pain island clears them to the southward,
and they Avill be cleared on their western side Avhen the east end of Barn
island bears S.W.

b:lacx bay is an indentation between Pea point and L'Etang head,
and is moderately steep-to on its northern shore, but rocky spurs dry out
1^ cables from the southern shore. Half a mile Avithin the entrance, and

[chap. X.

-channel
n inlnnd

CIIAI*. X.]

BACK BAY. — DEADMAN BAY.

203

in the centre of the bay, arc hvo small rocks which dry at throe -quarters
ebb, and vesHels seeking u temporary anchorage jshould avoid a])proachiiig
too near them.

Flea and Man-of-war islands all but touching leads into tlie bay clear
of danger, and when the south-east point of Bliss island touches the small
islet off the south point of Black bay anchor in about (i fathoms.

snaBMAnr bay, on the eastern side of L'Etang harbour is open to the
south-west, and is only adapted for temporary anchorage with northerly
or easterly winds.

and

!■

'til;

i:, ',

■'■' :

>t»woi»«t*^iies»»- 1

204-

CHAPTER XI.

lUY OF FUNDY :— NORTH COAST.

L'ETANG llAUIJUUR TIIUOUGH CIIIGNECTO CHANNEL TO THE
HEAD OF NAVIGATION.

St. John Hurbonr

Vaiuation in 1867.
18" 5.5' \V. I Grindstone Island

20° 2.5' W.

BBAVBlt KABBOVX. — The entrance to this harbour lies 2^ niilo^ to
the caHtward of Dcadniau head, the intervening coast being rocky and
steep close to the shore, excepting to the westward of Little Moose
island, where a rocky patch dries to the distance of 1^ cables from the
main shore.*

The harbour, three-quarters of a mile broad between the entrance points,
and upwards of a mile deep, is open to the southward, and cannot be
deemed safe during strong winds from that quarter. Vessels should pass
in and anchor on the western shore, in order to avoid a patch with 2^
fathoms near the centre of the harbour. Small vessels may anchor in a
bay on the westein side of the harbour, opposite the village, in 2^
fathoms, clay, where they will be almost landlocked.

The vi(!inity of Bliss and L'Etang harbours will prevent Beaver
harbour being frequtfuted, save as a place of temporary anchorage.

MACBS SAY is an extensive bight lying between Seeley point and
Cape Leprcnu, the latter being distant from the former nearly 8 miles
S.E. by E. ^ K.; iind from the line between the two entrance points the
bay is nearly .') miles deep, the coast line being broken into a series of
smaller indentations, all of which iffbrd anchorage for vessels taking in
cargo, but only during line weather, as the entire bay, with the exception
of Seeley covo on its western side, is exposed to the full force of southerly
and south-westerly winds.

SBBXiBT COVB. — The (!oast between Beaver harbour and Seeley point,
a distance of 3] miles, takes an easterly trend, and may be .safely
approached to the dlstunce of 2 cables. Seeley point may also be rounded
close to; and a good nncliorage from westerly and south-westerly winds
may be obtained on the sjuth sid(; of the cove in about 5 fathoms. Care

* See Admiralty Chart, Bay of Fundy, Shett 1, No. 352 ; scale, ;h = 0-3 inch.

CHAP. XI.]

BEAVER UARBOUR.— LEPREAIJ BAY.

205

must be taken to ii\ old the northern point ol" the cove, from whcncf low
water rocks extend nearly a iinarter of a mile in a southerly direction.

POINT X.BPREAV XiZCHT — The lighthouse, octagonal in form, and
striped red and while horizontally, stands at the extrenuty of the point,
and from elevations of HI and '>',] feet above high water arc exhibited (wo
/Ired vertical white lights, which should be visible in clear weather from
distances of 15 and 13 miles respectively. A gun is fired in answer to
signals from ships during fogs.

RBB HBAB, a dirty wooded point on the western side of Maces bay,
lies E. I N. 3 miles from Sceley p':>:nt, the intervening coast being irre«ru!ar
and — in addition to Sceley cove — forming several small indentations ; the
one next west from the head, being clear of danger, with a moderate depth
of water, is wcdl adapted for temporary anchorage.

Mixirx BAY, on the Avestern side of Maces bay, lies between Red head
and Cranberry point, and 'tftbrds temi)oraiy anchorage on the north-east
and north-west sides of Mink island,

POPS XiOGAir ISKBT, a quarter of a mile in length, and Go feet high,
lies to the eastward of Red head, and from its noi-thern ])oint a rocky ledge
extends 1^ cables, leaving a channel of the same breadth, with 2 fathoms
water, l)etween il and the low watei" of the mainland. From the south
point a rocky tongue exteiuls to the south-west nearly in the direction of
Red head.

Mink x.ede:e, i'.n extensive rocky patch to the eastward of the above
islet, has a small portion on its eastern end which never covers, and thus
forms a natural beacon; it lies with the southern point of Pope Logan
islet on with the tangent of Red head, and from it a sei-ies of rocky
patches extend half a mile in a N.N.W. direction.

BXIITK xsiiAXtTB, about ouc-third of a mile across, and 104 feet high,
lies half a mile to the westward of Cranberry point, and the same distance
from the shore of Mink bay; the greatest depth in the latter channel being
3 fathoms. Outside the ishind a cluster of detached shoals run out half a
mile to the southward, whilst off its western point there is a detached
ledge, which dries at the distance of a quarter of a mile in the direction of
Mink ledge.

XiEPREAU' BAV, on the north-castem side of Maces bay, lies between
Cranberry point and the shore north of Point Lepreau, and runs in to the
northward to a shallow bight, where small vessels occasionally anchor
beyond the roach of any very heavy sea. The only danger on the
western side of the bay is off Cranberry point, from whence a cluster of
low w^ater and sunken rocks run out 1^ cables.

THB BROTBBRS are two small islets connected at losv Avater, and form

206

BAT OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[CIlAl*. XI,

the eastem nido of the entrance of Lepreau bay. The lar^^er island is
78 feet high, and is distant from the nearest part of Cranberry point
three-fourthri ol a niili). From tliosc ishiuds a h)ii{^ sliinj^le bar, which dries
at low Avuter, extends to tlie eastward nearly a mile, and all but joins tiie
low water line of the shore immediately to the southward of Leproau basin.

&epreau IteAgen extend from about a mile below Le])reiui basin to the
south-west for a distance of 2 miles, and terminate in a point, which dries
18 feet at lov/ water, at the distance of a mile from the eastern shore of. Maces
boy. A good clearing mark for all the dangers on the eastern side of the
ba^ is the tangent of Lepreau bay, opposite Stay point, just open west of the
Brothel's.

TISBS. — Itishigh water, full and change, in Lepreau bay, at 11 h. 18m.;
springs rise 24^ feet, neaps 21 I'eet.

sXBlscTZOirB. — Ships from the westw:ird intending to use any of the
anchorages in Maces bj^y should avoid i;diutting in the northern point of
Seeley cove with Red head until past Pope Logan islet, and (if making for
the western side of Mink bay) when Notch hill bears N.N.E. steer for it,
and by so doing the dangers inside Mink ledge, as well as the one off
Mink island, will be avoided, and an anchorage may be selected in about
o fathoms, with Point Lepreau shut in by Mink island, or off the western
bight in 3 fathoms, with Red head midway between Pope Logan islet and
the western shore, and Cranberry point just shut in by the south end of
Mink island.

If intending to anchor on the north-east side of Mink island continue to
keep the north point of Seeley cove just open of Red head until Notch hill
comes over the east end of Mink island, when all the shoal vater off' Mink
island Avill have been cleared ; when the Saw mill beaio North, steer
for it, ^nd anchor in about 5 fathoms, with Red head shut in by Mink
island, or in 3^ fathoms, with Cranberry ])oint on witJi the middle of the
larger of the Brothers, and the middle of Pope Logan island on with the
west end of Mink island.

If making for Lepreau bay continue with the north point of Seeley cv ■
just open of Red head until Notch hill conies over the east end of Mink
island, and then steer for Stay point, and when Cranberry point and the
north end of Mink island come in line the shoal ground off the former will
have been passed, and a course should be steered into the bay, bearing in
mind that the square house at the head of the bay open west of Stay point
clears Hunters patch, to the southward of Stay point, after which anchorage
may be selected where most convenient in about 2^ fathoms.

A temporary anchorage for large vessels may be obtained in about
5 fathoms, with the north end of the larger Brother S.W. | W., and Cran'
berry point on with the south end of Mink island.

CIIAJ'. XI.]

DIRECTIONS.— CHANCE IIAKBOUR.

207

»X»»U« KA»BOU». — The const eastwai'd of Point Lopvoau aa fuv an
Split rocli, upwards of 11 miles, is iiulmitcil with no less than six hailmurs ;
of these Dipper harbour is tlie wostcniniost, being 2^ milos E.N.E. from
Point Lepreau, The harbour affords good shelter Ibr vessels of about 200
tons, Avith winds from S.VV. round by North to East ; vessels should anchor
rather on the western sliore, as somo ledges extend off the eastern side

Plumper Rock, lies about midway l)etween Point Lepreau and Dipper
liarbour, but it is close inshore, and may bo avoided by keeping a quarter
of u mile off shore, lietween it and the iiarijour tiie shore is stcep-to.

KXTTXiB BZPPBR HARBOVX lies about 2^ miies to the eastward of
Dipper harbour, but should not be attempted witliout a pilot, as there are
numerous dangers to be avoided. Tlie place is only adapted for small craft.

CBAXrCB KARBOVX, ncnrly a mile cast of Little Dipper harbour, is
about half a mile broad at the entrance, by about a mile in depth in a
ii'^vtherly direction, and is easy of access. A flat rock, wJiidi dries at low
water, lies half a cable east of the western point, and may be cleared on its
northern aide by keei)ing Beldon house (near the beach at the head of the
cove) open iioith of the south point of lieldon cove. Further in, nearly in
the midtQe of the harbour, is another rock, whicli dries at half tide, and may
be cleared to the southward l)y keeping Ueldon house open south of the
north point of the cove.

The best anchorage for small vessels is, in about 2^ or 3 fathoms, in Beldon
cove; but this harbour, like the two former, affords but little shelter from
winds from S.E. round l)y South to S.W.

&XTT&B CKAirCE HARBOUR, to the castwai'd of the former, is a con-
venient place for small vessels to anchor Avhen waiting for the tide, but
affords no shelter whatever with the wind between S.E. and S.W. It is
about half a mile wide between the points of entrance, and about two-thirds
of a mile broad in a N.N.E. direction. The western point of entrance
should not bo approached on its eastern side nearer than 2 cables, but the
eastern point may be rounded at a cable's distance.

XiXTTKB MVSQUASB HARBOUR lies about a mile further to the
eastward, and in all respects is similar in character to, and adapted to
answer the same purpose as, Little Chance harbour. The entrance is about
a third of a mile broad; l)Ut a mid-channel position should be maintained,
as rocks dry off' from either shore a considerable distance, for which no
good clearing marks can be given.

MUSQUASH HARBOUR, a short mile west of Split rock, is nearly a
mile broad at the entrance, and about 2 miles deep, though but little of
this space is available for vessels of moderate draught.

Musquash head, on its eastern side, is steep-to and 80 feet high; but

i|hiiKj uaar jJtMiygjq

208

BAY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. XI.

Western lieiul, wliicli iittiiiiiH an elevation of I'SJ I'eet, has u uuiull dettielied
rock, with only li feet water, about half u eahlo from its noi'thein horn,
Within this liorn, to the westward about 2 eablos, a rocky spur extends in
a nordi-easterly direction for the distanee of li cable;!.

This harltour ;-ihoidd Ik; carefully avoided by larye vessels, exception;
as a teinjjoravy anchorage, though vessels in charge of a j>ilot might in
case of necessity oiitain shelter in the 5-fathom hole, about 2^^ miles up the
river.

BP&ZT KOOX, nearly a mile to the eastward of Musquash harbour,
is 35 feet high and close to a point from whence the land takes a general
trend to the north-east towards the harbour of St. John.

From Split rock to Negro head the coast is bold, with high rocky cliffs
covered with wood ; and from Negro head the land trends to the north-
ward, and forms a bay, in which there is good anchorage for small craft oi'
vessels waiting tide. Partridge island lighthouse is distant 5^ miles from
Negro head; and by steering on that course from a small offing off the head
a vessel will pass outside Meogenes islands, which lie midway between,
and clear of danger.

Ships may however — with local knowledge — pass inside thepc islands ;
and should the weather l)e bad, or fog thick, good anchorage may be
obtained between the largest island of the group and the main shore, in
from 4 to 5 fathoms.

ST. 70U17 HARBOVn lies at the head of the bay, into Avhich falls
St. John river, the largest in New lirunswiek, and one of the most
remarkable and beautiful in America. 'i"he y)ay — upwards of y miles
deep — lies between Meogenese island and Mispeck ])oint, the latter being
distant from the former o miles E. by S. ^ S.'*

The harbour is safe, commodious, and always accessible ; and in conse-
quence of the great rise and fall of tide, added to the velocity of the stream,
its navigation even duriug the winter months is never impeded by ice.
About 1^ miles to the southward of the city Partridge island forms
u natural protection to the harbour, whilst its light serves as a guide when
aj)proaching the entrance.

The soundings for several miles to (he southward of Partridge island
range from 7 to lo fathoms, and the bottom being muddy is admirably
adapted for anchoring whilst waiting for the tide. On the bar of the main
channel, cast of Partridge island, the depth is about 2| fathoms ; but within
the harbour off the city there is anchorage in from 7 to 20 fathoms.

A l)reakwater runs out in an easterly direction from the south end of the

* See Admiralty Chart, Harbour of St. John, No. 1,551 ; scale, m = 3-5 inches.

IfOIIAP. XI.

[lediclii'tl
L'lii lioni.
; tends in

|xi;c'i)tiiig
Imiglit in
['H U]) I lie

linrhonr,
gencml

cky cliffs
e north-
craft or
iles from
the head
H'twocn,

ishind.s ;

may be

shore, in

ich falls
he most
y miles
or being

1 conse-

stream,

by ice.
I forms
e when

3 islan((
nirably
e main
Avithin

of the

OHAP. XI.] ST. JOHN IIAllBOUR. — PARTllIDGE ISLAND.

200

les.

city peninsula for the purpose of protecting the harbour from the violence
of the sea during the prevalence of southerly gales.

The city of St. John, the most important in — though not the capital
of— New Brunswick, contains a population of about 2.'>,(KX), and is regulnrly
laid out on the rugged and uneven ground of a rocky peninsuhi piojecting
into the harbour at the entrance of the river St. .John, and from the sen
presents an imposing appearance.

On the western sitle of the <'ntrance stands the town of Carlcton, included
in the municipality ; and a little more than a mile above the city are the
falls, a narrow channel about 80 yards wide by about 400 in length,
where at low water the level of the river water is from II to 1 o feet
above the sea, and, as the ordinary tides flow from 23 to 27 feet, the sea
level at high water is from 8 to 12 feet higher than the waters of the
river.

Thtis there are two falls during every tide, viz., one outward, and
one inward, and vessels can only pass when the waters of the ocean and
the river are on a level, and this occurs only for the space of about
10 minutes during each ebb and flow of the tide ; at all other times it is
either impassable, or extremely dangerous. During great freshes Avhich
generally happen between the beginning of April and the middle of May,
from the melting of the snow, the falls are absolutely iiu])assable to vessels
bound up the river, as the tide does not rise to the river level.

There in sufiicient depth of water for large ships as far as the falls, and
beyond them the river St. John is navigable for vessels of 50 tons as far
as Frederickton, the capital of the province. Immense quantities of timber
are rafted down from the forests of the interior to the city of St. John,
which is also an entrepot of the agricultura' and mineral products of a
wide extent of country.

The commerce of St. John is very considera )lc. The principal imports
consist of British manufacture and colonial produce, whilst the exports are
timber, fish, furs and lime. Ship building is crrried on to a great extent,
and in 1863 there were no fewer than 521 vessels belonging to the port,
representing an aggregate amount of 174,134 tons.

PARTRIDGS ZSKAITB KXOBT. — Partridge island off the entr.'uice of
St. John harbour is about 3 cables in length and 80 feet high ; it is
distant a long half mile from Negro point on tlie mainland, there Ijeing as
little as 4 feet in mid-channel between.

The lighthouse, octfigonal in shape and painted with vertical stri])es of
red and white, stands on the highest point of the island, and from an
elevation of 119 feet above high water is exhibited a ^a;erf white light,
which should be visible in clear weather from a distance of 20 miles.

At the distance of 1^ cables S.S.W. ^ W. of the lighthouse is a tower,
17698. O

210

BAY OF FIINUV, NOTITII COAST.

Iciur. XI.

n*oin wliouou u Htuuni whititlu \h Moundud <liiring foggy weuthor, for u Mpuue
of 10 Hcconds eveiy ininutu.

Bell Buoy. — From tlie Houth und of L'urtridgu inlund, lock.s diy out to
tli«- diHtance of a good cul)i« in u Hoiitli-wcHt direction, iiiid from tlio
iiortli-iiiiHt Hido of tho itiland tlio low wiitur lino extendn 1^ cahlos to the
nortii-t'tiHt, tiiul iH marked on itH unstisrn Hiilu hy a bell buoy painted red,
and moored in .'{ fatlionis water.

Should the buoy be gone VVesloy chapel over the middle of the Htone
barrack N. ^ E. clearH the foul ground oti' Partridge i.«land. (See View.)

■bay Books, which dry at low water, are a third <d' a mile in extent,
and thoir outer end lies about foui'-Hfth.s ol' a nnle from tho shore between
Sheldon and Negro pointH ; near their outer end a small spot dries 6 feet at
low water. These rocks can scarcely bo dcsscribed as dangerous inasmuch
as tliey lie within the line joining Siieldon point and tlie north end of
Partridge island. Uynot opening out Beil Head, on the eastern sitle of the
entrance, north of Partridge island, these rocks will be avoided.

BBAOOxr KZOKT. — The lighthouHc stands on the eastern end of
the spit, extending nearly half a mile fi'om the Carleton shore on the
western side of the entrance, and is an octagonal shaped building Witn
vertical red and white stripes ; from an elevation of 35 feet above high
water is exhibited a Jfxed white light, which should be visible in clear
weather from a distance of 10 miles.*

As a description of the various banks and shoals in detail would answer
no useful purpose the seaman is referred to the chart, where on an enlarged
plan of the entrance to St. John harbour the relative positions of the
various dangers are shown.

TXBBS. — It is high water, full and change, in St. John harbour at
11 h. 21 ni.; springs rise 27 i'oet, neaps 23 feet.

The great volume of watar which runs through the harbour of St. John
during the freshets from the melting of the ice and snow in April and
May causes a continued superficial ebb, whose velocity varies from 2^ to

5 fathoms ; underneath this outset — sometimes 5 fathoms deep ^the tides

ebb and flow regularly. Abreast of the city the tidal sti-eam runs in an
Itour after the time of high water by the shore, in consequenco of the
difference of level already alluded to ; here also as a rule the flood is weak
but the ebb runs very rapidly all the way down past Meogenes island.

sxBECTXOxrs. — Unless in case of necessity strangers should never
attempt to enter St. John harbour without the assistance of a pilot, for
the narrow and intricate channel is bordered with sharp rocks, and

* The Beacon lighthouse was destroyed by tire in .January 1867, and no notice of the
light being re-established has beeq received up tp t)ie dt^tf pf this publication.

cnAP, xi.|

BEACON MOHT. — CAVE SPKNCEU.

211

mimoroiis iiccidontH Imvi' ucciirrt'd lu vesHuli* Httnupthig llic im\iniiii<m
witliiitit local knowk'dg*.'.

To (inter tho Imrboiir on the cnst side of I'arti'idgc irilnnd, la'mg
the VVosloyaii chiiin-l over the mIoiki Ituniivk N. '^ K. (mr I'iew) lu order
to cleiir the ledges oil' I'miridgu iHlaiid ; lliis mark will lead closi' to the
Bell buoy, which nhoidd lio passod oil lis eastern side, and when ( arlelon
church comcH on with CliHCiul, steer for thcni in line, until Stone chureli,
with a conspicuous stjuare tower, comes on with the end of the Breakwater,
N. ^ K., and with these nuirks on, pass west of the red liuoy off Negro point,
and proceeding on until past the Beacon lighthouse, steer up the middle of
the harl)our and anchor oft' the wharves of the eily.

ShouUl tho ebb have commenced it wouhl be improper to alleuipt to
gain the harbour until the next half flood ; uiuler such eireumstances the
vessel should ronuiin outside and not attempt to anchor in the channel,
where tho ebb tide — especially during tho freshets In the spring of tho
year — is so exceedingly rapid as to prevent any anchors holding.

VXIiOTB are always on the look out, and aro sometimes fallen in with in
the vicinity of Machias Seal island ; during a fog by firing a gun oeea
sionally they will generally find the ship.

It is very desirable that vessels should takcf a pilot before entering
St. John bay, for instance at Point Lepreau, if not further down, for during
thick weather the rapid titles — particularly during the freshets — n.'uder
tho navigation of tlie bay unsafe to a stranger. Steam tugs are always
available off the harbour's mouth, and occasionally off Toint Lepreau.

CAVB SPHXrCBU, a bold headland, from 4U0 to 600 feet high, with
steep rocky cliffs, is thickly wooded, and lies about 3 miles from JMispeck
point, Avith a Ijay between, which only affords shelter with winds from
North round to East.

In the bay, however, there aro several creeks, tho largest of whicli,
Ball creek, about three-fourths of a cable broad, enables small vessels
to ascend during the flood and lie aground in safety along tho inner side
of a small pier. On nearing the entrance of the creek bring the end of
the pier about midway between the two shores, in order to avoid a rocky
spur which runs off nearly a cable fron\ the eastern point.

Black Sock, of small size and 10 feet high, lies about half a mile
from Conley head, a point in the middle of the bay just described ; tho
rock is steop-to all around, Avithout off-lying dangers.

From Cape Spencer to Cape Ein-ago, on the north side of Chignecto
channel, the land is bold and thickly Avooded, varying in height from 400
to 900 feet, and divided into hills by numerous valleys through Avhlch small
streams find their Avay to tho Bay of Fundy.

The mouths of these streams are very similar in appearance, being com-
posed of a bar of shingle and gravel across the entrance, leaving a nairow

212

BAY or ruNDY, xoimi coast.

[chap. XI.

pn.ipago at ono side through which small vessels may enter at high water,
and lay on (ho mud at low water, generally safe from all winds. Here
vessels load with timber sawn by mills near the entrance, from logs
brought dcwn the .streams.

MoOOY HEAB, about 8 miles to the eastward of Capo Spencer, is a
rounded point about 200 feet high, and thickly wooded ; the coast between
iho two points form a considoraUe indentation, at the head of which is
Black river, which dries across its enti'ance, but is accessil)le at certain
times of tide for small vessels, though it is said to bo unsafe at high water
during heavy south-west gales.

The shore between Cape Spencoi and Black river is very steep to, and
may be safely approached within a cable's length, excepting in the imme-
diate vicinity of a point about 3;V miles to the westward of Black river,
where r^ i-ks dry off a cable from the sliore. There are also some rocks
extendiuL'^ 2 cal>les W. by vS. from the point next east of Black river.

The Sisters consist of a small cluster of rocks, about three-fifths of a
mile from the shore near Entmerson creek, and about 2i miles to the
westward of IMcCoy head. The outer rocks of the cluster cover at 2
hours ebb, but the inner one, about a cable further in shore, only shows at
low water. There is deep Avatr between these rocks and the sliore.

RfiS HEAS, about 3 miles to the eastward of McCoy head, is comjiosed
of red cliffs about 50 feet high. Just within McCoy head to the eastward,
good temporary anchorage may be obtained from northerly and westerly
windS; in 5 or 6 fathoms, with Rogers and Redheads just in line. The en-
trance of Tynemouth creek lies about a mile to the eastward of Red head.
ROGEBS HEAD, about 7^ miles to the eastward of McCoy head, is
about 400 feet high, thickly wooded and steep-to, with high perpendicular
cliffs on its western side, and a steep slope to the southward.

QVACO KXOHT. — Quaco head, 250 feet high, is about 2 miles to the
eastward of Rogers head, being separated therefrom by a valley clear of
trees, and by a sharp trend of the land to the northward ibiTns the western
side of Quaco l)ay. »

Tlve lighthouse — with hori.;ontal strips of rod and white — stands on a
small ledge of rocks close to Quacto head, and from an elevation of 58 feet
above high water is exhibited a rcvohing white light, w'hich attains its
greatest brilliancy every 20 seconds, and in cleai' weather should be seen
from a distance of 15 miles.

Quaco Shoal, on which there is as little as 9 feet water, is about a mile
in length N.IC. and S.W., and occupies a considerable portion of Quaco
bay. There is deep water all round it.

TX»BS. — It is high water, full and change, in Quaco bay at 11 h. 35 m. ;
springs rise 30 feet, neaps 25 feet. With the excej)tion of the first hour of

CHAP. XI.]

QUACO LIGHT. — ST. MAIITIN UE.VB.

213

flood, the tide both flood and ebb, sweeps round Quaco bay, from the
eastward, inside Quaco slionl.

Anotaorar^f. — Vessels wisliinj^ to obtain temporary ancliox'agc under Quaco
head, sliould — on aijprouciliinjj; tiio liglitliouso from tlie westward — \ivv\t
McCoy head open to Rogers liead, until tiie Konian Catliolic diurcli tower
of Quaco, comes open to the eastward of the norincrn cliti" of Quaco h(!ad,
in order to clear tlic outer ciul of the ledge on which the lighthouse staiuls.

Tliere are no good leading marks into tlie anchorage, Avhich is in .) or 6
taihoms, mud, with the lighthouse S.S.W., distant about half a mile. Tlie
anchorage is unsafe with winds from N.E. — round by East — to South,
Along (^uaco head many ships are built, as well as in some of the creeks
along shore. These and timber are the only exi»orts from this part of the
coast.

<|uaco liedge is a most dangerous ridge of rugged rocks about a (juarter
of a mile in length, with dee}) Avater close to around ; the highest part
uncovers half an hour after half ebb, and dries 13 feet at low water, and
shows a heavy tide rip when covered. This danger lies 8^ miles S.E. ^ S.
from (^uaco lighthf^" se, and W. by N. -^ N., 14i^ from the western end of
Isle Haute. The tidal ciu'i-ent runs about 2 knots in the vicinity of this
danger.

romrns poxnt. — From McCumber point, on ti.e nortli shore of Quaco
bay, the shore between it and Founds point is clear of danger. Founds
point is distinguished by its perpendicular red clitFs from 300 to 400 feet high.

TUPI POINT, also known as Long beach, lies about o miles to the
eastward of Founds point, and is formed by an earthy bank from 30 to oO
feet high, partially cleared. Alout 1;^ miles to the Avestward of the point
is Salmon river, and between the two, the o-fatiiom line extends upwards of
three-quarters of a mile ott' shore, Avhilst the loAV Avater line ol' the beach,
just Avest of Tuft point, extends nearly half a mile oft".

ST. MARTXir HEAD, abou! 8^ miles to the eastward of Tuft point,
is a small bare hillock 100 feet high, connecteil Avith the main shore by a
narroAV causcAvay of gra\ el anil sand half a mile long. Wlien seen from a
distance the head makes like an island ; it may b'.! approached Avithin a
quarter of a mile, save on its Avestern side, where there is a small patch of
vocks — Avhich dry o feet at Ioav Avater — one-third of a mile ofl' shore,
W. I)y S. i S. To the AvestAA-^ard of St. Martin head, as far as Wolf ci-eek,
and to the eastward as far as (ioose creek, the o-fathom line extends two-
thirds of a mile from the shore.

MATTKE'VirB H&A.3> is a bold rounded point 150 feet high, at the
distance of 10^ miles to the eastAvard of St. Martin head. The head
itself is partially cleared, but Avitliin it the la-id rises to an elevation of

itl

214

BAY or rUNOY, KOHTII COAST.

[CIIAl". XI.

700 feet, and is thickly Avooded. Between tlie two liends tliere are lio lesH
tliiin five creeks, but no oti-lying dangers, and the shores mdy be uppl'Oached
to a (juarter of a mile.

SAliISBUR-r BAv Between Matthew head and Cajjc Enrage, up-

AVards of 8 miles in an K. i S. direction, the land falls back into Salisbury
bay 3 miles in depth ; one of the salient points of the coast line of the bay is
Owls head, which is 700 feet high, thickly wooded, and 3^ miles from
Matthew head. Midway Ijetween Owls heail and Cape Enrage is Red
liead, composed of earthy cliffs from 50 to 100 feet high.

Salisbury Shoal, about 1| miles in length between the 5-fathom lines,
lies two-thirds of a mile Avithin the line l)etwcen Matthew head and Cape
Enrage, Avith ?^ fathoms on its shoalest part near the centre, and cannot
therefore be deemed a diuiger to vessels of moderate draught. Within it
there is a channel a mile Avide, having from 5 to 7 fathoms. The 3^-fathom
patch lies Avitli Cape Enrage lighthotise E. by S. ^ 8. 3| miles.

AxrCltORAOE. — During the summer months vessels may anchor along
the Avhole lengtli of the coast from Cape Spencer at a moderate distance
from the shore, the best place for shelter from the prevailing Avestcrly Avinds
being Quaco bay.

Salisbury bay is unsafe, in consequence of the frequency of Avcsterly and
south-Avesterly Avinds to Avhich the bay is exposed, and of the suddeli shift-
ing of the Avind to these quarters. The tidal stream generally sets toAvards
Cape Enrage lighthouse.

CAPE BlTRAexi &XOHT. — Cape Enrage is composed of perpendicular
rocky cliffs about 100 feet high, and thickly Avooded, excepting in the im-
mediate vicinity of the liglithouse, Avliich stands close to the extremity of
the cape. The lighthouse is a square Avhite building, from Avhich, at an
eloA'ation of 120 feet above liigh water, is exliibited a /r.rtv/ Avliite light
Avhicli shoidd 1)e visiljle in clear weather from a distance of 15 miles.

From Cape Enrage a rocky spur, Avhich dries at Ioav Avater, extends in a
south-westerly direction a (fuarter of a mile.

CRXOsrECTO chax]'xi's:l divides the shores of Ncav BrunsAvick and
Nova Scotia at the head of the Bay of Fundy, and leads into Cianberland
basin and tlic river Petit Coudiac; it is free from off-lying dangers, and
even in thick Aveathor the gradual decrease of soundings on either side is
suflicientiy Avell -defined to insure safe navigation.

At Cape Enrage the breadth of the channel is considerably decreased,
and the northern shore is deflected more to the northAvard for a distance of
about 10 miles as far as Grindstone island, to tiie nortlnvard of which the
river Shepody floAVs into the channel, Avhilst on the southern or Nova
Scotian shoi-e the coast continues its general north-easterly (rend loAvards
Boss point, at the entrance of Cumberland basin.

CHAP. XI.] CHIGNBCTO CHANNEL. — GllINDSTONE LIGHT. 215

Abreast of Grindstone island Cape Murangouin divides the water into
two branches, tlie nortliern of the two running in that direction towards the
moutlis of Petit Coudiac and Memramcook rivers, and the other witli a
north-easterly trend flowing into Cumberland basin.

The land on the Ncav Brunswick shore is moderately high, thickly wooded,
and intersected by numerous valleys ; the south shore is not so elevated,
and the thick woods which generally prevail are interspersed with cranberry
bari'cns which abound with deer.

Rorton Flats. — The shores on either side of Chignecto channel may be
safely approached to half a mile, excepting in the vicinity of Horton flats,
about 7 miles to the north-eastward of Cape Enrage. Between this position
and Cape St. Mary, flats extend in a straight line a considerable distance oft"
the high line, which here forms a bay.

OSXlVBSTOsra i^xoht. — Grindstone island, nearly half a mile in length,
lies on the north-east side of Chignecto channel, and nearly a mile to the
eastward of Cape St. Mary, the southern point of entrance to Shepody
river.

The lighthouse of wood, octagonal in form and painted white, stands
on the western point of the island, and from an elevation of 60 feet above
high water is exhibited ajined white light, which should be visible in clear
weather from a distance of 12 miles. The light should not be approached
on its western side nearer than four cables.

Grindstone Shoal, with 10 feet water, is the shallowest part of a narrow
bank of sand and mud, iiearly 4 miles in length, whose north-eastern end is
a little south of Grindstone island, from whence it extends S.W. by W. ^ W,,
leaving a navigable channel a mile wide between it and Horton flats. The
shoal si)ot lies six-tenths of a mile S. by W. ] W. from Grindstone light-
house, with a passage between ; the high line of the south side of Grind-
stone island may be approached to a cable's length.

St. Mary liedge extends otf" Cape St. Mary three-fourths of a mile
N.E. by E. ^ E. ; its highest point covers at four hours flood, and when
uncovered may be approached to a cable's length on its south-east side.

SKBPOBY rxvx:r. — This river falls into Chignecto channel immediately
to the northwaid of Cape St. Mary, between which and Stiles landing, on
th(? northern side, the distance is 2^ miles ; but the river is not accessible
except at certain times of tide, and not even then except by experienced
local pilots.

TRB COAST From Cape Chignecto, the southern shore of Chignecto

channel trends about N.E. by N. 6^ miles to Squally point, the intervening
shore being steep -to and without detached dangers ; but from thence as far

216

«AY OF FUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. XI.

as Apple Head lighthou.se the «horo should not be ueared within a third
of a mile.

Spiccr cove is a slight and shallow indentation immediately within
Squally point, l)Ut is only adapted for temporary anchorage for small vessels-
The only ofF-lying danger is Dudgcn rock, which lies about one-eighth of u
mile north-east of Squally point.

Apple river, 2 miles fnrther on, dries a little within its points of entrance,
which are three-fourths of a mile apai't ; and from thence as far as Boss
point, at the entrance of Cumberland basin, a distance of 23^ miles, the
general trend of the coast is about E.N.E.

Although several indentations occur along this line of coast, none are
available for vessels save at certain times of tide. At the South Joggins
there are several seams of coal, but the quality is inferior and not adapted
for cither steaming or domestic purposes. There are also some grindstone
quarries along this coast, as well as on Grindstone island ; and at Cape
St. Mary good building stone is to be obtained.

The anchorage off the coal wharf at South Joggins is bad and unsafe
with westerly winds, especially during the ebb.

APPKS RIVER IiXOKT. — The lighthouse is a square white building,
standing on the low northern point of entrance to Apple river, and from
an elevation of 40 feet above high water two horizontal ^a?ec? Avhite lights
are exhibited, 24 feet apart, and during clear weather they shouhl be visible
from a distance of 10 miles.

TIDES. — It is high water at Spicer cove at II h. 35m. ; springs rise i87
feet, neaps 30^ feet. At Grindstone island it is high water at Ilh. 47m.;
springs vise 41 feet, ueai)s 34^ feet.

From Cape Spencer the flood tides set to the eastward, generally parallel
to the shore as far as Grindstone island, at the average rate of about two
knots, the ebb running in a contrary direction to the w^estward ; several
eddies are formed behind the salient points of this coast. In the vicinity
of Cape Spencer the tidal stream changes its direction about two hours
before high and low water by the shore ; but further east, off Quaco head,
this difference is reduced to three-quartei-s of an hour. Off shore the sti'cam
continues to run from a quarter to three quarters of an hour after the time
of high and low water.

Off Cape Spencer a I'i}*, which is very heavy Avith westerly winds, is
formed on the ebb ; it is caused by a strong eddy sweeping round to the
bay to the westward of the cape, and impinging on the ebb tide at right
angles. A similar rip occurs off Quaco head, occasioned by the tide
sweeping roun<l the bay to the southward, and meeting the main streams
of flood and ebb off the lighthouse. Off Grindstone island the tidal
current runs from 2 to 4 knots an hour.

dividing

CHAP. XI.] APPLE RIVER LIGHT CAPE MARANGOUIN. 217

OAPB MAMAXtOOVXK is the southern termination of a promontory
dividing the north-eastern arm of the bay of Fundy into two hraiifiies ;
viz. : — the river Petit Coudiac to the north, and Cumberland ba.sin to the
east. The cape attains an elevation of 220 feet, and from it an extensive
bank, formed by the debris of the two branclu's, runs out in a south-
westerly direction ; the 3-fathom line being H miles from the cape.

Marangrouln Sboal Is a sandy knoll Avith only a foot of water, and lies
near the eastern edge of the above bank, about a mile from the shore of the
cape. From it the east and west tangents of Cape Marangouin bear
E. by N. ^ N., and N. by W. § W., respectively, and Grindstone island
lighthouse N. W. by W. 4 miles.

A good clearing mark on its southern side is Minudie point (Cumber-
land basin), open south of the east tangent of Cape Marangouin E.N.E.

RIVER PBTZT COVBZAC. — Ii'om Grindstone island on the west, and
Cape Marangouin on the cast, the shore takes a general north-easterly
direction for about 8 miles, where the arm of the sea is divided by
Folly point, and branches off into the rivers Petit Coudiac and Memram-
cook.

Abreast of Folly point the Petit Coudiac is a short mile across, and from
thence it takes a general northerly trend for a distance of 15 miles, to
abreast of the town of Moncton, after which it takes a sudden bend to the
westward, and so continues for a disLiuce of 12 miles as far as the town of
Salisbury. The eastern shore of this river is moderately high antl well
wooded, and between the northern point of Shepody river and Cape
Demoiselle on the western sliorc, a narrow strip of marshy gi-ouiul fringes
the high land, which rises abruptly to the well-wooded Shepody hills, the
hijrhest of which attains an elevation of 1,050 feet.

Marangouin Flats on the north side of Cape Marangouin are covered
at ordinary low water ; the outer flat is about two-thirds of a mile long,
running nearly parallel to the shore, and from it the outer edge is distant
about three-fourths of a mile ; the water shoals gradually off it, and the
danger may be avoided by careful attention to the lead. The southern
extremity of this flat lies about one mile N. E. ^ N. from the north-western
extremity of Cape Marangouin.

Orande Anse Kedgre. — The western end of this ledge is rather more
than a mile from the eastern shore at the distance of 4 miles from Capo
Marangouin. The ledge covers at half-flood, after which it becomes
dangerous ; the eastern tangent of Folly point open to the westward of
Coles head, and bearing N. by E., clears the ledge on its western side.

Middle Ground. — This danger dries for al)out 2^- miles in a N.N.E. direc-
tion, its greatest breadth being about a quarter of a mile ; its highest point
near the centre being about six feet above low water springs. The southern

218

BAY OP FtJNDY, NORTH COA«T.

[cilAP. XI.

end lien 4^ miles N.K. f E. from Grindstone iHlmid, atid its uortliern edge
bears from Cui)C) DcmoisoJie E. by N. | N. rather more than a mile. The
houHCH on I)orch(<Htcr isliind shut in l>y Coles lujad, ike hitter bearing
N.N.E. 1^ E., cloarH the Middle Ground on its eastern side; by careful
uttenlion to the lead this luuik cnn always be avoided.

Calhoun riats. — To the iiortlnvard of Cape 13emoiselle the high lahd
begins to deflec-t to the northward, whilst the low line continuing its north-
easterly direction for nearly two miles forms Calhoun flats, which at this
point, when! the low line trends quickly to the northward, dries for nearly
two-thirds of a mile from the high line with 4 fathoms at a cable's length
off its outer edge.

nkemrainoookBpltcotisiBtH of long rocky ledges extending off Coles head,
and must be carefully avoided; on the outer end the highest part of the spit
which nncovers during the last quarter obi), lies n third of a mile from tho
Coles head shore, and Ij^ miles S. ^ E. from Folly point.

The church on the eastern shore of Petit Coudiac above Folly point,
open to tho westward of Folly point and bearing N. by W. \ W., clears
this danger on ItH western side.

TIBSB. — It is high water, full and change, atJFolly point at 11 h. 49 m. ;
springs rise 45 feet, neaps 38 feet. In the vicinity of the point the tidal
stream runs from 3 to 4 knots an hour.

AXXBCTlOxrs. — When off Capo Spencer and bound to the eastward,
keep close to the capo if on the ebb, and avoid tho tide rip already
described, by passing either inside or outside. From an offing of a mile
south of Cape Spencer, an E. ^ N. course for a distance of .53 miles will
place a ship about 2 miles south of Cape Enrage, but cai-e must be taken
not to pass within half a mile of the lighthouse when on a N.E. bearing,
in order to avoid the rocky ledge which runs off in a S.W. direction.

Ifboun<l <•) Cape Chign('ct(», fi-om an offing of about a mile off' Cape
Spencer, an East course for 19;^ miles should place the vessel on the line
of bearing between (Jilaco lighthouse and Quaco ledge, distant nearly 5
mlL^s from the latti, ; from this position Cape Chignecto will bear
E. by S. I S., 22 miles, and (tape D'Ore E. by S. f S., 29 miles. Care
must be taken to make allowance for the effect of the tides, which will
modify the above CoHrsos.

Tempoi-ary atiehorage may be obtained in moderate weather along the
whole extent of coast between Capes Spencer and St. Mary, but when the
winds — to whicli thb coast is exposed — blows Avith any force the
anchorage is bad, c[)ecially in localities where the strength of tide is
great.

There is an anchoragfi to the northward of Grindstone islatid, between
it and the rtiouth Of fthepody river, but it Is aomeiVhat difficult of fepjiroach

CHAP, xt.] DIRECTIONS. — CUMBEKIjAND BASIN. 219

by a struiiger ; to enter it from ft safe ofBng oti' Cape Eiirnge, steer so us
to bring Grindstone lighthouse N.E. by E. \ E., until about a mile distant,
when haul a little to the nortlnvmd, taking care not to shut in Cape Emiige
lighthouse with Capo St. Mary, nor approach Grindstone island nearer
tiiau 4 cables. When Grindstone lighthouse bears S.S.E. -i E., St. Mnry
ledge will have been passed, and the vessel may be hauled up for
the Shepody mountain ; anchor clear of Ihe shoal ground north of the
lighthouse, Avith the latter Ijcaring about South, and Ciipe St. Mai'y
S.W. by W. ; here there will be 4 fathoms, but the holding ground is not
good.

Anotlier anchorage to the north-east of Grindstone island which is fre-
(luently used is in about 3 fathoms, mud, a short half mile N.E. by E.
from the eastern point of the island.

Vessels in moderate weather may anchor anywhere off the mouth of the
river Petit Coudiac l)elow Folly point according to their draught of water,
but the l)est anchorage is between Folly point and Stone wharf, which is
as high as vessels of any size can lay afloat at low water. Here in about
3 fathoms, mud, vessels may anchor with Folly point E, ^ N,, and Indian
church N, ^ W,, but as the tide cun-ent runs from 3 to 4 knots, there is a
disagi'eeable sea when the wind is against the stream, and if intending to
stop longer than a tide, it is necessary to moor in order to avoid fouling
the anchor.

If intending to proceed further up the river the services of a compatent
pilot must be obtained, as the direction of the narrow shallow channel is
frequently changed. Though there are no regular pilots, men can be
procuretl from Hillsljorough Avho are acquainted with the river.

RIVBR MBMRAiacooK. — From Folly point this river takes a
N. l)y E, i E, trend, its western shore being of a moderate elevation and
covered with trees whilst its eastern shore is partially cleared.

There is a small hole with 9 feet water to the south-Avest of Dorchester
island, but even small vessels should be moored, if intended to remain afloat.

cuMBERXiAZJS BASIXV is the eastern termination of the Chiguecto
channel and receives the waters of numerous rivers. It lies on the eastern
side of Cape Marangouin, between Avhicli and Boss point the entrance is H
miles across ; from this position tlie channel is straight and navigable 'for a
distance of 8 miles to a little beyond Woody point on the northern shore,
Avhere anchorage may be obtained in the narrow channel in about 4
fathoms. This ])lace, about one-third of a mile otf the northern shore, is
known as Saekville anchorage, where vessels should moor, and their position
be selected by means of the lead.

There is also another anchorage to the eastward of Peck point on the
north shore of the entrance in about .5 fathoms, mud, with the south-east

220

BAY OF PUNDY, NORTH COAST.

[chap. XI.

extreme of Cape Maraiigonin open of Peek point S.W. ^ W., and the end of
tlie wharf in Peck covo W. J N,

VcHsels may anchor anywhere between the above phiccH, excepting (hu'ing
wtrong westerly winds which frequently occur, when the ebb stream, which
attains a velocity of 4 or 5 knots an hour causes a very disagreeable sea. I
is advisable to moor at any of the anchorages, especially with south-westerly
winds and an ebb stream. AIjovc Sackville anchorage only small
vessels (um lay afloat at low water, but trading craft lay agromid on
the mud.

In Cumberland basin there is a profitable shad fishery, which commences
in June ; the exports «re coals from the South Joggins and River Ilebert,
as well a.s some agiicultural produce and a few small vessels.

TXBBS. — It is high water, full and change, in Cumberland basin a
11 h. .55 m. ; springs rise 45^ feet, noaps 38 feet. The rise and fall being
so great the velocity of the tide is veiy great.

szilECTZOxrs. — In running for Cumberland basin care must be taken
on approaching the entrance to open Minudie point to the southward
of the east tangent of Cape Marangouin bearing E.N.E. in order to clear
Marangouin shoal, after passing which a course should be steered so as to
pass the east extremity of the Cape and Peck point not less than an eighth
of a mile, to which distance both can safely be approached.

If intending to proceed beyond Peck anchorage keep the cast tangent of
Cape Marangouin open of Peak point S.W. by W. | W., and with these
marks astern a vessel will bo kept in the deep water channel to abreast of
Minudie point, after which a more northerly course should bo steered
in order to avoid the mud bank which dries at low water, and extends to a
considerable distance from the southern shore,

221

I N I) K X.

Abbot harbour
Adamant shoal
Advocate bay

harbour -

Allen island - - -

rock

Ambrose rock

Anchoi'an;e between Dlgby gut

(^ape Split
Andrew island

and

— passage

— shoal

Apple Kiver light -

Argyle

Arnold rock -

shoal

Aspatageon peninsula
Artinion bank
Avery shoal-

Babin shoal -
Baccaro light

north ledge

outer

. south

Back bay
Balcolm shoa
Bald rock

Tusket island -

Baltee shoal -
Bank St. Pierre
Bar point

shoal -

Barrier beach

reef -

Barrington bay

directions

Barse ground

rock -

Bartlett ledge
Bantam rock
— — - rocks
. shoal

Page
153
139
175
176
157
157
102

174

118

21G

153

• 143
■ 144

• 143

- 144
94, 202

- 52
26,09

- 156

- 64

- 70

- 81

- 61

- 146

- 90

- 70

- 142

- 134
. 144

- 125

Banquercaii bank
Basin of mines

directions

tides -

Bass rock
Bassoon reefs
Bastard rock
Bay of Islands

shoal -

Beacon light-
Bear rock
Beaver harbour

directions

tides

island light -

Beatson rocks
Bedford basin
Bell rock
Bulleisle spit-
Berry head -
Betty island -
Bickerton port

directions

Big Duck island

ledge

Big Fish island lights

rocks

shoal

Wood rocks

Bingley shoal
Bircli shoal -
Bird islands -

rock -

Birds
Black bay -

ledge -

point rocic

Prince shoal

rock -

light

rocks -

Blackman shoal

I'age
4

- 177

- 180

- 19

- 50

- 134

- 48
22

- 210

- 6G
51. 204

- 53

- 52

- 51

- 107

- 85
89, 139
■ 84

- 29

- 95
•• 38

- 39
109, 184

- 184

- 155

- 114

- 184

- 36

- 112

- 50

- 157

- 202
- 25, 36, 150

- 136

- 45
62, 90, 98, 123, 134,

173, 179,211

- 173
21,189

- 22

222

INDEX.

niatidford heud

shoal

mind bay

directions
tides

sister -

Bliss island - . -

Blonde rock - - -

Blue Quil island

Boar head light

Bookman shoal

Boom rock -

Borgle shoal

Bowen ledge

Bradford cove

Brandy ledges

Brazil rock - - -

rocks - - -

shoal - - -

Brick kiln island

ledges

Brig point - - -

rock- - . -

shoal . - -

Broad breaker

rock - - -

Brothers, the
Brown bank-
Bryer island light -

north-west ledge

south-west ledge

Buck rock -
Budget rock
Bulk head rip
Bull reef -
rock -

Bull rock, east

west

shoal -

I'age

- 112

- 112
• 99

- 99

- 90

- 200

- 149

- 138

- 169

- 117

- 21

- 65

- 49

- 185

- 30

- 144

- 130

- 189

- 180

- 43
29, 72

- 73
66,90

- 92
179, 205

Burke shoal
Bumcoat head light •

- 166
• 166

- 166

- 184

- 141

- 190

- 75
29,36,50, 66, 72, 110

124, 131, 136, 188

- 66

- 72

- 31

- 178

Cabbage garden shoals
Cailiff rocks
Calhoun flats
Camperdown flagstaff
Carapobello island -

light -

Canso bank -
I cape -

99
202
218

193

Canso ledges
Cape breaker

Canso -

Chignecto

D'Ore -

Enrage light -

Marangouin

Mocodome

Negro -

rock -

Eoseway lights

Sable island

light

;— tides

Sharp -

Spencer

St. Mary

Split -

Caroline island
Casco island
Castor rock -

shoals

Catch harbour
Chain ledges
Chanicook harbour -

dock

Chance harbour

little

Channel rock
Charles island
Charley rock
Charlo harbour

shoal

Chebucto head
Chester harbour

directions -

rock

Chignecto cape

channel -

directions

Chissetcook inlet

Chocolate shoal

Chute cove - - .

Coddle harbour

Codi-ay shoal

Cole harbour

Covey ledge

Clam bay - - .

Clarkes ground

Clay island spit

Cleopatra shoal

Page

- 19

- 21

- 18

- 175

- 175
■ 214
r 217

- 35

- 141
18, 35, 123

- 139

- 147

- 148

- 179
176,211

- 41

- 175

- 67

- 194

- 88

- 38

- 89

- 136

- 199

- 207

- 65

- 107

- 28

- 82

- 114

- 115

- 114

- 175

- 214

- 218

- 77

- 195

- 172

- 31

- 76

- 78

- 118

- 75

- 190

- 114

- 156

INDEX.

223

Coachman ledge

N.E. -

S. W. -

Cobeciuid mountains
Cockawee shoal
Cockerwit passage -
Coffin island light -
Cole harbour
Colt rock -
Columbine rock
Country harbour -

directions

ledges

tides

Cow ledge ...

shoal

Cowley rock

Cranberry island and light -

fog trumpet

Crane cove - - -

Crawford ledge
Crawley shoal
Crook shoals
Crooked island passage
Croueher island

shoal

Cross island light -
Cross-jack ledge
Cuckold rock
Cumberland basin -

directions

- tides
Currents, Gulf stream

Arctic or Labrador

Virgin rock

Darby bank
Dark harbour

Dartmouth - - -

David lock - - -

shoals

Davy rock - - -

Day cove - - -

Deadman bay
Deer island - - -

clam cove

— little harbour -

— — north -

north-west

De Lute harbour
Devastation shoal -

Page

112

177

123

151

128
28

200

147
34
37
35
37

168

108
91
18
18
24

■ 100

■ 189
. -'3

■ 126
. 103

- 105

- 109
. 187

- 144

- 219

7
8
9

- 75

- 185

- 85

- 20

- 49

- 102

- 65

- 203

- 195

- 196

- 194

- 131

Devereaux shoal
Devil island light
Devil's limb
Digbygut -

directions

tides

light -

Dipper harbour

little

D'Ore cape - - -

Dochet island shoal -
Dockyard shoal
Dollar rock - - .

Dover bay ...

directions

island

passage

shoals

Duck bank - . .

reef - - .

Duke rocks - - -

Dunbrook rock
Duncan cove

reef -

Dutch shoal

2a3t Bull rock
— '■ — breaker

Ironbound island light -

point rock

■ sandy cove

Eastern Bull, or Blow breaker

shagroost

Eberf. port - - .

directions -
• tides

rocks

Economy point

Ede rock ...

Egg island and 1' 'ht

islet ...

Elbow shoal
EUenwood passage -

anchorage

Emulous ledge

Eve ledge - - .

False passage

Farm ledge - - -

Fish - _ -

Fisherman harbour -

. directions

Page

149

171

207

• 175

' 1U9

. 95

- 23
23

- 75

- 89

- 75

- 89

- 31

25,66

- 45

- 106

- 121

- 166

- 136

- 54

- 133

- 180

- 90

- 69

- 79

- 149
■ 158

- 159

- 135

- 64

- 69
~ 135

- 7

- 37

224

INDEX.

Fistiiiif^ groiiricU
Five islands
Flag cove -
Flat island -

—— south shoiil

ledge -

Fleck shoal -

Flint ledge -

Fogs

Fort point ledge

Foul ground

, the

Founds point
Frazer head
French rock
— — — village harbour

Frenchman elbow -

- rock

Friar bay -

— — tides

island -

— — ledges -
Frying-pan reef
rock

Gnnnet dry ledge -
. north rock -

■^ soutli

. S.W.

ledges

light

■I rock

■ shoal

directions

GaiTet cove -
Geddes shoal
General observations

remarks

George island
Gerard head reef
Gibbon breakwate -
Glasgow head
Goose island

ledge

Graham head
Grampus rock
Grande Anse ledge -
Grand harbour

-J ^lanan bank

— — — island

directions

I'age

- 74
. 180

- 185
110, 119

- 110

- fiO

- 38

- 69
ll!l, 145

- 129

- IfiO

- 188

- 213

- 179
29, 123

- 102

- 167

- 47
■ 194

- 194

- 66
66

- 31

- 98

- 159

- 22

- 187

- 159

- 23

- 114

- 54

- 145

- 82

- 61

- 173

- 18

- 30

- 69

- 77

- 94

- 217

- 184

- 185

- 182

- 190

Grand Manan island tides -

passage

caution

directions

tides -

Gravel island shoals
Graves shoal

Great Bank of Newfoundland
Great Tancook island

middle shoal

west shoals

Green bunk

bay -

harbour

island 30, 106, 134, 138, 1

ledge

point rock

shoal -

i shoal - - -

Grey rocks -

Grime rock - - -

Grindstone island

light

shonl

Grizzle lock

Grog rock ...

Gull cove - - -

island . - -

ledge - - -

inner

outer

ledges -
rock ~
- light

29,

rocks -

shoal

Gulliver hole

Haddock shoal
Half-tide rock

Half-way

Halifax harbour

directions

lights

tides

Halibut islands

rock

Harbour island
. islet

rock

spit

I'uge

- 190

- 167

- 169

- 168

- 1(»7

- 113
3

- 110

- no

- 110
4

- 125

- 138
60, 200

- 126

- 105

- 98

- 141

- 19

- 215

- 215
■• 69

- 142

- 184

- 154
46,37

- 25

- 117
75, 195

- 135

- 72

- 98

- 171

- 117
187,201

- 126

- 79

- 86

- 80

- 85

- 49

- IOC

- 30

- 75
50, 52

- 102

INDEX.

225

llardwnod island
llarrivt lodge
Hart point rock
Uurtlaiid buy
Iluwbolt rock
Iluad liarbonr

directiong

Iluckman unchoruge

tides

Ilr-n and Chickens -
lienncsy bank
Hero shoal -
Heron rock -
Herring covu
— — — shoal
Hobson nose
Hogback, tho
HoUins bay -
' head

—^— shoal
Hopkin rock
Home shoal
Hortondats-

light

Horse race -

— — shoe ledge

■ shoal

Hospital island
Hounds ledge
Howe, port -
Hubbard cove
Hubbub rocks
Hard cove -
Hurley shoal

Ice -

Indian bay -
... '■ — island
Ingram river

directions
Inner Bass rock
— — Diamond shoal

Gull ledge -

I Middle rock -

Ironbound breaker -
Isaac harbour
Island harbour

directions

pilots

_^— . tides -

17698.

Page

,52, 190

'- 156

- UU
. 133

• 44
103, 194

• 104

■ 118

• 119

- 162
. 90
. i40

- 90

• 82

- 59

- 117
. 178

- 39

- 72

■ 23

- 215

- 178

- 147

- 62

- 107

- 49

- 199

- 109

- 23

- 105

- 47

- 57

- 70

- 40
125, 195

- 105

- 105
. 19
. 189

- 25
. 121
■ 123

- 33

- 32

- 82

- 32

Iile Haute

Ives knoll

■ anohorago
tide!

Jacket island
Jacko ridge -
Jarvis bank
Jebogtie ledge
point shoal

— river

Jedore cliff -
harbour

direction!

Jedore head

ledges

rock

Jegogan harbour

directions
supplies
' tides

directions -

Jesse Ryder rock
Jig rock
John bank -
Joliffe head -
Jolie port -
Jones anchorage

ledge

Jordan river

directions

Keeper rock
Kelp rock -

shoal -

Kent shoal -
King's bay -
Kirby rock -
ICittee Wittne

Larry reef -
Lawrenceton lake -
Le Have bank
cape

— nver

Lepreau bay

— .^ ledge

Leopard spit
L'Etang harbour

' directions
' tides -

Page
174
17A
175

131

159

160

161

. 43

■ 139
. 75

■ 178
. 133
. 154
• 154
. 138
. 138

. 21

- 19

- 27

- 188
. 122
. 21

- 96

. 28

- 78

- 122
. 122

- 124
. 124

- 205
. 205

- 84

- 199

226

INDEX.

L'Etang harbovT, directions
■ tides

Lighthouse bank
Limbs limb -
Little Bald Tusket shoal
— — Chance harbour
— — Dipper harbour

— Dover run

— harbour

— — Hope islet and light
. shoal

Musquash harbour

—— River harbour

light - .

— — rock -

— — Tancook island

: S.E. shoals ■

*— — Thrum island -
Lichfield rock
Wscomb harbour

— — directions

little

. supplies

. tides

— island

— shoal

Liverpool bay

• directions
■ tides -

lighthouse

Lobster claws
» cove

Lockwood rock
1.'-. se harbour
Logu-^ rock -
Lu.ng island

bay

— — cove -
I ledge -

shoal -

spit

Luke anchorage
Lump rock -
Lumsden shoal
Lunenburg bay

directions

^ I lighthouse

■. tides

ntoher shoal
Ljnch shoal

• tides

Page

- 201

- 82
. 149
• 156

- 207

- 22

- 30

- 132

- 133

- 207

- 192

- 66

- Ill

- Ill
. 101

- 83

- 44

- 45

- 44

- 45

- 43

- 45

- 129

- 129
129

- 129

- 113

- 40

- 49

- 22

- 55

- 75

- 185

- 101

- 187
121, 13C

- 113

- 101

- 45

- 29.

- 120

- 121

- 120

- 121

- 163

- 1,3

- 112

Maces bay -

— — — directions

—— tides

Mad Moll reel'

Machias Seal .'slaud lights -

-— middle shoal

■ north rock

— =- shoal

S.E, ledge

S.E. shoal

Macdonalu rock

rocks

shoal

Mackerel rock

shoal

Macleod cove - • -

Macnab cove

island

Mahone bay

harbour

directions -

Maloney rock

shoal

Man-of-war rock
Marangouin flats

rocks -

Mare rock - - -

Margaretville lights -
Marks island ledge -
Marmot rock
Mars head - - .

rock ...

Marshall cove lights

gutter rock

Martin river anchorage

tides

Mary-Joseph harbour

directions

Mason cove

spit -

Matthews head
Maugher beach light
Mc Coy head
Mc Nutt island
Mehanny rock
Memramcook river -

Meogenes islands -

Middle ground 5, GO, 84, 99,

— • island rock -

ledge - , - 35,

rage

- 204

- 206

- 59

- 186

- 186
• 186

- 186

- 72

- 55

- 141

- 43

- 51

- 81

- 108

- 117

- 118

139, 200

- 217

- 200

- 173

- 157

- 52

- 92

- 83

- 172

- 104

- 117

- 46

- 47

- 03

- 112

- 213

- 80

- 212

- 139
72,75

- 218

- 219

- 208
130, 217

- 127
109, 127

INDEX.

Middle patch
— — point rock
— — — rock
— — — shoal

Mill cove
Mink bay -
— •^ island -

ledge -

Misaine bank
Molasses harbour -
Monroe rock
Mountain shoals
Mount Misery
Mouton island spit-
Morden or French Cross
Moreau point rock -
Mosher ledge
Mud islands

island shoal

Murr kdges
Mushaboon harbour

Page

- 117

- 100
19,26,75, 131, 139

52, 112

- 105

- 205
200, 205

- 205

' directions

shoal -

Musquash harbour -

little

Mr^quoidoboit inlet

ledges

■ shoal

Nautilus rock
Navy island -

anchorage

N.W. shoal

Negro cape -
jiwbour

directions
' tides

island

Neverfail shoal
New Brunswick

climate

population

harbour cove -

N.E. shoal -
Net rock

shoal

Newtonquoddy inlet
Nichol island
Nickerson rock
Nicointau bay
— directi<}tas

- 2S

- 55

- 113

- 35

- 130

- 173

- 121

- 123

- 149

- 150

- 187

- "58

- 58

- 56

- 207

- 75

- 76

- 127

- 197

- 85

- 197

- 141

- 140

- 142

- 141
59,83

- 181

- 182

- 181

- 30

- 66

- 26

- 64

- 50

- 65

- 20

- 49

- 50

Nicumcigan inlet •
Nixonmatc shoal
Noddy island
North rock -

Sister rock -

North-east shoal
— — west arm

rock

N.W, cove -
Nova Scotia banks -

• boundaries

discovery

population

climate

Observations, general
Ogilvie breakwater -
Old Man -

— — rock

proprietor, the -

— TVoman
Outer bank -

diamond shoal

gull ledge

middle rock -

Owl head bay
Oxner rock •
Ovens point rocks -

Paddy ledge
Pain islar d -
- — rock -
Parsboro' light
Partridge island

- and light
-Bell buoy

Passage rock
Passamaquoddy bay
Pat shoal ...
Patch rock- - - .

Pea island - . .

Pease island ledge -
Pennant bay ♦ -

harbour

directions -

Petit Coudiac river -
Perpisawick inlet

■ shoal -

Peter island lights •
Petit passage
————— directions

227

Page

■ 49

■ 83

■ 149

■ 159
• 75
. 106

84
' 166

■ 107

1
1
I
2
2

173
156

71
188
156

90
' 189

25
121

68
123
121

200

■ 179
179
209
210
167
192

7fi

201

157

i>2

217

167

169

■ 170

228

INDEX.

Petit passage, tides •

Pilots

Pink rock -

Pleasant point

— shoal

Plumper rock
Point Lepreau light-
Pollock, East
■ i i- ' — inner
i ' outer.

Pollocks, the
Pollux rock
Port JJickerton

directions ••

Port Dover

—— George

—— Howe

— - Latour

— — Logan islet - ,

— — Metway - ,

directions

light -

■ ■ tides -

• Mouton

directions

tides

- St. Andrew

directions •
• tides

Porter lake -

Pope harbour

- directions

.— supplies

tides -

..' island -
'—— rock -
I shoal -
— — shoals -
Pubnico harbour -

. directions

light

tides

Portuguese cove

— shoal

Pot rock -
Princes inlet
Prospect harbour -

directions

— . tides

Pumpkin island
Piady rock

Page

169

146

207

205

173

143

205

126

128

126

128

130

132

131

196

198

197

195

152

fiC

118

149

Pyche rock
shoals

Quaco bay -

anchorage

tides

■ ledge

light

shoal

Quaker shoal

Ouoddy li-'ad, for^ trumpet -

light

Page
C9
50

212
213
212
213
212
212
112
192
192

Bagged ledge

rocks

Ram island

rock -

Bans shoal -
Baspberry cove
Red head -
Redman head

shoal

Reed rock -
Reef island ledge

shoal

Refuse island

East shoal

— S. E. shoal ^
-- South shoal -

Ringdove shoal
River Memran? ^^ok

Petit Couv .dc -

St. Croix

Roaring Bull

rock -

Bock head shoal
Rocky island

ledge

patches

Rogers head
Rose bay
— — shoal -
Roseway bank
Round island

rock -

shoal

Rude shoal

Rugged island harbour

rock

- 31

- 33

- 134

- 60

- 189

- 24
- 33,205,212

- 43

- 59

- 84

- 160

- Ill

- 102

- 219

- 217

- 198
160,201

- 21

- 82

- 52

- 25

- 60

- 212

- 122

- 36
6

39, 149

- 99

- 76

- 41

- 135
137
137
127

directions
tides

INDEX.

Sable island

■ anchorage

■ currents

. directions

eetablisliment -

■■ positions

————— productions

— — tides -

— — river

Saddle rock

Sail rocks

Salamundev rock

Salisbury bay

I anchorage

shoal

Salmon river
Salvages, the
Sambro bank
. harbour

directions

island light -
fog trumpet -

ledges

Sand cone shoal

— — shoal

Sandy islet

Schooner passage anchorage

directions

rock

Scotsman bay
Sculpin rock

shoal

Seal cove -

island

ledge -

ledges

Seeley cove
Shag bay -

breakers -

directions

harbour

ledge -

— reef -
— — rock •
— — rocks - '
Shagroost, eastern -

■western -

Sharp, cape
Sheefharbouf

directions

Page

- 11

- 14

- 12

- 11

- 12

- 15

- 134

- 45

- 192

- 50

- 214
• 214

- 214

- 51

- 142

- 90
- 91

- 89

- 104
19,41,44

- 52

- 159

- 158

- 157

- 62

- 174

- 25

- 121
82,184

- 148

- 106

- 46

- 204

- 97

- 98

- 151
25, 43, 63

- 41
29, 122

- 210
. 54

- 55

- 179

- 53

- 55

Sheet harbour supplies

tides -

— — rock -
Shelbnme harbour -

Sherbrooke

Shepody river

Sheep ledge

Shelluut cove

Shingles

Ship channel, dangers

^— harbour

directions

supplies

tides -

rock -

Shoal bay -

anchorage

directions

supplies -

- directions
-lideB

F '

''' M 1

229

Page

■A

66 -1

53 ;4

139

140

ground

place -

Shot pouch -
Shut-in island

■ tides

' shoals

Silver shoal
Sister rock
Sisters, the
Srteman rock
Slab island
Slaunwhite ledge
Smith rock
Smokes
Sarkes spit
Snorting rocks
Soldier ledge
South ledge '

rock

South-east rock

\'est breaker

Bull rock

ledge

S. E. shoal
S. W. breaker

iflland

ledge

shoal

Spanish ship bay
Spectacle island

- SIS

- 118
. 64

- 121

- 20

- 65

- 67

- 65

- 66

- 68

- 64

- 64 ,

- 90

- 35

- 144
77,100

- 101

- 78

- 66

- 75
90, 138, 212

- 75

- 57

- 105

- 46

- 145

- 113

- 23

- 150

- 136
106,131,159

- 159

- 127

- 25

- 72

- 95

- 90

- 107

- 148
96,154

- 44

- 131

.4
I

■B

2b0

INDEX.

Spectacle ledge
rock

— — shoal

Spencer cape
' island

■ anchorage

■ tides

Split cape -

rock -

Spry bay -

harbour

directions

St Andrew light

— Ann shoal

— Croix bay

> .- river

— John harbour

■ ■' ■ J directions

■ pilots

■ — tides

island
ledge

— Margaret bay

directions
' tides

— Martin head

— Mary bay
^-^— — — anchorage

— dV

iA'

ledgti
shoal

— nver

' diiections
pilots
tides

St Pierre bank
Stanley shoals
Star island ledges -
Stoddart cove

ledge

Stone horse -
Stony ridge -
Straptub rock
Strawberry isla.id shoal
Spicer cove -
Spritsail rock
Sugar islands
Sutherland islands -
Swallow-tail light -

Page

- 167

- 181

- 113
176,211

- 176

- 175
30, 268

- 59

- 60

- 196

- 163

- 172

- 198

• 208

- 210

■ 211

- 210

- 152

- 100

- 108

- 107

- 213

- 164

- 166

- 165

• 165
187,215

- 165

- 41

- 42

■ 42

• 42

- 20

- Ill

- 151

- 69
127, 144

- 127

- 139

- 104

- 216

- 75

- 28

- 52

- 183

Tangier harbour

■ directions

supplies

Taylor bay -

■ goose

• shoal

The Brothers

— Gates -

— Hogback

— Old proprietor -

— Sisters -
— ■ Wolves -
Thorn shoal -

Three fathoms harbour
Three-top island
Thrumcup islet
— — shoal

Page
63
«8
63

- 69

- 66

- 36
179,205

•• 68

- 178

- 188
90, 212

- 191

- 70

- 77

- 26
46,81

- 81

Tides, Bay of Fundy - - 146

between Digby and Cape Sprit 176

Tinker shoal - - - - 189

Tobacco island - - > 43

Tomcodrock - - - 35

shoals - - - 35

Tomfool shoals - - -69

Tomlees bay - - - 69

Tongue shoal - - 197

Topstone ledge - - - 28

Torbay - - - - 28

dangers oflF - - - 29

— directions - - - 29

ledges - - - 29

Transpor. ledges - - - 69

Trappean shoal - - - 118

Triangle rocks ... 142

Trinidad rock > - - 135

Trinity ledge - - - 164

Tuft point . - - - 213

Turner bay - - - - 92

directions - - - 92

Turtle reef - - - - 26

Tusket river - - - 155

Twin islands. - - - 153

Virgin rocks - - - 3

Wallace ledge - - - 188

Walter island - - - 40

■ shoal - - - 41

Walton bar - - - - 178

Washball rock - - -20

Webb cove - - - - 34

White horse ii

INDEX.

Webb reef -

Webber cove

— — ^— shoal

Wedge island

— ^— islet and beacon

Wellesley rock

West bay

tides

West Bull rock

~— . Ironbound island light '

— — ledge -

— — rock -

Sand cove

shoal -

Western shagrocst -

Westport -

Whaleback ledge

Whale cove

■ rock

-^— ^ rocks

i shoal

Whitehaven

directions
■ tides -

head island

and light

White horse island

East rock

Page
33

101

179

122

188

■ 170
. 154
. 55
. 167

63
' 185
. 135

■ 24
. 25
• 26
. 26

- 153

■ 24

- 194

White horse island, North rock
rock -

' islands
point ledges

rock -

shoal ■

- rock
William shoal

Windsor - . _

Wine cove - - -

head - - -

Wilmot rock

Wolf rock - - -

Wolves, the

Yankee bank

cove

island reef -

Jack

Yarmouth harbour -

directions

.. tides

light

sound

231

Page

- 194

- 96

- 49

- 22

- 130
■ 130

19, 22, 31, 57, 180

- 62

- 178

- 24

- 40
173

- 192

- 191

Yellow ledge
York redoubt

Zetland shoal

- 75

- 27

- 55

- 162

- 161

- 187

- 82

- 149

/T>'0